The URL can be used to link to this page

CLEARWATER AIRPARK RUNWAY 16 & 34 REHABILITATION & ENTENSION - 12-0006-AP� r � ,� � 1 ! � � � � � � � i � � � RUNWAY 1G & 34 REHABILITATION & EXTENSION� AT T H E CLEARWAT E R AI RPARK 12-0006-AP CONT RACT D O CUMENT S& � SPECIFICATIONS Prepared for � � � �; ,�r , � �� ' � ' �" � t,. ��". ��` `��. V O ctober/ 2012 �� , �.�.�� t�'t► r ��f �� .�� z��-��.�F�,�.�r�� r � T'�-�F �'I��.1�"1"VAT�;�� A�i��'�[Z� 12—(i(��)�a—Ai' ��FAI��'V�,'I'�F�, F'Lt�RI��A «.�, � �:�; ��_CE�,II�t"I [`( ) �.��a,�� . �� ;�,I)[�F�;T�I,:�i �i t'r��s�ec;t��e E�i�i�i�r� ��ic3 �)tlt�r�. c:c7tti:crrt�:t1 �3i�iLitt'S ��rt t}ti ut��°� �r•��ct ��.rc i�tr+�:F�` n��ti�i�i:i t}�r�t tl�� ti�lli�ti��irt� ��c�cl�r�i�tst�� i4 ��t��iic i�} ih� �;'�azttr��t ��CT�UI1tt'ClY4: l�L:�14'��14' l6 ��: �� REI-IABILIT:�►T�C)€�" ,�z L.�TE�+I�I�)P"�1 �T TN� �'i.._I��Ra�'�.'i"F�� A[32P�1I2� (12-�1�}6-�P) -� �il[)��1I�t'N1 ##� *xRE''�ISFD B1Il F�I�Ni (�TTACHE%)} F(�R 'I"�� UI�L�'4'�IN+C� IT��i�: ( PAC: F�3-1 '} B1'I)1 TF ��I e'1`�. - C�.� I TG �'�i .�'t�. — P 14s? I7',�`��f t�,�:SC'RIPTIO;�' - R�,1�t71'�1 �F ['F�':St°IT��I�L�: :'it� �'�Ri.�� L F��'IT�° — �'�' �i'}`— �, �i�f� {i'��;E I3-�} Bll) I�'�.1� a�zf�: - SI IT;I�r�� E.S+C`RIP�1�)��% —1(l �o B.�S�' BII.� !C'Ui�`T'1=�''C'�:°i'V�"�'' T'C.�Tril, _ �l'��,+C,�: 1�-;�) �311� IT�`�'��:'4`(i. - ,54 iT�1'�fi 1�I�=SC'RIPTIU:'1'-1�i'�� 3-�1?I.IITIt�E'��il �`�'�C;'�:��E` 8��3 �`C)t�'Tirr"�'CE,'t��'}` TC7�:�L � (�'.�1,GF I3-�� 131L� Ii'�;'�1.�+�.?.� ,�S ITE,�t� III.:.�CRIP�I�?�'�' — �`'C;?I.��1. � L�I)I7`I t � ;�,C_ �� ,�►�� `E ��"V Z��N$E'R�S� Tl)7:�f L _ ��1��'��FI) 5F'��F1CA�'�+C7►:'��AtI'T�C'�-l�D). s��°r�rr�� r� :�� -.s��Pn�.�� r�c�r�.��=�r. ��c°��rc�{�T�o��-:�.��c�r r.� ��-�:�x - �,��!l.� i':+�. 11 �d t' .`�: 4� �:�3.i3!'i�.s T��tY�l.f:"1'£� — �� L�;�c7 � `�.l.t°� LlL� .li.'!�£1....:`� �`.'Y .t .l lJ.�r TN�: CI`I`� t)� �'LI�:��121��'.�"t'T�;�2 PI�F:LL�4 C't)��?�'l"�'. F'�.�t)l2[I�� 13�►': f�l��'illian� I3. Hc�rn� II �.ih� :i4lt�nu�;er � _ �� '1..��1�'�VA�'i;;1� AII��'A��t� 12-f1()()C�-A�> itl.7t"�14�4'A�' l�i-:�� i I'��2.�l,�jE�i.'i':��;�"��4'.�1�` I2T;ii.�i3I.I..I"1��►"�'it�N � I�;�"I'i��1�I1;)1'� I3II) �.r'�'�7" 'T(7�'l'.�L �I�, �T� �1^� �I�� 1��`:�� ,��.'��7��i�+t �.��I�*1��1 {,�+.��lr ��'� ��14_T� _ . 1 :1-1-(�(�1-�.l [��()�3ii,li',� 1.I{?'� ( Itl'rn :1:�;"�li 1_� 1 � �'-1(�1-:�.I 1':�,�F ��:��:'� I� ��II.I..�i`:i:.a �`,'�I�I;�I�,I.1: ft? i i:� :� (i�� ` �1�,�)�ii) r�'�1'}Ir'1f.�i` C'I�.��`� T�I:I't'�It�. I;��'�.t -1:)1'�i(� � ; j'_1(}1_5."? �`l.I:l�?�I'�£;:i. ��t)[.;.�.��t..i ��I7 �I:..�I..1�;(:; [_1: �?f�.dDi}(1 .�1�PII.1I_�I- C`R.��'�. ItEi':=�II�. t��°l.t`[i1'ti�; C`1.1 .�'�I�C�. I�()I:.�.�tii.i. �I::.'11.l;tiCi .��,r�� 1[[�.=�f=1 � I�-1{}l-�.5 I��3El�.�.�.,�(t> (�I� t�I'I'I�t?�'i_I� i�{K)t','�1... i.1: 1 s,{li)i`) �? I'-1 � I-=�.1 C`1.I.:�'�iZ�'�C► �1� I3 C;I•',L�I3I31�`:t�� I.,�i l fi �-I ��-�.1 F:�C':-i'�t' �-]-I{l,ti �,�' �t,{}tl['i t�?� I'-1 i?�I?� I'LEi��)1�,,1�I� �}F- L?�;��I`i'�iI3I.�E '�i.1 I��:I�i:`�I �'�" 1.7t)t} �� t !�' � .1i�j=�?.. k 1,�:Y�.�71..�%i�t�l�l..�g �ti..~E_ t �::-�1.. �",. d �,�1 : 1:1.� i_��' 7. 1L��} . ..... ........ . . �3 P-1 >t�-5.� •I.Ew�ii't)Rr�it�' �;tiI.�I�T I3R{ )TC"�`"T'It:)�,� Fa'1 �' 1 �� P-1F_i(}-�5.1 4'I�:�¢3ILIlI°I) St �I3CiR.='�I)F� �i�.'"''�1 i�EC'�) (I.�� -�t.}} �l'' 9„��() I:�:;�IS^��i:�:C.� 13<�til� t:`f3C=R�If !;C°:F1[�Il��``I?��3. . l �} p_? l �)-F�.1 ;�}:1.��']'�i_� }��JI� C��)�1P.Q�C'7"I�?C� (L�3�=7 �1�}i ��' �.�i){i I�{.C.``�'C°I.1°:I� �:();�C`R� C��; ;��.iiil�i:�a�'�`l F_ 13��+�'. ,,...�.. 11. �'-?1�)-ti�' �'()Ct`TZ�� fa" TI-I��I�� (I��3I�=1(�}{).l :��' �.3i)� FiI�i t.='��IIII�t)i `S �t,'�F:�C`��; C'C)��1��I:, ?" Tt-�It�I� . . �� f'-�t�l-�.l _;;r'��, �,.1.�,�I��F�-1 <�(:�C`,RLtti's��`T� �.{_)'�; l,_�4){i 1:31 � l. ?1�1I�t�t'�a �at=�i3�.�C°�� 'C?l �i$�f�;, 1 l. `�,> I ; P-�tl1-�i.`? �(�I II�"�, 1'?" ��.��I�tI.; *�� .��Cr`(i1��.t.1:'�,I..�•: .I.t)N �1.��1C) �i l�i.`��T�{.)L�� L,'I�}`:��°1� C'(�1_4`I�'�t�., 1.�:��'�Wl,�i�� l=� �'"-=�-t)i-�.� E�`t)i'}��;�. i.?"?L��I'.lfDi`x�.9��(;�;��1°.�;,F�I��: -]t)ti l(�t) 1� I'-fi�Fl_�.1 I�t, i.tit�`ti4` €'��t�.°"i�1'�C;: E��f��I.I;C"i"l�'I�� '��'1 ii�I�-' �;1= �.�t�{) l�� -��`�Ci-:�.� .�.s1�['��'.��' I�.�[?�`I`1;��. �Iwl'�.,i°.i,�„I��"l�. �'1:1:I_.,()��r �]=. £�.t)ii�) � � 1 �3tCi I;'.�i�.�. .�.i�`�';ri1. .�lJ,. {.I~�.:ti� �\� .1.+1 �a.�� .J�<�i.�..R.��A 1�.�;1 i��.�•�� rly I� t�liti.e.��.: ��\ �j;> �\�. � 1'i��.��. I �A..?�.'v[� �.3:�.�& 4`i�,'-A�� l��.f�i.,'t � Izti�l. ,l�.��._ � 1 1�—S)�tt—�. � li�.�'a,t:'4.s i i�`1.; i��..f.94. �. �"fl.` 1�4.,��5� '��. 1,��:�1�4`.��' 1':�1"�`I`1��. ti()?'*�-I�:l,l i.l°�� I i�'i. �l`}{I"( 4�' il�()�:� "t�].I�..��FF� l I.i� f-��E��':l}��:i, i� I'-Ca?(i-`?.=� i�€:.�..ilul�i'ti�� `�I� �t)t? . 1� I�-7t}1-�.l I'II'i�: RI�'�1()1�'<�� ,1;' ?> . �?t) l�-7iil-�.�' i�l.�'��C:)��t�'i=:Ii �`{)'�C,��f '�`i: 1'IE'�:. �'I,<`�`�� CII, 1�" �,l 3i;� ?l 1)-itil-:�. ��l:I'��t"ili�'��I) t°€ )'��:`i�I��I i� I'I['(:. �'1..:"�`�`� C11, '-�"' I,l 1,;� }3�t�i I-I)i_'�,i�l 1'�' 1't)�,i I:I�}!1'I�I::'';�;��: E'It'f;. t'1::��+ -��: I;)-�t}1-�,� l�l.;t�" �.I:° -��t� `�" I}_7�1_:�.I I'�;C..[,°�.�Q �.1'l'l:� �` (�=i�(")'[`;� � .�i 1 ....-� . �� I)-i�I_`�,�' 3^�[�t:�I. �i-�'I'[i I) tI�I:)�)�i-� 1=�� -� �?°� 1) 7�2_�,� '�•11"�'�'F�.�-.i> i:�;�.) ��. l I�)� �}�I)t)I i. �'-�" �Z{_`�' l•:.°1 1 �'C7 I)-7�?-�.�' R-•�iTi�I�i�l� F::'�L� ��;C'i�I�)� �4=1)�)`( �. :�t:)" 1�L�I'� i�::'� i �� `��—��-�.� ��.:�:�:��xe��'�tt;�qt.`t��v�r ��`��r= �.�-�c� �� [—��}:�.—�.� ��_��c:; �:�,� ;,��.�� s—�c��.;.� �=:�,��,��`t��`t?��_��:�,��-,�ca��[��[:=..r�c:a�f�:%� �,�; � �;f) ].-i(�7-�,�' ;a�-��i.�()"i°��'I:tiI"�C`��l..l'+; �°l..f�t'I�: i.� 1 �';�1��:�C��t�i_"�L� (�,��I.:F�.. `}�; .��°�;, � �'�`. (.-��'�. ,�:.Y�'%� t � ��`TLL:`�t.i:�=:C� ��: i�l;C'"� t �� :'t.�';�iLi[_ �I'.� 5i Iv-It�4-�.1 I'��.°I�E_`I��C�`I]��:�C�1II;*�{��'�'�C3�'{)e'�'.�I:�'TI{�?�;`� I,1= :�.tl�tt) F3:`1I�I:: C't�Pi��sl� �`(=�l ti"1 �-:lsE't_,?I�+E•: l'�?II�1,> ��, :��i. I''vSi`;�I_I_1�1� 1`� ,�.I��.'�C:"f.� i�� 3l't.'��', 1:'�C.I:i"I)1'�C� ��t)t;-;`�I� �t.)I�`� .'1:�:[:� (ek�'(:)i�:til) �� 1.�1c}�_�.? ('C)��I:�'1`i:)I�� I.1= �.''�;t� . �� ; I.-1 i t�-:�.1 i=;1.1 `C` i`I��"f1:I_ ��'`:i)�,°�..�.. -,,, ��.'��`.�_°., �i� t'I_:•`��`l-= � ,f: �,-� ;�� ' -`��`,��° �" �°{.��°��I:"I ��; i:'�t°.-��E:I) € 1.1:�%'��.,I�I�'.�'��. �3� ��-i lti_i.? �)��C.`"I` �3.1'�h'.. �� '� :'��.`�° l,E� `�{) . � � � ' ' � ' ' ' � ' 1 ' � ' ' �J � L, C� 1311) �'1�1"I' i'{.)`I`,FiI� lti(). I'I"l�a.'V1 i��) I'Ii�:�i I)I�,'�C`I��1'"l'1+�)ti l�:�E'i`4 <.�"I'�' �'12I('iw l�l�tlt.`T�, E.I ^��{ �� l f�:�i� I�I�I'i)�I: ii}° }�;�.I�; i I�;t.; I�l:��''_�� I<�kll�•`;'l� �i�<a��: Lltrl-!T �:':i��L� .�'�?'�;I) ,;� i_,-]�i-�.1 C`(�1�T71;I,I_ I.�; I '��:�,.iSI�I'�:t;� ('f�,'e� !�`I�i�I-i S"I-[-:I�1.: C't)�'I:(� 1`�) i3IF ;c, i,-1?�-�.� it�;�-�{:?�'I�,[� :�;ti�� [�1.I,I�'IWT:}:1�'I't� i?�� l�� 1�::� t E�I�T]'��:f �'f�,`�I4�',=��'° ��1� F�I.T'�,i��=��'�' I�Li��l; . �7 1=.-]2�-s.; I_:[t.;l� � (��.1�� 1i��.'.�TI�.I�t TC3 �Iv ��i'�I�T�I) ��t� I�� i:�:3�1�+"l"IivCi "i�t�;'�I��`,��` i:i1Z [�[��;�'�'r'��' �:.I�t�1:;.1lti�l��{t�)I:I) I,l{:�l:..i�l_ �131151°a I�'1{>t;l��.f�1sl�) "I��) i3i�: l�{°,��(9l}1�;I�3. i''�C'I.1�1�1P�ii i;XI�"i�i'�(r ( ,��'�;. 1�I`�+I�i_=�;I:. 'I`��1:�=SI•`t)1�'�1��,f� ��: �'.1I3I_,1�. "[�() 13l�: I�I=`��t_)�'I;[�. LIt_ii-1 �� I=I��I�t��: �`�'�TI) 1 t��'��;��C)i��i:I� I(� �3�� 1I.�t.1C�1�I) �1,'�?I� �� Iti-1?>-�.=� R�; I L'iZ'�iI�I� `�`() t)�'�°';ti1�lZ I�:� �:� �, �- _I: (r [. '��"�'��r' " I-IRL�FIi�Li� I�� 1-I':I� . �F1 �?�� 1(�(�E'� I l:I}� �1-C} �E RI��i�)l� i:I�o I�t I['I�i'�:t_� ��1�`I�I'.�C� i� fl;�:, I�i;�:`T'��I�[�=, ;� �,—�?�—�.� � }ij�;'�:�i=�)R%`��u � �'r`i��t3�: �{� ��'. i��;��)�'�'.�). c::-�, � ��i��tF �t �;��.��` �r��=,�.�.�t��1�� . Iai�C�%1�1� ��331�Ev �lt)[.?'�"i�F�;[)�'(��) �31� i�f-:;��'i{)�'[_:I7 ��II� �"I I: �ai. �: t 3�f FR TQ BE [1��T31LI_�,L). E�cISTI'4I(� C.=�;�� I�'�'L�R��. "i��r�N�,F(��Z?�i�.� �� C:'t�.E3I��W l�t� I3� �E�i{��tiE%�. �I.�T��?�� ='�I*sI� Ti� �'��C)i�'��uR T�i E3� �r�I�'�f�t:�E% �`�:�I� �(} l.,-l?�-;�.�`a �.�;ii��'��:�)'t�(_)�.)t��'.�i��R I-:� � ��i�Tl'�C; I�[, �1��}'�'�` ��i�("tt: 1�i��1 i"I° a.1='�� `i't� �1 �.-�?>-'�.? %1,t�1t)0'i:�) �: i�f°;i'[_;1C°�� 'lT�-i ;�I�� 1;.-'� i � �:�1�'!.1'�ti C`(')'ti�:'Fi�T� I�L1C�I' �'i1;��'�:F:�`� �i() 13I= �� C�,-I?�-�.� F�:�I�ELi E.F1 �j '�i3�'�' [_.-�(;1 t�ilI�i.:� I�i.�?�l��,i' l:f�(.�i°. l,lt.,I[.I �.�.'I`�°�..� �.�'1�i �".1,`�.lyC� 1..��; �1t)tI'�? I l;�} t.��':,�,'1-�'��,` �_. �:� iv-��-�?.�) ��"7I3:�,�I:C':'�'�. E��:-1 ? �',1�.A4�'" t.;-4fil {1�11RI.,} F�1,?��'j�%' I_I�t�i}=: [.I�:i�{`�_ �V`��'�°� ��r`�� i �:'i�'��'� �', �.��;��3 �r'�{��_Ti4�� ';�� _}�'.'+� �=� I.�-1 ":�-e�.l f� ?`iFi�' 1.,-�i��7 E�.}l�'+I.'w t".=�'�i. E;A � . � � I3Ii� i=�'l`I` "I'()'['AI, 1�C�. i`�'t��M 1�) I"I"�;�� I)l.�sC:`4�CY'I'�C�'� 1T"�il�"� t�'i°Y I'IZIC'�; i'1211:`I: 'e'1.��' l,-�f�3-I-�: ti��Ii�1 } i2i.'N��'�'�� 1.`til_ I)I1�1:�_` i It.)ti="�I: "l'l �i�1:`�I-i{:�]�I� I�[C;�-�":I` t��1°CE I 1�t�� I��:E;� I_I_?ti� i��ti(_::�°TI.I� (j;ti ��°:1�' 1_.-�� I�:��E. �� .,-i'?:?-�.i l t':l?�. I-��;,� -� 1�E��'��` I�-�fii-1= ('�1l�tl.f� F�t�';��';�� i�l�I'l,:"�C'I=:I) "11 [��:�sl ii.)I�I) [.I��1-1 I i� [�;-i�t �E�iw '��'i`( I � ��`i tI 1. ��;:��,�ti:��:',� !_�"''�� ;Ltt�)[_�I�`�[��:i� {)i'� itif:4�=' I.- �6 I. I`��-:�.1� �f�7 �3.��= t".r"i�. i:�� ? '��:�� [,µf�(�i-!: ��;1II�I,� I�l `N��`��4' "3��I�1;`�I-�t��l.I) E..I(.il� I I'1:�,:"['(.:1��: l��i'1�I-I F�I:.I)jl�l:l) I,i:';'�:� �7 I�-1Z�-�i.l ��=�4}t,.'�"I�I:I:� t)� �ol'��' I.-�t"-�713�'�`�t.: t�'>1;�. E::f`1 !� _ . I�:i:it�' �_:��fi�-T `T`.1��,�;.�`�4'' �.1>�iI°, i.1(i}_�.�. =�� L-1?�-�.�� 11ft.)(_`�:"i �:°.i:} ��)'.'eE til��' i:-i�f�7 13;�1',}: C'.f1'�, �.,�i �t) iv1µ.��' (,-��fi-� L t�1,`iI).`l�C'I� �IC;"�. `�Ii'!=: lA =tt) L•-1 ��-�.1 � �"t_4`I,1:=;: �'. C'Isr��i l. i)'�C :��t�I�l�=1.1:�< 1-;r'� �' '�If�:`��° [,-��'-�'I Cit =1Fi:'��;�'�_ �,lC:i�;. �i�'I�: 1. �f? L-i?>-�.i�3 �"I�i'1,�= �, i`i,.�� l. "i'l�=C� ��I��1:�[!�..� F,i1 t(i �� il".1�► C"t�:�"I'�"�(�E�C�' Ij� I . Tt)T�I> 13��iS�` 13II� �"vt`��BE��j . m � � L�i ' ' ' 1 ' LJ ' � C' ' ' �J ' � ' lJ �3�ITl C�:*�I°�' "i()'I':�;[.. 1s�,fY .�'le#l..r:T1. .�l�./s �•1,1,.J�1. i��lti��1X.��,11'4�� .�;#�rl,t] lylr�A 4y 6�A1��..~i.a i�1�'\..si..i �.�� / ElLJ��t��.� ��.�� .� i i�t : 1 �I.i.R�f '1� ��.��✓`�L 3..� �?� �'-�)��.}-„��.� ��..t�4t��4��? ��.��t1r � �:%1i�i, �'��"<� �,�:�. � ��'�::'. �iFa:.Z.�.�)�� ' �.i%�) � i j�..fj'?f3—(),I I�,t%1i�i�.SI1'II..�.:i ;�::>I'I`it'k,I..�I� �at_'��}'.,'�f'E° .I.I�1°r� ( n1'��".;'� � ,`1'ti ? 1.1.>() �Cl`/> ;�,i)I)I"I`Il'I�; .�L�I°�;I�t:'VA'�'i,. I3Iil ^�� C'C�►ti'T°�i��:��C'4. _�'{)`t"AL :�I)lli'T°I't,� .�t.:"1'3�;1��'i'�: i (t�i';'11i3�R�s} � � ' C}CTCi$ER 2p42 ' � �1�EARWAfiER AIRRAFtK RYV �6-34 8 AARALkEL TAXlWAY REHAB 8 EXfiENSIJN � .�� ': �'I i`- � _"S � �'<.�i��I��%�t�lX��I�I :�1�'d� ��A��S.�'��ir�' I� E�++�"I� i i�`i' i�� ; t��-l.l 'T"�tis it�tt� e:{3��erv ��:�:;��[`s€7rt, itis��c,s�1. [sl;�ie��tirat. an�i �c-+n��;��ti�ln {it':�II E»,iteri.�l:, uiihira lif� tii�iit, c-sf"titc � ti��a�t; rec��zireci t�? ��nstrct�t �.af�t� t�s`�:��:�� rurau�av, t,��:i�� r�:�. ��r4�t�� r�� ir�tzrr��irat� d4 �wcll ��, ��it�r �trea;�� fix�- �r�is��c, ��ilclin� ��t��ir��€�cr�a, ��ri.�rt�, �ar c�ti3er �urg��s�� in �c��a��3�r��c� ��iti� ti�e�c ��c�iii�-:ati�?z�� ;�n�! ir� cc�nt�,�r�r��t� tu th� din7��sics�� :�r�d t��i��[ �eitic:zrr, >tas7��n c�� i;frc° �al�t�•. �' 1 1 � � 1 � � � � � ' � lJ 1i?. t.. .�l! arr�srcr�ubt� trrtrteritiC tne�iurJirr� �ic�b�f1,, �ua=�r��t�r�r r�t�#rka. c.�r�ra��rc�t<: stirhr. r�x•k. �rr� rrJOrzr rt�hr�s� trr �txerAx trrtlrcrrr�T n>frxc•fr r`n tfi� ,rs,�irri�x�r r��"t/rc If»�it�� i,r u�rsr�itr�hl�.�,er tr��l�crrrkrr��rxt x�i/l he� rc�nt�t>c>ri Jr�>rrr rt�ez r�ir�rrrt lixrtit� rrttcl r!r`.t�irsert �af ut �r I�ic°�rt�r�n �rrr►�it�tr�1 br tfr�> (`�rxrtrrrczrrr. llr� rfru!/ �,J�tr�irr rrnrl Jil�r �i�itlr ttr�� E:`rt�ri�rc;cxr �r�r�rti.�sir�rt trt x't�ititt�� f`r�r�;+�a t1tc: (�r�a��cxrtt' a+r�=�rr�J"r�r 11ra7 rt.s€y r�f'�ri5�ezt:��xr�r�csrt�•.jirr �lti., �attr�/��a,tie rr�t�l th€> rrc�x�csk:srx;r�, x�c�r�tril.� f�r�ttt t�t� mr�rtt€�a�attlif�>� r��,>rrtuFitr� th� rt�,��r�sul �r�r�. 1�2-f.? C.°L:'1�;'ili�`i(`�1'i'IC)'ti. :'iBl r»atc�ri�l �aLa��iei3 s��tll Ere il,�switi�:�i ,�� i�c�liet�:�l h�l�,�>: :�, ��Rxrla�si}i�t! Ex€��atican. �'��cl�ssifir€i c�e:��=�ti�� Ea;��l �f�rt�i,t c3t' t9�� i�.;�.•,�4<�tic�ra s�n�l �1is��snt �,i �EI zY2<�t�ri��1, r�4,:��rci1�,. ctfit;� r��t�sr�<'�t�icli i� r�c>t �>t3�eruise �:9a.;4itic;�� a«�d ��i�l iE>r irraiier the icFli��.r°s�s� itcr��. t�. fto€i: E:�cai•atic�n. t�s�� c��av,tti�r5 sh�z(1 ir�cluc�� <�(I si�Ci�i r��(: iF� i�civ��s_ iri t��ct€�ecl �IG�cssits, in ur�stratiti�cE t�ta.��e�. att� c;�±n�;4c�ancr�ti: iie�'�3sits ir•�7i�:1� a�re �;�z finnlv �.c��c-rateii ti��y c��rar�c�t ha: r�nt4t��ci1 caitl«�c�! ti[astic�� c�r 4��ir��* rip�e�-�. <�il i��atJic�ers �c;nt:�in�n�; ra v��lein��: �,1'ria�a��e ti�an I'? cc�hic• �=ard �ti.=� ei�[ail r�ts�t�ri x�ifl hz~el��sitie:� a, ,,rtrci. ��Rati�r�." .�'r� rfirec�! �r{t'rrrt�rrr is nrridlc Ji�r tli%� itf��t. ,i/1 c�rr,w�;t us.c�.�c•ivt�d r�=rtlr itta.s x�r�rk �rr� c�r�rtsiti�r�r� ineir��ntal t�r tlrc it�na r� ��uirzrr�� tlrczi�J. a°. :�lurk E�e��atie�n. l3ar�k �k�a�.�zirt�n �haEl �:c�n�i�:t s�f t}�c: r�rnc�4�1 �i��i ditf�c��al �>t i��4its <�r rr�i��ures c?2 �t?iE� :utd c�r�aa�s� rta:�tt�c r��t4 �cti€4t1�lL fiir t't�tfnd�ii�� n�teri�tl. ;1ii��l� ,l}a11 iri�:l�e�le e�aat<rial4 t�t�t uili �icca� i�r �cz�citzcr �ea�sicfen�:� �� iht �mt�anl�nlent. li m:�� t�i��cf� u�a 4�1� dc�ca} €n`ti �t��i��s. i•�x>t:�. lc�s�e, ftiur�us. c?r c�eher rraaterial nc,t ��ti�f�ct�€°�° fi>t� inc�r��.�rF�ti�-rra in tlae �rrahta��3;ri7�:ttt. .�'rs rfire�•t �rr�•rr�c:�rt i�5 mczc:te f�r tfi�,� it��rn, .�,�t �sis c�sa��cint�d n�i�h tlti.r st°r�rk irte c`�»si�l�ra�rt trtt''cl��taf tr� fltc� itc=�r� rc��tairirr�� tlrct�t_ r1. i�r�ir�a�� E�r�c°�fi�n. iirhi��c �::±�;aa`�1i��n �;hali z+ans��t �,i� r�ia � tic<��°atieri7 �i��#�: t�7r t}�� rirn�r}� pur�c,�t. ��i �r�i��e and in�lt€de� drairi��e dit�ltes, �uc}� �� in��ree{�t�n�, iE�(ei �,r ��itlet. t��ip�rur� t��e� c�nsirz�ct�crr�; c?r �x�4 c��r tv�a� as shns�rr3 t?r; tl�e pi�n�. :�� 1ir�<•t �a�•r►i�:rrt is �rrrrrJc° fc.�r t�tis itc�t� Att i°t�st.4 r�4svcie�l�t� �ilh thic �4=cYr�l� crrcr �cat�sicic�rc*c� iroe��l��t�l trr tlxc� it��rr reqt�irirt�r �h�nr. �, 13orrc>� E�xr��tian. ��rr4�sc,� etiz:�v��it�n �i2w�ll �:c+n�i�i ��fa��rc>�.��! z��at�ri�l r�e�uir��i ti>r thc ecr.n4tr��.tie�r� i°±i' int�r�rt��terat ur i�r �th�;r ��rti��?n� c�f' t}3e ��sr� i�t �:�c��s c�f t}t� a��aar�titt �,t' c��il31c or�zsteriat a��;3ilahd� ir�n� re:c�uir�d esLa�°aticans_ �=��i�s�° tnateri;�l sh,�lE b�: c��t�il��i tr�,r73 �r��; titfitf�in tlse li�t�it�; ��f�ti�<;�ic•pc�ri pr��trt� k�ui t�ut�icSe 13tc nc,nn:�( 6ii�tiEt�: €�f� n�ce��rr� �,°rzE�izt�'.. �r t��m �r�:x�� c��atsid� �dar Fiir�c}rt �'�`ra r1Frc�c��/rr��•tr�c�nt i.4 rrtercic>,J'r�r tl�la it�n�. �f#fl c�r�st� rrsscrc•friter� »�ttlt tlti,s �>t�rk ure ��<�rr.siticrc:r/ iraeic��rttu! 7r� tltc= itefrrr r€*cjrtirirr;; � tir�rtr. #', t'!ciwuit�t�lr I�exca�=�tiot�, ,��a} �ttratc:rial 4�jnt.2ie�ir�s� �.�c��tal�ic cas t?ry��tr�i� r��tter, ��ai:lt ;�s m�a�:�. �L<�t_ ��r��tni� �€ft. $�r *€�d �t�ail t?�%c�n:�iclercct t�t�4txit�►hl� &+��' a�tic ir� ��€��ki��ttt �c�rtAtru��ti«es. �1cat��ia�l, ��}��:�� rc��cS �r� the F.rt�incscr s�, �:u�tab[� Tc> tEa�?��ri ts:;��tatic�n. tn�a� 1�e �tscc� t,n tlic ecztt�.�n�s�l�Eft dlc3�e. i'/trrs� .se<.irric�lz� I�.� r�f S��rtir��? 7�T' �a� j tCrc> T� ci�r�iz�trJ ,3/�� iT c�ti��nx ffz�ra/'�tr�'fr�w c�l��rifr�°cttirrrt ��! f tltr. s=lw�3•si�ic°uttr�r�� __...._.,._._.__,,.�.. .� �_..o..�.,..�...__._...___ __ __ _ _ __ _.___._ .�.. _. __ __._____ _ . _._ __ _�___ .� _m.� � ��tCAU"A'[i�N A�i[i E�@ANKME4�ti Ai�[}EMtSUM #� �efQrenc�: A� T�(3f5374-3�pF (�1�0£1Ci71; P-15F-9 GLEARWATER 1�ii2PARK RW 16-�d & PARALi.�L 1'AX3WAY REHAFi & E�ST�lVSlClN �'{�'.�,'�TRLEaC"�,t�_)� ��I��'1��-[(�1)�; t�GTC1BEF� 2f}12 1�»�-k.i t.ye�t�er:�l, l�ei�?r� h��ittnsn�.� ix�aa�zttit>t�, �rt2tiin�*.. ��nci cn?l�tt��kn2eryt ��peraiit�na i1� aif�a .�r�e.a. ti�e .arc�t �;l�<�tl 1,� r,c�n��lct�l�� ciear��3 :�rfd �ras�sk�cil �t� actc�rti;i2�c4 �++.itE� iteni I'-1}l, �'tac: �;tiit�t�il�t�� #'€nsttcri�# td� #�c ��E��i in en�h�tn�:rn��iis �ha11 �� ci�j��:t tc, a��rc��s�l t�� tt�c [��<.�i�a��r. ,�11! K�n�;i�itzrirlL :r��iri�z� �1�all E�e cii��se�i ��i��r� t�4a�t�; �cc:�s st�c��tr� c�n thc; pisan4. :�ll 1�;�:,t� :�rr��s �I�:s#! tj� �;r<�ci��.t t�j r�ll<>Ea �cr:�eti�� cirt�ts�<t�t c�t` th� {sr�a :�nff {�t a�f� ��•ent ar��.>. '1"he �urfw�c� eie��auc}�� t�f` 4+°��,�tc ar�si� si�,�11 rac�t �:.�ieax� ahc�r r: t1�c surtace �:I�;e �tisan ��k' ac�i:�ec rat u�.�t�1�; arc;a� c�f° t:�t� aar�>�rt, unl�s� ��c�itird ,?r� tlac E�I;�ns ��r° ��?prv��i t�ti tl�� 1=�r��*i�t�4r. Ij rzn �rk�r�t� rtrea i.� .��r��fn +�r� t#rc� J�r�rj�,��t ��s�t��> i�n��tit�rht� »:cr�rlrt! t� �i� dl��t>s�Pcl ,��`°r�Jf �rirf�r�rt �r�a�rr�s. 1�'E��;r7 t[�c t;`s,}r��°�as.ct�r'4 ��c��atira� r��er�ati�� encc�ut�t�r �rtif��t:3 c�#' k�istb.fric:�! �,r a�rcl�.�ec,lc,ti=i�s�1 ��,i�iiic�a��:. tt�t �S�Strati�>r�� si��i t�c t�r�r�x�r�rily �iiscc��zt�n�cc:ci, ;�t the ciia'�utic,x�i �7i'tt�e 1:��;inccr. ti�c t`a}c�tr;��t{:�r �}��ill ��:a�t;�ir tt�e �itc in stac:h �r �r�z��«rr ��v t�� arest°s-�z iltc .�rt�i's��.t^+ Lrtcti��ntec-e� �xzati :r11+:>��, lt�r tllcir re��7<5ti�:�1 `�u�11 cee.i.:ataa�t� ��.s'ip !�e ��;ii�i 4ttlr 2i.� cxtr<1 �r€:�rl�. "[ h�,^�c ,�t-�.�� utaicle 4>f�tl�� r��.en�cEtt Ear�F�� in ��4�icl� tlte t;?� I;��r c.jf's{�il i».tteri,�! 1�<i� i,c�r}arae c«��>��tL�i. h�. ia:�u(ir�� ar c?ti�er ��itid�iis'c:� e3f'tlie C�«tr��tc,r s��<31E I�c sc::irili�ci ��r��i dash� � t�a r� ci�;;�t17 �>f -1 'art t I i:)t) nar�il� 's�t �ar�l�r t£, Ic�c�;,e€� �tn�l �s��i�eriz� the 4e�il. kt� it i� r�ittswar'4' tk� int�a�'��pi c�i4�sn� surl:�ci c�r�in.��:t. �:ci+��r:� ��r unc3ce-iit��iet��,��. �:a�nciuiks, utoiiti€=,, e5r 4Frt�i1<tr t�tkci�r�;r�at�i�c! �tr�rctuccs. th� t:'€,r�tr°�etr�r ,i�all �?� r�s�s��rj�ihl� f��r �r�c� sl�t�li t<�k�e ��II xrc�c�5�:�r�• ��re�t�xsti4>s�� t€a {ar�4er�� tt�cr�� c�r �rc?t�ic�e tefit��?c�t`�t;� �cre i�es, t4 �tcn ;u�:h f`a�iliti�s a�r� rrtcc�unE�rtJ. tht {'i}ntrat#�a si�ral! s��,tif} tli� [:a��ir��r. cc•k�c� sh�ll arr�a�ge 9��r ti��ir rer��u�.�l ai�raece��ar�, °�1�� t'��ritr�ctc4r �h�all. ��t Fsi�:}ier ��+.�ra �:xp�n4�. s<ti�i4i�4t��ril� r�:paiir ��r �s�� tii4 c�cj�t <}fail �i��rn:�#.�c tc? ��tc:� �acili2i�s t?r ,tru�tur�s ti��d rnai re4i�lt iri+tr� arrt i:af"tit� �'r>E�tract�,r';� �a�zr:�ti<=r�R t#t�rtt�� tE�e �era��4 c�f t€ae ��-��tr�acs. t��-2.Z E4C�41�';l'I`iC7�. '�� :;ca�atic,n ,hall be sc,�t��i sin2il tlr� e�,x�r�'� ha� 2�ecn �ts�l�ecl c,t�t l,r t�� ("c�tfit:�.�4t��r Ezr�c9 t{�c F:n�inec:r° lt�as c?�+tain�c� �le��tic-��:, ��d n�easur�tra�t3i� e�t the �,�rc�unci �t�rfac:e. ;\[! w��itahlc �tet�lrtt�c� n��ltcr�<rl sttalE bz use� irt the f'c�rmatic�r� c��1b�l��nesyt, su��rad�, c�r t�:�r ��il�er �t��>sc:s siaa>«x� �?n tlic: �lt�n�. .1iE �ensuittir�l� r�zateri�ai 46�.a11 Eae c3isp��s�cf cr# rf4 �i�a.��n �rr� th� p(�ra�. l��l�er� ti�� vt-�iur��c c,i tite c�e:s��tit�n c:��eds tttt�t rcc�uir�cl tc� c��strc�,�t il�e irr�t,a�iks�aci�t�; t�� ttic 4: r�tc�e4 �rrc��eate+�. il�e c:;�ccss al�all E�e ��scc3 t�a �ra�i� �t�� E�r�� f �a3tinaate cfe��:lc�}�m�:nt ��r �i:��c�s��i +��t' as �lirect�:ci. 1��`l��ri the ��t.»iurt�e 4?(` esxcz�t�ation e3 r�c�t ,ufficienc f��r �c�t�>iruc;tira� iltc }i11 tc� the �r�icic�s aalc�i�..jtcd, ift� c�e�ficiesic� sia<all bt ni°?t�iin�:�f Erc�cri t�t�rr�t�,= �re��;: T'i�� =Rr�ci� �i��ll �c c��.�s`nt�in��! �fs th�t tE�c ;:url��ce i� ti�eil �ir��ine�i �it all ti�a��.;�. i1 }�cx� r�<t+:4�ar��. te��pcwr�r� cir�iat� an�i de�ina�e ditchc°� ��il 1?c in�#�€1(�t� tt� interc�ept c,r �lit ert tiur$as:e ��tter ih=+t ttza} ��f}`c:ci ila< «��t'k. r+. �4N1e�t�z��;��k�e►�-��.��e-��t#�� i� it�c�s.��-�-��{�e�-�63�+��e��f��3�-�»a�°i�r1-��a�s�� k� W _ � , � . . . ..•� �� .. � . .' �` - . � .. .� ' . �~. . .... . , , � �'Fl°Ei{^Et�)fir�'-�`s'�iE'}�•�t'°j+i{�4°�tu-ii'ra'�'�'=y�r': c'+=ri.a„`9f�."�"�, r . . , . . . -. � , _ . . . M. . ,ff��t,�f�} �, :, . ... . , . . . . . �. �� . :. . . . . �� . . `. , w-+h. 1�—��€le�c�i#+r��?c��:-s4�{�-��; °�=��-�t-�.�i:: ��k��s�. -�il�er-ta�a�:�4-��a��=�.--�t�==�t��-�r�: , sr°,-�-�,;-� �+c��rk�tEe��#r�t�t��+r��-c�Nga£�-e��-I-�2--i+�-{:�6�+ . . '�c�. °�;-.��:.••-��a�� -. . r�t�t�f�}�-r�if��ta�#i�,�,?r�,.!'t��t��#�--#� � '.. . .: �rrt�a�� -t#3�-s�r{�1�-:�{�il�c*t�.-�4 ��r4��ii�t�e-��ett�.�r-a,tl� }€��P `� . - • > • `�i��--�a�� .�. ' =��.- •, .. . . .� . . ,: • , ��-�� . ° �+�-t��t�r�'�$-=��# . , . _ _ � �--#�r�r ��-�a� � � . . , ; . • �--��c.=��t��r-r��t��-'h�-�t�t��-�� g��t-ca#�-t��-��13a��r��:-�°�r��-�;-s�-�ar�d�-��r��#1�+�-�+td�-�I�:�e�#...r»�ief�+�-�-art�-�+�I,��s t�e��c�.%��, th� - , , �' .. _ �I�t�: . . . _ _� - . , , .. �4��c#-w��--�-�ifrs��...��...Fr�wt��#�-�°�r��:,--��-Y�-•�r�,��-�: ' � � �-tii�ce�rrwe�t-�±#�.� r��ri��--��._urs�r:�� at�.....h�� it�t'....�e�.�;�at�--��-k»--#��l-:- r�� i��rhr�a�k �1��1;--h�_�r�i+ci-�>e._r�►��a�ei �v�•-� E7{CAVA'1'i()N ANCt ��IB�kNKl�ENT i'-152-2 Ft+�i�rence AG 15Q1637{i-tQF �9t�Qi2f�41) � ' , ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' t , � LJ ' ' � ' ��,��w��R as��a�r� c�c�rc�e�a �� a �w �s-�a s, ��t��.��. aa�c�wav ��t��,� s� �xr��srt�r� ��r�--t��--��xr�r�#-t�#--rt-�-��re�tea�;-l�c�we�t�;--}�'��tt�i�-��t��t_t�_s�t€�....4i:+r . `,. }c�t�--�� rw��rrtl�-��t�.-�e_ ��::....��-t�a�-...t�--t+��-�� . �° ° ' wer-�+�---�r-+�l--� -�-k��,�#�t�t#-��r: c#. itena��s�i �f t?tiliti�t. i3�e �c°��ac��1 c?i'e�i;tina: �cr�a�:i�crs� .�nci ��tilitic� r�:quirccf t+3 perr��it tlae �:?r�cr#� �sr�?s�res� ��i'��c`�r�, ��ill bc �a�Lc��alish�d E�� c�t�tcc�t�� utiti�s� tl�at� t1�e �`�attt�t�+:t�.�r, fc�r' �:�;arnpii:, tthe utitit� �ir�i�s, ��tl��r��i:;c; aij�,�4�:ri ��rt iitc: �lat�°�, :1#E v�i�tit�� i�u��c#zttic�s�;� �It�ll k��: e;i4�t�'�t�:t3 ��x ;t� i�:�►;�t :: f��:t �{ii) cr�i) $��I�?;a ti�e rt?�� t`�t�la4*rs3c�� r FGs intiia��tec� �sn tfre �I�n�, w�rac$ si��; t�tatiri�iC di��:+�t� ��i°��, r3itcctea3, ��IC fii?unt1�:�4ic+si5 tl�u;. ��75=�s��1 �9�s�11 I�sa %at%:klillet! �+°ieEt suit<+1�I�: t��t�ri:sl ar�:i �.'�ws�7�ai�tc� r�< ��rr4i�i<tl I��rcira. e, (`c�m��;�rticars Rtc{ctir��ttents, 7�t� �;aikr;,�r.�t�i: t��d�:� ar�'�s dc� hc ��ted shali t�c �cjulp;�:�iec! t�� a a.ltg�tft c�4 !?" trt� tc� � cl�nsii} ��I rrc�t I«� R$t.;an i()!l ��er�cr�z ca#�tkt� t�;a�itn�it7� �9�n�its° as �etGre�titt�d �} �� l_'�! I�,:�. 11�� n�s�trri��l It� h� ac�n��?a�:t��l �t��IC �� l�i#fair� �. 4�aerc�n2 c,t° c�{�tiin��rn n�c�isturc c°t�ntct�t �i�tt�r� r�lli� tc� �?bt��ir� �Ii4 pr�:s�r�#��c! e��?a��sactiz�s� ic:xc��}�C i��r e��.�r�.Ra�°{: �;rs��l :'4`�r rrrt°rtitir�rzv# �rut'+�rrr t�r sa�ill hc� trs�r�e fr�r .�rrittr�sl� ttiritA�rlr�l.� r�rr�r�t�ctxl, t��urii/�ulr�tt'�rl, urtai rct j�tuc°trr/ ft� �,rettar tcr crhttrirr tlae� reayrrirzr�d �1z��3tft r,f <l�rr�stt�. 'l"I�I.� <°r3�t >�°idl be c�3rr.sitirr��i irr�•ir1�►rtu( tr, tlt� e�t��rrvartir,ir �rrr��' e�r�ahar�rkr��rrf harl itc>rr�. 1"#�s. ir�-p3.ace �iei� �ic:n�it�� st�b�d� t�t ci�te:t�r�iine�l in �cc:��r�i�nce ��itfz �t�i"1:'�t � 1�5�i c�r ��;�"I�R� i) 'li+�, `�t�}n�:� �Jr rt�:#; ti��t�,n��r�t� I i��cr �ks�t€� �i ira ( 1 i)€} cntxs i�n ��Lir �r�at�st dirt��r� :�c�a� +�vilt nz�� c ��rrraittec! ir� ti�e t�,p Fi in � 1?t� nt�n} ��t� t��c 4Eih+v,�r,tda�. i'4��: t"t�'s�l�e� �+ra�i€t�t� c,�?cr.iti��c��: ;��ntizrrr�i�� ic� tl�� t�,�i�:s�! �:rt��s s�:�tit�Q�. s1�a31! �� ,��E�i��ei4 a��i tr�aintaie�e�i �2 I�.��E E.(ifi� f'��t t_{C}i} rn) �hc�sd c�f'thG ��4��n�; ta��r��tit�ns �3€ <�s �3erce#��:9 k?� tl�c t�n� ir��c�-. (ra �cot�;. �tl( lir��s� t�r �r��tn�tfo�� rc��.s i�tt t1�� t�a�;l� �ic�p�� st�all t3e h:�rrtd 1��s� �,r s�thes-��ise r�rt7c�4�e�f tt� Pistc e�f' tir��sl�e�i ��rac�� 59 �ic��a�. .-�I1 c�$t-��i-till sle>{�e:; �;txal4 t?t irni#'�ntxl� c3ress��3 tc> tl��: slc��+r< �r��s� s�cti��sa. ��r�� alie��5ea��:nt �,ti4��.�n �?r� th€ �?d.��s «r ��s dire�:te� �� thc l::nt.�iraeer. �3d��st�-a�3-��t�•�!, ��%��+'��r4�;--€� '°- : ° , � -�e�+rT��e--�rr�#�°��#� � e : . , , . ' ° ',° , . . . -��i�a�r�° _ . . . . . .. --�:#c�l� €�,tt-r��E�� : _ i�-�t` . �-�-ee+�r�€#-I��r-t-Fwr ��--�n�_ < . ` �-t�;�s�a;t�-�—i�--l�i�:atta� <a�t'��tty��: ��=tt�r'� lil�t�tstt�-�=:-�t�r�tr .: � -. , , -�a�{-��ta��!��at3t3�a-ec��ts4E�-x��,=r�i-#�,�-�I�e-EE�sr�+fi��e::-E« +�vi�e � . . : - ° .� '� _ ~ . ' . , : � � ��',�� - � • _ ,. " � ��a#�-��t�# �c�+' , v ' �- - � � . ` ��r�� -�k�--�s�a��--�+�a.:�tt+��-a��a; -��e -��i��--#��-��„��;�--��icar�:�-�:��--�i�-�a-�#ae•��r-a'�s��i� ��;��a��-�+��i �:;-*�� ;�-�aa�i�aeer�-#i�r-�}��=ca�: -�=4�� . , . . . � . � , . ., . �e� � �� : ' � . , . : . ^ . . , , . . �c�-��i� �w�a?��t��-��r-�a�t�� r�ni�i -�+�ad#�a�k-E#�r-��av�F��a�►� -ea� �+se�3+t��, �..{.:,t}#�$f`iiC.�iii�`�..�i,#�.t,.,.... ��... �ts-°e>F m:_3 1�,m:,s €"r�y��a 3«.�.,.: .,r,.�i i;.�.�r:,..... ria ��"r"'�`-'�"'arrz i--e`i-�si:',-`:-r'r�—ei`ac°-.n-� , .�� 4 .- .. .a �.. _ � }�3`'k�,4__FCI_,.,e.rcfcm€�7_.si�*�f; ��-��:��r��: �#�1�-�-��-�+=�z�t�4�--tc�_�#�-��'��+��-�at��_�+��r�t�tr�-t}��--+i��¢�t��-#�a�-��-�rt_+�t:#�<...t�� : t;�-�,3 �3��T2:12t1�4� E 4�';ii°:�'i'it�'�, �� .� ` ` ' ��--+r�� , " °��°.�a�t�i��-��-E� .,,,,:-�;��:;�� : ' • • ' : ��€!#�i��-�#fe�-Ix�+F�irc��l-t�i-��s�°�[t�-;.�9-�`t�i�,-� ��-c�° et�#rr�tc*�# �'hcr� i�.>rrc��e §<�sar�-�:s a�•t asc�itide �h�: ��eat��i�ri�a ��i" ti��: :�i�ac�n }ar��€�erty°. it �9��l1 h�: tB�r Crj�7tr��ti�r'w rt�,�?�rra,il�itii� tcr t��cm�te G�nd sa�?z��it� t}�� u��i}. �uk?jc:�t �� tt��: �p�re,��it �a[' tF�G L�n��:�:r-. "1`ije �`c,ntra��t.,�• ��►il nc�tii� tl��: E:n��ir�e�r', ��t le:��st I��f�� r�� hc�i�nis��; tl�� a��ivatix,+z�, u�ad �er�r>rrrr ul� rreeea:xcir;�� rn�a�ur��x�c��t. .�r��t t�::t:, ��+k+ 1� e�tac��, 7"%c> d°r�trtr�r<�trrr :iltrrtt ,��arfrirnt �z/i tc%rts rc��atr'rc:�l �r� r1r�c-�tnic�aXt ttrrrt fhc� hrrrrrr�� rtcrt�riul i> cic°exr;nteltstc� Y%xr �txs�iurrt�rr�c�u rrr�t�.srr%rrri� altc tcDst tc��c�lts f�x rc�c��t f"r�r�nt. TJte �'e=,�titr�;� urxc! rc�c:rt aarcb t�� hc� I�rc�rarccl f?r° u��'fer�r'rt�r EXCAVA'�It7N At+iD ENlEiANKMtENT At�C1ENE)U4�i �1 E2e#eteftCt: A:� 15t��53?t1�1[3F i�i3f}t��11 P-152-� ' GLEARVVATE#2 AlRPARK ' RW 16 34 8. PARALLEL 7'AX4WAY REHRB & EXT�i+1S9�?hi Q�TQ��R 2{t12 t.ir��rrsc��l l'rr�Jc.s.sx�itrtr! ! tzs,=attt:c:r. .-ili sttstl<�rtr�l.4 !�a la� 1tsc:rl J✓�r �/tc� rvczr& �itttct 1rtt+•ca tr�tf�r�it•r�et t��+t.z rrrr jite� rc°itit t1rr:, t'rvjx�ct l:'ra,�rarrc�4yr nr��ti�r�,x ttr�� 3r��j<�c•t ;°ritzrirl hrjrirrd• rf�e rr�utr rrul c�urn c� hrut�A�llt �at�tr, rrir�>r,r� ��rrr�{trx�� ,(�rr � irrr r�r�»>rr�ti�.�rr ia�t<> tJrr� �rr>jc c-f, ;��a' c•itt�it�c� irt fliet sr��arrr�� xrr cz�r��ra�tizrtn rrJ tlte� �tia�tc�riul s+�i/! l�x� ta�i�c°tfs,��J ��it� Itte 1�`r�,�rrt�rr �t�rl ta%c�r�r�r,r�= t,��ts u�r��r��=c=rl �ri�rr tr� urr}� t�}�t�n�,Fc: �rf �rt�tt��ric�Gs,� ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' L ' ' �J t � ■_1 , ;i#I txt�5tiitahl� r��,tt4:ri�i �i�.31i E�i; �ispcas�c! cxt' E��' 11�e t_'��nir,�it��r. r�ll hurt'c>ti� �its sia�tl he �'�e��i ts}, tc? c�:��*�< th�: w`WrtiL �! f�c:< ��f ��:tt it�t�s >ar:tt=� f�s� ��:c��ata�lc n��erial ic� ��;n�i�le �t�fair�a�a� � ��ifr�r�� pr�aciurt, L3c�rrc5��° �it4 �t1�[� h� ��c x�.;�t�41 t�� rr��f�l.ar lirx�� t�� er�ta9 av�:.t�r�1� r�t�G��rc��nt4. �ttc� t�ie�� Pi�il �Sr ��ti��e+� .z��c� lett ir� zt riec�t� pre�;�rrr.�hl�:. �:�>��ciiti��n ,�itl� a!1 �1c�€�� cir�a4LCi t�nifixrnal�. I�2-2.� �?I2,i[��i£;i�: k�f ,�,�°.�`� tt��. i?a<i�i�as�� .��a�-�at��n �hr��[l cc�n�ist c�f c?�c3�,atin� 1'car cir7in� _� ciit€:►�c� �uU�t ��s ir�terc�p�in�; in6�t «r ��tatlet, �'i}r e�;��t��.�r�� tr�e� �;�.�r��tr�a�t�c�n; r,�� i�r �r�y s�ther tk�c �� i��;i�.�neci �,r a� �:E�r��+�n ��r� the �?1��4, 'CI�G u�ir� �h:�ll be pt'rfc�rn��i i€� ii�t �.,r��ir a�:clucni:� ��st�� t)�s: utE�er ic?n�tructit�tt. <�ti �ati�:3aetc�r�• �tt�►t�ri�i �tt�tU h�. �k,�w��1 i�� to11:�; �rn�;�rit��hi� nt�at�ri�i �t�4il! k�e �al�c�c� ir� e��e .�r��;; ��r esa dir�;�:t�ii. Crai�rc�:�tins: elitc;i�e�, shall t�c �;�x�rstnJC:Ceci �>riijr t�a ytt�rtia�� cij�zca;r�t s;as��.�:�tia��3 i��r�:��iti�tia5. :'til ��ce�s�ry' ��rk 4l�c�li l��: �s�riisrmeci �� ;csa€iri � fir�i�:t� tt'Cik tt) EEttc, N�€'1;3tka;}3i. �I#t� i�`�)SS :�kitt(i[t, �[Itc C°��tt't��Ec7r �I��[1 trs'4tittt��sr� t�iEChc� �.��ttsEruc:t�:ai ,}n ti�i; ��c�jt�:t tu ti��: r`eyttit-�:�i �rc��: �e�:tic,tt att�i �,6a.11! �a:c:{� tkt�t�i tr�:e i,f°�#� hris csr �i}�±str�3�tic�ra�, iErttil ctae prsaj�ct i� :ac�c{�t�°�1. ii2�2.:+ P`KEF'.�itr�,�t-�f.)'ti C)F E�i�i.'�''+R?��F?'�°I° :�12,�<�,. b�`l��: aa� itt�t�+�i��;�z�cnt is t�� t��: cisnstrtictcd tta a i�ci�;lat +ii" -� feet i 1^t) �tnj E>r (��s, ai9 sc�ci �nd �cF=�[at�le ��tt�r ��all 1,� rer��i�a=��1 fir�Ym the surftce: tm��jci wl�i�:l� ttxe �r�ik��r�l��i�nt i� t��s b� �Ea�:ed. �r��3 tl�e df��i•�ci s��cd��e� �h�f1E hc �t�n��,li;t�:�� br�{�ett u� I�� It-��+°ir��, c�r s�:�rif�ara� t�-� � irsin�rniiiat �f�pt}� c�i t� irt ( I�t} n�at�#. 7-t�as �r�'<� �h��Ii tit�at E�e.c��a�t��i �� arroclic<atc�1 i�� ar��>a�xaph r.ts. 1A�'i��n t17e }t�i�ht c�t`#ill i� �r�iitr:r t!i<�n -� f��et ( 6?fi �n�j. :��s ttt�t r�r�t��rec3 tv i7� rer�ac��-�ci 4h��11 �i� ihE>r«u�6�ls cleske� tati:i i•��c�ra3g�€��t�+l tc� tl�c �i�r��it� ��t" tiic �uree?uncias�� afs��i t��f��rc: i:�t��trt�t;ti��e� ifl i�nh<�n�;mcnt. G'ti'I�tre: �r«i��ti}�xti�r�� r�re tc= bt �l�zcc�ci cir� n�tural �ir,��s:s �+te��r ti�� _3 tz, I. ncFriruntal tsc:nct��s :�t�t�ll i?e� �.:c,��5�ra��teci t�4 s1t,��ri c,r� th� �ki5�n�. '`�:e� ciircct pUtkm�nt st�al9 E�e tnat�e fc+r tia� ir�,r� ��rfc�rr7�ccl u��x ti�is �ectia3n. "(�i�� i�ecess�r�, i°ie::�rir��, s;iai�l �r-t��?in� <s�nd [h� t�«�ntit�� af ��ca�°�tic�s� r�.n��cc� ��ilf �� g�a�d ti�r t�r�d��` tite �;�ae�:ti.� it�ttt�s �,t �°�r3.. i�2�2,(a FtJR'�1.tTit3�v t)� E'tiiB:�,"tit�:'4ii�'�+`I"'�, E;rnta.�r�S.r�le:nis sh�ll i�e 1`c�nT��+� iri s��:c�ssi4e 1��?ciz�.,ntal i4�y<r� c,(, nt�i n�or� than � ir� f?(i�l s�3�a1� in t�� c��th fikr t#��: t"eall s��ic31h t�t'the crc�ss se�t'scrn, unlzss c�zEryec��ise a+��rt�� E�y ths, F�rz�ia��€; r. Thc �ra�firt� c�p4r�ti�r�s �I��tE1 k?� cc�n�ea�;ted. :��tti the ��ricrus s�ii s�°�t� s#��li he �*tare�i, tc� �arc,�f�a�:� 4� st,il �;tr:aEturc �ts kl��+:c� c,n tf�e ��Si<af crt?ss ��tic�zn t�a� �w �iirt�icti. '�=1�t�ri�i�; :�ucl� ;�s t�rusi�, [�ca�e. rckt�t�. �tui�t��5. ^ra�s an�i c,al��r c�r�ar�i� ��a.�ttcr, �;�t�13 tt�� lae inu�rp��r�tcc# �sr i:,�ried ir� th�: cEa�t,at�{�r��rrt. �-a�c:ra�ti��t� c?�� <�rthavc�rk �i��s11 E}c ,t�sper��.�3 �t q�ra4 tir�� =l��n �e�tisfx�t:t��r4� re�c�lt� c;�ar�rac�t hc c7l�t��in��f b��au5� c�t r�in. 1cc�tir��:., a?r utla�r si��4�ti�fi�cic�rg ct4n�iitic�n� ��f the �elc�. 'Ti�e �'s,nt�4;i��r sl�x�ll cira��, hla�t9c:, c�r slca�aL tlti� �ti�t��n�tnc;i�t tF� �r�avic�� prc��r ��rSa,:� drai��e,��, `ittc rnal�riai in t�te !�i°�r shal3 tre da�°�t��ic� --' �Serc+:r�� t'r��atii��trm �t��i�ttere c�,nt�r�K b��"c?re r�,llin� t€� �,htair� ihe pres€rit,�ci cc�a��p<tcti�n, [n c�rci�r t� ��c�ttia:�e: a��}if�c-n� rn�?i;t��r�; cc-�ntc;nt ti�r�?u�ht�Eit tl�c la��c�. ��ctiin+z. t?� cir�°in� srt t�� t�ateria� and r��i�sul�tis�a� �haii 1�r ��q�i�re�l �k��iaea� ztE�:c��:�r��. 4i�c��ld Yhe na��eriat h� t�x� r��t t�, �ct'st�it �rc�E�t;r 4��,��;�i��r� c�r r��I€xE�w, �i! ��z�r� i�r� �it �af tt+e s�t"i��te�i �c�rt��ns �a!° i9�� clt�%.a�tl:m�nt si�all t�t� cicia}°e�cl �ir�til tt�e i��t�ria! h?� �iric�l t« t��: r��re� ta��ist�re c;ca��t��t, S�rinkiin� t�f'clrv r��terr`:�1 1cs ��tai�� I�e �ar�,��<r rz7s>isiur� cc,Ete�t�t �l�f�(t t�e +��r�c: �4=i#i� a��rsicLC4 ;:c�ua��t��t ih:�t �aii( �t�t`Ii�:ientl�� c3istrihut�: tla�: ��=�ter. �uf`#ici�,��t eyuiE>r��cr�t tfy li'�rt�sEa tl�� r�c��iftc� ��atc;r �I�all �z a��`sl:�hl� a# a!i ti�a�e:,. `��n�lea i,3 .ili �;��.�nt��Lnt c��:�t�:ri�ls f��r ��stira�;. ��yt3t k�scti�re ;�rz� �i"t�� It�:crnc:nt �z��i ��t��t:t�e�a�. ��iEI �e t:gkera fc�t- +:as:i� 1;�13t} c�et�ic }°arsis_ 13��e�3 c�s� thts� t��ts. tl�e C°��r�tra�t�7r �(�a�l ��1a�� i{t�: tteC��r� ��,3`r��ti��n5 ��n�£ �4i,attsitat�:r�i4 an nt�tlai�ci;�. t�at�r�al� c>r rt�c�isti�re ��i�:rfii iat �?r�ie:r i� :�i:ltiet� C��c ec�rrcct ��nt�sist�rt}s nl c��t��i�t�, t�trslEi�j� ��rer.sticar�� :�h�ii hE r;��ntinuccf u��til tlaz r:��h=�r��r��+:��t r�: zc�a��:��is:d tc+ r�t�t I�:ss ti��r� 9� g�i:r•c�:tat c�+l �t�x�:aitntart? �;ic:��4it} t�ef�€�--�a��:�1€�s+��il�;-��—�--��w�-t`+t=�is�+�a�-�-�e€�:��t�--�kx- c��la�iwe ��t�; ;�� cl�t€�rniir�cc� hy F��"�''�f l5��. �:nder 4�EI are�� E�, t�e; �S��i+�, tfi� c�nt��r�k��ier�is sl�n�ll hr cf>i��ct��i tc� a<i��t13 c�i° 12" 1n�i t€� � c�e��sit� csi` tk��t l��: tt�aoa �� a<r��nt ��t°tl?e rrt�t�i€a�urx� �c:sa4itti a� �i��err��ie�� bti :�S'�°'��t t°�57. t::}�� 11 ar�.s;� s.?ut�;icii ��"t'[te g�stc-�ntertt at`c,€s. nc� �c}r��aa�:�i��n +�i1i k�t rct�uir�ti �sa� zh� tc3� -1 in # Bt}(? x�acro�). P-152-+i EXCAVATiCiN AND �MBR��tC1UfEN7 Refer�n�e A� 15�t537t�-1(iF t9t301�Q11} oc�c�e�R z��z CI�ARWATER AIl�PI�R4S R�+Y t6-3d 8 PA#2f#t�l.Ei. TAX�WA;Y REMAB � EX�'EN�ttJN I lt�: ist-�,I��e;r ;iiit� �t.t6�it5 tia��ii hi ctit�°ttt�Ea�c'ci itt z��c��rt9<�t�cs: i�'iit� .-�`�i'�l [) i 5:?f� c?r ��,"� (�.1 I) :''. M(�i �'��r�it3.��•ti��n ��r�� 1�;31P E�� i��3t �.c�<�r,ttr. a�ad r�c� I.i}�:� �1�xiil f�c t`�:�s��r�:ti hu ai��,tl�er ��ntii t�tc (�rc��ai' c4tn�ite� i� �;Est:�i�}�cl. T��u•i��* c�<pr�s�r�iEtiErr� c?i'tf�t �n�h.a��.��cast, t}�� t"c,ritr�a�:1c?wsi�.�ll ��c-r�yte itis`}��:r tc��i��a�rwt s�s aEi ti�� ,, t�«ttt ��`h<r� lc?ac4�d ar�c� i�=he�� c��[�°. ��.�r tl�� l:��er5 ,i�; th�. ,�r� �1y��ri �cf,i.�t��r(1 �r:�t��ihut� i�� zr:avel ��°�nl�� =��er thc� �»t9r� s��idi�� 1�`�h� c�Enbank:rnrFi�_ 1}ie �c��`s��t��:��i 4i��i1 he c?g�irat�ci in �tt�:l� a r�7;�r�ner tljat i�.ir�l��in. �:e��a�rat�d �;r.ivcl. cfs��•< iar t�ther ci�ur�� c�i) tti�tt�s�€�i }�ill �t t�r+�?l�era a��i ir�tc' �r2r<<I! �:trti�:ltg �n� la�cisn�i incc>r�{�a�tiel �vitt� the �tl��r r��.�ter��i i�� hc I<i�ir. I�i th€ «?��tru�:ti�?s� i?#" ��r�har;�c�3er�i�,. I;iy�r �la��a��a:rkt �li��ll t�e�;i�� n tf�c ci��:��t �,c:�rtit�a� �ri' th� 1i11; :�;� �l<sc:�merzt �?rt:��r�:s�e�. Ec�gers �:t3alE b� c��n�tnac t�:ci a�?��rnxir��at� lk ��r�l9�:i t�� ti�� iic�isl��i p��n�ent �*r��3+; li��e�. t�`�tet� r��k s�n�8 a�t�er entk�an��s��:aat rt�at::�-a��l �re �x�:R�r�tt�c3 �t a�s�ri7xirt7,�t�.°Iv t}3�: �.<�a�te 1ir��°� the rsr�l� 4h<t[t ��e inc��r�x�r�tcci irtt�s �ka� {jait�;r ��rt's�� cs( tl�� cen1�<�ral:mer�c as�ci th� c�tEser r��trrial �I��II h� i�tce�r�ac>r•��t�c� :ar��e.r tl��: fi�tiat� ��a��:cl ,ire��;. °iti�r��;; Etr trs��n�cnt;�s� r-��3� (ar�er tiaax� �i i�� I�t) �aa�n} i�t t}��ir t,�r+ua�i��t tiizr�Lrxsic�ra� �a�i1i n��t be �t(I�:awc:s�' irz tl�c° tcs� t� �r� t[�€1 rs�m3 ia€-tt�i ��E��ra�iL. F�c�c�ktill >h��91 I+�: hr{,az�ht eip iri l�irer� <a�. ��r,:it`iccl ��r ��:� c.iireu:t�ci 4�ctcl et=�r�: � t�i?et ;�tt:�E[ k�e cx�;rcec# z<> litl t}t� o�i�i�i� ��itit tlzc: tittcr r�t<tteri3l 1'c5rr�tir��; � cjrct�sc. �i'rtt��lct n7Ka4�. 32c7ik ��r E�t�ul4lr:t�� sh�ll r3��t t?e di�pcstieii ij# ��#4icle t1�e c�c<ss,�tiE?s� i,r s r��an1�r��er�t �rc�s� ��:cc�?t �rt �I�ic;e� ��c� in th� t�ro�n��er ;i�:�k�r�atc�i �}� tl�e � c��itre�:r. �'t°i�ca1 chc e3�a�{ate�i z��;�tcri�sl c:t��a�+ist4 ��r+�ci�3�t�it�arttl� sa#� rcr�;� li-a��:��ts i�t svci� ,ir,: �hrtt 16�� nir�tirial La��nc�t i�c � .. ., t: ��stce� �n I�}�r� �?f ti�� scciE��+� �l�i�;E��,� ��itE�c��t s:rtt�l�ii��. p��l�rer�ri�� r t��t�.hcr l�r�a�srt� �i�i�r� �17� �t��e�, si�c�t n�atcri<i) ��r.s}' i�� g��<3c:e�f �z3 th� �s��ts;�s�iira�ent as �iire�°t�it in laket`s rt��i t��:es:�lir7� : ic�t (fi� �rT�'J i» tl�ic:�ne:a�. E;a�tt [<ty�:r shr��( t�c lz��e3t�i <�nc� �m��{�tl�e�l ttiitlt �;uit�l�ir ie>tlirat_ a'�;ati�at�erti <tn� t,� �iastriht�tic,n c,f" s�s�tl� �rt� tit��r ' f`�`s�rrtent�; ctf tsrs:k, i l��;L tt��:. lif°t:� ,Ig�iE rac�t F�c �;csrtstr��t��i �i;i��e ban e,l��titi��n =3 fiet { I?t? ttt�) helc��t tPt< fitii;l�cc! �ut��rat�i�. 1-�rc�z�t� t��te�i�i �h;t]i n��i he �la��€ i�� €h� c i�:i��nkira�r�t nc�r �hall �rn�aa�n��t�cnt hE �1�{t�: d u�a�n fi-c3z�i� r��z{teriak. `1"he�� wi�l F�� eparate ftte;�sur�rnciaa +�i' �aymen2 ior ��n��:�etr� rnai�.�nl:t��rnt, ancl ��11 ,;��ts inr€ticntaat trs placiE�� in �at�°ers. �an��t��ting. di�l:in�, ei��terin;;, n�i�in�, ��c��irt�;, ar�cl c�tF��r ntaces�arw� o��rrs�t�cans t'c�r conatractic�n of en�k�arskmen�t will �e i��c�ucieci in the contrart price fQr cxc�vati�>n �>r c>tt�er icem�. 152-2.7 r-r��r�c� :�'tiD {'It()TI�t"Tl{�?V �}� 'iLi[3G12:�I?E. :�#`ttr ih�: siil��•�� h�s E�e�t� �uh:�tt�ttti�atily �c��iEai�ted il�e fi�lt v�•idtE� 4f�all b� �c5rtciit�<sncci E3� rtonc��inrs a»s� ,�ii t�r �?tl�c:r unstat�3c; rnni�rial thal +��i[I �tt?t ac>t�x��c�t ��+r��>erl�, 1`4�� re��iti��5> are�� ,�n� ;�li i�the�r li�� arccv+;. 1��1is ��r �3e�r•c�s��ts shazli k?e he�au�l�t tc� �,�rra�� sitit su�t{tt�t� �:e�e�t rn�at�r's�€t. Sc°�riYrin�. E�Ratiin�. r�}liita€* a�id ��ti��r ri�etl��?c�� °h<�i3 he �ieri�>rrr��cl t� pr<>tiicle :� the�ri�ts�l�l�� La�Ai�t�raLte� �c�t�±,�`ac�e �t�a;7�� t� �he �irt�� anc3 �;ra�3c� :;9t�,4��t� c�zt th� �lart5. t;raciio7�, vi` t�t� su�a�ra�c �}�ail f��: ;��rf�c�t��c# �r, chat it �:��li �irain rr:;��3i1��. 1}�� t"t-,ratra�te�r �l��ll t�4�c �€! �rc��t�y��tt# az��e�s�ry tca �Src>t.ect the ��sts�!r�cfc trc.'r�? �3an��E, tl�-±;lae �h�ii 6itnit h;�t�(�c�� c3x�tr the lir�i�h�d �u��!raci� tc� tl�:tt ��°hit�h is �ss�r�tiat fc�r �t�rt�t�u�:ii��n purpcss��. :'il[ r�its Esc rca}iy_>}� {�lace� tPtat a�a�e=�:[�,� in .� c:�->taa�al�t��i ��rh�r;��e :�h��l! 1�� :�rncEc�theii •dinci t�:��>��pt��[�c�. `vc� .ccl?�.��,c. �+a��. �?r e��rt�s�e +:c�4�rsr sla�ll be �l.i��d n�� tt�c ,te��ra,�� urtti{ t}�� sah��r��cf� ha� hein �t��rc?se�! h}° tl�� E-_€�� €6�eer. I;'>_2.i� N.1i t.. i1t1 fa�u4irt;� ��'s�i k?e :c�n�i�i�rcd 3»es�e��r4 �ancl ira�itf«�i7I ��.ir� z>E' t13e ti�«c>sk. It� Gc�;�t �,iT.�ll 1?i ��rtsid�r�d �S� t}�s� t:`c�ntrart��r :�t�� is�cfa3�icd i1� tl�� it1ntr��^t �iriAt �r��e #i?r th�: �n� ��#` it��n� �>f` ��c•�; ir�i'cs(w��. ?�:cs ��ran�°rli +�=il! �� rs��z�ic :��r<�r�t�E� �?ra�ir�ctl; I+,rha��lioi�� a :ar�+.� p:�rt �ai'ti�� ,c�c�k. 152-2.�1 'I'(Jl..k:12.#'ti(:I�:'�. !�t thi>�€ a�r�a� u�i�n ��Iti�h ;� �uh�+a�� r?r t��st �c,urse i� tz? }�e �1;3<rcl, tli� it�p ttl t�� tsh�_=rs�cie s1�z�l� E?e t�i'�;�cit ;��j��>#1�r�e�a that. �.�F�tn testc�3 4a�iih s� 1G ti t�.�s srr� �tt•�it�latcd�;e s��a�li�� ttrx�t3ct arac4 �t ri�i�t :�ny�,ic� t�> t}se �enterlin�, it >;��s:dl( n€�t ;1�c71a an}� d��.�i�tii�n ir� cec:e:;; �-�f 1"�' if� � I' �t�itt), c,r :�Ei.�ll nt�t t}� tt��-�r� tl�:��'� tl.tl� ti {().Gi:+ r7�p t'ra>a�t true �,ar,�e9� ;a� s:,tahii5hei� 1,k `sr<�� itu�, <ar �ins, :�n; �ieai�atic�ra �ca e��:i°s5 caf ti3e:wc a�alc�ue�ts �1taEl h� cx��•r� �Fe� t�� If�c�4`rtin�. �t#t�€n�:> �?r r�:rrt«�=in�� n;�tts riz�i�: resi�a}nin�; �nt3 r��cx�t}�a<zi�� l�� pri��l�lint� �nd r•€�iCitt�. ( ir� `ai's:t}° �r�.ts, int�r�z��li.�t�; ;tni� c}tE��.r d�si;,,�n:z2��i arc:a�e ti�� sur#;ic�e �i�s�ll i�c c}!` �t��h �a��ut%�;c�:; t��s�t it �iIC n��i �E�r;� n�c�� tt��€r7 #?. I(i f't {tl.{i s r�� p f'r«��, tr��: s>racle �� csi<�i�iiyhcc€ l�� s•>�cic l�c;h� :'1�ar cic4 i<�t�c,ra in c tcces^� c,� tl�is ��n��ar�t �li��El �� c�rrcctc�! 4,t I€±�}ser�in�;, F�citiit�� ?r r°�tn�Yw�in� ��r��xt�riaais, <zr�t3 ��c;:�t��x�1izz�:. � _ _... � ._.. r_._�__....._....� _.._.��. _ ___.... .�...�...� �.�__�.._. .��. _��.., w___ ._ � _...__.�.� _��_ ��_._._.� _ EXCAVATIt}N A�tD EA�BAt�}�ttAEhiT ;�±Di3ENif4iM A�f Ftelec�nr�. �{; 15i�r�37{7-1 t�� i9s 34IZC�1 i} P-152-5 � CLEARWATER AIFiPf�RK , F2W 16 34 & PARR4�.S.EL 7AXIWAY REHAS 8 EXTENS1Ofi1 ' ' ' � ' 1 t3CTt1BER 2U$2 E�2-2.1!)'I�()1"�t.?Ils. �'�1�irz t.3�34��1 i� ��rei:iti�:ti c��'rcc;gtairv�4 <ia qlt��c��t� o;t� tt�c ��lt�n� ��--wtst�k4=-dte+�--�--�f}�. it �lta�ii �x� S;�Er;�tf��1 f:rcirt� str'ag��in€� «r' c�tft�r wt<��I�ra:.=. i:f�cr�st+i�tls. -i=��-k��-;3��1-��-tE�e-r��t��+��a�t�#�I��+��'1-��;�: I(. <tt tl�c^. r tir�tt 4xf cxc��<ntia§tt �tr sE[i�>��r��. tlt� t��¢��i�i1 cai�rt�>f 17c. �Sl�i�:r:ti in its {�a��{a�r R�n�i Eit�.�E �.c�tictirr c�t� ti��i�E7�ci �;�rt,truc:ti�}t�, th� inat�ria! �i3silC hc� vt.?+`l��ieai s�t a�?�rrc�4�c� i•.�i-.�t��,n4. `ita�+:P�{�ilca siaAili nc�t �,�: �1G�L��i tiaitl�ii� 'tJt? fx�et cri' �-c�it��} �r�7�rtrtc:E�t +�r 7:"^. #eet {�f` E;i°;s�+;a� pa�e:rrtc�z�t tinci 4h�i11 r��yt t�r �31>�r�:r! �js� ,�r�:r�.w that �kal�ktc�u�:t�#ly° 4�°i!1 r�yaair� �stz�� e�ca3v�a�tia,n �3r �rrik�.s��k��er�t. Ii`, it� tl�� its��t ��f iltc t=;t�z�it�+,:�r. �t i� �r�,t�:ta�:il t+;? �,��< tP�c �t�i�as�cci ta��urii �st tl�t tirne s?i' c�L<t��itid3�� >r �E�i��tr�==. tia� €��x�ccri.�l slt�tl i�e �iln��d it� it;� tit�s�l ��i��itic�f� ?�tiiti3<�ut ,tc?zk�ilin� E>r tt�rfher f�tlllit��t(1LT,. .. L��a�>j� L�,rn�gl�tiE§r� c�i !�rs�tii�� aa�s�rt�ti�>r��,. �i��:�:�il�ci t�f�„c7il sh��ll 2a�; t��it�il�;�i ;��ci s,►,�+:�+.i ,a� clire;.:i�cl;-��--�+4-re�+,�►�t��-� ?T� 1=�<)=�- :=it1 t�rrj urc�us x�itl�irr rire tirreits �rJ`c�r�ra.�trrxc•t�r�n .;hu!! l�r��°c �r a" lrft �rf rcr�rs�,it �rlcrc•eci r�> pfr� �axce/x�.�:se=ci �rc�rlc�+. f'rr}•rtta�ttf %r�r ti�p,tir�if ttauts:art'ctt, ptuc•crrrt�r�t, s#�tck{�ilier�,=, r��lrrxrte�lin�,� rtArrl slrcr�ai�r�,� .�/txtlC h�r c�ra��stt��rc>rd errc�iclerrtul tc� t1rc: �tfAj�t•t '�i"�3 ctirct;t �atst�etti e,cll k�i: tti<tci� i:�r tf��sc��l :;� �t�cl7 tir�c3�:r Itcin i'-i�"_. -��--�r�rt�i#�-r��->w�#�tc»ci-�+e�-t��t� �:��xi��»Ic�1-.��...�ir��i�l-��rt�t-��r��;��z� ��id �Sri��{�r-�e�i�-�€�rc�-{-F;ct�i+r--aa�c*trr�-lr�r� �4=f��t�+#��s�-�:��rvet€�= �� hr�-t atc:s�l,�ail�a�� c;€` tc?{'��3k1 ;srg<I isst�r r4E�E�sie�lie�� °�f �;t+ci� �nGaier��C is clir+��te�! k�� the I°:nt�ir�eer9 pca��nar�rr�' .�iiull �re� c°r�r�.cirlc�rrrrl tn€rrf��rrtul trr t/rf� �rrlj��<•J " , t+t�-#t+�--�►' ,L-.P.�-�;:.�.�,-s� ..'•-�-=�� ±+��i�ir �, - _ . i1i�"I'H(J�I) ()i=''�'[F �'�l'TiF;"1'1T`;N"I° ]52-3.i The t{��.}a�ti�� ?i ext�z;aii�frr t�s i>e �Faia:f tt5r slttll t?� th� tatitzit+cri,fi �tfk�i+: �ard� (et�1>i� i��:tcrs) r��€�:�t�t��-�t�-+t5 � �;a��s�� r��tra�ut<�r� h�° fltN u��ru�,�c� �n� �rc�u rnethc�d T�r� �n�t �re�u is thert #�r�l��' ht' th� x�ri�a��rd �rn��r�e� tin� �tftcrr s°t��'tr€t, {I�r�-€�ic�a+r:Rlir�t� xr�r�=��'1 ::stt�Islisl��t� J�ti• fitl�/ c�rr�.e,s sc��tirirr3 t�rk�n h3• t/ic• i:r�rt�rrre�r�r urrel il�� rul t/rr.•rrrcti�ud �au�= Fir:c ��strrhli.�lr�:r! 1�� c.rc•uti�ntirlrr ��r�>�3 .sec•fi�l��s .+I��,��ra r.�n �1�< f,lurr.s, .�rrfijc�i�t iu v��ri�eutaf,�r #r�. t'lte t ri��irr�t�r_ ��"t€rr e�r�rr�/�Icti�r� rrf uli e�eg�rrtif�r� rrprr�r,tir'rrr;s nrta! �rvc�� tr� 1�'t�� pluc^t�t�� `firt�e t�r �irhfzc��a 1r�ctt�rfcz%� � thg finarl €�t�c°«�afir�tt x,�r�lJ t�� =cfri(ic�rf t�� tlt� �?��,•i��r �i�` rlr�°�t�s t�f rc�sicr�•irt,�� rtcl crais� s�clir�rrs f�r�it°r� �ic" �ti� c•r�rrtrc�etr�r �tt fnde�r��e�l� trt�1 �rc��:r#irr�+ I f�tl lin��ur_jec�t ��trrs� (�ia�t t�t�xti•itti+Jrr sztra�c�t). The pr€�- ttrrr�' �cast-�rc�r��rr�'iotr aurs�nF' �f�i�t/�les ��htrtl b� prr��Icfetllr� tl�ey � rr,�is�e�r it�� tt�t•trn�ttx° firrrr�ttl9 irtc•tctt�z.rr� � �rtirtt rr�trrr�ier, rar�rthfrr�;, c��rtstir��,�, �1��tart. aru��st�i�! ri�a�°ri/�titira 7"He�re�c�rc u��nrirrn atrn e1� xl�rxrJr�' lrx� t��r�arirx��! tr�' t�e� t�r��ine��r ,�riar tv c«r�inr�rrrenr€rat �aJ e�artlr-rr�n��ir�g ��tis•iti�s. lf the ��crrrrr��c-xr�r cicfc,�ts rrat tc� r•rrP��rt,� exc°u��uti��n ��sirr�,� rire ai�eru;e ��rt�f �r�� nretl�r�c!> tlrcrr� ptcrn y��crr�tit��s n�r'It l�� ttr`ti; c�r/. ' ' ��1ea,�urer7rent �haall �rz�t at�cic#c#c: �l�c �.��aartt�tr ��i' n�at�,�ial� e��a�at��i ��itl��,nt <r��ti�c?ri�.:�ti��t� t>e�'�>nd ni+rrtt:�l wlc��G kirt��, �ar k�� s��sllti�� >i t�aat�ria� rs��c3 fc�t �r�rga�at�s azi��r i�.�n i��5� dir�etc��1. f..`�-�--f3�r-�{��-��:�-a�#--i��-{��-�.:-�� . . . . :' ` .� � �. ��+��#�r--c:�=��t�kii�-�r�-(•i�t�itf ��;-�;�c*��•�r�-i4� a�'t��€��-�-##�t��w-��t- °�-�t�, �:� Mi?f4>i'�4�C�-�f�t£��'ftt'#�,�'S�1��)C-�F}14�-�+L�•�i3tl-i� �acz��-L+iF 3-�"� m � �i-��-at �i.-'ct�->#C�r#t£�k�£'i1�33�-tfiicis�ai--mrs°iiatf#£?�-#iT . . � ; •. • : ,. . ; ��t��=r�rt��t�e�l�: � t+2-3.-1 �c?r ��°€netat �:�+�t�t��d k?ti� fP�� :�u�K�: 4�'�r�1 (�:u�ic tn�i�ri, m��uren�ent ic�r �►!! ex�a+•atrt�r� �d��S! t>e ��m�t�t�c� br the ztier<��c; �r�e� 3re:� r��;tl�c3�iJiiae ecai$ are� i� tltat l�c�une� t��' �I�c c,ri4,��irlr�l erc��ir��f lir�� e,tat�li�}xc�c� t�1 iES;ic� a:t•cjfis ��ctictr�s 4atz<t t1�� tit3�f ti��r<tEC;�� a� Eine �::tat�Cisi�e� ��' e�ca+atic:ra cr<,�:� �«:tic,r�� :i�c?ti�n «r7 tlr� �!<�o��. :�ub�c�:t 4k: �.�ri#ic.�tic�r� k�v tis� E:nz;ir�ae�, :��f`t�c rvat��l�:ticFn c�l :�Il ��c��'�at�+a� ��i�i ��nta�t�kt��r��t 4•��cr,l�it+r3s c�ra�l �ri��r t�+ t#�c: ' �+laiin;z c�it��a>� c�r 4ul�b;�s� r��at�:rr�1, a#�e final �xcal:vti��n �ii�Ei l�s �eri#ic��i t�� li� t-:r��;i��c�er bt n��ns s5f fi�{�l �ris�s ��cti�?n� t,�#��:r� r�nde�re�9� at i�ftc;ev�(s rz�f��e��ir�� 1!i{1 Gnczr ��:1 t t�Ci n��er��. '�l, ' ' � .i (yere �vvill be nca ee��s�r�te E�ie��r�r��eni �'nr ��s��rnei�t t�ar �c�nips�ciecl cr�tbs�E�kn�e��t, :�r�tl all c•c>4is in�icie�tal tc� �tarin� in ia4�r4, rr,��riirt�. �ii�l�ir��,, ��ier'�n�, nti�in�, s��ain,;, :�nci Uther r�ece±;s:ar�� s��ter�tir�ns fct►` cc��trur:tinrt �f�n�Er�r��sx�er�ts ��ili t>e inrtu�l�ct ir� 41�r ��itrs��t ��r•icc ic�r e�ca��u�i�rra, �x►rroe�, r�� s�th�r� iternv. �3n.�( ti4lc� �r��,��t6�n� :1��li F�� s:��l4b�ec� iftl�e l�,Il�a4ti=in� �:h��i:� t�av� t�s�n r��;sl�:; a. #'i<srt ��tEt c?t��na}��a��i��t�i:t�E� t>r c��:al•�tit��i:s arc �13�a��a�i F�� rt�t�r< tf�iat� �iu� «r r��ic�u� to{l tt (i}.; t��zcrj. c�r R�. i'l,�r� �f�•r<ati{iG�� # �n�h<Eri£�c��€�tR �?r s:�c�k<aiitxr�� ,�rc. �h�nr�zci t>u fnc,r< tt�.rr� ��I�.�v t:>r i��arrra� Cl.:� It {t1, i? ia�crt4s�}. � EX�Ai�A'TIfJl�i AND EMBANKI4AENT Ref�ren�;� i�G t5t�f537Ca-t�r� �9130��CF4ip � ' C)G70BER 2612 c��,a�vv�ar�� ,a��e�,��c R4V `16•3d $. PARAI.LEl TAXIWAY REHAB $, IEX"iENSIQM I);��'1�,4"1 ��f7'� l3��R�.1��7� � }�2-�i.'2 ( t>r "i =r�zl.�w�iti�.�i c�:c<s�:�ti�t�" r��a}�a�ct�1 3}a4��1 t�c t��t�i�: xi� €!'�� Lt��ttr,:�ct ��it �t'i�+.° ��ti:t � t�E�ic d.�t•c:3 �cu�ii� �t�et��-�, t��E� ��ric� �#��II h� i�t�ii �:caat��?�;��:�di��s� t��- i�i�r�ni^��iia�, ��11 ��ater�t�i�, l�t�«r, ��ii�,�t�ni_ ta,t�t�, �nci ict�ii�t�atz�l� ��«4�<��°� t�� c{,►��g�i�t� tl�� it�r7�. ' ' C ' u ' #��--#.� �r�� t��:�i�-#�r�a��+ar�°=--�?a�+��rr�t--�1�1)-�?e�+�:�+.�-€�-�t�-�.�ar�r��=r-f��-�k��-�x}+��#-#��+�a�i�a�t�� r+e•e�^�� $3�-3t� � ' „ . .. . - . . . , . . . _ ei:�c.��rsca="=r��-iE=. k'd�kt'�$4'£.'"gia£�-fi�fi�- °�*'�-�:°3-#"iat--=��t#i?�-�° 4ia ,< „ . . � • ti^�3{afWti*t#t?iti:-F£tff�-�tt'-l�c'i4��""�'�%£s? ��•��r1�F__•.€��-z�r�c�;�ti+�r�-#�r-ft�rf�+�+r��,�-�s��-�t��t��s;-Iz►��r:-�c�t+i�t��;-�c�.�;��-itxici��.._.��;� ,:�� e-�+k�- -E�-�1:-c-#��-=-��-k� ,�. , � ��t--a,#�--��#-��-�+�+E-�e��-}�t-��ti��-a��}- ��+e;�c-�.I��.i*�-°#�t�-�.��r��+�ra f:�r i��i�t4--�€#-t►�i�r�itci±�:-1c�c:��tt+}'��t�1:--ha«�a�i-+tat��t�HrF=:-�t�z.w�� tt*�xst��ie fi6p� ttet�r. �--�2---� �•-�r,t-�=#�tra,� ��,��►�te?�=-��ttt�r►zta�-�t�l-��ee.tt��tl�-� �4a�-�,�>��t��,�.ttt►a�-tz�i�e-��r--��+�+•--�t�rfi#�4�tr�'t� r�t�3; -�=F�+. . . ��e�t�ks��rt-#�3��a€�3�i�r�� - . � . ' r�ti-it�+cici�t�fiE�;--r�et*r �;r��-a� �� -r�ra}��-��e�-it�t�; -1-�--i-t+-�r��----�;t�-3r�4r;�#-�'�z�` ` . �' , � - W ` � ` ' t�#-�.�t�a�-�e�}; `",-;rr.r�:n=:::�,mii�-�' _ ` �itti�t3ii"�-£i%1--i�1&iEi��f#?i°r�..it§��'t?�;-E'"kjif#�3��t'�ai� -Ei�4-�-ilii:�i�e.�3}iiiE4-�4Ei:�ti'_FZ3i� %tl�tt�1��E�-iiCifii: �� # 7 ��,i��.�;s:4°°-;�-�;at::�='-�fi��r�a��1�€!-��e +�a�c3c�►i ��-�ss�t��a� t�i�E�.��e-�e�-i:-ttl>i:- ��►t1-•€�ts��t-;a��;a- ��r- ��#��trr��-��-, . .. - .. _ Itc�rrr /?'-�.2-� T°irr RI.`,ttt)�:<tL l)f't°,'�SL`lT.��t31� il�il`�'R1:-11 "�azyrnc�irtyfrlr!/ri.sl�zc��t��rrirptl�rrt��c�c�r�°tlrir2� � thuX r"s r�[r�tfrr�tt rtr .-�r�rc°C� I f_ 1 tt%.Sc�€�ti<�» /1 °- '�`�t�lr�iir�rl S�ac�c�i�cntinTt�, t�"��rdr�i��tc�r i� tc� irthi� ��fitc• fJrut t/ris it�>rn tr�c�trrt/�,Y r�pia�~��ar�rt� �+�it�r e�l� an filt_ Sj�cxcifi��ll�� tlii.� �recl i�� r'ra rr�{�1�� t�� ur�cr.s� unr��r t�t� su!'a��rcrrfc� <r,J`rh� rurrx�e��. tlz�� trzir��zt unc� tlr�• tcztic��trt' t°r�ttrtec'tr�r �rrter;��c•tit�r�s. „ ' � 6'at'3�cr�t ��iil h� n��cie under: � "I�he�-e w�ill i�e n�i se�arate ntea�urer�en2 f��r �j��t �`r�r c��t�pa�i�e�i �ml�ankn►eat� �►�t�1 �Il ca�t� Enei�iN��ts�i �a �I��in� it� t:��r�, rc�rn�aictir��, t�isk�n�, wat�rin�, �ixi��*, �ie��ait��, and �the�^ n��c��r�� et�s�tiern� fr�r c�rn�trurfiirn €�f e��}[}an1�m€nts �ill #�e inclucir�! iY� th� c�nit-�aet �trire Cc�r e�c��atic�n ��r �thcr itc mi. � ' ■ 1 ' ' 3t��ri l'-I'�,_-&_1 ttcn� F'-1 *�?--�, � :��7 �t [� £�� .r� `i�1 '��1 C:) 2 5 S r; :�,41'�1 I") I��`:' t t��l�a�,sifi�ei F'r��.a�:<itssan-�rcr�:u�+ic �ar� E�te��c��al t3f`t:t��:taitah,9�'�i�teriszf-�aer a:��ri� a<�r� 'I'I��Ti',tiC� ��1';(�l�[1�.��;4'I1�:'ti`I'� tr°�� (i>�- �9c�i�t��rcwLicn�:€t; i��:(:�tic�r�* s�S`�+<��E�: ��lci ��ii-.�i:z�re�x��te 1#i�tt�rc�, t',�n� �,g_�Sarttx��i (��!? ¢��.} E�aft�t��er �rtd 1? it� c j{}'* niw�? I��c��? i�:,d fs�r I:)�n�it� igf ��aii In Isls�r�: �+� th<'��at�i-C'�M1tii: it�it�t�ii I�.:: f�z�` I.E��icSr��i��t} C�t�tYa�a+�tinn 4°fraraetti:r€�.tir::� a�fi S�t'sl l:`sin»� �ii�clifie.c3 F:(f�}ri � �..� ..__W .�..__. ...._.._ __.... -� ______�_..._ ��_�_,_�_..��.._...��..___��____—�._._ _,_.�._�_ �.�....�.�_a�. E�CAYATI{7N AND �bA�ANKMEN7 RC}[}EFii}UM #1 R�tefiet�� i� i«`z4=53ici-t£1� �y;`3(3;2�:�1} P-4S2-7 ' ' ' ' � ' i 1 � , 1 1 �� 1 1 � � 1 C� C�EARiNATER AaRPARK ' R1N t& 34 8 PARAItEi. fiAX1iNllY REHAB 8 EXTEl�SiS�N t7CTC?BER 2Q12 :tti i'�1 L} � 3ti` I�:�:t �i?r t:)s=t�sii� stsaci t"r�€t tt"��s�l�t c:,i tias�! i�7 ('laa;c bk tla�° Ii�ik�f�ti (3<�Il�,c7n `�1c~tioe�+� :�.� i'�i [;p t>�1;� �ta-['I�se [:)�a��ii� ��r�cl t�'�<tit�� C'�Frit�f44 R.,I'�;��ii <Rrac1 ��:,�1 ��4r:r�ar��s k-�� ;��i�.�r �i4tlsc�ile 1 �_ P-'i �2-$ � ��'°�1) �t� 1"t°Iaj�'i I'e1�+? �xc�,uc,r�c�r� ;ar�� e�r��c�t�r�r Fi�ternnce: At� t�Q��;i'�-�f t?F t9�d�otztll7 } ' ' OCTOBER 2(9t2 �' ' , � u � �' ' l� 1 1 1 1 i i 1 ' CLEARWAT�R AIRPARK RL+U 7$-34 8 FAftALtEt, TAXIWAY R�HP.B *X EXT�NS(C3N Ir�trrytian�ll} ta�ft (3t�r�k EXCAVATIS7N �iN13 �iGt8lkt+tKMEt�T� ---- _ ._.__ _ _ _ __ _ .__ ____ _ ALiC1ENC3U''�tJ! #i FZ�i��t� �C: t��k153iQ-10F {9t34t�C�t t i P�452•9 �VT()TIFIC�ATIi�►� �l'3R �'t�►NTI2A�"TC)R� ��►� I2C1N'WA�' 1 fi & 3� i��HAI3[LIT`ATI��I AT THF' CL�AI2V4'A'T��t A�T�tPAFtK l2-(��)�Jf-AF �LFAR�'ATE�., FL�121 DA r�:� �r� : �-��:,� � � . �� i � �[.?I:3J�;C;I': '�1tt�l?�it'"�1 T�`;X['t:t�fil�=�vt'1:�, #Z}:(�t.;IR[.,�1;?�1[":s i=()C� 1°Ell�i �'ItC_)3I:C"i ['(:): �'rr��p��;;ti�� 1:3id�er� a�tci i)tl7�r� C`i�rfcct•rt�ci Bii�cic�.r� c�n ih� ��l�c�� rc�jtct art hereh�� tzc�ti('it;�i th�t thc: f��llc��it�s: at�>ti#ic�ltic>n is m��i��: �c� t�� C"�>��t�•aet L)c��uta7�i�c�;: 1} Th� n�ir�imutn experience requir�rr�ent� t�� ul�niit �i bid f+r�t• tl�i� pre�j�ert iti� attach�tl. Plcase n+�te th�t the rc�uirenicnts �re t�uc tr► #hc C'it;r� n�• �tieclnesci��=# t)etc�ber, 2=�, 2[)l2 �THF CITY t)i�" C"I.:E AI�W.�TE12 PIN� Ll..:�:� C(�L�3�IT1�', F'LtJRIDA T3��: /sil�illiam Ii. I=lorne I.t �'ic�� ?1�Ianager � ' '�1 I'ti l i��1 ` M1 �` ' ' � 'ti ' ' _' � ; ° . . t,� I.�1 I.RII..� C_ I�� (tl.(,�l IK1.�1_F�:'+;7 :� I(_)'�[:I3?�11 T�, 13[1) ' 13i�ct�:r:; rt�L�:;t r��c�� thc it}11t�ti��i�� r��i��irajk�rf� �:��tx�;tru�ti��t� ��tri�:ncz rc�t�ir�ryl��r�ts i�� t�t'c��r t��r t}��ir �3ici tc, h+; cc�n�ieier��l r�s�c,r��ir�c ��r�c� �I» Hicici�:a� c��siciered ri;��cj��sii,(c: ' I. �i7�e Eiictci�;r st�ti�ll h� iic��cl eit}�tr tii-�it�iT� I'i��ll��;; C'r��rr�t� c�r tl�e `�ttate c�i° F(c�ri�i� tc'R }aerfc�rrn t1��: 1��rL� a� �cs<ri�+�ci it� th� %id�int� �c��i1��nts. ' ?. It is pr�t�re�hlc�. t��i r3��t c�:c�uiret�. tl��i tl�� ci� �l�'�;itz �.��7rF; �rin��° c��° �;ul,�<ar�tract��i• }�� c�c:utt�et�t�d air�a�art c;t�n5irttc;ti�jt� �z�tin��r��:ni i;��ri�t��c� e�t� t(j� �iirsici� tat��etiv� ai�'��c��t�„ ' i'��r t��j c�r ��3�zre �?r��jeci� c��°cr tt�� }��t i�t�� } ��rs. i. '[,}�e ��itl�i�r's i'r��j<ct '�9��rt��cr.'i'r��i��t �ta��rinl�i��i��►t �t��ll I�z��c: ��{��:t�n7int�:ct r�c�ttl: ' c��x°�tirt��r� rna��<�s;�;r�icrrt �.��r•it��cc� i�� a re�}ac�r�;;aE�l� �c��ti��i <�r� },rc�j��ts ��l' �imiE�r si��3sc��}��. "I�h� �3i�der sh�ill i��z�tilti° tt�e �ri�ir�c� m�an<��er.�r�rcaj�ci s��r��ter�d�nt an€�t subn�it i��,;�'I�4r ;��t�rl: hi�tc�r� c��c�r the ��t tit•� i�};��ars ti�•itl� th� (�+ici. ' -�. `t°}�� c��z�#c��etur ��erit�r�aafr�� the ,��ir1i�l�i t�i�l�tin`:: 1�•c�rk (uh�th�r thc� �3ri��te c�r � :�ut�. c�>ntr�ctc;r) �h�ll �?� Ci��;c� ci11�4r ��iihin �'in�ll��s {��tta�t�' car tt��; �tat� c�t I�lc�rici� �c;� �e:rCc�rrr� ��c�rk �:� �i�s�:ri�c�i ii� th� k��di�� dc�c��x��nt:� ai�� s}�a�i I��c: �;�p�;ri�r�� in at i��s1: ' tl�rc�c (>j ��r Enc�rc, �rc�}ccts ��f`sin�ilar 5�z�:'��;c��.. � �, `Z�h� cc��tr�ct�r ��rt�rr��ir��; ��Xe �s}�l��ili ��=in� (��F��th�r th� ��irt�e ��r �� st�l�-�cd.�ntr�i�t��r�� 5t��1� }�<�� e��c.ric nc� in �serfc��rtair�:.r tl�r��;c. (�} prc?j�cis in il1t, �ttttjt�nt �7t` �Z:±CI.t){)t� c�r �ric��re� c�f`F'-�t�i 13itu�nii�c�us .�1s�halt ��°in�. ' l�. `I'h� 13ic�c��r musi b�s � Ii�:�nscc� c.�nlr�ctc�r .`�i�sint�s {)r��ni�:�ti��r�" as rec�uir�°c� �y Flc�rici:�; 4t�tute ��) ��d shall �� reyuircd ��-� ��btain at��r atid all lic�.nses {�r �c:rrl�its t� rv��diac:t t��e� ' ti�c�rk a4 �na� be �r�s�,rit�� !?� th� �t�tc c�t��lt�rid�, MI�IPviLI�Yi �:�N�I�.1��VCF R� �t�1RC:��r�'I'S �I�F I�tJ� TC1 THE �'IT��' B�' E1�D t:�F� ' 13t�5INF�s�;, �� DNFS1}��'�', ()('TC)BFi? ��, 2�1� ' ' � ' ' ' LL ° ear�va �r � U APPROVED CONTRACTORS FOR THE RUNWAY 16 & 34 REHABILITATION & EXTENSION AT THE CLEARWATER AIRPARK 12-0006-AP CONTRACTORS QUALIFIED TO SUBMIT A BID APAC Southeast, Inc. Ajax Paving Industries of Florida, LLC. Contact: Linda Moore Contact: Dan Sardella 1451 Myrtle Street 510 Gene Green Road Sarasota, FL 34234 Nokomis, FL 34275 Phone: 941-355-7178 Phone: 941-486-3600 ext. 310 Fax: 941-359-9728 Fax: 941-486-3500 Linda.moore(�a,apac.com dsardella(�a,aiaxpaving.com Keystone Excavators, Inc. Steve's Excavating & Paving, Inc. Contact: Candice A. Churchill Contact: Cathy Sarnago 371 Scarlet Blvd. P.O. Box 303 Oldsmar, FL 34677 Dunedin, FL 34897 Phone: 813-854-2342 Phone: 727-446-3485 Fax: 813-854-2993 Fax: 727-442-4719 candice(�a,kevstoneexcavators.com Catsarnago@aol.com Gator Grading and Paving, LLC Pepper Contracting Services, Inc. Contact: Dan Mathews Contact: Sandie Lasseter 2704 105'h Street East 6920 Asphalt Avenue Palmetto, FL 34221 Tampa, FL 33614 Phone: 941-751-3900 Phone: 813-866-7720 Fax: 941-751-3949 Fax: 813-868-7716 mathewsd(u��ator�ap.com sandiel(�a,peppercontractin�.com ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTORS QUALIFIED TO SUBMIT A BID Reliant Constructors, Inc. Precision Approach, LLC Contact: Gary Helton Contact: Jeff S. Green 161 Sand Pine Road 172 Sammons Parkway Indianatlantic, FL 32903 Eatonton, GA 31024 Phone: 407-468-6129 Phone: 706-485-7201 Fax: 678-306-4700 Fax: 706-485-7266 �helton(u)reliantconstructors.com is�reen(u�plantationcable.net -� , t � � � � � � l__I � �� L 1 ' ' , ' � � �lt�l"'1-Itt "�i�'1�'�t CL.EARWAT'ER AIRPA�2K # lb � #�� [�l1NWAY rh:TriVS1QN l2-I)(�()b-AP TIM KURTZ, PRC}JECT MANAGER 1 U4 S, MYRTLE AV�NUE, CUNFERENGE R�C1M #134 WEk�NESp�►Y, C?CT4BER �17, 20'12 -14:40 �1M Signature Cirganizafion Phone E-Mail Acidr�sa� �t`1M KUI2'1"L ,�:,:� ('17'Y (iF C'L,HAltWA'1'�:It 1'C2C>tTFiT MANAC��1t .� � 1�;FY�;tNE�,RINC; DE['T'. '727-,6Z-4737 timothy.kurEz _mycl��rw;�ter.r,,�m f.��it[)Y 'N�II�I,S y ) � Y i� �� fs.+ t� 1.t�. 1+. ikhJr e�s { ci �twy» y C� 88p:f �' �+..�a��.'.�6. ��. ,AI�tI'O1�"I" C)I E��tA"i�I{�I�i:� � C1TY C�i� C'L�AItWATE,it ` MA�IAGF12 � .1� �€ �'� 5 h9,�Ftl�V:� ()P�1�AT'1{lNS 727-�6�-69�54 brdon.wiil� m c�l��evt�at�:r.cc�m TD FIt�[TERIIA CCINSIJLT.A6�T tTi��+CORi� 813-281r1711 ed.fi ueroa urs.c;.om RICK BEN3VETT, CITY �F C1.EARWATER tvt"?NSTItUCTl()N IN�PECT�R (;t3NS'I'RU+C°TiUN ' 72'7-562-4�5t� rick.bennett m cteanrwater.com' I�ATHY I�F.DINI E�G�N�;ERiN� STA�'F� ciTV o� c�,��►Rw��r�R ' �S�;TSTANT E NC:IfVi;E K1�1� 1)��'T. 727-�b2-=�7�? ka hle�n.bedi � rr� cle�tn+w:ite�.�m � ;�`�- �/y,�"�'C�°� . _ ��,��r F'��'"��` ��_�'�►"�J,^��=`°7' ��tifr � ,�� ' � .- . 1��`� �� - � ►�'t . '��5� �� .�� ' • ��'��"i r� � �=�� ' . �� c�� . . -� � � � � � � ;�� cx=�. �a n� -a �. Z �;,� � �, � �� x ��.�t �._-� t�, � �`i r' c .`� � �=i`�- a�.i � %�� r y��.��' � � �� .-�`. �� _ �,�.,..�,�� . ; � � �. . �. �, �,y � � ��► �'� � � ��°°'�" � � � w �-� 9 -� �' �.a"°+,�� -�� .,�". � �� "'�. � �.-""t. �c`� � �'�f �, �- r•� �,�� i� �_ ,� �� f� ��. � � �� `�� r �° q�';� - c t� S�r ��' � ��,. r� c'��-��r � �� I.3 -c�'�� . ;.��w�l� �` �: ��-22 �' IMf-��.t...�.� ��:i�Pa�Q. C.�>.��lc.�i�. _ 77,�c1 �,�PP�lz C�;7'�5`�:+� c.i`�� : , � .,., . , � � � �'� � �. �,��'��'�'� �"`�. �'�'�` .r ; w %�� r ,� � �d._ � � , � �� ,. �""' �� .� . r ,�' �`"-�. � _. � ,� � d �- � �:��`�� a..�� ..�,� � ��, � � c�.:�;, �_ �`�. : �,� Pre-bid Ccrnf �ign-in st�et xis Rage if of 5 ' � ' � � ' C ' ' , 11 C ' ' � LJ � , � Si�il-itl Si1e'e# %LFA�2WATER A(RPAR][� # lf & #�4 }ZLJNWAY EX'i`F�ISION 12-0�()6-AP' TIM KtJRTZ, PRDJECT MANAtaER 'IOQ S, IVIYi2TLE AVENUE, GtJNFER�N�E R04M #'134 V1iEDNES�AY, OCTO�BER 17, 2Q12 -1 Q:QO AM Sign�tur+� !�rganiza�ti+�n Phone E.Mai! Addresac �� 7�.°' �i c.?�,�*�-�+�� „r, ��, , �_..�. ,�«�.. _ _.. __ _..„,�„,,, - j � _, kx.."�.w�:,�-Y ,� �+��..r'r� � t�M , �4�,��1�- '"----t,.�^�... ,� �,�. � �: : � , � ,° f `�� ,,,,a�.�t? ��sC�*'�� '�'��'��,;.��'��.'a�` � '� � � � ___� �� , �� 2..`�!'^I'��+Gr'� �#�+"��"��,�.;,crt, i" . � i�_ � � �,� �,,�� '-�, c�-� t�—�, � � `� �" �� _ �, �, � �'� `� ,�, ��.� v �� .,.,�-~-----ev � .,�,...�. �. .. ! �.---� � �'°' .�._ r- � r. . �f"t +� �... �t;,,, f � .. � �i�►av �+t+�� - � L� ""' �� ' . �,�'v`�r`�`�- � �''�� +��r ��. � ��• �� , ;.# - < � �� = `' ?'=�t �� ``- � g � � ~�' �� .,,�! � r �,�rj: / �+':�. a �. � �� " _ �4 }�e�t�t '�' , g�s`°= � '� � s�°- � �- .t - �r`,� €:� � � _ � . -7, s (!��/,: �t'3fic ��°��'x. � + � t ' `� . � F're-bid �canf Sign-in she�t.xls Page 2 af 5 ' ` � ' ' ' , , Pre-Rid C+�n��r�nce A �nda► CLEAI2WA'TER Al�tl'AI�K �tUIVWAY EXTEN�iON p�OJEC'i' 1Z-t�U06-Ai� DatelTirne: �C_'T��;it 1'7, 2Q1� (n� 11i:�(1 a.�n. li�e�ti��; I.,ncation: 14�0 �. �lyrtle AvenY��, C'+�nfer�nce l�oori� I3� C)cdrwater, I�'lUrida 337�6 Contaets: City of Ciearw�ter I�roject Mana�;er: Tim �urtz I;tnail: �it��t��°.k�at•t;r�ir ��a��l�.��r-��#c�r�,�ur�� C'nnsultant: , - Fc3 Fi�lieroa, t_1RS Finai:E: �c�.%�;�aer��;��tr��ur�,cr�r�n �;nginecrin� Staff Assistant: Kathy Bedini Em�iL• k,�t}�l��n.l��n�ru:�:��t•c:ic�t°�►�t�r.rurt� F,ngine�ring (�ffiee i'hc�ne: 727-56;��475t� l�ax: 727-562-4737 R 13-2�6- j 711 727-Sfi2-4782 i27-Sfi?-4755 ' Sc�►p� ��f Work: - k�xtc:n;;ic�n of lhc: existin�; runway n�>rthw�arc� u�a tc� �i I 0 I,F. Widen tc� fisl l str�n�th a�tad ex.tc>x�ci th� existin� ta�siway n�rth tc3 the nc�rthcrnmc�st rl�nway extensic�n. .I;xt�nd ri�nway and t��aciway 1i�hting wit�in t�ie extcnsit�ns. Reha�ilikat� and correctJ[evel de�ressicans c�n the �Yistin� parallel ta�c�way between taxiway cvnmectvrs ' "/45" �nd "��i". t�v�rl�ytre�urf�ce thc: �xistin� nan�.v�y �nd taxiway �vith ne�v asphalt tc� ��ruvic�� a n�w st�r.tar;c� throu�hc�t�t fh�. �rczj�ct. @��vc:ni+��t m�rkin�s c:c�n�i�t�nt with �rJl curr�;r�it ��iyuu•ent4»t�; c�! F17(�`C �nt!/t�r I�AA: Prucurc ancf instal! M�r�datary 1�t�ld �i�;ns �t ttli ht�lc� (c��:atit�ns. R�s��linglcoatin� a#`o#htr a�pii�lt surtau��: , Con�tr�ucti��n tii»e is 14"% days. �fen4ral Prt�jec:t I)escripiic�n ��i tntent f��r Acic�itive Altert�at� C3icl i'ac�k��;�: - Reseaiin�/cc�atin�; c�fc�t}aer as�halt surfaces as identiii�;ci in the C«ntr�ac:t Uc�cunjents. ' Fhasing P1an. , c� P�-IASE 1= Mobilizati�n and 11�Ita`I'. . , . � �HAS£ 2 • �C�RK �It.E�A 2A °°- �c�nstru�ti��n �i`th� .l"ax�way t:�tension. ��(a�I� �R�A ��3 — tZc;hahitit��:cion c�t �n ��isti�� taxiw��.� s�cti�n. ' c� P1-It1�SF1 `� — C.an�tru�t�c�n �f R.u�1�v�y 1 t-3� I>�t�r�si�n. c� �'I�tASt; �# _ "T`a�iu1ay "�1„ i'avem��t (`�v�rl�v. ca PI-IASE S = I2Einw�€y ��vc��cnt (�vcrlay. ' c� �'E tASC C� T�ilan� �nd Aprc�n Se�tlin�. a�u��t:�ntial t'c��l�tin�� = C:c�m�ictc Punch I.ist ltcn�s ' , , , ' 'i'I1V�E I)IIRATIOI'+IS; Pi#AS�; 1- 3fl C'ALFs�I�,�R Q,�Y� ��ASi-�; ? = 45 C`.�1LE�'�ID�� 17AY� F'I�l�S� � = �S C.'AI.��;N�?AR. I)l�.Y� PHASE � = 1tl �.'AI�i;NI�A:Et I��+1,�� PH�.�G 5.— 3 C�I,�:NI)t'�I2 I:)AYS 1��,A�F �i =�f� C'��.<FNi�AR I�AY:� {�con�unent with �ha.se� �, �, �l and 5 b�.it onc� start�d ��vil',1 +�nly }�ave � tc�#a} dur�ti�n c�f 30 days} Subst�tttial Ct�m 1eti�n -:- 1�1 C�LHNI)I�R Dt>YS _ 1 ' . ; A.irport C)perations: o()peratic�nal are�s wili be c�ordinated with Mr. C��rdc�n Vllills (727-4b2-(i9S4 exi �S) ' o C�niractt�rs S#agin� �rea -- STPI) {St�il '1'rackin� Prevention I3evi�e) o Stc�c:kpil� �r�a �-for on-sitc 17c�rrc�w. [Jns��it�ble n��terial will �ie taken c�tf-sitr�. Q('ontr�cicar will pravide Ic�w �ratiie 1�arrica�i�;s �nd r�i�ective traifi� cUnes tc�r cl�s��re +�t ' taxiway�. �irport wiIl prc»idc cLath rti�w�y �.�cj5�u� �'�. C:orrtractor �rill t��aintain anci ret��-n in 5�rne �t�nc�itic�ns received vr b�tt��. Ct�ntr�t;tc�r wi1) rcic�c�t� [�iU`I' devic�:s �:� ric:cc�s��ry ��id niaintain. ' ' ' ' ' I_ J� ' , ' ' ' ' ' ' � Q H'reyucncies and/tir Unicc�m —123.0 c� �ec:,ti�rity Rt�c�uircnietits - to c3at� no �aci,�ing rcquired tor p�rsvnr�el. Vchicles sfioul�i ha,ve cornpai�y ingc�� r�r ic�entificaiion:pn side�, V�hicles need tu l�ave amher rc�tatin�; be�c+�ns a�nd ec�nstruction eyuipment necds ta have lar�e checkered flags. c� Ace:c:�:� �at�:s mta5t k�� etc��ed �nd I�ck�:c�. Ac.cess tca t�irc� ��rti�s �rYn��at b� �rante,�:i. +C��y�rati�,n�l im�act�� c� tlircraf� M�v�;ment �ti runway and taxiway are�s. �ontractor shail m�nitc�r iJnicom frequenc!t. --- 1 u3.tJ. c� PAFt's belon}; tc� the �AA , spe�i�l care will t�e taken t� pr�tect all H`AA equi�ment ar�d cak�l�:,s. ��A1� Nlainten�-inice per�c��n+�! will b� �,ratit�;t� ac�:css to facilitic;s at a11 times_ a See �n�i��c�r's Re.pc�rt �or specific �p�rational Impacis expected in each Ph�se anc� for canataru�tic�n ic� be ctaridt��ted durin� daytime hours (f�:t30 �M tc� �I:�IC) F��) �n� tc7r ni�;httirne coi�sir�rctic�r� 1v bc� cun�lu�t��i durin� ��i�httime hr�urs (9:t�f� I'M tca �>:0� �M) Drxinage Perrnittin� (SW�`WMI}). c� Drain��c �ern�►itiin�; f�r this project is be.in� h��ndl�d by �he C'ity �iy �zie�ns c�t �t tbird }�ari� cansulta,nt. �)rain�t�� (FI3EP): Gnntr�ct�r is res�ansil�le far; c� Siit fi�nce ar+�un�i stackpat�, wr�r[c ar�as an� axisti��; stru�iur��;, r� NatiGe c�t c�an�n�encement and reperrtin�. Air�eici Li�hting: c� New Airiieid ii�;htiit� fc�r rt�nway anci t�.�iway ��t�risi�n. Inclu�i�.s ri�w cables and �ount�rp�ise. a�i��iaceci Thr+��hc�lc� wi!( l�e r�lt�c�te�, �11 li�ht5 relat�;ci tc� dis�l:�cec1 thresh�alci �re new �nd Ic�c�ted tc� n�;w �u�itic�r�s c� Ncw Ii�ht�cf winc�sc�ek o��►��e exisiin�; Ci�l��s alc�ng rut�rv�y an� ta:xiway wi11 be res�t �t �rc�}�cr cicv�tion. Li�ht ienses wiil alsc� cl��c ta refl�ct G�rreet et�l�r nt �c�n�� l��ci��, �'�v�em+�nt Mz�rkin�� c� �unw�y i� l��in� nlark�ci a� V}f'�2 rurtw°ay. +a I7ispla��c� thr�5l��lc� �narkin�s �n bnth entis. c� New �tili�c:eci Itunw�y Hc�lding �'ositi+�n Niarkin�;� at �acl� co�incctor cUllo��tc.� w�th Mandatary h�l�i pvsitiUn si�ns. �, . ___ ' ' � ' L' Si�n-In Shcets: `I'hi� is a mandatary meeting. YleaSe complete the sign-in sheet legibly and cornplf:teiy and ie�ibly. ('opies of the �'re-bid Cc�r�ference sign-in sheet will be scanned and pc�sted on the plan rc��m wc:bsite. Cifiy's Plan Etoom: Jiffy I�eprographics 41 l S. Garden Avenue, Clearwater, Flc�ri�ia (727) 445-IQ34 -- any e- mails fr�m the plan rt�arn wiil hc fr�m natice�a.d�si�,t�bid}�ui}ti net N()7' the City c�f Clearw�t�r. It is the r�s�nsibility c�l th� prt�s��ctiv�; bicider ta eiisure th�t thc:y havc� re�eived all adc3enciums. Flc;as� mak� ;,ur� th�t Jif�� Re�rn�raphi�s h�s �h� c�rr�et �c�r�t��t �tar1��; �zicl �:it3ail s��ic�r�,;s� fcar y��►r ccar��E�ai�y. it y�►u h�ve purc�tased ntans thrau�h an�ther �Ian house, please chec;k t��a Qur �cvet��ite, wwvr�.rr�ry�cle�r�+v�#��r��e�rr�, to ensure #h� receipt oiany addenda itninrmati�n. ' Frc�Qualifi�atian; 1f you are pianning c�n �idding on this �rnject, yc��u mu.st b� prc-qualifiec� ix� t��c� I2QADWA�' CONS`i'RUC`i`iC.�i'+I categvey with a minimum pre-qualifcation amount ai SI 110 OQO feir this }�rojec.t, Pre-q�ali��ation:� {sec attachcd information} arc d�e on Wednesday, t)ctnfier 24, 2012. f3i�3 ' c�pcnin� is Wednesdav, November 14» 2012 at 1,�q PM. �t�ntract Awarc� i� schedule� %►r Thurs�ls� Llecembcr �i 21112, ' II , � � ' �k�.�:n�F �vc�TC��; Iw w�c�,��c:��r i� �l,OQ4,0�1� a�t Mc�� [,�:A:sH ��;w S�;t~ric��v l�I, A��ru°�,� 25, �3irl Prup�±�al �+'arms: N�L�ST I�F CC?M�11..�:TE! All c�us�ntatics �ncl costs must tae �lleti in. P'le��e r�-ch�clt yc�ur fi�ur�s. �'rup�sal i3c�nd: M�si t�c c�mpt�t�ly till�� c�ut with tl�e 10°lo bi�i bond �:ttnooni. Qucstio��s. Sut��nit iti writin� via en��►i1 to Tirn K�irtr t�y �nd of c�ay �n Wednesdav. Novemb�r ;r, 2012. Que�tic�ns must incltrde, C't�rr�p�n}� Nart�c, ccanta�:t nai�2e, �nd e:nn�il ��hcxn� niunhc>r �7f� c��nt�ct per�r� ;(:in c�s�: cl�tiiic�tii�n is n��;ciecl}, F�c�spc�»s�s will �ae issuetl via �Z �dd�l�dur» hy epc� of'�iay Monilav, N�vcmber 1:;�, 2U12 P'rr�ject may be :�w�rded with Aciclitive Altcrn�te Bi� 1 depen�ling un availabl+� fun�s. C�ty rescrve� th� right tc� w�ive a�y fvrmalities, technic�litie�, or irregul�trities in; or rej�eet any �r N�ll l��ds; ar to re-a��lve�-ti�+� far Bicls and :�warti �r refrain frr�m awarding the Contra+�t far th� W�rt•k. "C`h� City �vill aw��-d this coBtr�c# �ubje�t to �vailal�te fundin�. ��it� V�sit: �f ��r� wil� b� � sit� visit itntn�di�te�y fullc�wi�� th� l'r�-f3id Meeting far any int�rested partie,�. Any othe;r sit� visits can he �rran��d u��n re�quest by cpntactin� Barbar3 at C'Iearwater air�ark #o make arran��n�ent� {727) 443 34�3 ' ' ' � ' � ' , ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' � � Section 1V — Technical Specifications 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST Project Name: CLEARWATER AIRPARK RLTNWAY 16-34 EXTENSION Project Number: 12-0006-AP _. The following Articles of the Technical Specifcations will apply to this contract if marked "X"' as shown below: 1 � Sco e Of Work , 2.1 � Line and Grade Shall Be Performed B The Contractor 2.2 ❑ Line and Grade Shall Be Performed B The Ci . 3 � Definition Of Terms _ 4 ❑ Order And Location Of The Work _ 5 � Excavation For Under round Work _ 6 � Concrete , 7 � Excavation And Forms For Concrete Work . 8 � Reinforcement . 9 � Obstructions _ 10 ❑ Restoration Or Re lacement Of Drivewa s, Curbs, Sidewalks And Street Pavement 11 ❑ Work In Easements Or Parkwa s _ 12 � Dewaterin , 13 ❑ Sanita Manholes _ 14 ❑ Backfill . I S ❑ Street Crossin s, Etc. , 16 ❑ Raisin Or Lowerin Of Sanita Sewer, Storm Draina e Structures 17 ❑ Unsuitable Material Removal _ 18 ❑ Underdrains _ 19 � Storm Sewers _ 20 ❑ Sanita Sewers And Force Mains . 21 � Draina e _ 22 ❑ Roadwa Base And Sub rade . 23 ❑ As haltic Concrete Materials _ 24 ❑ Ad'ustment To The Unit Bid Price Far As halt 25 ❑ General Plantin S ecifications . 26 ❑ Hd e Deformed - Reformed Pi e Linin _ 27 ❑ Plant Mix Drivewa s _ 28 ❑ Re ortin Of Tonna e Of Rec cled Materials . 29 ❑ Concrete Curbs . 30 ❑ Concrete Sidewalks And Drivewa s . 31 ❑ Soddin _ 32 ❑ Seedin . 33 ❑ Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins Or Other Storm Structures 34 ❑ Material Used _ 35 � Conflict Between Plans And S ecifications , 36 ❑ Street Si ns _ 37 � AudioNideo Recordin Of Work Areas _ 38 � Erosion And Siltation Control . 39 ❑ Utilit Tie In Location Markin _ SectionIV Page 2 of 128 5/15/201 Z � t L r ' ADDENDUM #2 CLEARWATER AIRPARK NOVEMBER 8 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION ITEM P-219 RECYCLED CONCRETE AGGREGATE BASE COURSE DESCRIPTION 219 -l.l This item consists of a base course composed of recycled concrete aggregate, crushed to meet a particular gradation, constructed on a prepared course in accordance with these specifications and in conformity to the dimensions and typical cross sections shown on the plans. MATERIALS � 219-2.1 AGGREGATE. Recycled concrete aggregate shall consist of Portland Cement Concrete or other concrete containing pozzolanic binder material. The recycled concrete material shall be free of reinforcing steel, expansiori material. Asphalt concrete overlays shall be removed from the PCC surface prior to pavement removal and crushing. ' A1so, full-slab asphalt concrete panels (used as a replacement for a removed PCC slab) shall be removed. An incidental amount of recycled aspha]t concrete pavement and other foreign material may be present in the recycled concrete aggregate. ' ' ' t ' Recycled concrete aggregate for base course shall consist of at least 90 percent, by weight, Portland cement concrete, with the following materials making up the remaining 10 percent: Wood 0.1 percent maximum Brick, mica, schist, or other friable materials 4 percent maximum Asphalt concrete 10 percent maximum Virgin aggregates may be added to meet the 90 percent minimum concrete requirement. The percentage of wood, brick, mica, schist, other friable materials, and asphalt concrete shall be determined b!i weighing that material retained on the No. 4 sieve, and dividing by the total weight of recycled concrete aggregatr; material retained on the No. 4 sieve. Fine aggregate passing the No. 4(4.75-mm) sieve shall consist of fines from the operation of crushing the recycle�� concrete aggregate. If necessary, fine aggregate may be added to produce the correct gradation. The fine aggregatr:� shall be produced by crushing stone, gravel, slag, or recycled concrete that meet the requirements for wear and soundness specified for coarse aggregate. The amount of flat and elongated particles in recycled concrete aggregate shall not exceed 20 percent for the fractiori t retained on the 0.5 in (13 mm) sieve nor 20 percent for the fraction passing the 0.5 in (l3 mm) sieve when tested iri accordance with ASTM D 4791. A flat particle is one having a ratio of width to thickness greater than 3; aa�i elongated particle is one having a ratio of length to width greater than 3. ' � ' � ' ' The percentage of wear shall not be greater than 45 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131. Thf; sodium sulfate soundness test (ASTM C 88) requirement is waived for recycled concrete aggregate. The fraction passing the No. 40 (0.42-mm) sieve shall have a liquid limit no greater than 25 and a plasticity index o�f not more than 4 when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318. The fine aggregate shall have a minimum sanr.i equivalent value of 35 when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2419. a. Sampling and Testing. Recycled concrete aggregate samples for preliminary testing shall be furnished bv the Contractor priar to the start of base construction. Al) tests for initial aggregate submittals necessary to determine compliance with the specification requirements will be made by the Engineer at no expense to the Contractor. Samples of recycled concrete aggregate shall be furnished by the Contractor at the start of production and at intervals during production. The sampling points and intervals will be designated by the Engineer. The samples will be the basis of approval of specific lots of recycled concrete aggregate for the quality requirements. Samples of recycled concrete aggregate to check gradation shall be taken at least once daily. Sampling shall be in accordance with ASTM D 75, and testing shall be in accordance with ASTM C 136 and C 117. RECYCLED CONCRETE AGGREGATE BASE COURSE Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) P-219••1 � � � ' � � i CLEARWATER AtRPARK ADDENDUM #2 RW 16-34 & PARALLEI TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION NOVEMBER 8. 2012 b. Gradation Requirements. The gradation (iob mix) of the final mixture shall fall within the design range indicated in Table 1, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 117 and C 136. The final gradation shall be continuously graded from coarse to fine and shall not vary from the low limit on one sieve to the high limit on an adjacent sieve or vice versa. Table 1 Requirements for Gradation Of Recycled Concrete Aggregate Sieve Size Percentage by Weight Job Mix Tolerances Passing Sieves Percent 2 in (50.8 mm) 100 -- 1-1/2 (37.5 mm) 95 - 100 +/- 5 1 in (25.0 mm) 70 - 95 +/- 8 3/4 in (19.0 mm) 55 - 85 +/- 8 No. 4(4.75 mm) 30 - 60 +/- 8 No. 30 (0.60 mm) 12 - 30 +/- 5 No. 200 (0.075 mm) 0- 5 +/- 3 � The job mix tolerances in Table 1 shall be applied to the job mix gradation to establish a job control gradation band. The full tolerance still will apply if application of the tolerances results in a job control gradation band outside: the design range. � EQUIPMENT 219-3.1 GENERAL. All equipment necessary to mix, transport, place, compact, and finish the recycled concrete � aggregate base course shall be furnished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide written certification to the Engineer that all equipment meets the requirements for this section. The equipment shall be inspected by the: Engineer at the job site prior to the start of ] construction operations. C� ' u � ' � ' � 219-3.2 MIXING EQUIPMENT. Base course shall be thoroughly mixed in a plant suitable for recycled coneretf; aggregate. The mixer shall be a batch or continuous-flow type and shall be equipped with calibrated metering and feeding device that introduce the aggregate and water into the mixer in specified quantities. If necessary, a screening device shali be installed to remove oversized material greater than 2 in (50 mm) from the recycled concretf; aggregate feed. Free access to the plant shall be provided to the Engineer at all times for inspection of the plant's equipment and operation and far sampling the mixed recycled concrete aggregate materials. 219-3.3 HAULING EQUIPMENT. The mixed recycled concrete aggregate base course shall be transported frorn the plant to the job site in hauling equipment having beds that are smooth, clean, and tight. Truck bed covers shall br provided and used to protect the mixed recycled concrete aggregate base course from rain during transport. 219-3.4 PLACING EQUIPMENT. Recycled concrete aggregate shall be plaeed using a mechanical spreader or machine capable of receiving, spreading, and shaping the material without segregation into uniform layer or lift. Thr:; placing equipment shall be equipped with a strike off plate that can be adjusted to the layer thickness. The placinp; equipment shall have two end gates or cut off plates, so that the recycled concrete aggregate may be spread up to zi lane width. 219-3.5 COMPACTION EQUIPMENT. Recycled concrete aggregate base course compaction shall b�� accomplished using one or a combination of the following pieces of equipment: Steel-wheeled roller Vibratory roller Pneumatic-tire roller Hand-operated power tampers (for areas inaccessible to rollers) RECYCLED CONCRETE AGGREGATE BASE COURSIE ' P-219-2 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) ' , ' ' ADDENDUM #2 CLEARWATER AIRPARK: NOVEMBER 8. 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIONI 219-3.6 FINISHING EQUIPMENT. Trimming of the compacted recycled concrete aggregate to meet surface; requirements shall be accomplished using a self-propelled grader or trimming machine, with a mold board cutting; edge of 12 ft(3J m) minimum width automatically controiled by sensors in conjunction with an independent grade control from a taut string line. String line will be required on both sides of the sensor controls for all lanes. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 219-4.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. Construction is allowed only when the atmospheric temperature is at or ' above 35 °F (2 °C). When the temperature falls below 35 °F (2 °C), the contractor shall protect all completed areas against detrimental effects of freezing. Areas damaged by freezing, rainfall, or other weather conditions shall be� corrected. L� C � , l_i l� ' ' C'' , � , � u 219-4.2 PREPARING UNDERLYING COURSE. The underlying course shall be checked by the Engineer befare placing and spreading operations are started. Any ruts or soft yielding places caused by improper drainage conditions, hauling, or any other cause shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense before the base course is placed thereon. Material shall not be placed on frozen material. To protect the existing layers and to ensure proper drainage, the spreading of the recycled concrete aggregate base course shall begin along the centerline of the pavement on a crowned section or on the greatest contour elevation ot' a pavement with a variable uniform cross slope. 219-4.3 GRADE CONTROL. Grade control between the edges of the recycled concrete aggregate base course shall be accomplished by grade stakes, steel pins, or forms placed in lanes parallel to the centerline and at intervals. of 50 ft( I S m) or less on the longitudinal grade and 25 ft(7.5 m) or less on the transverse grade. 219-4.4 MIXING. The recycled concrete shall be uniformly blended during crushing operations and mixed with water in a mixing plant suitable for recycled concrete aggregate. The plant shall blend and mix the materials to meet the specifications and to secure the proper moisture content for compaction. 219-4.5 PLACING. The recycled concrete aggregate base material shall be placed on the moistened subgrade or base in layers of uniform thickness with an approved mechanical spreader. The maximum depth of a compacted layer shall be 6 in (l50 mm). If the total depth of the compacted material is more than 6 in (150 mm), it shall be constructed in two or more layers. In multi-layer construction, the material shall be placed in approximately equal-depth layers. The previously constructed layer shall be cleaned of loose and foreign material prior to placing the next layer. The surface of the compacted material shall be kept moist until covered with the next layer. Adjustments in placing procedures or equipment shall be made to obtain grades, to minimize segregation grading, to� adjust the water content, and to ensure an acceptable recycled concrete aggregate base course. 219-4.6. EDGES OF BASE COURSE. The recycled concrete aggregate shall be placed so that the completed section will wider, on all sides, than the next layer that will be placed above it, as shown on the plans. Approved fill material shall be placed along the free edges of the recycled conerete aggregate in sufficient quantities to compact to the thickness of the course being constructed, or to the thickness of each layer in a.multiple course, allowing in each operation at ]east a 2 ft(0.6-m) width of this material to be rolled and compacted simultaneously with rolling and compacting of each layer of base course. lf this base course material is to be placed adjacent to another pavement section, then the layers for both of these sections shall be placed and compacted along the edge at the same time. 219-4.7 COMPACTION. Immediately upon completion of the spreading operations, the recycled concrete aggregate shall be compacted. The number, type, and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the material to the required density. Each layer of the recycled concrete aggregate base course shall be compacted to the required density using the compaction equipment. The moisture content of the material during placing operations shall not be below, nor more than 1-1/2 percentage points above, the optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D 698. The compaction shall continue until each layer has a degree of compaction that is at least 100 percent of the laboratory maximum density through the full depth of the layer. The contractor shall make adjustments in compacting or finishing techniques to obtain true grades, to minimize segregation and degraaation, to reduce or RECYCLED CONCRETE AGGREGATE BASE COURSE Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30l2011) P-219-3 CLEARWATER AIRPARK ADDENDUM #2' RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION NOVEMBER 8. 201s'! increase water content and to ensure a satisfactory base course. Any materials found to be unsatisfactory shall be: removed and replaced with satisfactory material or reworked, so that the requirements of this specification are met. 219-4.8 ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING AND TESTING FOR DENSITY. Recycled concrete aggregate shall be; accepted for gradation and density on a lot basis. A lot will consist of one day's production where it is not expectecl to exceed 2,400 sq yd (2,000 sq m) per lift. A lot will consist of one-half day's production, where a day's production is expected to consist of between 2,400 and 4,800 sq yd (2,000 and 4,Q00 sq m) per lift. Each lot shall be divided into two equal sublots. One gradation and density test sha11 be made for each sublot. Sampling locations will be determined on a random basis in accordance with statistical procedures contained in ASTM D 3665. Each lot will be accepted for gradation when it falls within the limits and tolerances shown in Table 1 when tested in accordance with ASTM C 117 and C 131. If the proper gradation is not attained the gradation test will be repeated. The entire lot shall be rejected and replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. Each lot will be accepted for density when the field density is at least 100 percent of the maximum density ol' laboratory specimens prepared from samples of the base course material delivered to the job site. The specimens, shall be compacted and tested in accordance with ASTM D 698. The in-place field density shall be determined in accardance with ASTM D 1556 or D 2167. If the specified density is not attained, the entire lot shall be reworked and two additional random tests made. This procedure shall be followed until the specified density is reached. In lieu of ASTM D 1556 or D 2167 method of field density determination, acceptance testing may be accomplishec� using a nuclear gauge in accordance with ASTM D 6938. The gauge should be field calibrated in accordance with ASTM standards. Calibration tests shall be conducted on the first lot of material placed that meets the densir� rEquirements. When using the nuclear method, ASTM D 6938 shall also be used to determine the moisture content of the material. The calibration curve furnished with the nuclear gauges shall be checked in accordance with Section l20 and ASTI�� standards. The calibration checks gauge shall be made at the beginning of a job and at regular intervals. If a nuclear gauge is used for density determination, two random measurements shall be made and averaged for eacL- sublot. 219-4.9 FINISHING. The surface of the recycled concrete aggregate base course sha11 be finished by equipmen� designed for this purpose. In no case will thin layers of material be added to the top of base course to meet grade. If the elevation of the layer is , 1/2 in (12 mm) or more below grade, the layer shall be scarified to a depth of at least 3 in (75 mm), new materia.l added, and the layer shall be recompacted. If the finished surface is above plan grade, it shall be cut back to grad�e and rerolled. Should the surface become rough, corrugated, uneven in texture, or traffic marked prior to completion, thE; unsatisfactory portion shall be scarified, and recompacted or replaced at Contractor's expense. 219-410 SURFACE TOLERANCES. The finished surface shall not vary more than 3/8 in (9 mm) when tester.t with a 16 ft(4.8 m) straightedge applied parallel with or at right angles to the centerline. The Contractor sha]'�I correct any deviation in excess of this amount, at the Contractor's expense. 219-4.11 THICKNESS CONTROL. The completed thickness of the base course shall be within 0.5 in (13 mm) of the design thickness. Four determinations of thickness shall be made far each lot of material placed. Each lot shalll be divided into four equal sublots. One test shall be made for each sublot. Sampling locations will be determined on a random basis in accordance with procedures contained in ASTM D 3665. Where the thickness is deficient by morf; than 0.5 in (13 mm), the Contractor shall correct such areas at no additional cost by excavating to the required depth and replacing with new material. Additional test holes may be required to identify the limits of deficient areas. 219-4.12 TRAFFIC. Equipment used in construction may be routed over completed portions of the base coursE;, provided no damage results and provided that the equipment is distributed evenly over the full width of the base course to avoid rutting or uneven compaction. 219-4.13 MAINTENANCE. The base course shall be maintained until the base course is completed and accepted. Maintenance will include immediate repairs to any defects and shall be repeated as often as necessary to keep the RECYCLED CONCRETE AGGREGATE BASE COURSE P-219-4 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9l30/201'I) ' ' I� �J ' I1 ' � ' ' IJ ' � � ' L' ' ' ' ADDENDUM #2 CLEARWATER AIRPARh(. NOVEMBER 8. 2012 RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSIO�x completed work intact. Any area of the recycled concrete aggregate base course that is damaged shall be reworkec� as necessary. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 219-5.1 The quantity oJ existing base course to be scarified, shaped and compacted shal! be determined b�v measurement oJthe number of sguare yards of material actually constructed and accepted as complying with th�� plans and specifications. 219-5.2 The quantity of recycled concrete aggregate base course to be paid will be determined by measurement of the number of square yards of material actually constructed and accepted as complying with the plans ancl specifications. 219-5.3 The quantity of recycled concrete aggregate base course in the Tariway Reconstruction Area to be paiil will be determined by measurement ojthe number ojcubic yards of material actually constructed and accepted a,� complying with the p[ans and specifications. BASIS OF PAYMENT 219-6.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard jor existing base course to be scarifteA; additional base course materia/ added (if needed), shaped and compacted. This price shall be ful/ compensation for furnishing al1 materials, jor preparing and placing these materials, and for all labor, equipment tools, ani;i incidentals necessary to complete the iterrx 219-6.2 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard for recycled concrete aggregate bas:; course. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, for preparing and placing these materials, and for a11 labor, equipment tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-219-6.1 Existing Base Course Scarifying, Shaping and Compacting (LBR=100) — per square yard Item P-219-6.2 Item P-219-6.3 ASTM C 29 ASTM C ] ] 7 ASTM C ] 31 ASTM C l36 ASTM D 693 ASTM D 698 ASTM D 1556 Recycled Concrete Aggregate Base Course (6" Thick) (LBR=100) — per square yard Recycled Concrete Aggregate Base Course as needed in Taxiway Reconstruction Area (Variable Thickness) (LBR=100) — per cubic yard TESTING REQUIREMENTS Unit Weight of Aggregate Materials Finer than 75 µm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing Resistance to Abrasion of Small Size Coarse Aggregate by Use of the Los Angeles Machine Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate ASTM D 75 Sampling Aggregate Crushed Stone, Crushed Slag, and Crushed Gravel for Dry-or Water- Bound Macadam Base Courses and Bituminous Macadam Base and Surface Courses of Pavements Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil -Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5-1b (2.49-kg} Rammer and 12 in (305-mm) Drop Density of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method ' RECYCLED CONCRETE AGGREGATE BASE COURSE Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30l2011) P-219-5 , ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' t ' ' ' � CLEARWATER AIRPARK ADDENDUM #2 RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION NOVEMBER 8. 2012 ASTM D 1557 ASTM D 2167 ASTM D 6938 ASTM D 3665 ASTM D 4318 P-219-6 Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-1b (4.5-kg) Rammer and 18 in (457-mm) Drop Density of Soil in Place by the Rubber-Balloon Method ASTM D 2419 Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods Random Sampling of Paving Materials Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils END OF ITEM P-219 RECYCLED CONCRETE AGGREGATE BASE COURSE Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30l201'I) ' ' L1 � �; , 1 ' � � LJ CI �J ' �� ADDENDUM #2 CLEARWATER AIRPARK NOVEMBER 8 2012 RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION, ITEM D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES DESCRIPTION 751-1.1 This item shall consist of construction of manholes, catch basins, inlets, and inspection holes, in accordance; with these specifications, at the specified locations and conforming to the lines, grades, and dimensions shown on the plans or required by the Engineer. These items shal! conform to the latest edition (English Units) of the State of Florida Department of Transportation Design Standards jor the Design, Construction, Maintenance anGt Iltility Operations of the State Highway System (Topic No. 625-010-003) unless noted otherwise in the Projec�f plans. MATERIALS 751-2.1 m'r'�R�-b,Te-� sl�.n''r�, .'��,�,�-'�^o-�"e--�c,�u:ie�te�►ts ef �!�`�'1�4-r z� n,..,aa cnn > 751-2.2 MORTAR. Mortar shall consist of one part Portland cement and two parts sand. The Portland cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 150, Type 1. The sand shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 144. 751-2.3 CONCRETE. Plain and reinforced concrete used in structures, connections of pipes with structures, and the support of structures or frames shall conform to the requirements of Item P-610. 751-2.4 PRECAST CONCRETE PIPE MANHOLE RINGS. Precast concrete pipe manhole rings shall conforrn to th�e requirements of ASTM C 478. Unless otherwise specified, the risers and offset cone sections shall have an inside diameter ofnot less than 36 in (90 cm) nor more than 48 in (l20 cm). 751-2.5 rnDD� T!` A TL'il AAL'T A I �- + a + t t, ii �.-.,, +.. +t,o ,-o .,+� .,F A A CUTl1 AA '2� 6awa-rrrccur�r*isrrcoi� o cv [ c y' 751-2.6 FRAMES, COVERS, AND GRATES. The castings shall conform to one of the following requirements: a. ASTM A 48, Class 30B and 35B b. ASTM A 47 c. ASTM A 27 d. ASTM A 283, Grade D e. ASTM A 536 f. ASTM A 897 Gray iron castings Malleable iron castings Steel castings Structural steel for grates and frames Ductile iron castings Austempered ductile iron castings All castings or structural steel units shall conform to the dimensions shown on the plans and shall be designed to support the loadings, aircraft gear configuration and/or direct loading, specified. Each frame and cover or grate unit shall be provided with fastening members to prevent it from being dislodged b;y traffic but which will allow easy removal for access to the structure. All castings shall be thoroughly cleaned. After fabrication, structural steel units shall be galvanized to meet thf; requirements of ASTM A 123. The grates furnished for a[1 surface drainage inlets shall be east iron and shall be made speeifieally foir ' each fitting. Grates for 12" and larger catch basins shal[ be capable of supporting H-20 wheel loading. Meta[ used in the manufacture of the castings shall conform to ASTM A-48-83 Class 30B for gray iron. The castings shall be furnished with a black paint. The cast iron grates for each of these � fittings is to be eonsidered an integral part of the surfaee drainage inlet and shall be furnished by the same manufacturer. �� ' MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) D-751-1 ' ' ' 1 ' CLEARWATER AIRPARK ADDENDUM #2 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION NOVEMBER 8. 2012 751-2.7 STEPS. The steps or Iadder bars shall be gray or malleable cast iron or galvanized steel. The steps shall be the size, length, and shape shown on the plans and those steps that are not galvanized shall be given a coat of� bituminous paint, when directed. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 751-3.1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION. a. The Contractor shall do all excavation for structures and structure footings to the ]ines and grades or elevations, shown on the plans, or as staked by the Engineer. The excavation shall be of sufficient size to permit the; placing of the full width and length of the structure or structure footings shown. The elevations of the bottoms o1' footings, as shown on the plans, shall be considered as approximately only; and the Engineer may order, in writing., changes in dimensions or elevations of footings necessary to secure a satisfactory foundation. ' b. Boulders, logs, or any other objectionable material encountered in excavation shall be removed. All rock or other hard foundation material shall be cleaned of all loose material and cut to a firm surface either level, stepped, or serrated, as directed by the Engineer. All seams or crevices shall be cleaned out and grouted. All loose ancl disintegrated rock and thin strata shall be removed. When concrete is to rest on a surface other than rock, special ' care shali be taken not to disturb the bottom of the excavation, and excavation to final grade shall not be made unti l just before the concrete or reinforcing is to be placed. c. The Contractor shall do all bracing, sheathing, or sharing necessary to implement and protect the excavation and the structure as required for safety or conformance to governing laws. The cost of bracing, sheathing, or shorinf; shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure. d. Unless otherwise provided, bracing sheathing, or shoring involved in the construction of this item shall be. removed by the Contractor after the completion of the structure. Removal shall be effected in a manner that will not disturb or mar finished masonry. The cost of remova] shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure. e. After each excavation is completed, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer to that effect; and concrete o:r� reinforcing steel shall be placed after the Engineer has approved the depth of the excavation and the character of thfa foundation material. 75l -3.2 . . , , �a ,.t„ oa . ..a„ .;+�, rt,o .,r� ��i.o D !.l(1 , , r . ' #. . � 5 a . , � > > • � g c; e e :t � • !:� > > ' � h,-:..1. �L...11 l.o , �0.7 .,.,.i 1.,;.7 .... L.o.,.ae.� . . :i . r� �- , . , � ,E ..;� ,..,, ,�.r,,,,�.,�,.,,..�.v ., „r,. � MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES D-751-2 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/201'I) � i. ' � ' ' , 1I � ' ' t ' , ' ADDENDUM #2 CLEARWATER AIRPARK: NOVEMBER 8. 2012 RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIONI , , . .� .' . � �� , ° 1 . . , � . f ,� ' � ' r � , 751-3.3 CONCRETE STRUCTURES. Concrete structures shall be built on prepared foundations, conforming to the dimensions and form indicated on the plans. The construction shall conform to the requirements specified in Item P-610. Any reinforcement required shall be placed as indicated on the plans and shall be approved by thEz Engineer before the concrete is poured. All invert channels shall be constructed and shaped accurately so as to be smooth, uniform, and cause minimum resistance to flowing water. The interior bottom shall be sloped downward toward the outlet. 751-3.4 PRECAST CONCRETE PIPE STRUCTURES. Precast concrete pipe structures shall be constructed o►�. prepared or previously placed slab foundations and shall conform to the dimensions and locations shown on the� plans. All precast concrete pipe sections necessary to build a completed structure shall be furnished. The different sections shall fit together readily, and all jointing and connections shall be cemented with mortar. The top of the: upper precast concrete pipe member shall be suitably formed and dimensioned to receive the metal frame and cover or grate, or other cap, as required. Provision shall be made for any connections for lateral pipe, including drops anc� leads that may be installed in the structure. The flow lines shall be smooth, uniform, and cause minimum resistance� to flow. The metal steps that are embedded or built into the side walls shall be aligned and placed at verticak intervals of l2 in (300 mm). When a metal ]adder replaces the steps, it shall be securely fastened into position. 751-3.5 . � , - # :� . , •:� . � �.,..,:��.oa „ ��.,..,.,, ,.,, ,wo ..i,,,,� 751-3.6 INLET AND OUTLET PIPES. Inlet and outlet pipes shall extend through the walls of the structures for ,.� sufficient distance beyond the outside surface to allow for connections but shall be cut off flush with the wall on th�:: inside surface, unless otherwise directed. For concrete ar brick structures, the mortar shall be placed around thes�E; pipes so as to form a tight, neat connection. 751-3.7 PLACEMENT AND TREATMENT OF CASTINGS, FRAMES, AND FITTINGS. All castings, ' frames, and fittings shall be placed in the positions indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer, and shall be set true to line and to correct elevation. If frames or fittings are to be set in concrete or cement mortar, all anchors or bolts shall be in place and position before the concrete ar mortar is placed. The unit shall not be disturbed until thf; mortar or concrete has set. ' , � ' When frames or fittings are to be placed upon previously constructed masonry, the bearing surface or masonry shalll be brought true to line and grade and shall present an even bearing surface in order that the entire face or back of thf: unit will come in contact with the masonry. The unit shall be set in mortar beds and anchored to the masonry as indicated on the plans ar as directed and approved by the Engineer. All units shall set firm and secure. After the frames or fittings have been set in final position and the conerete or mortar has been allowed to harden fo�r 7 days, then the grates or covers shall be placed and fastened down. MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) D-751-3 �� ' ' u ' L_J � ' ' ' � 1 , ' � ' ' ' CLEARWATER AIRPARK ADDENDUM #:i' RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION NOVEMBER 8, 201;? 751-3.8 1NSTALLATION OF STEPS. The steps shall be installed as indicated on the plans or as directed by the� Engineer. When the steps are to be set in concrete, they shall be placed and secured in position before the concrete i:�; poured. When the steps are installed in brick masonry, they shall be placed as the masonry is being built. The step:s sha11 not be disturbed or used until the concrete or mortar has hardened for at least 7 days. After this period has elapsed, the steps shall be cleaned and painted, unless they have been galvanized_ When steps are required with precast concrete pipe structures, they shall be cast into the sides of the pipe at the time� the pipe sections are manufactured or set in place after the structure is erected by drilling holes in the concrete ancl cementing the steps in place. . � , In lieu of steps, prefabricated ladders may be installed. In the case of brick or concrete structures, the ladder shall b,� held in place by grouting the supports in drilled holes. In the case of inetal structures, the ladder shall be secured b.>> welding the top support and grouting the bottom support into drilled holes in the foundation or as directed. 751-3.9 BACKFILLING. a. After a structure has been completed, the area around it shall be filled with approved material, in horizonta,{ layers not to exceed 8 in (200 mm) in loose depth, and compacted to the density required in ]tem P-152. Each laye� shall be deposited all around the structure to approximately the same elevation. The top of the fill shall meet the elevation shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. b. Backfilling shall not be placed against any structure until permission is given by the Engineer. In the case of conerete, such permission shall not be given until the concrete has been in place 7 days, or until tests made by thf; laboratory under supervision of the Engineer establish that the concrete has attained sufficient strength to provide a factor of safety against damage or strain in withstanding any pressure created by the backfill or the methods used in placing it. c. Backfill shall not be measured for direct payment. Performance of this work shall be considered on obligation of the Contractor covered under the contract unit price for the structure involved. 751-3.10 CLEANING AND RESTORATION OF SITE. After the backfill is completed, the Contractor shall dispose of all surplus material, dirt, and rubbish from the site. Surplus dirt may be deposited in embankmems, shoulders, or as ordered by the Engineer. The Contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition. After all work is completed, the Contractor sha11 remove all tools and equipment, leaving the entire site free, cleair, and in good condition. 751-3.11 CLEANING-OUT OF NEW AND EXISTING STRUCTURES. All new and ezisting structures are 1n be kept clear of debris and sflt at all times during construction. After completion of all earthwork actives and the placement of all sod and/or seeding and mulching and before frnal acceptance, all new and existing drainage struetures within the project work area including manholes, eateh basins, inlets and inspeetion holes shall be cleaned oj all silt, debris, etc. to the satisfaction of the Engineer. This may reguire the de-watering of the structures. Care must be taken during this operation so as not to damage the structures or the surrounding area:s�. No additional payment will be made for this work. Any damage to the structure or surrounding areas wi[l be repair by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no additional payment. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 751-4.1 Manholes, catch basins, inlets, and inspection holes shall be measured by the unit. MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLE.S � D-751-4 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) ' ' � � ' ' t � � u �J ADDENDUM #2 CLEARWATER AIRPARN� NOVEMBER 8. 2012 RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSIOM BASIS OF PAYMENT 75l-S.l The accepted quantities of manholes, catch basins, inlets, and inspection holes will be paid for at the contract unit price per each in place when completed. This price shall be full compensation for fumishing all materials and for all preparation, excavation, backfilling and placing of the materials; fumishing and installation of such specials and connections to pipes and other structures as may be required to complete the item as shown on thf� plans; and for all labor equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the structure. Payment will be made under: ltem D-751-5.1 Inlet, Type C(FDOT) — per each Item D-751-5.2 Inlet, Type D, (FDOT) — per each MATERIAL REQUIREMENT ASTM A 27 Steel Castings, Carbon, for General Application ASTM A 47 Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings ASTM A 48 Gray Iron Castings ASTM A l23 Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware ASTM A 283 Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars ASTM A 536 ASTM A 897 ASTM C 32 ASTM C 144 ASTM C I50 ASTM C 478 � AASHTO M 36 ' � ' ' ' Ductile Iron Castings Austempered Ductile Iron Castings Sewer and Manhole Brick (Made from Clay or Shale) Aggregate for Masonry Mortar Portland Cement Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Corrugated Iron or Steel Culverts and Underdrains END OF ITEM D-751 � MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) D-751-5 ' CLEARWATER AIRPARK ADDENDUM #;P RW 16-34 & PARAL�EL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION NOVEMBER 8, 201;2 ' ' � , � �I ' ' � � ' CI' L ' � � �I Intentionally Left Blank MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES � D-751-6 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/201'I) � ' ' � ADDENDUM #2 CLEARWATER AIRPARK NOVEMBER 8, 2012 RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION ITEM L-110 AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT BANKS AND CONDUITS DESCRIPTION ' ll0-l.l This item shall consist of underground electrical conduits and duct banks (single or multiple conduits encased in concrete) installed in accordance with this specification at the locations and in accordance with the dimensions, designs, and details shown on the plans. This item shall include furnishing and installing of all underground electrical duct banks and individual and multiple underground conduits. It shall also include all turfinf; ' trenching, backfilling, removal, and restoration of any paved or turfed areas; concrete encasement, mandreling, pulling lines, duct markers, plugging of conduits, and the testing of the installation as a completed system ready fo�r installation of cables in accordance with the plans and specifications. This item shall also include furnishing and � installing conduits and all incidentals for providing positive drainage of the system. Verification of existing ducts is incidental to the pay items provided in this specification. , ' , ' ' ' ' EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 110-2.1 GENERAL. a. All equipment and materials covered by referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through. manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification when so requested by the Engineer. b. Manufacturer's certifications shall not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor's responsibility to provide� materials in accordance with these specifications and acceptable to the Engineer. Materials supplied and/or installe�� that do not materially comply with these specifications shall be removed, when directed by the Engineer anc� replaced with materials, which do comply with these specifications, at the sole cost of the Contractor. c. All materials and eyuipment used to construct this item shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to ordering the equipment. Submittals consisting of marked catalog sheets or shop drawings shall be provided. Submittal data shall be presented in a clear, precise and thorough manner. Original catalog sheets are preferred. Photocopies are acceptable provided they are as good a quality as the ariginal. Clearly and boldly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models applicable to this project. Indicate all optional eyuipment and delete non- pertinent data. Submittals far components of electrical equipment and systems shall identify the equipment for which they apply on each submittal sheet. Markings shall be boldly and clearly made with arrows or circles (highlighting is not acceptable). Contractor is solely responsible for delays in project accruing directly or indirectl.y from late submissions ar resubmissions of submittals. d. The data submitted shall be sufficient, in the opinion of the Engineer, to determine compliance with the plans and specifications. The Engineer reserves the right to reject any and all equipment, materials or procedures, whicLi, in the Engineer's opinion, does not meet the system design and the standards and codes, specified herein. , e. All equipment and materials furnished and installed under this section shall be guaranteed against defects i:r� materials and workmanship for a period of at least [twelve (l2) months] from final acceptance by the Owner. The defective materials and/or equipment shall be repaired or replaced, at the Owner's discretion, with no additional cost to the Owner. � � � l l 0-2Z . f� , � • I 10-2.3 PLASTIC CONDUIT. Plastic conduit and fittings-shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. W--C'- 1094, Underwriters Laboratories Standards tTL-651 and Article 352 of the current National Electrical Code shall be one of the following, as shown on the plans: a. Type I—Schedule 40 PVC suitable for underground use either direct-buried or encased in concrete. AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT BANKS AND CONDUITS � Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) L-110-1 ' ' � ' LJ � t � , ' CI ' ' ' u � u � � CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8� EXTENSION b. Type 11—Schedule 40 PVC suitable for either above ground or underground use. The type of adhesive shall be as recommended by the conduit/fitting manufacturer. ADDENDUM #;t NOVEMBER 8, 201:t 110-2.4 SPLIT CONDUIT. Split conduit shall be pre-manufactured for the intended purpose and shall be made ol' steel or plastic. 110-2.5 CONDUIT SPACERS. Conduit spacers shall be prefabricated interlocking units manufactured for thE: intended purpose. They shall be of double wall construction made of high grade, high density polyethylene completfx with interlocking cap and base pads. They shall be designed to accept No. 4 reinforcing bars installed vertically. 110-2.6 CONCRETE. Concrete shall conform to Item P-610, Structural Portland Cement Concrete, using l inch maximum size coarse aggregate with a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi. Where reinforced duc1: banks are specified, reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A 615 Grade 60. Concrete and reinforcing steel arf; incidental to the respective pay item of which they are a component part. 110-2.7 . � „f .�.�, r., rL,o � o..r� .,4'lfo... D t c'2 «!''.,.,t,-.,lto.7 i., „ cr,-a.,�.rl, T�n�ro,-;.,tn 110-2.8 DETECTABLE WARNING TAPE Plastic, detectable, ^^� yellow magnetic tape shall b�� polyethylene film with a metallized foil core and shall be 4- 6 in (75 - l50 mm) wide. Detectable tape is incidental to the respective bid item. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 110-3.1 GENERAL. The Contractor shall install underground duct banks and conduits at the approximate location:s indicated on the plans. The Engineer shall indicate specific locations as the work progresses, if required to differ from the plans. Duct banks and conduits shall be of the size, material, and type indicated on the plans or specifications. Where no size is indicated on the plans or in the specifications, conduits shall be not less than 2 in (Sl;i mm) inside diameter or comply with the National Electrical Code based on cable to be installed, whichever is larger. All duct bank and conduit lines shall be laid so as to grade toward access points and duct or conduit ends for drainage. Unless shown otherwise on the plans, grades shall be at least 3 in (75 mm) per 100 feet (30 m). On runs where it is not practicable to maintain the grade all one way, the duct bank and conduit lines shall be graded fronn the center in both directions toward access points or conduit ends, with a drain into the storm drainage system. Pockets or traps where moisture may accumulate shall be avoided. No duct bank or underground conduit shall be less than 18 in below finished grade. Where under pavement, the top of the duct bank shall not be less than 18 iri below the subgrade. The Contractor shall mandrel each individual conduit whether the conduit is direct-buried or part of a duct bank. Ari iron-shod mandrel, not more than '/4 in (6 mm) smaller than the bore of the conduit shall be pulled or pushed througl�� each conduit. The mandrel shall have a leather or rubber gasket slightly larger than the conduit hole. The Contractor shall swab out all conduits/ducts and clean base can, manhole, pull boxes, etc. interiors IMMEDIATELY prior to pulling cable. Once cleaned and swabbed the base cans, manhole, pull boxes, etc. and al l accessible points of entry to the duct/conduit system shall be kept closed except when installing cables. Cleaning o�F ducts, base cans, manholes, etc. is incidental to the pay item of the item being cleaned. All raceway systems lefit open, after initial cleaning, for any reason shall be re-cleaned at the Contractor's expense. All accessible points shal ( be kept closed when not installing cable. The Contractor shal) verify existing ducts proposed for use in this project as clear and open. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any blockage in the existing ducts. For pulling the permanent wiring, each individual conduit, whether the conduit is direct-buried ar part of a duct bank, shall be provided with a 200 pound test polypropylene pull rope. The ends shall be secured and sufficienrt length shall be left in access points to prevent it from slipping back into the conduit. Where spare conduits are installed, as indicated on the plans, the open ends shall be plugged with removable tapered plugs, designed far this purpose. All conduits shall be securely fastened in place during construction and shall be plugged to prevent contaminatf; from entering the conduits. Any conduit section having a defective joint shall not be installed. Ducts shall bf; supported and spaced apart using approved spacers at intervals not to exceed 5 feet. AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT BANKS AND CONOUIT:S L-110-2 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011 � ADDENDUM #2 CLEARWATER AIRPAR►( NOVEMBER 8, 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIOM Unless otherwise shown on the plans, concrete encased duct banks shall be used when crossing under pavement<.; expected to carry aircraft loads. Where turf is well established and the sod can be removed, it shall be carefully stripped and properly stored. Trenches for conduits and duct banks may be excavated manually or with mechanical trenching equipment unless in pavement, in which case they shall be excavated with mechanical trenching equipment. Walls of trenches shall be essentially vertical so that a minimum of shoulder surface is disturbed. Blades of graders shall not be used to excavate the trench. When rock is encountered, the rock shall be removed to a depth of at least 3 in below the required conduit or duct bank depth and it shall be replaced with bedding material of earth or sand containing no mineral aggregate particles that would be retained on a 1/4 in sieve. �''^�°^'�'°'�^^'�F" �^" ^''°r^^';.�°'., �° „°°a The Contractor shall ascertain the type of soil or rock to be excavated before bidding. All such rock removal shall be performed and paid for unde�r Item P-152. Underground electrical warning (Caution) tape shall be installed in the trench above all underground duct banks and conduits in unpaved areas. Contractor shall submit a sample of the proposed warning tape for approval by thE; Engineer. If not shown on the plans, the warning tape shall be located six inches above the duct/conduit or thE; counterpoise wire if present. Joints in plastic conduit shall be prepared in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for the particular type of conduit. Plastic conduit shall be prepared by application of a plastic cleaner and brushing a plastic solvent on the outside of the conduit ends and on the inside of the couplings. The conduit fitting shall then be slipped togethe:r with a quick one-quarter tum twist to set the joint tightly. Where more than one conduit is placed in a single trench, or in duct banks, joints in the conduit shall be staggered a minimum of 2 feet. Changes in direction of runs exceeding ] 0 degrees, either vertical or horizontal, shall be accomplished usin�t; manufactured sweep bends. Whether or not specifically indicated on the drawings, where the soil encountered at established duct bank grade is an unsuitable material, as determined by the Engineer, the unsuitable materia] shall he removed in accordance wit}a Item P- I 52 and replaced with suitable material. Alternatively, additional duct bank supports that are adeyuate anci stable shall be installed, as approved by the Engineer. All excavation shall be unclassified and shall be considered incidental to the respective L-110 pay item of which it i;s a component part. Dewatering necessary for duct installation, erosion and turbidity control, in accordance witLi Federal, State, and Local requirements is incidental to its respective pay item as a part of ltem L-110. The cost of al➢ excavation regardless of type of material encountered, shall be included in the unit price bid for the L-110 Item. Unless otherwise specified, excavated materials that are deemed by the Engineer to be unsuitable for use in backfilR or embankments shall be removed and disposed of offsite. Any excess excavation shall be filled with suitable material approved by the Engineer and compacted in accordanc� � with item P-152. It is the Contractor's responsibility to locate existing utilities within the work area prior to excavation. Wherr; existing active cables cross proposed installations, the Contractor shall insure that these cables are adequately protected. Where crossings are unavoidable, no splices will be allowed in the existing cables, except as specified ori the plans. Installation of new cable where such crossings must occur shall proceed as follows: (l) Existing cables shall be located manually. Unearthed cables shall be inspected to assure absolutely nr.� damage has occurred (2) Trenching, etc., in cable areas shall then proceed with approval of the Engineer, with care taken to minimiz,; possible damage or disruption of existing cable, including careful backfilling in area of cable. In the event that any previously identified cable is damaged during the course of construction, the Contractor shall be responsible for the complete repair. 110-3.2 DUCT BANKS. Unless otherwise shown in the plans, duct banks shall be installed so that the top of the concrete envelope is not less than 18 in (45 cm) below the bottom of the base or stabilized base course layers wherf: AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT BANKS AND CONDUITS Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) L-110-3 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8� EXTENSION ADDENDUM #2 NOVEMBER 8, 2012' installed under runways, taxiways, aprons, or other paved areas, and not less than 18 in (45 cm) below finished grade where installed in unpaved areas. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, duct banks under paved areas shall extend at least 3 feet (90 cm) beyond the edges of the pavement or 3 feet (90 cm) beyond any underdrains that may be installed alongside the paved area.. Trenches for duct banks shall be opened the complete length before concrete is placed so that if any obstructions are; encountered, proper provisions can be made to avoid them. Unless otherwise shown on the ptans, all duct banks shall be placed on a layer of concrete not less than 3 inches (75 mm) thick prior to its initial set. Where two or more: conduits in the duct bank are intended to carry conductors of equivalent voltage insulation rating, the Contractor shall space the conduits not less than 1-1/2 inches (37 mm) apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall). Where two or more conduits in the duct bank are intended to carry conductors of differing voltage insulation rating, the Contractor shall space the conduits not less than 3 inches apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall). Al l such multiple conduits shall be placed using conduit spacers applicable to the type of conduit. As the conduit layin�; progresses, concrete shall be placed around and on top of the conduits not less than 3 in (75 mm) thick unless otherwise shown on the plans. End bells or couplings shall be installed flush with the concrete encasement at access points. Conduits forming the duct bank shall be installed using conduit spacers. No. 4 reinforcing bars shall be driven vertically into the soil a minimum of 6 in to anchor the assembly into the earth prior to placing the concretf; encasement. Far this purpose, the spacers shall be fastened down with locking collars attached to the vertical bars. Spacers shall be installed at 5 ft intervals. Spacers shall be in the proper sizes and configurations to fit the conduits. Locking collars and spacers shal] be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to use. When specified, the Contractar shall reinforce the bottom side and top of encasements with steel reinforcing mesh or fabric or other approved metal reinforcement. When directed, the Contractor shall supply additional supports where� the ground is soft and boggy, where ducts cross under roadways, or where shown on the plans. Under sucl,� conditions, the complete duct structure shall be supported on reinforced concrete footings, piers, or piles located al; approximately 5 ft(I50 cm) intervals. All pavement surfaces that are to have ducts installed therein shall be neatly saw cut to form a vertical face. All excavation shall be included in the contract price for the duct. Install a plastic, detectable, color as noted, 4- 6 in (75 — 150 mm) wide tape 8 in (200 mm) minimum below grad:� above all underground conduit or duct lines not installed under pavement. When existing cables are to be placed in split duct, encased in concrete, the cable shall be carefully located anr.l exposed by hand tools. Priar to being placed in duct, the Engineer shal) be notified so that he may inspect the cabl�e and determine that it is in good condition. Where required, split duct shall be installed as shown on the drawings ox as required by the Engineer. l 10-3.3 CONDUITS WITHOUT CONCRETE ENCASEMENT. Trenches for single-conduit lines shall be ncrt ' less than 6 in (l50 mm} nor more than l2 in (300 mm) wide, and the trench for 2 or more conduits installed at thf; same level shall be proportionately wider. Trench bottoms for conduits without concrete encasement shall be made to conform accurately to grade so as to provide uniform support far the conduit along its entire length. , ' �I ' ' ' Unless otherwise shown on the plans, a layer of fine earth material, at least 4 in (100 mm) thick (loose measurement) shall be placed in the bottom of the trench as bedding for the conduit. The bedding material shall consist of soft dirt, sand or other fine fill, and it shall contain no particles that would be retained on a 1/4 in (6 mm�) sieve. The bedding material shall be tamped until firm. �' '�' '� '-F" ^'*°r^^';.,°'., ,°°'' Unless otherwise shown on plans, conduits shall be installed so that the tops of all conduits are at least 18 in (45 crri) below the finished grade. When two or more individual conduits intended to carry conductors of equivalent voltage insulation rating ar� installed in the same trench without concrete encasement, they shall be spaced not less than 2 in (50 mm) apa;rt (measured from outside wall to outside wall) in a horizontal direction and not less than 6 in (150 mm) apart in � vertical direction. Where two or more individual conduits intended to carry conductors of differing voltag;e insulation rating are installed in the same trench without concrete encasement, they shall spaced not less than 3 in (75 mm) apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) in a horizontal direction and lot less than 6 in (I50 mm) apart in a vertical direction. AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT BANKS AND CONDUITS L-110-4 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) ADDENDUM #2 CLEARWATER AIRPARN: NOVEMBER 8, 2012 RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIO�I � Trenches shall be opened the complete length between normal termination points before conduit is installed so tha�t if any unforeseen obstructions are encountered, proper provisions can be made to avoid them. ' Conduits shall be installed using conduit spacers. No. 4 reinforcing bars shall be driven vertically into the soil a minimum of 6 in to anchor the assembly into the earth while backfilling. For this purpose, the spacers shall be fastened down with locking collars attached to the vertical bars. Spacers shall be installed at 5 ft intervals. Spacer.� ' shall be in the proper sizes and configurations to fit the conduits. Locking collars and spacers shal) be submitted ta the Engineer for review prior to use. 1 I 0-3.4 MARKERS. The location of each end and of each change of direction of conduits and duct banks shall be ' marked by a concrete slab marker 2 feet (60 cm) square and 4- 6 in (]00 - 150 mm) thick extending approximatehi 1 in (25 mm) above the surface. The markers shall also be located directly above the ends of all conduits or duc1: banks, except where they terminate in a junction/access structure or building. The Contractor shall impress the word "DUCT" or "CONDUIT" on each marker slab. The Contractor shall alsc� impress on the slab the number and size of conduits beneath the marker along with a11 other necessary informationi as determined by the Engineer. The letters shall be 4 in (100 mm) high and 3 in (75 mm) wide with width of strok:r, '/z in (12 mm) and '/4 in (6 mm) deep or as large as the available space permits. Furnishing and installation of duct markers is incidental to the respective duct pay item. I 10-3.5 BACKFILLING FOR CONDUITS. For conduits, 8 in (200 cm) of sand, soft earth, or other fine fill (loosr:� measurement) shall be placed around the conduits ducts and carefully tamped around and over them with hancl tampers. The remaining trench shall then be backfilled and compacted in accordance with Item P-152 "Excavatiori and Embankment" except that material used for back fill shall be select materia] not larger than 4 in in diameter. . r��n.t■ Trenches shall not contain pools of water during back, filling operations. The trench sha11 be completely backfilled and tamped level with the adjacent surface: except that, where sod is to b�E� placed over the trench, the backfilling shall be stopped at a depth equal to the thickness of the sod to be used, witl�i proper allowance far settlement. Any excess excavated material shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with instructions issued by th�E; Engineer. 110-3.6 BACKFILLING FOR DUCT BANKS. After the concrete has cured, the remaining trench shall bf; backfilled and compacted in accordance with ]tem P-152 "Excavation and Embankment" except that the materia�l used for backfill shall be select material not larger than 4 in in diameter. In addition to the requirements of P-151, where duct banks are installed under pavement, one moisture/density test per lift shall be made for each 250 linear feet of duct bank or one work period's construction, whichever is less. L'1....,.,L.lv L..,,.1.F.11 ... ..l�o,-.,.,�:.,ol., l.e , o.�l Trenches shall not contain pools of water during backfilling operations. The trench shall be completely backfilled and tamped level with the adjacent surface: except that, where sod is to b�: placed over the trench, the backfilling shall be stopped at a depth equal to the thickness of the sod to be used, with proper allowance for settlement Any excess excavated material shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with instructions issued by the Engineer. 110-3.7 RESTORATION. Where sod has been removed, it shall be replaced as soon as possible after the backfilling is completed. All areas disturbed by the wark shall be restored to its original condition. The restoration shall include sodding as shown on the pians. The Contractor shall be held responsible for maintaining all disturbed surfaces and replacements until final acceptance. All restaration shall be considered incidental to the respective L,- l ] 0 pay item. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 110-4.1 Underground conduits and duct banks shall be measured by the linear feet (meter) of conduits and duc:.t banks installed, including encasement, locator tape, trenching and backfill with designated, resolution, and for drain AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT BANKS AND CONDUITS Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) L-110•�5 ' ' ' , ' ' ' CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8� EXTENSION ADDENDUM #:! NOVEMBER 8, 201:� lines, the termination at the drainage structure, all measured in place, completed, and accepted. Separatf: measurement shall be made for the various types and sizes. BASIS OF PAYMENT l 10-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot for each type and size of conduit and ducl bank completed and accepted, including trench and backfill with the designated material, and, for drain lines, thi� termination at the drainage structure. This price shall be fWl compensation for furnishing all materials and for al] preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item in accardance with the provisions and intent of the plans and specifications. Payment will be made under: Item L-1 ]0-S.l Electrical Conduit, 2" P.V.C., in place —per linear foot ltem L-110-5.2 2-Way 2" Concrete Encased Electrical Duct Bank, in place — per linear foot , Fed. Spec. W-C-1094 ' Underwriters Laboratories � Standard 6 Underwriters Laboratories Standard 514B , Underwriters Laboratories Standard 1242 ' ' ' lJ � 11 ' Underwriters Laboratories Standard 651 Underwriters Laboratories Standard 65l A MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Conduit and Conduit Fittings; Plastic, Rigid (cancelled; replaced by UL 514 Boxes., Nonmetallic Outlet, Flush Device Boxes, & Covers, and UL 65l Standard for Conduit & Hope Conduit, Type EB & A Rigid PVC) Rigid Metal Conduit Fittings for Cable and Conduit Intermediate Metal Conduit Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit (for Direct Burial) Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and HDPE Conduit (for concrete encasement) END OF ITEM L-110 AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT BANKS AND CONDUITS ' L-170-6 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) ' ADDENDUM #2 NOVEMBER 8, 2012 l _�, ' ' ' ' ' ' u , , ' ! I ' C� CI ' ' lJ CLEARWATER AIRPARK: RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSIONI ITEM L-125 - INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT LIGHTING SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION 125-1.1 This item shall consist of the airport lighting systems, furnished or relocated and installed in accordance with this specification, the referenced specification, and the applicable Advisory Circulars. The system shall be installed at the location and in accordance with the dimensions, design, and details shown in the plans. This item shall include the fumishing of all equipment, materials, services, testing and incidentals necessary to place the; system in operation as completed units to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 125-1.2 Additional details pertaining to a specific system covered in this item are contained in the latest edition o:F Advisory Circulars listed below: a. b. c. d. e. AC l50/5340-53C Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program. AC I50/5345-1, Approved Airport Equipment. AC 150/5345-42, Specification for Airport Light Bases AC 150/5345-46, Specification for Runway and Taxiway Light Fixtures n r- i cnic�on �u c,.o,.;�,..,+;,,., f r uot;,,,.,-r n,.�:,... > ��s EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 125-2.1 GENERAL a. Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA specifications shall have the prior approval of the Federal Aviation Administration, Airports Service, Washington, D.C. 20591, and shall be listed i�n the latest edition Of Advisory Circular 150/5345-1, Approved Airport Lighting Equipment and have manufacturer's certification as required by Advisory Circular 150/5345-53, Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program. b. All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through the manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification, when requested by the Engineer. c. Lists of the equipment and materials required for particular systems are contained in th�: applicable Advisory Circulars. - '•� '• � ' - - - 125-2.3 LAMPS. Lamps for the ftxtures shall be 120 watt / 6.6 ampere, 60 cycle series type. 125-2.4 ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS: Transformers for shall be L-830-1 type, 60 cycle series of the requirer.l size. 125-2.5 CABLE CONNECTORS. Cable connectors shall be plug-in only conforming to the requirements of FAA specifications L-823 (Reference Advisory Circular l50/5345-26D, including chg.2). INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT LIGHTING SYSTEMS Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) L-125-1 CLEARWATER AIRPARK ADDENDUM #2 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION NOVEMBER 8, 2012 125-2.6 TAPE. Rubber and plastic electrical tapes shall be Scotch Electrical Tape Numbers 23 and 88, respectively, as manufactured by the Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, or an approved equal. 125-2.7 CONCRETE. Conerete for backfill shall conform to Specification P-610, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Minimum compressive strength of 4,000 p.s.i. at 28-days shall be used. 125-2.8 STEEL CONDUIT. Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories Standard 6, 514 and 1252. Flexible metal conduit and fittings shall be liquid-tight and shall conform to UL360. I25-2.9 PVC CONDUIT. PVC conduit and fitting shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specification W•• C-1094 and NEMA TC6. Shall be Type II and be suitable for either above or below ground use. All conduit and fittings shall be Schedule 40 unless noted otherwise. 125-2.10 TEES. Large radius bend tees, if specified, shall be equal to Crouse-Hinds Company No. ET or equal. 125-2.11 HEAT SHRINKABLE TUBING K1T. Heat shrinkable tubing kits shali be equal to type APL, as manufactured by Raychem Corporation. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 125-3.1 GENERAL. The installation and testing details for the systems shall be as specified in the applicable� Advisory Circulars or manufacturers specifications as approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall ascertain that all lighting system components furnished by him (including FAA Approvec� Equipment) are compatible in all respects with each other and the remainder of the new/existing system. Any non- compatible components furnished by this contractor shall be replaced by him, at no additional cost to the Owner., with a similar unit, approved by the Engineer (different model or different manufacture) that is compatible with thr remainder of the airport lighting system. 125-3.2 PLACING EQUIPMENT. All new or relocated equipment shall be instailed at the location indicated in the plans ar as directed by the Engineer. All bolts or threaded parts, such as breakable couplings, shall be greaser.l with an antitrust compound such as "Never-Seez." 125-3.3 OPERATING MANUALS. Operating manuals shall be submitted for all principal items of electrica.l equipment. The submittal of manuals shall be prior to Final Acceptance. The manuals shall be complete witl�i operational and repair part data on all component devices in the principal equipment for which the manuals arf; submitted. The Contractor shall also provide to the Owner's airport maintenance representative, instructions in the operation and maintenance of the systems. 125-3.4 PLACEMENT OF GROUND RODS. Ground rods shall conform to Section L-108 of these specifications and shall be installed as shown on the Contract Drawings at each light fixture and sign location. �.. .. . . �T - - � . , _ � 125-3.6 TAPING CONNECTIONS. All L-823 connections shall be taped with one inner layer of rubber ar synthetic rubber tape as specified above and one outer layer of plastic tape. The taping shall be one-half lapped and extend 1-l/2 inches to each side ofthe connection joint. INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT LIGHTING SYSTEMS L-125-2 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' ' ' , , � ' ADDENDUM #2 CLEARWATER AIRPAR!( NOVEMBER 8, 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIONI METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 125-4.1 The quantity of units to be paid for under this item shall be the number of each type installed as completed units in place, ready for operation, and accepted by the Engineer. BASIS OF PAYMENT 125-5.1 Payment will be made at the Contract unit price for each complete unit that is installed in place, by thE: Contractor and accepted by the Engineer. This price shall be fWl compensation for furnishing all materials and fox all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals, necessary to complete these items. Payment will be made under: Item L-125-5.1 Item L-125-5.2 Item L-125-53 Item L-125-5.4 Item L-125-5.5 ltem L-125-5.6 Item L-125-5.7 Item L-125-5.8 Item L-125-5.9 Item L-125-5.10 Item L-125-5.11 Item L-12S-5.12 Remove and Dispose of Existing Runway/Taxiway Edge Light Cable and Conduit - per lump sum Existing Can with Steel Cover to be Removed and Delivered to Owner - per each Existing Taxiway or Runway Edge Light (Base Mounted) to be Raised - per each Existing Taxiway or Runway Edge/Threshold Light (Base Mounted) to be Removed, Including Existing Can, Fixture, Transformer & Cable to be Removed. Light Fixture and Transformer to be Salvaged and Returned to Owner - per each Existing Runway Threshold Light (Flush Mounted) to be Removed. Including Existing Can, Fixture, Transformer & Cable to be Removed - per each Existing Runway Edge/Threshold Light (Base Mounted) to be Removed and Steel Cover to be Installed. Existing � Fixture, Transformer & Cable to be Removed. Fixture and Transformer to be Salvaged and Returned to Owner - per each Existing Runway Edge Light Lens to Removed & Replaced with New - per each Existing Concrete Duct Marker to be Raised - per each New L-861 (MIRL) Runway Edge Light with White/Red Lens Mounted on New L-867 Base Can - per each New L-861 (MIRL) Runway Edge Light with White/White Lens Mounted on New L-867 Base Can - per each New L-861-E (MIRL) Runway Uni-Directional Threshold Light with 180° Green Lens Mounted on New L-867 Base Can - per each New L-861-E (MIRL) Runway Displaced Threshold Light Fixture with White/Green Lens Mounted on New L-867 Base Can - per each Item L-]25-5.13 New L-861-E (MIRL) Runway Threshold Light Fixture with Red/Red Lens Mounted on New L-867 Base Can - per each INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT LIGHTING SYSTEMS Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) L-125•3 ' ' ' ' ' , ' , ' , , ' ' ' ' ' ' � ' CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION ADDENDUM #2 NOVEMBER 8, 201:� Item L-125-5.14 New L-861-T Taxiway Edge Light Mounted on New L-867 Base Can - per each Item L-125-S.15 New L-858-R/L Guidance Sign, Size 1, Style 2, Class 1, One Module - per each Item L-]25-5.16 New L-858-R/L Guidance Sign, Size 1, Style 2, Class 1, Two Module - per each L-125-4 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Underwriters Laboratories Rigid Metal Conduit - Standard 6 Underwriters Laboratories Liquid-Tight Flexible Conduit - Standard 360 Underwriters Laboratories Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes - Standard 514 Underwriters Laboratories Intermediate Metal Conduit - Standard 1242 AC l50/5345-3 Specification For L-821 Panels for Remote Control of Airport Lighting. AC 150/5345-42 Specification for Airport Light Base and Transformer Housings,, Junction Boxes and Accessories. AC 150/5345-46 Specification for Runway and Taxiway Light Fixtures. AC 150/5345-47 Isolation Transformers for Airport Lighting Equipment. END OF ITEM L-125 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT LIGHTING SYSTEMS Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) �• � � 1 ' DATE ' SUBJECT TO: ' ' ' ' � r ADDENDUM #2 For RUNWAY 16 & 34 REHABILITATION AT THE CLEARWATER AIRPARK 12-0006-AP CLEARWATER, FLORIDA November 8, 2012 ADDENDUM #2 Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned Bidders on the above project are hereby notifed that the following addendum is made to the l::ontract Documents: RUNWAY 16 & 34 REHABILITATION & EXTENSION AT THE CLEARWATE�t AIRPARK (12-006-AP) - ADDENDUM #2 XxREVISED BID FORM (ATTACHED) FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: (ALL PAGES) BID ITEMS HAVE BEENADDED OR REVISED. (PAGE B-1) BID ITEMNO. —11A ITEMNO. —P-219-6.3 ITEM DESCRIPTION - RECYCLED CONCRETE AGGREGATE BASE COURSE AS NEEDED ,�'OR TAXIWA Y RECONSTR UCTION AREA (VARIABLE THICKNESS) (LBR =100) UNITS — CY Q7'Y — 330 (PAGE B-2) BID ITEM NO. — 34 ITEM NO. — L-110-5.2 � ITEMDESCRIPTION REVISED TO "2 -WAY 2" CONCRETE ENCASED ELECTRICAL DUCT BANK, IN PLA CE " , (PAGE B-3) BID ITEM NO. — 40 ITEM NO. — L-125-5.6 ITEM DESCRIPTION REVISED TO "EXISTING R UNWAY EDGE/THRESHOLD LIGHT (BAS1: MOUNTED) TO BE REMOVED AND STEEL COVER TO BE INSTALLED. EXISTING FIXTUR'.E, ' TRANSFORMER & CABLE TD BE REMOVED. FIXTURE AND TRANSFORMER TO BE SAL V:q GED AND RETURNED TO OWNER " CJ � *XREVISED SPECIFICATION (ATTACHED): SECTION IV — TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS REVISED SECTION 1.2 — SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST , SECTION IV.4 - SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS —ARTICLE P-219 — RECYC:'LED CONCRETEAGGREGATE BASE COURSE REVISED METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BID ITEM NO. 11: �. � r SECTION IVA — SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS —ARTICLE D-751 - MANtI'OLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES REVISED SECTION 751-2. 6 ry SECTION IVA — SUPPLEMENT,4L TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS — ARTICLE L-110 — AIRPG►RT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT BANKS AND CONDUITS REVISED BASIS OF PA YMENT SECTION FOR BID ITEM NO. 34 SECTION IVA — SUPPLEMENT�iL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS — ARTICLE L-125 — INST.gLLATION OFAIRPORT LIGHTING SYSTEMS REVISED BASIS OF PA YMENT SECTION FOR BID ITEM NO. 40 xXREVISED PROJECT DRAWINGS (ATTACHED): SHEET NUMBER G0.02 — SUMMARY OF QUANTITIES REVISED ITEMS BASED ONADDENDUMNUMBER 1 AND REVISIONS NOTED ABOVE IN REVISED BID FORM SECTION SHEET NUMBER C0. 03 — PA VEMENT DETAILS ' REMOVED FDOT BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE JOB MIX FORMULA NOTE REVISED TYPICAL PA VEMENT CONNECTION DETAIL SHEET NUMBER Cl. 00 — EXISTING CONDITIONS/DEMOLITION KEY PLAN, LEGEND AND NOTES REVISED DEMOLITION NOTE NO. 1 SHEET NUMBER C6.12 — LIGHTING DETAILS (2) REVISED DETAIL TO ALLOW CABLE SPLICES ONLY IN EXISTING LIGHT BASE *'�CONTRACTOR QUESTIONS & RESPONSES THE ATTACHED CONTRACTOR QUESTIONS & RESPONSES ARE HEREBY MADE PART OF' THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE CITY OF CLEARWATER PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA Bv: /s/William B. Horne, II City Manager � ' t � ' ' ' � , � ' ' ' ' � ' ' , � � ADDENDUM #2 NOVEMBER 8, 2012 BID PROPOSAL CLEARWATER AIRPARK 12-0006-AP RUNWAY 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHABILITATION & EXTENSION BID UNIT T07['AL NO. ITEM NO ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS QTY PRICE PRI�CE 1 M-OO l-2.1 MOBILIZATION (10% MAX) LS 1 2 P-101-5.1 PAVEMENT MILLING VARIABLE (O TO 3 IN) SY 44,900 ASPHALT CRACK REPAIR, INCLUDING 3 P-101-5.2 CLEANING, ROUTING AND SEALING LF 26,000 ASPHALT CRACK REPAIR, INCLUDING CLEANING, ROUTING, SEALING AND MIRAFI 4 P-101-5.3 MIRATAC, OR APPROVED EQUAL, LF 13,000 5 P-151-4.1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING LS l 6 P-152-4.1 EXCAVATION CY 4,600 6A P-152-4.2 REMOVAL OF UNSUITABLE MATERIAL CY 1,700 7 P-156-S.1 TEMPORARY SILT FENCE, TYPE III LF 9,300 8 P-156-5.2 TEMPORARY INLET PROTECTION EA 2l 9 P-160-8.1 STABILIZED SUBGRADE (12" THICK) (LBR=40) SY 9,500 EXISTING BASE COURSE SCARIFYING, SHAPING 10 P-219-6.1 AND COMPACTING (LBR=100) SY 2,400 RECYCLED CONCRETE AGGREGATE BASE 1 l P-219-6.2 COURSE (6" THICK) (LBR=l00) SY 9,100 RECYCLED CONCRETE AGGREGATE BASE COURSE AS NEEDED FOR TAXIWAY RECONSTRUCTION AREA (VARIABLE l lA P-219-63 THICKNESS) (LBR=100) CY 330 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE, 2" THICK, 3/4" 12 P-401-8.1 MAXIMUM AGGREGATE TON 1,300 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE, l l/2" THICK, 13 P-401-8.2 1/2" MAXIMUM AGGREGATE TON 4,100 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE, LEVELING 14 P-401-8.3 COURSE, 1/2" MAXIMUM AGGREGATE TON l00 15 P-620-5.1 RLINWAY PAINTING, REFLECTIVE WHITE SF 9,800 B-1 � ADDENDUM #2 NOVEMBER 8, 2012 ' l� 1 � ' ' ' � l_ 1 ' ' � � � ' �_1 ' ' � BID UNIT TOTAL NO. ITEM NO ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS QTY PRICE PRIC�E l6 P-620-5.2 TAXIWAY PAINTING, REFLECTIVE YELLOW SF 6,000 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING, NON- 17 P-620-5.3 REFLECTIVE BLACK SF 16,500 TAXIWAY PAINTING, NON-REFLECTIVE WHITE 18 P-620-5.4 (FOR "CLEARWATER AIRPARK" LETTERING) SF 800 l 9 D-701-5.1 PIPE REMOVAL LF 25 20 D-701-5.2 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE, CLASS llI, l8" LF 168 2l D-701-5.3 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE, CLASS Ill, 24" LF 128 HIGH-DENSITY POLYETHYLENE PIPE, CLASS III, 22 D-701-5.4 30" LF 440 23 D-75 ]-5. l INLET, TYPE C(FDOT) EA l 24 D-751-52 INLET, TYPE D(FDOT) EA 4 25 D-752-5.1 MITERED END SECTION (FDOT), 24" RCP EA 1 26 D-752-5.2 MITERED END SECTION (FDOT), 30" HDPE EA 1 27 T-901-5.1 SEEDING AND MULCHING ACRE 1.00 28 T-904-5.1 SODDING SY 30,000 29 L-107-5.1 EXISTING WIND CONE TO BE REMOVED LS 1 30 L-107-5.2 8-FOOT WIND CONE, IN PLACE LS l UNDERGROUND CABLE, #8 AWG, 5 KV, L-824, TYPE C, INSTALLED IN DUCT OR CONDUIT 31 L-108-5.1 INCLUDING TRENCHING AND CONNECTIONS LF 5,090 BARE COPPER COUNTERPOISE WIRE, #6 AWG, INSTALLED IN TRENCH OR DUCT, INCLUDING 32 L-108-5.2 GROUND RODS AND GROUND CONNECTORS LF 4,280 33 L-1 10-S.1 ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, 2" P.V.C., IN PLACE LF 4,230 2-WAY 2" CONCRETE ENCASED ELECTRICAL 34 L-110-5.2 DUCT BANK, IN PLACE LF 50 B-2 � ADDENDUM #2 NOVEMBER 8, 2012 ' ' � L_1 ' u ' l__I , �1 � u ' ' ' � � ' BID UNIT TOTAL NO. ITEM NO ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS QTY PRICE PRIC�E REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING RUNWAY/TAXIWAY EDGE LIGHT CABLE AND 35 L-125-5.] CONDUIT LS 1 EXISTING CAN WITH STEEL COVER TO BE 36 L-125-5.2 REMOVED AND DELNERED TO OWNER EA 1 EXISTING TAXIWAY OR RUNWAY EDGE LIGHT 37 L-125-5.3 (BASE MOLINTED) TO BE RAISED EA 19 EXISTING TAXIWAY OR RUNWAY EDGE/THRESHOLD LIGHT (BASE MOUNTED} TO BE REMOVED, INCLUDING EXISTING CAN, FIXTURE, TRANSFORMER & CABLE TO BE REMOVED. LIGHT FIXTURE AND TRANSFORMER 38 L-125-5.4 TO BE SALVAGED AND RETURNED TO OWNER EA IS I MOUNTED) TO BE REMOVED, INCLUDING EXISTING CAN, FIXTURE, TRANSFORMER & 39 L-125-5.5 CABLE TO BE REMOVED. EA 3 EXISTING RUNWAY EDGE/THRESHOLD LIGHT (BASE MOUNTED) TO BE REMOVED AND STEEL COVER TO BE INSTALLED. EXISTING FIXTURE, TRANSFORMER & CABLE TO BE REMOVED. FIXTURE AND TRANSFORMER TO BE SALVAGED 40 L-125-5.6 AND RETURNED TO OWNER EA 5 EXISTING RUNWAY EDGE LIGHT LENS TO 4l L-125-5.7 REMOVED & REPLACED WITH NEW EA 13 EXISTING CONCRETE DUCT MARKER TO BE 42 L-125-5.8 RAISED EA 3 NEW L-861 (MIRL) RUNWAY EDGE LIGHT WITH WHITE/RED LENS MOUNTED ON NEW L-867 BASE 43 L-125-59 CAN. EA 2 NEW L-861 (MIRL) RUNWAY EDGE LIGHT WITH WHITE/WHITE LENS MOUNTED ON NEW L-867 44 L-125-5.10 BASE CAN. EA 5 NEW L-861-E (MIRL) RUNWAY LTNI-DIRECTIONAL THRESHOLD LIGHT WITH l 80° GREEN LENS 45 L-125-5.11 MOLINTED ON NEW L-867 BASE CAN. EA 4 B-3 � ADDENDUM #2 . NOVEMBER 8, 2012 ' LJ C ' �l ' 1 ' ' ' 1 � �_ � 1 ' ' ' BID UNIT TOT'AL NO. ITEM NO ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS QTY PRICE PRII::E NEW L-861-E (MIRL) RLINWAY DISPLACED THRESHOLD LIGHT FIXTURE WITH WHITE/GREEN LENS MOUNTED ON NEW L-867 46 L-125-5.12 BASE CAN. EA 2 NEW L-861-E (MIRL) RUNWAY THRESHOLD LIGHT FIXTURE WITH RED/RED LENS MOUNTED 47 L-125-5.13 ON NEW L-867 BASE CAN. EA 6 NEW L-861-T TAXIWAY EDGE LIGHT MOUNTED 48 L-125-S.14 ON NEW L-867 BASE CAN. EA 20 NEW L-858-R/L GUIDANCE SIGN, SIZE 1, STYLE 2, 49 L-125-5.15 CLASS 1, ONE MODULE EA 2 NEW L-858-R/L GUIDANCE SIGN, SIZE 1, STYLE 2, 50 L-125-5.16 CLASS l, TWO MODULE EA ] 0 51 - 10% BASE BID CONTINGENCY LS 1 TOTAL BASE BID (NUMBERS) ' B-4 ' ADDENDUM #2 NOVEMBER 8, 2012 ' ' � , ' � ' ' ' 11 1 I�I ' ' ' � ' BID UNIT TOT'AL NO. ITEM NO ITEM DESCRIPTION UNITS QTY PRICE PRIf..'E ADDITIVE ALTERNATE BID 1- PAVEMENT SEALCOAT 52 P-620-5.2 TAXIWAY PAINTING, REFLECTIVE YELLOW SF 1370 EMULSIFIED ASPHALT SURFACE TREATMENT 53 P-626-6.1 (TYPE II) SY 21130 54 P-626-6.2 10% ADDITIVE ALTERNATE BID CONTINGENCY LS 1 TOTAL ADDITIVE ALTERNATE 1 (NUMBERS) ' B-5 � ' � � l, � � � � � � ' ' � u ' ' � ' Runway 16-34 Rehabilitation, & Extension @ Clearwater Airpark CONTRACTOR QUESTIONS & RESPONSES Received on 10/22/12 l. A review of the proposed Phasing sequence and as discussed during the pre-bid meeting; Phase 3 describes the construction of the runway extension through the base course during night hours (9P-6A) while the runway is closed, over a 45 day period. Is the intent to maintain the closure of the extension area during the day time period for that 45 day construction time? Answer: Yes. If so, what requirements should the contractor provide to insure the work zone and plane traffic is safe? Answer: The 1ow profile barricades shown will stay in place for the duration of the phase. Temporary threshold lights are not anticipated since the runway will be closed during night and obscured hours, light circuits should be locked and tagged out. 2. Phase 5 for Runway Pavement Overlay is to be completed during a 3 day (Tuesday, Wed, Thursday) period — day time work, night work as needed. Due to the fact that the scope of work includes milling existing runway, cleaning, inspection by the Owner representative to determine & identify the crack sealing required and which option, performance of the defined crack cleaning, routing and sealing, cleaning , survey control points, resurfacing and temporary striping; it is likely that the work schedule may involve night work. Section ]II, General Conditions, page 13 of 49 references the contractor is to reimburse the City for all overtime wark (inspection) in excess of regular working hours at the rate of $60/hour. Since the contract is restricting this scope to a 3 day period; will day and night hours be considered "regular hours" for this phase? Answer: Yes. Reimbursement for overtime work (inspection) does not apply for this Phase. 3. Also far Phase 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6; day time work is defined as 6A to 9P, is this 15 hr period considered "regular hours" as defined in Section III, General Conditions, page 13 of 49. Answer: Yes. 4. During the pre-bid meeting, the City acknowledged that all survey required for the project to include as-built survey or record survey would be furnished by the City. Please confirm that Section III, Genera) Conditions paragraph 6.l l.2, Section IV, Technical specifications paragraph 2, Field Engineering and Section IVA, General requirements Paragraph 50-06; will be provided for the contractar by City personnel. Answer: No. The Contractor is responsible for as-built survey as described in Section III, General Conditions paragraph 6.11.2 and for surveys descri6ed in Section IVA, General requirements Paragraph 50-06 and Section IV, Technical specifications paragraph 2.1. 2.1.11 & 2.1.2, of the Field Engineering paragraph. The City will be responsible for establishing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project only. 5. Supplementary Technical Specifications, P101-Surface Preparation, paragraph 101-3.5 Cold Planing indicates that the machine shall have a minimum 10' width. Confirm that half-lane milling machines (6' width) are acceptable within the limits of this scope. Answer: Yes, 6' wide milling machines will be acceptable. 6. Addendum #1 issued October 24, Excavation and Embankment specification P-152-2.10 Topsoil (P-152-6); Please clarify if all proposed turf areas reyuire 2" topsoil, or if the contractor is to handle and place only the excess topsoil as stripped from the site. Answer: Yes, all proposed turf areas require 2" topsoil. Specification P-152-2.10 Topsoil allows for the use of recovered top soil from the project to be used in the turf areas. Should additional topsoil be needed the Contractor will need to bring from an outside source. Topsoil is incidental to the project. 7. If the answer to #4 above is that the City is responsible for all construction survey and as-builts required; is the City also responsible for the pre and post excavation field survey that is referred to in Section P-152-3.1 for measurement/payment of excavation and embankment? Answer: No, the Contractor is responsible for the pre and post excavation field survey that is referred to in Section P-152-3.1 for measurement/payment of excavation and embankment. Received on 10/25/12 8. Are water-filled low profile barricades an acceptable alternative? Answer: Alternatives will be evaluated during the submittal process. In the past, we have approved water-filled low profile barricades as long as they are an FAA approved product. Received on 10/29/12 9. A review of the proposed Phasing sequence shown in the plan sheets and the Final Engineering report from URS described the phasing scope in conflict with each other. For example; Phase 2A on sheet G0.06 indicates to complete all construction for the taxiway extension EXCEPT the paving and then Phase 4 on sheet G0.08 indicates paving all taxiway areas EXCEPT Phase 2B (already completed) and the taxiway extension. The engineering report for Phase 2A reads as the plans, but for Phase 4, it states that the taxiway extension wil] paved as part of Phase 4 work. Please confirm what phase the paving for the taxiway extension is required. Answer: The taxiway extension will be paved during Phase 4. The intent was for the first sentence in the note to read as follows: Phase 4 shall consist of overlaying the entire taxiway "A" system and the taxiway extension, except the Phase 2B area. 10. In the phasing sequence on the plans nor in the final engineering report is the Runway widening and reconstructed area defined for completion. When do those 3 areas get constructed and/or paved? Answer: The runway widening and reconstruction from the existing runway threshold north (approximately 300 ft by 50 ft of existing pavement) is part of the runway extension. Work in this area is 6egun in Phase 3 and the final asphalt pavement is applied during Phase 5. The small piece of widening identified as "EDGE CONSTRUCTION" west of the "16" numerals is included in Phase 5. � u ' � ' C ' ' ' ' �J ' ' ' u ' , ' l� l]. A review of the typical section `B-B" and "GC" (sheet C0.01, .02) shows a 2" thick lift of 3/4" max P401 on the proposed widening and reconstructed areas while the adjacent pavement section refers to a 1.5" thick lift of'/z" max P401. Is the intent to install a"binder" course of 2" 3/4" P401 on the widening and reconstruct areas then overlay with 1.5"'/2" P401 during the mill & resurface of the remaining runway? Answer: No. The intent is to provide a minimum of 2 inch asphalt for the runway section. During Phase 3 the Contractor will build the runway widening leaving the top of the P-219 recycled concrete base 1 inch below the existing runway surface. During Phase 5 the Contractor would mill'/Z inch of the existing pavement and pave 4 lanes of 1'/Z inch P-401 over the existing runway section and 2 widening lanes of 2 inch P-401. A'/2 inch P-401 mix can be used for all lanes if the price for the'/a inch mix is the same or less than the 3/4 inch mix. 12. In the areas defined as variable mill and leveling course, is the intent to provide a finished surface in addition to the leveling course? Answer: Yes. And if so, what is the typical section — 1.5" of'/z" P401 or 2" of 3/4" P401? Answer: Minimum thickness for the surface course will be 1'/2" of P-401. The variable milling and leveling course is intended for grade corrections and therefore the leveling course underneath would need to meet specifications, while at the same time correct pavement grades. Please see P401-5.4 - Leveling Course, which allows a maximum lift thickness for the leveling course of 1'/2". The specification also states that the maximum sizc� aggregate used shall not be more than one-half of the thickness of the course being constructed. In other words, if the leveling course needed is 1 inch thick , then the Contractor would need to use a'/2" P-401 mix. By the same token, a Contractor may decide� to use a 2'/Z" surface course in a specific area in lieu of a 1" leveling plus a 1'/Z" surface course. In this case a'/4" mix could be used. The Contractor will need to decide what is mosl: effective and efficient while meeting specitication requirements and time constraints. 13. Bid item P219-6.1, ex base course scarify, shape and compact, does not indicate what the required thickness of the base course is to be constructed. In addition, how is the contractor to determine the amount of base material required for this item? Other FAA contracts have a line item for the base material (if needed) that is paid for by the CY, can this item be added? Answer: Yes. The P-219 will be changed to reflect a new pay item for this volume. 14. In the area of the taxiway reconstruction; there is only one existing core provided in the geotech report which indicates a 6.5" asphalt surface for C4. Core C5, 900' south reflects 2" of existing asphalt surface. Since the contract reyuires complete removal of the existing asphalt (see Sheet C0.02, section "E-E") in this area (Sta @ 229+35 south to 235+00) can an additional core or 2 be provided to the bidders so the extent of the asphalt removal is identified? Answer: No. Contractor will assume removal of 6'/4" of existing asphalt pavement in this work area. Payment of the removal of the asphalt is incidental to the work performed as Bid Item P-219-6.1. 15. There is a consistent note on all plan pages that all existing trees must have the tree barricade installed per city detail. Is there some way for the City to define how many or exactly where those barricades (ie defined limits) will be required? Answer: With respect to the required Tree Barricades, the primary concern is towards those trees within or directly adjacent to the contractor's work zone. It should be noted that the only trees within the Clearwater Airpark that meet this requirement are those within or just west of the proposed CLEARING AND GRUBBING area. (See Sheet C1.01.) Prior to any clearing and grubbing activities, the City's project Manager and inspector will meet on site with the Contractor to establish an acceptable limit of Clearing and Grubbing. The contractor can then install a"Tree Barrier" consistent with Note No. 2 of the "TREE PROTECTION NOTES". (See Sheet C1.00) The Tree Barricades detail is intended to illustrate the appropriate location of the barricade relative to the type of trees involved. While there are a few existing trees adjacent to the Airpark Oftices and the maintenance hangar, these should be well outside the contractors work limits. Received on 11/Ol/12 16. Please clarify which Standards apply to the Precast Storm Structures, especially with regards to Grates/Covers. a. Plan sheets C3.01 thru C3.1 l identify the structures as "FDOT Type" structures. b. Section IV - Technical Specifications, Section 19 mentions FDOT standards on the Concrete PIPE, but does not mention requirements for the Precast Storm Structures. c. Would typical City of Clearwater Standards apply to this Bid? Answer: The D-751 specification included in the Supplementary Technical Specifications applies to the Precast Storm Structures. The specification will be amended to include the following: The grates furnished jor all surjace drainage inlets shall be cast iron and shall be made specifically for each fitling. Grates for 1 Z" and larger catch basins shaU be capable of supporting H-20 wheel loading. Metal used in the manufacture of the castings shall conform to ASTMA-48-83 Class 30B for gray iron. The castings shall be furnished with a black paint. The cast iron grates for each of these fittings is to be considered an integral part of the surface drainage inlet and shall be furnished by the same manufacturer. Received on 11/02/12 17. Will electrical permits be required on this project? Page 5 and 6 ofthe Instructions to Bidders states that City of Clearwater building and permit fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specs. Page SR 2-1, paragraph 3 states that the contractor shall be required to procure and pay for all construction permits. Answer: Yes. Electrical permit fees associated with this project will be waived, and the Cirv will assist in procuring any permits. l 8. Sheet C6. ] 0 Testing Note G states that the earth ground resistance of any counterpoise or ground rod system does not exceed 25 ohms per ground rod and/or l0 ohms on the entire floating system. Will each ground rod need to be tested before connection to the system, or does the ' ' ' ' 1 u ' ' ' � contractor need only to test the entire system? If each ground rod is to be tested before connection, what is the remedy for ground rods that do not meet the testing requirements? Answer: Yes, each ground rod will need to be tested and the entire system needs to be tested. The remedy for ground rods that do not meet the 25 ohm testing requirement is to add more length to the ground rod until the requirement is met. 19. Is solid or stranded wire to be utilized for the counterpoise system? Page L-108-2, paragraph 108-2.3 of the specs states that #6 solid is to be used for counterpoise. Sheet C6.10 Airfield Note 1 of the plans states that #6 stranded shall be installed for lightning protection of the underground cables. Answer: Solid wire shall be used in accordance to specification L-108-2. 20. Can base can extensions and/or spacers be used to raise the existing lights that are planned to be raised? Answer: Yes, in certain conditions in which the can needs to be raised 3 inches or more. Be prepared to engineer the poured concrete collar above the existing concrete. Cracking of this thin concrete collar is a concern. 21. Bid Item 40 states that the existing can is to be removed. Should this be a fixture and transformer removal only with the can staying in place and a steel cover being installed? Answer: Yes, It is a fixture and transformer removal only. 22. Bid Item 34 is for a 2-way 4" duct bank. The plans and details on sheets C6.01 and C6. ] 3 show a. 2-way 2" duct bank to be installed. Should the description for Bid Item 34 be changed? Answer: Yes, the bid item is for a 2 Way 2" duct bank. ' 23. There is an existing light pole and antenna shown on Sheet C].10 of the plans. Are these to be removed or remain in place? Answer: The existing pump station light pole, antenna and fence shall remain in place. 1 u ' ' ' ' 1 ' Received on 11/07/12 24. Reference Special Requirements No.2; page SR 2-2, Paragraph 10 which states "The contractor shall provide a Full time Project management team, consisting of a project manager, project superintendents and other supervisory personnel for the duration of the project.....they shall a minimum of five years experience on suitable projects of eyual difficulty." Please confirm that the "Qualified Contractors" list, as provided by the City, all meet this requirement.\ Answer: Paragraph 10 is intended for the Bidder or Prime Contractor. All Contractors listed as "Contractors Qualified to Submit a Bid" meet this requirement. 25. Regarding Plan sheet C0.03, crack preparation and detail specs; the detail shows a 6" minimum overlay on each side of the joint (12"); however Note 1 states a 20" minimum width. The Miratek fabric defined by spec can be purchased in 12", 18" and 24" wide rolls. Please confirm what width is required. Answer: To meet the 20" minimum width, 24" wide rolls will be needed. 26. Please confirm that the "overband" screed installation technique can be utilized for the crack/joinl: filling operation. ' � Answer: The Contractor will follow the Mirafi Miratac installation recommendations. To the best of our knowledge, the Mirafi Miratac manufacturer recommends sealing cracks ' flush with the surface (no overband) to avoid interference of the sealant with the adhesion of the membrane or expansion of the sealant between the surface and the membrane. ' 27. Phase 5 work scope is significant due to the coordination and sequence of the multiple operations that must be accomplished. Despite working a 24 hr shift, it is very likely that the 3 days allotted ' for this phase is not sufficient for ] 00% completion. We respectfully request that consideration be given to extending this phase to 7 days to allow a more realistic completion of this phase. Answer: The Airpark Operator has agreed to the complete closure of the runway for the ' specified three days. Closure beyond three days would negatively impact the Airport Operator (FBO). Contractors will need to bid the project based on a 3 day-Phase 5 work scope. However, the City recognizes that issues may arise that are beyond the contractor's ' control and these issues would be considered based on their merit. ' ' ' ' ' ' � , � ' ' 1 � � � � � � � � �� 1ty of �l�e�.��t�r, :�1�►�i.��, � . � � �► , � . � ` � �► � , i ! r , r y � • ��! �• i .� � � SEC'I'Ti�l'+�T I Ai�'�'�R'i'I�EIvIE�'+TT'I' t��' BID� Sc NC�T'ICE Tt� Ct��iTRAC`i"�RS ��T�C�1'+�i �� P'+iS`�`��C'I'I�i�� TC} BIT��RS SE�'�'I�?I�J III G��TER.AI.� C(JI�I�I'T��i� �E�TIQl� I� 'I'E�HNT�AsL �PE��'I�.t��'IC)�'� ��+�'TIC�N T�`� �t.��'PL�.1V��+1'T�I..'T:��IICAL SP��:�ICAT'I+C�►1�� SE�'T"I4� � Ci�l'�T�CT �t�C��`�:�1�,TTS t�'ci� �r.�lx�e �='r��-�ar�c� �� the.� � )tfic� �� t�� {�i��- L.��;-ir��.�c�r 1'�a�� tT s t�� t �,��ttt}� LJ � � ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS CLEARWATER AIRPARK RUNWAY EXPANSION CONTRACT # 12-0006-AP CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this Project are available for inspection and/or purchase by prospective bidders at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room - website address: www myClearwater.com/cityproiects, ON Octaber 10, 2012, until no later than close of business three (3) days preceding the bid opening. Price of Contract Documents anat Plans, as indicated on the website, reflects reproduction cost only. �; The work for which proposals are invited consists of the following major improvements: Extension of the �wxisting runway northward up to 610 LF. Widen to full strength and extend the existing taxiway north to the northE�mmost runway extension. Extend runway and taxiway lighting within the extensions. Rehabilitate and corre:ct/level � depressions on the existing parallel t�iway between taxiway connectors "AS" and "A6". Overlay/resurface the existing runway and taxiway with new asphalt to provide a new surface throughout the project. Pavement markings consistent with all current requirements of FDOT and/or FAA. Procure and install Mandato:ry Hold ��, Signs at all hold locations. Resealing/coating of other asphalt surfaces. MANDATORY Pre-Bid Conference for all prospective bidders will be held on WEDNESDAY, OC'�'OBER � 17 2012 at 10:00AM at the MSB Conference Room 130. Representatives of the Owner and Co�asulting Engineer will be present to discuss this Project. � Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasing Manager, at the Purchasing Office, located at the Municipal Services Bldg., 100 S. Myrtle Ave., 3rd Floor, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520, until 1:30 'N.M. on �WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 14, 2012, and publicly opened and read at that hour and place for CLEARWATER AIRPARK RUNWAY EXPANSION 12-0006-AP. � � � A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and ��roposal form is available to the general public (Contractors, Sub-contractors, suppliers, vendors, etc.) far review and purchase. However, sealed proposals will only be accepted from those Contractors that are curren�ly City pre-qualified Contractors in the construction category of ROADWAY CONSTRUCTION with a minimum pre-qualification amount of $1,500.000 and, please see the following link for additional "MIl`�(IMUM EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS TO SUBMIT A BID". Pre-qualifications must be submitted b;y end of business day, WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 24, 2012. http•//www m�clearwater com/gov/depts/�wa/engin/Construction/pdf/12-0006-AP BidReQUirements.pclf Contractors wanting to pre-qualify to bid this project must do so two (2) weeks/ten (10) workdays prior to the bid opening date. A 10% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater projects. The right is reserved by the City Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida to reject any or all bids. The City of Clearwater, Florida � Michael Murray, Purchasing Manager (727)562-4633 � Sectionl.docx � Page I of 1 7/23/2012 i � � � � � �' � �� SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Table of Contents: 1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS ..........................................................................1 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS ..................................................................................1 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE .................................1 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA ....................................................................... 2 5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND .................................................................................... 3 6 CONTRACT TIME .......................................................................................................... 3 7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ............................................................................................. 3 8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT ......................................................... 3 9 SUSCONTRACTORS ......................................................................................................3 10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM ................................................................................................. 4 11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS .................................................................................................. 4 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS .................................................... 5� 13 REJECTION OF BIDS .................................................................................................... 5� 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER .............................................................................. 5� 15 OPENING OF BIDS ......................................................................................................... 5� 16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES ........................................... 5� 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE ............................. G� 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT ............................................................................................... i' 19 BID PROTEST .................................................................................................................. 'i 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT ................................................................................................. 9� 21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENTMEASURES ....................................................................................... S� Sectionll.docx i 4/3/201 ? � Section 11 — Instructions to Bidders � 1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS � � 1.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room — website address: www.myclearwater.com/cityprojects. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the City's Website, reflects reproduction costs only, which is non-refundable. A complete bidder's package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and bid/proposal form is available only to pre-qualified bidders. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre-qualified but who may be a possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested person may purchase a"Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specifications, and list of pay items. 1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nar• � the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use oi' incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub-bidders or others. 1.3 The City, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does sc� � only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and does not confer a license or gran1: any other permission to use the documents for any other purpose. � � � � � 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2.1 Each prospective Bidder must pre-qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner before obtainin�� drawings, specifications and contract documents. An application package for pre- qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineerin��. Department, P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street address only) or by phone at (727) 562-4750. Pre-Qualification requirements information is also available on City o:f� Clearwater Website at address: www.mvclearwater.com/gov/de�ts/pwa/engin/Construction/preaual.asp. Contractors wanting to pre-qualify to bid on a project as a General Contractor must do sc� two weeks (ten work days) prior to the bid opening date. Bidders currently pre-qualified bv the City do not have to make reapplication. 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider anr.l abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; ancl (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, ancl notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifications and/or the Scope of the Work for identificatio��i of those reports of explarations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which hav�e been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non-technicail data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for th�. purposes of bidding or construction. In referenee to those drawings relating to physicail Sectionll.docx Page 1 of 9 4/3/2012 � Section 11— Instructions to Bidders conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. 3.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract Documents. 3.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in the General Conditions. 3.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.6 On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. 3.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 3.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work. 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the � Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response � to such questions will be issued by Addenda, by the City's planroom to all parties recorded by the City's planroom as planholders havmg received the Bidding Documents. Questions received after the time frame specified at the pre-bid meeting prior to the date for opening of � SectionlI.docx Page 2 of 9 4/3/2012 � � � � 4.2 � � � � � � � � 5 Section II — lnstructions to Bidders Bids may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 5.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form o:f� a certified or cashier's check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety meetin€� the requirements of the General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted. 5.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon thf� Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver thf� Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will bf; forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonablf; chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution oi� the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after• the Bid opening. 5.3 6 6.1 7 7.1 8 The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety compan�✓ qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida. CONTRACT TIME The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is se� forth in the Technical Specifications. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in th�u Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute oa- "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptanae will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contrart Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the Generz�l Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. 9 SUBCONTRACTORS 9.1 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder s�c> requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Enginee.r an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the SectionIl.docx Page 3 of 9 4/3/2012 � 9.2 10 Section 11— Instructions to Bidders Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person ar organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract to the City Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. : � '-•'• � •�►I 10.1 The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be completed in ink or by typewriter. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. Unit Prices shall be to no more than two decimal points in dollars and cents. The Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the price for which he will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actuai construction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items. 10.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice- president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be af�ixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corparation or partnership. 10.3 Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 10.4 11 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 11.1 Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the , Advertisement for Bids and sha11 be submitted in a 8.5"xll" manila envelope with the project name and number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and � SectionlI.docx Page 4 of 9 4/3/2012 � � Section I1 — Instructions to Bidders � addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received a1: the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Telegraphic or facsimile bids received by the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted. � � � � � � � L� � � 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the� manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of� Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a persor.i duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified. 12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, o�r modify any bid. 13 REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the Cit�� reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Ground:> for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorizecl alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, oz• irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the Cit`� believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by thE: City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 14.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exist,, among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in futurr proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non-Collusion Affidavii contained in the Contract Documents. 15 OPENING OF BIDS 15.1 16 Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1 The Contractor sha11 secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, whiclP� in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees SectionIl.docx Page 5 of 9 4/3/20l'1_ Section 11— lnstructions to Bidders and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2 The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 16.3 The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other t�es required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales t� and sales ta�c exemptions and complying with all requirements. 16.4 The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales t� on materials incorporated into the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV — Technical Specifications and as defined in Section III — General Conditions. 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1 In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying certification statement: (1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. (2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. (3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). (4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of warking on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. (5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. SectionIl.docx Page 6 of 9 4!3/2012 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � i Section II — Instructions to Bidders (6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of this section. I certify that this firm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements. 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT 18.1 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in. favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of� figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 18.2 In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications andl experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility,, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers andl other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 18.3 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive: Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best interest of the City. 18.4 Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded wil:l be awarded to only one Contractor. 19 BID PROTEST 19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with thf; solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance witYk protest procedures set forth in this section. 19.2 PROTEST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) wark days prior to the� opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved person could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates far bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself. B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a m�imum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, ar is mailed to eacli bidder, whichever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cit�� Sectionll.docx Page 7 of 9 4/3/2012 � Section 11 — Instructions to Bidders � specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have ailegediy � been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have� � knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting oi`' intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions shoulcl be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. � D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5;� work days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinatecl with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager„ he/she may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of tha�. � response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her originall formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager. '� F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the� matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10;i work days of receipt of the appeal. 19.3 PROTEST FEE: When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of 5%� � of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the� protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If either the Purchasing; � Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee paid. 19.4 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the; Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all � administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written� determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best: interest of the City. � SectionIl.docx Page 8 of 9 � � i � 4/3/2012: � � Section 11 — Instructions to Bidders ' 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918-08) along with the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. 21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL � MANAGEMENT MEASURES � 21.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater � management programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters. A. The control of construction-related sediment loadings is critical to maintainin�; � water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control practices during the construction stage can significantly reduce sedimen�I �, loadings to surface waters. � B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion ancl sediment control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion � and sediment control provisions. NPDES Management Measures available at City of Clearwater En in� eerin�� Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction-related Best Management Practices. References EPA website � � � .--, �J � SectionlI.docx Page 9 of 9 4/3/2Ql:Z SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents: 1 DEFINITIONS ..................................................................................................................1 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS ........................................................................................... 5� 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE ............................ 5� 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................ 5, 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THEPROJECT ................................................................................................................ 5� 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION �� ..................................................................... .. 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE ........................................................................ E� 2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS ................................................................................................ 6 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT ......................................................................... i 3.1 INTENT ........................................................................................................................... i' 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES .................................................. 7' 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCEPOINTS .................................................................................................... E� 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS ......................................................................................... E� 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS ............................................................................ F� 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES ..................................... E 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS .................................................................................................... 9 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE ............................................................................................ 5� 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND ............................... 9 5.2 INSURANCE ................................................................................................................... 9 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE ......................................................... 1(? 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITYAND PROPERTYDAMAGE COVERAGE ............................ Ici S. 2. 3 COMPREHENSIVE A UTOMOBILE LIABILITY .................................................... 1 i' 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS .................................................................................................. 11 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES .....................................................................12 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE ............................................................. 12 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ............................................................... 1=, 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS .............................................................. 14 6.4 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS ....................... � ........................... 1 6.5 USE OF PREMISES ...................................................................................................... 1_`i 6.5.1 STAGING AREAS .................................................................................................... 1 _� 6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS ................................................................................ 1'i 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES ................................... 16 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS ...................................................................................... 1t� 6.8 PERMITS .......................................................................................................................1'i 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION ..................................................................................... 1'7 6.10 EMERGENCIES ............................................................................................................ 1 t3 6.11 DRAWINGS .................................................................................................................. 1 it SectionIl I.docx i 7/31 /20l 2 6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFls, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW ........................ 18 6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS ............................................................................................ 19 6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS ................................................................................................... 21 6.11.4 DELIVERABLES :.........................................................................�---.......................23 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE ........................... 23 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK ........................................................................................ 23 6.14 1NDEMNIFICATION .................................................................................................... 24 6.15 CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION ......................................... 24 7 OTHER WORK .............................................................................................................. 24 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE ........................................................................................ 24 7.2 COORDINATION ......................................................................................................... 25 8 r'� 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 9.6 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY ...................................................................................... 25 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION .............. 25 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE ................................................................................... 25 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS ........................................................ 26 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................................................ 26 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS .................................. 26 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES ........................................................................................ 26 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES ............. 27 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK .......................................................................................... 28 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE ................................................................... 28 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE .................................................................... 28 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT ....................... 30 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK .................................................................................................... 30 12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME .................................................................... 31 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OFDEFECTIVE WORK ............................................................................................... 31 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION .......................................................................................... 31 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK ....................................................................................... 32 13.3 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK ....................................... 32 13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................ 33 13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD ...................................................................... 33 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTNE WORK ................................................................... 33 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK ....................................................... 34 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ......................................... 34 14.1 14.2 14.3 14.4 14.5 14.6 14.7 14.8 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT ........................................................... 34 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE ............................................................... 35 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS ................................ 35 PARTIAL UTILIZATION ............................................................................................ 36 FINALINSPECTION ................................................................................................... 37 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT ................................................................... 37 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE ................................................................... 37 WAIVEROF CLAIMS ................................................................................................. 38 SectionI Il.docx i i 7/31 /2012 � � 15 � 16 � 17 � t18 19 � 20 21 � 22 � 23 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION .................................................... 3b� 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK ...................................................................... 3E 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE ...................................................................................... 3E 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE ........................................... 4CI DISPUTERESOLUTION .............................................................................................. 4CI MISCELLANEOUS....................................................................................................... 4(I 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS ................................................................. 4(1 17.2 GIVING NOTICE .......................................................................................................... 40 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM ..................................................................................................... 4]. 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED ..................................... 4l. 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT ................................................................................. 4l. 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION .................................................................................................... 4 ]. 17.7 ROLL-OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS ................................................. 41. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK .............................................................. 41� MATERIALUSED ......................................................................................................... 4l� CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ..................................... 4:! OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION ....................................................... 4;! RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION .......................... 4: 22.1 GENERAL ..................................................................................................................... 4;? 22.2 EXAMPLE .....................................................................................................................4:y PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS ............................................................................ 43 � 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE ............................................................................................... 4:i 23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE ................................................. 4:� 23.3 FIXED SIGN ................................................................................................................. 4�� 23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS ...................................................................................................... 4�� 23.5 SIGN COLORING ......................................................................................................... 4�� 23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT ..................................................................................................... 44 ' 23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................ 44 23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN . . 4'i , 24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .................. 4�i 25 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM ..................................................................... 4�S � � � SectionIIl.docx ii i 7/31 /2012 � � Section lll — General Conditions � 1 DEFINITIONS Addenda � Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correc� or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. � Agent Architect, engineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the City. Agreement The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof a:a provided therein. Application for Payment � The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progres:> or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation a:> is required by the Contract Documents. � � � � � � � � Approve The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information giveta in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth thE � prices for the work to be performed. Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and thr proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor autharizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement. City The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. Construction Inspector A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects City construction projects in arder to insure the Contractor's work complies with th�e intent of the Contract Documents. � Construction Manager The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. Th�e Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of constructiom � contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs th�; Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regardin;�; SectionIII.docx Page I of49 7/31/2012 � Section 111— General Conditions contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the Owner's Representative during construction. Contract Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post-Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identifed in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Contract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Contractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative. Critical Path Method Construction Schedule—CPM A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution Day of the schedule. A calendar day of twenty-four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final payment. Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent SectionlIl.docx Page 2 of 49 7/31/2012 LJ I� �I Section III — General Conditions professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. � F.D.O. T Specifications The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida� Department of Transportation (latest English edition). � � � � Furnish The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish an�l install complete in place and ready for service". Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction ta ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings andl Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kincl of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personall property. Milestone � A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to the final completion date. �J � � � � I_ � Notice to Proceed (NTP) A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the; Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. Owner The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's RepresentativE; during construction. Owner's Representative Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction. Person A natural person, or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. Project � The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Document:s may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. u SectionIll.docx Page 3 of 49 7/31/201 � � Section lll — General Conditions Partial Utilization Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. Representative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre-construction conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. Request for Information (RFI) An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from the Contractor to the Engineer. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereo� which has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man ar vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor. Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. SectionIll.docx Page 4 of49 7/31/2012 � � � � � � � � � � � Section 111— General Conditions Underground Facilities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other sucl-� facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have beer.i installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity., gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water. Unit Price Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereoif� required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the� construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all a:> required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreemem► and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, o�r responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be� performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price o�r Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contracl. Price or Contract Times. � 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS � � � � 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver tc} the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this contract. 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor one (1) copy of Contract Documents for execution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT � The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contracto:r shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shali be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. � � � 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the� Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicabl� SectionlII.docx Page 5 of49 7/31/201:2 Section 111— Generai Conditions field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, Agent or employee of the Owner or Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Within twenty (20) days of Award of Contract and before the start of the Work, the Owner's Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures. Typically, oversight of the project officially passes from the Engineering Department to the Construction Department at the preconstruction conference. In these cases, the preconstruction conference is run by the Construction Department and chaired by the City's Construction Manager. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the Preconstruction Conference a color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at this conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also bring a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the preconstruction conference a completed Emergency Call List and a completed Authorized Signature List. The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a project disk that has all of the necessary data and survey control points for the purpose of construction stakeout and as-built survey. The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a Contractor evaluation package. This is for the purpose of rating the Contractor's performance for reference when considering future contracts and bid prequalification. 2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a look-ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and all material test reports generated in the same time period. SectionIIl.docx Page 6 of 49 7/31/2p12 � ' 3 � � � � lJ � � LJ � � � � �� Section Ill — General Conditions CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.1 INTENT The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Document<.� are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent oi:' the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereo� to be; constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipmen�r which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished ancl performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well•� known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may bE� otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated b�� reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents, shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner':> Representative, or any of their Agents or employees from those set forth in the Contrack Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted ira these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any sucl� provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, thf; Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law ar Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of am� such standard, speciiication, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceec:l with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement tc► Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's Representative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. SectionllI.docx Page 7 of 49 7/3l/2012 � Section Ill — General Conditions AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation. The LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory. SectionlIl.docx Page 8 of49 7/31/2012 r Section lll — General Conditions ' 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which� � in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference; points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner � and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be� responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor � licensed in the State of Flarida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence oi' � Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the; Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actuall time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments with a minimum charge� � of one hour. 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE � 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond in an amount at least equal to the: � Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after � the date when fnal payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the � �Contract Documents and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list oiC Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff., ' Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by ari agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shal:l be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if sucri � language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualifiecl to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to � do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice; thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. � 5.2 INSURANCE � Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the; Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth belo�r which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance and furnishing of the Work anci � Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed o�r furnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectl}r employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts � any of them may be liable for the following: (i) Claims under worker's compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because of bodil�r SectionIll.docx Page 9 of 49 7/31 /201:' � Section lll — General Conditions injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; (iv) Claims far damages insured by customary personal injury liability coverage which are sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or by any other person for any other reason; (v) Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi) Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by the Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with this paragraph. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph to be purchased and maintained shall: (i) include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) Owner of Clearwater and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insured, and include coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insures; (ii) include completed operations insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to the Owner, and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplemental Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor as described in this paragraph); (v) remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with Article for Correction of Defective Work; (vi) with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, shall remain in effect for at least two years after final payment. Contractor shall furnish the Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to the Owner and any such additional insured, of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and telephone number of the authorized insurance agent for the Insurer. The limits of liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Workers' Compensation Statutory Statutory (2) Employer's Liability $500,000. $1,000,000. 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE Comprehensive General Liability including Premise/Operations; Explosion, Collapse and Underground Property Damage; Products/Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual, Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities: SectionIlI.docx Page 10 of 49 7/31 /2012 � � � {_JI � n � ' � � � � � � � � � I� � � � � � ' � Section III — General Conditions Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occunence Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate Aggregate (2) Property Damage: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate Aggregate (3) Personal Injury, with $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual employment exclusion deleted Aggregate Aggregate 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY including all owned (private and others), hired and non-owned vehicles: Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury $500,000. Each Person $1,000,000. Each Person $500,000. Each Accident $1,000,000. Each Accident (2) Property Damage $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence Receipt and acceptance by Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other similar. document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages, whicl�► may be less than required by these Contract Documents. The Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor•, Subcontractors or others in the Work. Owner may at its option require a copy of the Contractor's Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document shall provid�e full coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will b��; accepted without prior approval from Owner. Lon�shore and Harbor Worker's Comnensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932;, requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment o f benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.��. Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self-insurer. For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections i', 8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subeontracto�r fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to secure the payment of compensation. SectionIll.docx Page ll of 49 7/31 /2012 Section III — General Conditions 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractars, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub-contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment. 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specifcation of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor`s representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his person so he can be contacted whenever necessary. Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed Sectionl I I.docx Page 12 of 49 7/31 /2012 � , � ' � � ' � u � Section lll — General Conditions from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of thf; Owner's Representative. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normallv approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sigia an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for hi;> records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, thE:� Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full. reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the� Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs oia weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall bE � $60.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitarw accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with thc requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construcr. the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain goocl discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicatec� in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without the Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full � responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment ancl machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities�, ' temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing;, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as � otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnisl�► satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials ancl equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be usecl � in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperl;y stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. ' All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned anci conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricatoi•, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. LJ ' � l� The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment tr,> be incorporated into the WORK under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated i�« the Contract Documents. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures. SectionIll.docx Page 13 of49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. 6.4 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative before or at the preconstruction conference a list of all Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for Work to be performed on the Project. The Contractor shall include with this list the qualifications and references for each Subcontractor, supplier or other person and organization for review and approval. Any changes to this list must be submitted to the Owner's Representative for approval prior to the substitution of any Subcontractors, suppliers or other persons and organizations before performing any Work on the Project for the Contractor. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the wark of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. Sectionlll.docx Page l4 of 49 7/31/2012 � � �1 , � � r � � i � � L� � � , � � � � , ' � � l� � � i � � �_ , �� 1 � � ' � , � Section III — General Conditions All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an� appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contracl: Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organizatior.�� whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable� objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other persor.i or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable� objection. Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.5 USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the� operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contrac'I Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment o�r other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resultin€�, from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupanl: because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other part}� by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed ir�. or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnifj� and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of o:c• resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupanl: against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by oz• based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of thf:- Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, constructioia equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.5.1 STAGING AREAS The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all stagin�; and storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. 6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right-of-ways, is very important to th�w Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed: • Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days. • Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutiv�� calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. SectionllI.docx Page 15 of49 7/31/201:t Section I11 — General Conditions • All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP. • Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days. Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. � Sod must be restored within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe pressure test, removal of concrete forms, backfill of excavations, replacement of driveways or sidewalks or other project specific milestone. It must be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times. If the project or a portion of it does not involve right-of ways, then a different schedule of sod restoration may be considered. 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights ar copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work. 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. When City projects include Federal or State funding, the requirements of Executive Order 11-02 shall be adhered to utilizing the Homeland Security E-Verify System to verify employment eligibility. SectionIlI.docx Page 16 of 49 7/31/2012 � , � � � � , � LJ , � �_i � �� i�� , � � , � Section III — General Conditions ' 6.8 PERMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for � all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, ir.� obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges andl inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time oi:' , opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work., and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. � , u � LJ , , , � ' ' � �� Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner of Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be waived. 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precaution:; and programs in connection with the Wark. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i;l all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) othe�~ property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractars, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage o�r injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work o�r materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor o�r� any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an acciden1: prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and. supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition,. avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aicl services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain ar� effective fre protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site ol contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition,. Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where therf; is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition o:l immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. Thi;; provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from thE; Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxir.. materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body havin€? jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when SectionIIl.docx Page 17 of 49 7/31/20L"1. Section Ill — General Conditions prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. 6.10 EMERGENCIES In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.11 DRAWINGS 6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each submittal within twenty-one (21) consecutive calendar days. The Sectionlll.docx Page 18of49 7/31/2012 � �� , � ' � � LJ L_J � � � ' � � � ' � Section li] — General Conditions ' Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. ThE; Engineer and Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within twenty-one (21) consecutivf; � calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay claim from the Contractor. , � � f___l ' � , ' LJ � U � , � i ' C, Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if thf; items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform t« the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept o:t the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer':> review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures o:F construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure o:f� construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safet}� precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall makE: corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies ojf' Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer� on previous submittals. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor frorri responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unles:; Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time o�f' submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific writter.i notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying wit�i the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order tc� achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor, for Engineer's costs for resubmittals that account for a number greater than twenty percent (20%) of the total number of first time submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor for all third submittals. The number of first time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals agreed to by Engineer ancl Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal of Shop Drawings., Samples or other items requiring approval will be backcharged to Contractor at the rate of 3.C� times direct technical labor cost by deducting such costs from payments due Contractor for Work: completed. In the event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously approved item, al;l of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval of the substitution will be backcharged ta Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of Contractor. 6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As-Built Drawings, in good order and legible condition to be continuousiy marked-up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark andl annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans., including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during thes construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the; plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were no1: SectionlIl.docx Page 19of49 7/31/2012 Section Ill — General Conditions indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. The As-Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant, and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project. The As-Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As-Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked-up blueline prints do not conform to the "As-Built Drawings" requirements. As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As-Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness. Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. The Owner's acceptance of the "As-Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As-Built Drawings. 6.11.2.1 General The Contractor shall prepare an "AS-BUILT SURVEY" per chapter SJ-17.052, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As-Built Drawings and an AutoCAD file. SJ-17.050 Definition: (10)(a) As-Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also knonw as Record Survey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As-Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the Owner with the required As-Built Survey. 6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems l. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. New sanitary service connections and replaced sanitary service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. 6.11.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction SectionIlI.docx Page 20 of 49 7/31/2012 � ' r � � �.� � , � LJ ' � ' � CI � � � ' , �� r � � LJ � ' ' ' ' ' � � � , ' , , Section 111— General Conditions plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described. above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on lineai• type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points. 6.11.2.4 Electrical and Control Wiring The as-built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as-buill: drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where; this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shalll prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additionall conduit runs, 1-line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic: diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram. 6.11.2.5 Horizontal and Vertical Control The As-Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum oiE' 1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of ineasuremen�[ shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department. 6.11.2.6 Standards The As-Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter SJ-17 and the° Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that pertain to the as-built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location point:� at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11.2.7 Other The As-Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the samfx level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. 6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS 6.11.3.1 Layer Naming 6.11.3.1.1 Prefixes and Suffixes DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line work and symbols TX suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix Sectionlll.docx Page 21 of 49 , 7/3 I /20 L"1. 6. Section IlI — General Conditions 11.3.1.2 La er Namin Definitions: GAS gas lines and appurtenances ELEC power lines and appurtenances PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances BOC curbs WALK sidewalk WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM storm lines and appurtenances TREES trees, bushes, planters SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances FENCE all fences BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation DRIVE driveways EOP edge of pavement without curbs TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes TOPBANK top of bank TOESLOPE toe of slope TOPBERM top of berm TOEBERM toe of berm SEAWALL seawall CONCSLAB concrete slabs WALL walls, except seawall SHORE shoreline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerline of ditch CLS centerline of swale CORNER property corners, monumentation BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as required, using above format. 6.11.3.2 Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. SectionlIl.docx Page 22 of 49 7/31/2012 r-, � ' � , ' ' ' , ' CJ ' � � ' , ' , Section Ill — General Conditions All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3 Text Styles Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0°, and a text height of .00E times the plot scale. Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.5°, and a text height of .010 times the plot scale. 6.11.4 DELIVERABLES: The as-built survey shall be produced on bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1"=20' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver all drawing files in digital format. Acceptable file formats include: DWG, of a shape file. Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail address Thomas.Mahony�a myClearwater.com. 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Worlc will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of thc� Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his owr.� expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before it;s completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy am� defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of fnal acceptance". Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder exciudes improper maintenance and operation b.�� Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work., which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by th�� Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with th�� Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance o.f Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations b;y Owner's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment b;y the Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any revie�v and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptanae by the Engineer. 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes o�r ' disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. SectionIll.docx Page 23 of49 7/31/2012 ' Section III — General Conditions 6.14 INDEMNIFICATION Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itsel�, including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person. If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor shall suffer loss or damage on the work, Contractor shall settle with such other Contractor or Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against the Owner on such account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, the Owner shall notify Contractor, who shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any such claim. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub-contractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under this paragraph shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants, officers, directors, employees, or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them. 6.15 CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to the City Engineer of any changes in company contact information. This includes: contact phone, address, project manager, email addresses, etc. 7 OTHER WORK 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for these purposes. SectionIll.docx Page 24 of 49 , ' � ' ' , , I1 , � ' ' L� ' ' ' , ' 7/31 /2012 ' ' ' , �� J� , �J ' LJ ' � , � � ' � , � fl � ' Section III — Generaf Conditions The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work: will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with the Contractor's work or schedule. 7.2 COORDINATION If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site., the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority ancl responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be� identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority ancl responsibility in respect of such coordination. 8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY Except as otherwise provided in these Generai Conditions, the Owner shall issue a11 communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative. The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these Genera:l Conditions. The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In ThE; Work. The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth iri the Article on Tests and Inspections. In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner';; right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control ar authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be� responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the° Contract Documents. 9 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Dependent of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. ThE; duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative durin��, construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. SectionIIl.docx Page 25 of 49 7/31/201 r Section lll — General Conditions 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of Submittal responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. All other clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued form the Owner's Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Completion. 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's SectionlII.docx Page 26 of 49 7/31/2012 � � ,� ' � , ' ' ' LJ � � , ' � ' ' ' � ' ' � � ' � � ' , ' , ' ' ' � Section III — General Conditions written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owne:r• and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty (30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes o�r (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contracto�r to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decisior� and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdictiori to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (601 days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner ancl Contractor. When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the� Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decisior� rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative� with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute� or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in. good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking,, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or• agent of any of them. Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of� construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of� Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of' the work. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any � Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying ' documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the � requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. �� ' The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants. SectionIII.docx Page 27 of 49 7/31/2012 Section 111— General Conditions 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering Work. The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments recommended by Owner's Representative covering: changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article far Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obIigations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) SectionllI.docx Page 28 of 49 7/31/2012 1 Section III — General Conditions ' after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the ciaim. Notice of the amount of thf; claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time for claimant tc� � submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which thf: claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the � Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be� _ determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the � Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii I where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii;� � where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents andl agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. � Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents andl where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, andl Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay foi• ' directed changes in the WORK, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall. apply for compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and! other items of direct costs required for the directed work. � The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items: 1. Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual � payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes, established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with. negotiating the subject change. 2. Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall be substantiated through vendors' invoices. � 3. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation costs if specifically used for the WORK. The rental rates shall not exceed the current. rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for , Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as the full-unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor-owned equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed � estimated operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for equipment on stand-by. ' 4. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater. The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the Contractor or Subcontractor. ,` A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15%) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 above. If' work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five � percent (5%), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10%). B. A fixed fee of ten percent (10%) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above. ' SectionllI.docx Page 29 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4. The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense. 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts} of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Owner's Representative. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of iinal Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. SectionlIl.docx Page 30 of 49 7/3l/2012 , � � � � � Section 111— General Conditions 12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence, unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that: the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is. entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contracl: Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an� adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accardance with� the requirements of this paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time; ,, (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones;� may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is mades therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the � Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the� Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the� article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. ' Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be� delays within the control of Contractor. � � � Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Time:> (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extensior�. of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall. be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liablf; to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for o:r employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays cause<l by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties includin�; but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts bv utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph fo:r Other Work. 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR � ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK �_J � � � 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of thr Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection anr.l testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perfornl all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for thes�e SectionlIl.docx Page31 of49 7/31/2012 Section Ill — General Condi[ions inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereo� specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of Contractar's intention to cover the same and Owner's Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice: 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Owner Representative's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 13.3 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been SectionIlI.docx Page 32 of49 7/31/2012 � � � � G! ' � � � � � � � � � Section lll — General Conditions � eliminated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner's Representative ar Owner to exercise this right for the benefit oif' Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this � paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contrac�t Price. L_; � �� 13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, eithe�� correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work ha:> been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair o�r replacement of work of others). 13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantef; required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, an}r Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and ir� accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defectivf; and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work o:f� others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such_ instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, thf; Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid b�% Contractor. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous servicfa before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run frorrz an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Writtera Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to sucla Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporatin�; the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agre�° SectionIII.docx Page 33 of49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the Owner. 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner's Representative to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's Representatives, Agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors, and Owner's Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefare as provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Requests for payment shall be processed in accordance with F.S. 218.735 and as described herein. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work, including as-built survey and Inspector overtime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and SectionlIl.docx Page 34 of 49 7/31/2012 �'j LJ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � Section lIl — General Conditions acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of ar�. Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on-sitf; marked up as-built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the° Contract Documents. In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representativf; � may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have= been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the reporl � as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until thf� report is provided. �� r CJ � 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owne�r no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials ar supplies for the Worl�; shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractar subject to any chattel mortgage or under a. conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work,. free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owne�r harmless from ali claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the; nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractar fails to do so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid. compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of thi:> Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose an�r obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of thf; Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by thf; Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS � The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt authorize anci process payment by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application for payment, unless the application requires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires � review and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payment will be paid by the Owner within twenty-five (25) business days. If an Application for paymenk is rejected, notice shall be given within twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating thE; � reasons for refusing payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted it:� writing, specifying deficiencies and identifying actions that would make the Application proper. � SectionIII.docx Page 35 of49 7/31/201:7. Section III — General Conditions In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. The Owner's Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner. Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Owner Representative's or Agent's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's Representative or Agent has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination. The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor notice of refusal to pay in accordance with the time constraints of this section with a copy to the Owner's Representative or Agent, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractar conects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. Sectionlll.docx Page 36 of 49 7/31/2012 �� Section III — General Conditions , 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof i:; � complete, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and Contractor and will within thirty (30) days notify Contractor in writing of particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative wil:l � produce a final punch list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (5) days of completion and assign a date for this work to be completed not less than thirty (30) days from delivery of the list. Failure to include any corrective work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the. � contractor to complete all the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work o�r remedy such deficiencies. � 1 � � � � � � , 14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representativf; and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operatin�� instructions, As-built/Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or othe�� evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates af inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and othe�� documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure fo�° progress payments. The fnal Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, includin€� but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, (ii I consent of the surety, if any or if necessary, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to the Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed ir� connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by the: Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractar that: (i;) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might in any way be° responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails tc� furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any Lien. Prior to application for fnal payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises al:l surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and i:f� Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and withoul: terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds havex been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the� surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed ancl Sectionlll.docx Page 37 of49 7/31/2012 Section 111— General Conditions accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Owner's Representative will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Owner's Representative. 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative; if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Sectionlll.docx Page 38 of 49 7/31/2012 � Section lil — General Conditions � Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to � the Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. � � The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, excludc� Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until th�� Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses ancl damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work sucl► excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay th�u � difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will b�� reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved b_�� Owner's Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising an;y � rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest pric�u for the Work performed. � � Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which ma.y thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will no t release Contractor from liability. Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminat�e the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract � Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; �� for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or othe:r economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. SectionIll.docx Page 39 of 49 7/31/2012 Section Ill — General Conditions 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE If, through no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractar may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven (7) day's written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. 17 MISCELLANEOUS 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner. 17.2 GIVING NOTICE Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. SectionlIl.docx Page 40 of49 7/31/2012 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � u i � � Section 111— Genera] Conditions 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM Should the Owner or Contractar suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or• agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The� provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the: provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in� each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder withou�t the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2;► years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the ContractorNendor. All terms, condition;> and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications o�r� in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be; agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Constructior� Department. 17.7 ROLL-OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll-off container;> and/or dumpsters for their disposal needs. For availability or pricing contact Mike Pryor at thfa City of Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, phone: (727) 562-4923 or email: Michael.Prvar(a�myClearwater.com. 18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the� Contractor shall work and order thereof. 19 MATERIAL USED All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved b:>� the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of al:l materials. SectionIIl.docx Page 41 of 49 7/31 /2012 Section 11] — General Conditions 20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications, Technical Specifications, Drawings. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. 21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION The Owner reserves the right, when identified during the bidding process as part of the project's documents, to contract with the Contractor to purchase certain portions of materials identified in the project as a sales tax savings option in compliance with Florida Law since the Owner is exempt from payment of sales tax. The Contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment, which will be a part of the Contractor's work. The Owner, being exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials included in the Contractor's contract. The Owner purchasing of construction materials, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. Additionally, Purchase Orders will include Owner's Certificate of Exemption number. See SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE DESCRIPTION for ODP items included in the Contract Documents and the APPENDIX for ODP Documents. 22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 22.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500-foot radius, unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4-'/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain suffcient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. Resident notification by the Contractor is a non-specific pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. 22.2 EXAMPLE CITY SEAL SectionIII.docx Page 42 of 49 7/31/2012 LJ � � � � � � � � � � � L� � � � � � Section lIl — General Conditions Of CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY'S DATE: / / PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing (state rype of contract) for the City of Clearwate�� in your area. The work will be performed in the public right-of-way adjacent to your property. This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property owners of the pending start of construction. (Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners) The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the� contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalk:; will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible fo�r ',the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, �textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes oz• structures within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction process will. not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the propert�r owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within. the right-of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process o:c• any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Manage:r at (727) �Construction is anticipated to begin on: We will be more than happy to assist you. Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of publi�� funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs durin�; the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of activr work. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s► shall be included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated iri SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 — SCOPE DESCRIPTION. 23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extende�:l locations or various locations. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determinecl after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used o��i sign at the preconstruction conference. SectionIIl.docx Page 43 of 49 7/31l201'Z Section III — General Conditions 23.3 FIXED SIGN Fixed sign shall be 4-foot by 6-foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2-inches. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of two (2) 4-inch by 4-inch (4"x4") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24-inches above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. 23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24-inches by 30-inches (24"x30") in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080- inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. 23.5 SIGN COLORING Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. Each sign shall depict the City's sun and waves logo. The color of the sun shall be pantone yellow; the wave shall be process blue; and the text shall be black. 23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right-of-way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right-of- way, the signs will be placed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active wark on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the request for iinal payment. 23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. SectionllI.docx Page 44 of 49 7/31/2012 , , � � � Section I11 — General Conditions 23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN � PROJECT NAME , (CONTRACT NUMBER) (DEPARTMENT NAME) PROJECT ► CONTRACTOR: __ _ _ _ .. __ _ _ _ __ __ _--- . _ -T COMPLETION DATE: ----- ---_ . ._--__. _ FUNDING: _ - -- ___ _ ___ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ . OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: _ _ __ _ ��. r__ LL _ - °��rwater � U _L--- _ _ � - I ' _ � _ J . r.,-' - � �I ' NP!I , � � � , , � _ _ _r -- 1 24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after th�u Engineer gives written notice to proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined ir► Article 2 of these General Conditions. It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number of consecutive calendar davs as determined in SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPI: DESCRIPTION. Contract date to commence at issuance of notice to proceed. If the Contracto.r fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employe�. Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, th�. SectionllI.docx Page 45 of49 7/31/20L2 Section III — General Conditions Contractor shall pay the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per each eight-hour (8) day for each Inspectar given such assignment. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. 25 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM Any company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or is engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, is ineligible for, and may not bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars. Therefore, if applicable, each entity submitting a bid, proposal, or response to a solicitation must certify to the City of Clearwater that it is not on either list or engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria at the time of submitting a bid, proposal or response, in accordance with section 287.135, Florida Statutes. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing, or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce. The certification form (the Certification) is attached hereto, and it must be submitted, along with all other relevant contract documents, at the time of submitting a bid, proposal, or response. Failure to provide the Certification may deem the entity's submittal non-responsive. If the City of Clearwater determines that an entity has submitted a false certification form, been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2011 through June 30, 2012), or submitted a false certification form, has been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List ar the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List or been engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2012) then the contract may be terminated at the option of the City of Clearwater. Other than the submission of a false certification, the option to waive the aforementioned deficiencies mentioned in the previous sentence may be asserted on a case-by-case basis, at the sole discretion of the City of Clearwater, if to the following conditions are found to exist: A. For Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (all of the following must occur): 1. The scrutinized business operations were made before July l, 2011. 2. The scrutinized business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2011. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. Sectionlll.docx Page 46 of 49 7/31 /2012 __ LJ Section ll1— General Conditions � 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized and is implementing a formal. plan to cease scrutinized business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new scrutinized business operations. � � � � LJ � ' ' � � � � u � , B. For Companies Engaged in Business Operations in Cuba or Syria: 1. The business operations were made before July 1, 2012. 2. The business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2012. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City ta contract with the company or entity. 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized, and is implementing a forma:l plan to cease business operations and to refrain from engaging in any ne�� business operations in Cuba or Syria. Further, the City may allow a company to bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,OQ0,000.00) dollars, if the City makes a public finding that, absent one of the; above exemptions, the City would otherwise be unable to obtain goods or services for which the; contract is offered. The City retains the right to pursue civil penalties and any other applicable rights and remedie:a as provided by law for the false submission of the attached certification form. SectionIII.docx Page 47 of 49 ' 7/31 /2012 Section IlI — General Conditions SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM THIS FORM MIIST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM AS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifes that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroieum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. Authorized Signature Printed Name Title Name of Entity/Corporation SectionlII.docx Page 48 of49 7/31/2012 , � ' � � , � , � ' , � � � r � � � ' Section llI — General Conditions STATE OF COUNTY OF The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this day o;f� , 201_, by (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as the (title) of (name o:f� corporation/entity), personally known to me as described herein , or produced a (type of identification) as identification, and who did/did not take; an oath. NOTARYSEAL ABOVE se�c�onlll.ao�X Notary Public Printed Name My Commission Expires: Page 49 of 49 7/31 /201 � , , 1 � � ' ' i � , � � � ' � ' � � , SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table of Contents: SECTIONIV .................................................................................................................................. ii TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ...............................................................................................:i 1 SCOPE OF WORK ........................................................................................................... l. 1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................. l 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST .................................................................................. % 2 FIELD ENGINEERING ' .................................................................................................. ?� 2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR ............... 3 2.1.1 GRADES, LINESANDLEVELS ............................................................................. 3 2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA ....................................................................................................... 4 22 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY ................................. 44 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS ............................................................................................... 4� 3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS ......................................................................................... 4E 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS ........................................................................... 4� 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK ................................................................ F� 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK .......................................................... F 6 CONCRETE ......................................................................................................................7 7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK .......................................... i' 7.1 EXCAVATION ................................................................................................................ i' 7.2 FORMS ........................................................................................................................... i' 8 REINFORCEMENT ......................................................................................................... ry 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................... E 9 OBSTRUCTIONS ............................................................................................................. Ei 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT ............................................................................................ t� 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS .................................................................. S� 12 DEWATERING ................................................................................................................. S� 12.1 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................... 9 12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................ 1() 12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL ................................................................................... 10 12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROMANYNON-CONTAMINATED SITEACTIVITY ........................... 10 13 SANITARY MANHOLES ..............................................................................................1�; 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE .......................................................................................................... 11 13.2 PRECAST TYPE .......................................................................................................... 1=� SectionlV.doc i 5/15/201:%' 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 13. 2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMEN?' RINGS (GRADE RINGS) ........................................ 13 13.3 DROP MANHOLES ..................................................................................................... 13 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS ............................................................................................ 13 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS .............................................................................................. 13 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES ............................................................................. 14 BACKFILL......................................................................................................................14 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC . .......................................................................................14 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES................................................................................................................14 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 14 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL .....................................................................15 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 15 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 15 UNDERDRAINS.............................................................................................................15 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 15 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 16 STORMSEWERS ..........................................................................................................16 19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION ......................................................................................... 16 192 TESTING ......................................................................................................................16 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 17 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS ..............................................................17 20.1 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 17 20.1.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE ........................................................................................ 17 20.1. 2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ............................................................................................. 17 20.2 INSTALLATION .......................................................................................................... 17 20.2.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE ........................................................................................ 17 20. 2. 2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ............................................................................................. 18 203 AS BUILT DRAWINGS ............................................................................................... 18 20.4 TESTING ......................................................................................................................18 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITYSEWERS ........................................................................ 18 20. 4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS .............................................................................. 19 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 19 20.5.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE ........................................................................................ 19 20. S. 2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ............................................................................................. 19 DRAINAGE.....................................................................................................................19 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE ..........................................................................19 22.1 BASE ............................................................................................................................ 19 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE ................... 21 22.1. 2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE ............................... 21 22.2 SUBGRADE ................................................................................................................. 21 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................... ............................................................ 21 22.2.2 BASISOFPAYMENT ................................................�---........................................22 SectionIV.doc ii 5/15/2012 1 , 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS ................................................................... 22 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ........................................................................................... 22 ' 23.1.1 AGGREGATE ........................................................................................................22' 23.1.2 BITUMINOZIS MATERIALS ................................................................................. 22' 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & � QUALITY ASSURANCE ............................................................................................ 22 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES .................................................................... 23 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS ............................... 23 � 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS .................................................... 24 23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION .............................................................. 24 23.6.1 CRACKS ................................................................................................................24' , 23.6.2 POTHOLES ...........................................................................................................24' 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES ............................................................................... 25 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS ............................................................ 25 � 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE .................................................................... 26 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 26 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 26 � 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT .................................. 27 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................. 27 � 25.1 IRRIGATION ................................................................................................................ 27 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION .....................................................................................................2% 25.1.2 PRODUCTS ..........................................................................................................2�' � 25.1.3 EXECUTION .........................................................................................................33 25.2 LANDSCAPE ...............................................................................................................36 25.2.1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................36 , 25.2.2 PRODUCTS ..............................................................�---........................................41 25.2.3 EXECUTION .........................................................................................................44' � 26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING ................................................... 51 26.1 INTENT ........................................................................................................................ 51 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY ........................ 51 � 26.3 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 51 26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION ................................................................... 52. 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION ....................................................................................... 52. f26.6 LINER INSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 53 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION ..................................................................................... 53 � 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................................... 53 26.9 PAYMENT ....................................................................................................................53 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS ........................................................................................... 53� � 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 54� 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 54� � 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS ................................ 54• 29 CONCRETE CURBS ..................................................................................................... 54 , 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 54 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 54� Sectionl V.doc iii 5/15/201;! ' 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS ......................................................... 54 30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS .......................................................................................... 54 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS ......................................................................................... 55 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 55 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 55 31 SODDING ........................................................................................................................55 32 SEEDING .........................................................................................................................56 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES................................................................................................................ 56 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES ................................................................................ 56 33.2 PRECAST TYPE .......................................................................................................... 57 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 57 34 MATERIAL USED ......................................................................................................... 57 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ...................................... 57 36 STREET SIGNS .............................................................................................................. 57 37 AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS .................................................. 57 37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING ................................ 57 372 SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING ................................................... 57 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS ....................................................................... 58 37.4 EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................... 58 37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO ...................................................................... 58 37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO ....................................................................... 58 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION ............................................................................................ 58 37.8 LIGHTiNG ................................................................................................................... 59 37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL .................................................................................................... 59 37.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX ................................................................................................... 59 37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE ............................................................................................... 59 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES ................................................................................... 59 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL ................................................................... 59 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS ................................................................. 59 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES ............................. 60 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS .................................... 60 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES ........................................................................ 60 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS ....................................................................................... 60 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES ...................... 60 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS .................................................................... 61 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION ....................................................... 61 38.9 MAINTENANCE ......................................................................................................... 61 38.10 COMPLIANCE .............................................................................................................61 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING ................................................................. 64 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .................... 64 SectionIV.doc iv 5/15/2012 , , 41 ' i � � , ' � � ' � � , 42 43 � ' , � POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES....................................................................................................... 6� 41.1 SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 64 41.2 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 6_`i 41. 2.1 GENERAL .. .... .. .. . . . ...... . .. ..... . ..... . . ....... ... .... .... .. ... ... .... .... .. .... . .. . . ..... .. .... .. ... .. .. .. .... ... 6 `i 41. 2. 2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS ..................................................................... 6`► 41.2.3 GATE VALVES ....................................�--�--............................................................ 6;' 41.2.4 VALVE BOXES ...................................................................................................... 6; 41.2.5 HYDRANTS ...........................................................................................................6�s' 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES ............................................................................................. 6S'r 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTIONAND REPAIRS .................................................................. 6Sy 41. 2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS .. .............................................................................. 6S� 41. 2. 9 TAPPING SLEEVES ............................................................................................. 7lY 41. 2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS ...................................................................................... 7[Y 41.3 CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................70 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING ....................................................................................... 7L7 41. 3. 2 PIPE LAYING ....................................................................................................... 7(� 41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTSAND FITTINGS ......................................... 7�? 41. 3. 4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES ... .... ...... . .. ...... . .. ... ..... .... .... .. .. ... .... .. .... .... . 7�,' 41.4 TESTS ...........................................................................................................................7�� 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS ......................................................................................... 7.:i 41. 4. 2 NOTICE OF TEST ...... .. ... .... .... .. .. .... .... . .. .. .. .. .. ... . .......... .. ... . . .. . .. ........ ......... ... ........ 7�i 41.5 STERILIZATION ......................................................................................................... 73 41. S.1 STERILIZING AGENT .......................................................................................... 7�� 41. 5. 2 FL USHING SYSTEM .. .. .. ..... ....... .. . ..... ...... ...... . .... ......... .. ... . . .. . ...... .. .. .. ....... .. .. .. .... . 7�� 41. S. 3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE .......................................................................... 7.:� 41.5.4 RESIDUALCHLORINETESTS ...........................................................................7ti� 41.5. S BACTERIAL TESTS .............................................................................................. 74 41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ........................................................................... 74 41. 6.1 GENERAL ... ... ... ... .. ....... .............. .. .. .. ..... ... .................... ..... ... .. ...... .. ....... .. .. .. ...... ... 7;� 41.6.2 FURNISHAND INSTALL WATER MAINS ........................................................... 7`i 41.6.3 FURNISHAND INSTf1LL FITTINGS ................................................................... 7_`i 41.6.4 FURNISHAND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITHBOXESAND COVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7_`i 41. 6. S FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS ..... .. ... .. .. ...... ... ...... .... . .... .. .......... .. ... 7 ti GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................................. 7Ei TENNISCOURTS .......................................................................................................... 7fi 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS .......................................................................................... 7Ei 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS ............................................................................................. 7ti 43.1.2 BASE COURSE .........................................................�-�--....................................... 7fi 43.1.3 PRIME COAT ....................................................................................................... 7t'i 43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE ............................................................................................ 7['i 43.1. S SURFACE COURSE ............................................................................................. 7Ci 43.1.6 COLOR COAT ...................................................................................................... 7� 432 CLAY TENNIS COURTS ............................................................................................ 7�� 43. 2.1 GENERAL ............. .. .. ..... ....... .. ....... .. .. ...... ............................. .. .... .. .. ........... .... ....... 7�s' 43. 2. 2 SITE PREPARATION ............................................................................................ 7Sr SectionlV.doc v ' 5/15/201::: 44 4 4 43.2.3 SLOPE ...................................................................................................................79 43. 2. 4 BASE CONSTR UCTION ....................................................................................... 80 43.2. S PERIMETER CURBING ....................................................................................... 80 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE ............................................................................................. 80 43. 2. 7 ROOT BARRIER ................................................................................................... 80 43. 2. 8 FENCING ............................................................................................................. 81 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS ....................................................................................................81 43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT .......................................................................................... 81 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE ........................................................................................... 83 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) .................................................................................. 83 43.2.13 CONCRETE ..........................................................................................................83 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING ................................................. 83 43.2.1 S WATER COOLER .................................................................................................. 84 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION ..............................................................................................84 43.2.17 WARRANTY ...........................................................................................................84 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ......................................................................... 85 44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ......... 85 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN .............................................................. 85 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY ..............................................................��---...................... 85 443 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES ....................................................................... 86 44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS ................................................................................................... 86 44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS ................. 86 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS ......................................................... 86 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS ............................................................................................. 86 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ................................... 86 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION .................... 87 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ............................................. 87 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR............ 87 5 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING .............................................................................. 87 45.1 iNTENT ...............................................................................:........................................ 87 45.2 PRODUCT AND C ONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY ........................ 88 45.3 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 88 45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION ................................................................... 88 45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION ....................................................................................... 89 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 89 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION ..................................................................................... 89 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................................... 89 45.9 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................... 89 6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING ..................................... 90 46.1 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 90 46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS ........................................................................................... 90 46.1.2 QUALITYCONTROL ...................................................................�--..................... 90 46.1.3 SAMPLES ..............................................................................................................90 46.1.4 REJECTION ..........................................................................................................90 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS ..................................................................................................... 90 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES ................................................................................. 91 SectionIV.doc vi 5/ I Sl2012 , , ' ' � � � 47 ' ' 4 � ' ' ' ' , , 4 , , 46. 3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE ........................................................................................... 9�' 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS .................................................................... 9i' 46. 3. 3 PIPE JOINING ..................................................................................................... 91 46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE ............................................................................. 91 46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE ........................................................................................ 91 46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS ...................................................... 9i` 46. 4. 2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION ........................................................................... 91 46. 4. 3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS .......................................................... 91 46. 4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER ................................................................................ 9�' 46. 4. S CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES ...................................................................... 9�? 46. 4. 6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED ................................................ 9�? 46.4.7 BACKFILLING .....................................................................................................9_i 46. 4.8 POINT REPAIR ..................................................................................................... 9_� 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS ................................................................................... 9_i SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE ...................... 9?i 47.1 SCOPE ..........................................................................................................................9:� 472 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 93 47.3 PIPE .............................................................................................................................. 9G 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM ...................................................................................................... 9 I 47.5 FITTINGS ...................................:.................................................................................9�4 8 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................................94! 48.1 PRESSURE 1NJECTED GROUT ................................................................................ 94 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE ................. 9�4 483 COMPOSITION ........................................................................................................... 9�4 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................. 9_`i 48.5 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 9_`i 48.6 WATER ......................................................................................................................... 9_`i 48.7 REINFORCEMENT ..................................................................................................... 9_`i 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS ....................................................................................... 9_`i 48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION ......................................................................................... 9Ei 48.10 PROPORTIONING .......................................................................................................9Ea 48.11 MIXING ........................................................................................................................9fi 48.12 APPLICATION .............................................................................................................9Ei 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ......................................................................................... 9;r 48.14 SURFACE FINISH ....................................................................................................... 97 48.15 CURING ....................................................................................................................... 97 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION ..................................................................... 9;r 48.17 INSPECTION ............................................................................................................... 9f� 48.18 EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................... 9f3 9 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION ........................... 99 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT ................................................................................................. 9Si 49.2 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................... 9S� 49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS ............................................................................ 9�3 49.3.1 MATERIALS ..........................................................................................................9!) 49.3.2 INSTALLATIONAND EXECUTION .................................................................. 10(1 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM .............................................. 10{� SectionlV.doc vii ' 5/15/2017. 49.4.1 MATERIALS ........................................................................................................101 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL ...................................................................................... 101 49.6 GROUTING MIX ....................................................................................................... 101 49.7 L1NER MIX ................................................................................................................ 101 49.8 WATER ....................................................................................................................... 102 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS ................................................................................................ 102 49.10 EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................. 102 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION ....................................................................... 102 49.11.1 PREPARATION ...................................................................................................102 49.11.2 MIXING ...............................................................................................................103 49.11. 3 SPRAYING .......................................................................................................... 103 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING ......................................................................................... 103 49.11. S CURING .............................................................................................................. 103 49.11. 6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE ...................................................... 104 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM ....... 104 49.12.1 SCOPE ................................................................................................................104 49.12.2 MATERIALS ........................................................................................................104 49.12.3 INSTALLATIONAND EXECUTION .................................................................. 106 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS ..........................................................................108 51 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM ............................................................ 108 51.1 SCOPE ........................................................................................................................ 108 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS ....................................... 51.2.1 ASPHALT .............................................................. 51.2.2 CONCRETE .......................................................... 51.2.3 COURT PATCHBINDER MIX ............................. 513 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT........... 51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE............ 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION ...................................... 51.6 PLAYING L1NES ......................................................... 51.7 GENERAL .................................................................... 51.8 LIMITATIONS .............................................................. ........................................... 109 ........................................... 109 ........................................... 109 ........................................... 109 ........................................... 109 ............................................110 ............................................110 ............................................110 ............................................110 ............................................110 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION ..........................111 53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES ..................................................................................111 53.1 MATERIAL .................................................................................................................111 53.1.1 GABIONAND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL ...................................................111 53.1.2 GABIONAND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL : ...............................................113 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE ...............................�---.......................................................----..114 53.1. 4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC ........................................................................................114 53.2 PERFORMANCE ........................................................................................................114 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS ...........................................................115 54.1 SCOPE .........................................................................................................................115 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK .........................................................................................115 54.3 WORK METHODS .....................................................................................................116 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING ........................................................................116 54. 3. 2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT ....... .....................................................................116 SectionlV.doc viii 5/15/2012 � � �� , � i �_ _l ' � � ' , ' ' � �' ' 54.4 LITTER ........................................................................................................................116� 54.5 VISUAL CHECK ........................................................................................................1 l6� 54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING ...........................................................116 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.)......116 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL ...................................................................................................116 549 TRAFFIC CONTROL .................................................................................................117 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY .............................................................................................117 54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION ...........................................................................................117 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA ..........................................................11?' 54.13 MULCH CONDITION ................................................................................................117' 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR .....................................................................117' 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL ......................................................117' 54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION .............................................................................................117' 54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION .............................................................................................118� 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE ..................................................................................................118; 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK ........................................................................................118� 5420 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL ...............................................................................118; 54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS ............................................................................................118; 55 MILLING OPERATIONS ............................................................................................119� 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE .......................................I1S� 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS ...........................................................115� 553 SALUAGEABLE MATERIALS .................... ........................ 12C► ..................................... 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS ..................................................................................... 12C► 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF LINDERGROLTND UTILITIES .................. 12C� 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES ............................................................ 12C� 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING ................................................................................................ 12C► 55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS .............................................................................. 121 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 12l 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 121 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING ...................................................................................121. 56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 12l 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 12l 57 RIPRAP .........................................................................................................................121. 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 12l 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 122 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY ................................................................................122; 58.1 HAZARl? POTENTIAL ............................................................................................. 121 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING ................................................................ 122 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ........................................... 12� 59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 12=� 60 SIGNING AND MARKING .........................................................................................123 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 123 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING ..............................................................................................12� SectionIV.doc ix 5/15/201:7. 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 123 62 TREE PROTECTION ..................................................................................................124 62.1 TREE BARRICADES ................................................................................................ 124 62.2 ROOT PRUNING ....................................................................................................... 124 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING ........................................................................................ 125 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES ..............................................................................................126 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN ............................................................................................... 126 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES ..................................................................... 126 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE ....................................................... 126 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS ........................................................................................... 127 63.5 1NTERACTIVE FORMS ........................................................................................... 127 63.6 POSTING ....................................................................................................................127 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES ............................................................................................ 127 64 OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE ......................................................127 64.1 CLEARANCE OPTIONS ........................................................................................... 127 64.2 REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES ............................................. 127 SectionIV.doc x 5l15/2012 � ' 1 r � , , ' ' � � , ' ' ' ' ' , ' 1.1 Section IV — Technical Specifications SCOPE OF WORK SCOPE DESCRIPTION Project Name: CLEARWATER AIRPARK Rt1NWAY 16-34 EXTENSION Project Number: 12-0006-AP Scope of Work: The Contractor shall provide the following major improvements : 1. Extension of the existing runway northward up to 610 LF. Widen to full strength and extenci the existing taxiway north to the northernmost runway extension. Extend runway and taxiwa;� lighting within the extensions. 2. Rehabilitate and correct/level depressions on the existing parallel taxiway between taxiway connectors "AS" and "A6". 3. Overlay/resurface the existing runway and taxiway with new asphalt to provide a new surfacf; throughout the project. 4. Pavement markings consistent with all current requirements of FDOT and/or FAA. 6. Procure and install Mandatory Hold Signs at all hold locations. 7. Resealing/coating of other asphalt surfaces. The Project has been divided into various construction phases and an additive bid alternate ha:r been created in order to allow award of the construction based on available funds, and tcy optimize scheduling of the project and reduction of runway closure times. The Contractar's shall include his proposed schedule of work and a list ODP Items to be° included in the Contract Document, at no additional cost to the Owner. CONTRACT PERIOD: 147 CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS SectionIV.doc Page 1 of 128 5/15/2012. ' Section IV — Technical Specifications 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST Project Name: CLEARWATER AIRPARK RUNWAY 16-34 EXTENSION Project Number: 12-0006-AP The following Articles of the Technical Specifications will apply to this contract if marked "X" as shown below: 1 � Sco e Of Work 2.1 ❑ Line and Grade Shall Be Performed By The Contractor 2.2 � Line and Grade Shall Be Performed B The City 3 � Definition Of Terms 4 ❑ Order And Location Of The Work 5 � Excavation For Underground Work 6 � Concrete 7 � Excavation And Forms For Concrete Work 8 � Reinforcement 9 � Obstructions 10 ❑ Restoration Or Replacement Of Driveways, Curbs, Sidewalks And Street Pavement 11 ❑ Work In Easements Or Parkways 12 � Dewaterin 13 ❑ Sanitary Manholes 14 ❑ Backfill 15 ❑ Street Crossings, Etc. 16 ❑ Raising Or Lowering Of Sanitary Sewer, Storm Drainage Structures 17 ❑ Unsuitable Material Removal l8 ❑ Underdrains 19 � Storm Sewers 20 ❑ Sanitary Sewers And Force Mains 21 � Drainage 22 ❑ Roadwa Base And Subgrade 23 ❑ Asphaltic Concrete Materials 24 ❑ Adjustment To The Unit Bid Price For Asphalt 25 ❑ General Planting S ecifications 26 ❑ Hdpe Deformed - Reformed Pipe Lining 27 ❑ Plant Mix Driveways 28 ❑ Reportin Of Tonnage Of Recycled Materials 29 ❑ Concrete Curbs 30 ❑ Concrete Sidewalks And Driveways 31 ❑ Sodding 32 ❑ Seeding 33 ❑ Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins Or Other Storm Structures 34 ❑ Material Used 35 � Conflict Between Plans And S ecifications 36 ❑ Street Si ns 37 � Audio/Video Recording Of Work Areas 38 � Erosion And Siltation Control 39 ❑ Utility Tie In Location Marking SectionIV.doc Page 2 of 128 5/15/2012 ' ' � � � , , ' , � , r ' ' ' ' ' ' ' Section IV — Technical Specifications 40 ❑ Award Of Contract, Work Schedule And Guarantee . 41 ❑ Potable Water Mains, Reclaimed Water Mains and A urtenances 42 ❑ Gas System Specifications 43 ❑ Tennis Courts , 44 ❑ Work Zone Traffic Control 45 ❑ Cured-In-Place Pipe Lining 46 ❑ S ecifications for Polyethylene Sliplining 47 � S ecifications for Pol vin 1 Chloride Ribbed Pi e 48 ❑ Gunite Specifcations 49 ❑ Sanitary and Storm Manhole Liner Restoration 50 ❑ Project Information Si ns 51 ❑ In-Line Skating Surfacing System 52 ❑ Resident Notification of Start of Construction 53 ❑ Gabions and Mattresses 54 ❑ Lawn Maintenance Specifications 55 ❑ Milling Operations , 56 ❑ Clearing and Grubbin 57 ❑ Riprap 58 ❑ Treatment Plant Safety 59 ❑ Traffic Signal Equipment and Materials 60 ❑ Signing And Markin 61 ❑ Roadway Lighting 62 � Tree Protection 63 ❑ Project Web Pages _ 64 ❑ Overhead Electric Line Clearance � 2.1 FIELD ENGINEERING LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out sitc: improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of th� � work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute thcs Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professional�s under the laws of the state of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As- built Survey to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS Existing basic horizontal and vertical controi points for the project are those designated on th�u Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by th�a Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work ancl shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near an;y permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markets. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to th�u SectionIV.doc Page 3 of 128 5/15/201'? Section IV — Technical Specifications proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Land Surveyor qualified under the laws of the state of Florida. 2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record drawings for the project. 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY At the completion of all work the contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The City will generate the project Record construction drawings. 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS For the purpose of these Technical Specifications, the definition of terms from SECTION III, ARTICLE 1- DEFINITIONS of these Contract Documents shall apply. For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal Sheet is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. 3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS Abbreviations used in the Contract Documents are defined as follows: SectionIV.doc AA Aluminum Association, Inc. AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AMA Acoustical Materials Association AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. ANSI American National Standards Institute Page 4 of 128 ' ' � � � ' ' � ' � ' � ' , � � �� r-, �! J , 5/I S/2012 , � ' � ' '� � , ' fI , � ' � ' ' ' ' ' �� APA ASAE ASCE ASHRAE ASME ASSE ASTM AWG AWMA AWS AW WA CFR CISPI CRSI CS DEP DOT EPA FAC FBC FFPC FGC FMC FPC FedSpec HI IBBM IEEE IPS MIL NAAMM NBFU NEC NEMA NFPA NPT NWMA PCA PCI SBC SBCCI SDI SFPC SGC SJI SMACCNA Section IV — Technical Specifications American Plywood Association American Society of Agricultural Engineers American Society of Civil Engineers American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning American Society of Mechanical Engineers American Society of Sanitary Engineering American Society for Testing and Materials American Wire Gauge Aluminum Window Manufacturer's Association American Welding Society American Water Works Association Code of Federal Regulations Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Commercial Standards and National Bureau of Standards Department of Environmental Protection (Florida) Department of Transportation (Florida) Environmental Protection Agency Florida Administrative Code Florida Building Code Florida Fire Prevention Code Florida Gas Code Florida Mechanical Code Florida Plumbing Code Federal Specifications Standards of Hydraulic Institute Iron Body, Bronzed Mounted Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Iron Pipe Size Military Specification National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers National Board of Fire Underwriters National Electrical Code National Electrical Manufacturers Association National Fire Protection Association National Pipe Thread National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association Portland Cement Association Prestressed Concrete Institute Standard Building Code (SBCCI) Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc. Steel Door Institute Standard Fire Prevention Code (SBCCI) Standard Gas Code (SBCCI) Steel Joist Institute Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association ' SectionIV.doc Page 5 of 128 5/15/2012 SMC SPC SPIB SSPC TCA UL Section IV — Technical Specifications Standard Mechanical Code (SBCCI) Standard Plumbing Code (SBCCI) Southern Pine Inspection Bureau Steel Structures Painting Council Title Council of America Underwriters' Laboratories 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 18 — ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK. 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK The contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractor. For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of a"Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify his Competent Person to City staff at the start of construction. City staff are required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in conformance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense. The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract to not contain sufficient quantities to allow the contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench-shoring methods in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work necessary to complete the project. Not more than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be six (6) inches wider on each side than the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid SectionIV.doc Page 6 of128 5/15/2012 ' ' � ' � ' ' � ' ' � � ' � L� ' , ' � ' ' � � LJ Section IV — Technical Specifications in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling, and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, withoui: compensation. 6 CONCRETE Unless otherwise directed, all concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the; American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. All appropriate testing shalll be performed according to the American Society of Testing Materials. , Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimurri compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. The cement type shall be Type I and shal:l conform to AASHTO M-85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33. All ready mix concrete: ' shall conform to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of 3" to 5", except. when admixtures or special placement considerations are required. � � , � ' , � ' � , The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all concrete placement. All conerete shall be tested in the following manner: Placement of less than 5 cubic yards (cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding 5 cy, one set of :f compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretiora of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, anci compensation or denial thereof. 7 7.1 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK EXCAVATION Excavating for conerete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to ,.i point 6" outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. Concrete shall be poured "in th�u dn,�� 7.2 FORMS Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal (except curbs, metal only, unless b;y written permission from Engineer). They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a deptlri equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving o.r springing. 8 REINFORCEMENT When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be ' deformed: ASTMA-A 615, steel shall be bilIet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the SectionlV.doc Page 7 of 128 5/15/2012 � Section IV — Technical Specifications requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM Al 85). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM 775/A77 M-86 requirements. 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the contract unit price for the item of work specified. 9 OBSTRUCTIONS Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Should it become necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains, or poles, the Engineer shall be at once notified of the locality and circumstances, and no claims for damages arising from the delay in adjusting the pipe, sewer drains or poles shall be made. Failure of the plans to show the location, nature or extent of any existing structures or obstructions shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means. 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a minimum 8" compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus 2", if over 6", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T 180. Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor, materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per lineal foot of main or square yard of base. The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All over this will be at the Contractor's expense. The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard: concrete - per square foot; curbs - per lineal foot; sidewalk 4" or 6" thick - per square foot. SectionlV.doc Page 8 of 128 5/15/2012 'u' ' � , � � � � � � 1 � � � � � ' Section 1V — Technical Specifications Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of 6" thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 8 and 30). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work. 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the construction progress. The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration Activities within a reasonable time following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration. within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction. activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests. Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work. The contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on: any and all phases of the contract work. The contractor shall not obtain water from local. residents or businesses except as the contractor shall obtain written permission. Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's wastewatei• treatment plants, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details foi• Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the treatment plants will be coordinated at the pre-� construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory requirements. 12 DEWATERING 12.1 GENERAL Unless speciiically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the; dry". The contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of thF: work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravit}� underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the: excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remair.i firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, ancl the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, oif' handling large volumes of air as well as of water. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewaterin�; operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work., the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow iri excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer. The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the; case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. SectionlV.doc Page 9 of 128 5/15/2011 Section IV — Technical Specifications 12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL The City of Clearwater will hold the Contractor responsible for obtaining a Generic Permit for the Discharge of Produced Groundwater from Any Non-Contaminated Site Activity prior to dewatering or discharging into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways. Prior to discharging produced groundwater from any construction site, the contractor must collect samples and analyze the groundwater, which must meet acceptable discharge limits. The following document has been incorporated into this section for reference... 12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY Citv Notification Procedure - Contractor must provide the City of Clearwater Environmental Department with the following information prior to beginning dewatering activities: 1) A copy of all groundwater laboratory results 2) A copy of the FDEP Notification It is recommended that the Contractor call or meet with the City Environmental staff if you have any questions. You may contact the City at 562-4750 for direction or further assistance. STATE OF FLORI DA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION GENERIC PERMITOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY The facility is authorized to discharge produced ground water from any non-contaminated site activity which discharges by a point source to surface waters of the State, as defined in Chapter 62- 620, F.A.C., only if the reported values for the parameters listed in Table 1 do not exceed any of the listed screening values. Before discharge of produced ground water can occur from such sites, analytical tests on samples of the proposed untreated discharge water shall be performed to determine if contamination exists. Minimum reporting requirements for all produced ground water dischargers. The effluent shall be sampled before the commencement of discharge, again within thirty (30) days after commencement of discharge, and then once every six (6) months far the life of the project to maintain continued coverage under this generic permit. Samples taken in compliance with the provisions of this permit shall be taken prior to actual discharge or mixing with the receiving waters. The effluent shall be sampled for the parameters listed in Table 1. TABLE 1 LJ � � i ,� � �� ;� Screening Values for Discharges into: ,� Parameter Fresh Waters Coastal Waters SectionIV.doc Page ]0 of 128 5/15/2012 ' �I , � � � � � � � , �'. I_.J � Section 1V — Technical Specifications Total Organic Carbon (TOC) 10.0 mg/1 10.0 mg/1 PH, standard units 6.0-8.5 6.5-8.5 Total Recoverable Mercury — by Method 1631 E 0.012 µg/1 0.025 µg/1 Total Recoverable Cadmium 9.3 µg/1 9.3 µg/1 Total Recoverable Copper 2.9 µg/1 2.9 µg/1 Total Recoverable Lead 0.03 mg/1 5.6 µg/1 Total Recoverable Zinc 86.0 µg/1 86.0 µg/1 Total Recoverable Chromium (Hex.) 11.0 µg/1 50.0 µg/I Benzene 1.0 µg/1 1.0 µg/1 Naphthalene 100.0 µg/1 100.0 µg/1 If any of the analytical test results exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, except TOC, the: discharge is not authorized by this permit or bv the Cit�of Clearwater. (a) For initial TOC values that exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, whicri may be caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic; compounds, the permittee may request to be exempted from the TOC' requirement. To request this exemption, the permittee shall submit additiona:l information with a Notice of Intent (NOI), described below, which describes the; method used to determine that these compounds are naturally occurring. The Department shall grant the exemption if the permittee affirmatively demonstrates that the TOC values are caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic compounds. (b) The NOI shall be submitted to the appropriate Department district office thirty (30) days prior to discharge, and contain the following information: 1. the name and address of the person that the permit coverage will be issuecl. to; 2. the name and address of the facility, including county location; 3. any applicable individual wastewater permit number(s); 4. a map showing the facility and discharge location (including latitude and longitude); 5. the name of the receiving water; and 6. the additional information required by paragraph (3)(a) of this permit. (c) Discharge shall not commence until notification of coverage is received from thEz Department. For fresh waters and coastal waters, the pH of the effluent shall not be lowered to less than 6.t� units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units for coastal waters, or raised above 8.5 units, unless the permittee submits natural background data confirming a natural background pH outside of ' SectionIV.doc Page 11 of 128 5/IS/201:7 Section IV — Technical Specifications this range. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be less than 6.0 units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units in coastal waters, the pH shall not vary below natural background or vary more than one (1) unit above natural background for fresh and coastal waters. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be higher than 8.5 units, the pH shall not vary above natural background or vary more than one ( I) unit below natural background of fresh and coastal waters. The permittee shall include the natural background pH of the receiving waters with the results of the analyses required under paragraph (2) of this permit. For purposes of this section only, fresh waters are those having a chloride concentration of less than 1500 mg/l, and coastal waters are those having a chloride concentration equal to or greater than 1500 mg/1. In accordance with Rule 62-302.500(1)(a-c), F.A.C., the discharge shall at all times be free from floating solids, visible foam, turbidity, or visible oil in such amounts as to form nuisances on surface waters. If contamination exists, as indicated by the results of the analytical tests required by paragraph (2), the discharge cannot be covered by this Generic Permit. The facility shall apply for an individual wastewater permit at least ninety (90) days prior to the date discharge to surface waters of the State is expected, or, if applicable, the facility may seek coverage under any other applicable Department generic permit. No discharge is permissible without an effective permit. If the analytical tests required by paragraph (2) reveal that no contamination exists from any source, the facility can begin discharge immediately and is covered by this permit without having to submit an NOI request for coverage to the Department. A short summary of the proposed activity and copy of the analytical tests shall be sent to the applicable Department district office within one (1) week after discharge begins. These analytical tests shall be kept on site during discharge and made available to the Department if requested. Additionally, no Discharge Monitoring Report forms are required to be submitted to the Department. All of the general conditions listed in Rule 62-621.250, F.A.C., are applicable to this Generic Permit. There are no annual fees associated with the use of this Generic Permit. 13 SANITARY MANHOLES 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe. The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed twenty four inches. Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of manholes. SectionIV.doc Page 12 of 128 5/15/2012 t � � � � r � LJ ��. � � � 1 � � � � � � � � � � � Section tV — Technical Specifications The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being �� stretcher course. 13.2 PRECAST TYPE Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by thfa City Engineer. AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of `i inches. The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall bfa a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "O" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimuna concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve contractor of responsibility for compliancE„ to these specifications unless letter from contractor requesting specific variance is approved b�� the City Engineer. Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered beforE � being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numberin�x system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of Clearwater Engineering Index #302 Sheets 1 and 2 of 2. Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe opening,; are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five (51 inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment rin�; shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grad�w changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section IV, Article 23.7 — Asphaltic Concrete -- Adjustment of Manholes. 13.3 DROP MANHOLES Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as detailed on the drawings. 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Detail 301. 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type Ii Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as SectionIV.doc Page 13 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. Interior of built up manholes which have sewers entering with a free drop or which receive discharge from a force main shall have the inside plastered with 1/2-inch of grout and coated as precast manholes below. The exterior of all precast manholes shall have a 15 mil dry thickness of PROCO EP214-351 Sewper Coating or approved equal. The interior shall be AGRU SUREGRIP HDPE or PP-R Liner with a minimum thickness of 2 mm. 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc., or approved water stop coupling. 14 BACKFILL Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from organic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar material. Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means. Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as determined by the modified Proctor Density Test to the bottom of pavement. Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a minimum of 95% compaction of AASHTO T 180 Standard Density Test. The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of the pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structure. 15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, the trenches shall be bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer. The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation. 16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Sanitary Sewer or Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. SectionIV.doc Page 14 of 128 5/IS/2012 � Section IV — Technical Specifications � 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated and removed from thfx � site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off•• site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall be determined in the field by the Engineer. � 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated � and replaced with suitable material as determined by either cross sections of the excavation.. truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface ancl incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitablf; material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. 18 UNDERDRAINS The Contractor shall construct sub-surface drainage pipe as directed in the Contract Scope o:f Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipf; � shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT crushed aggregate, located behind the back of curb and aggregate surface covered with a non-degradable fibrous type filter material. A#57 aggregatfa � may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may bfa stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be 8" diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F-758 "Standard Specificatiora � For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness oi� 46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M-189 described in FDOT Section 948-4.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 - t SDR 35. Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2000 which is a rigid PVC pipf: exceeds ASTM Specifications D 1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C, manufactured per ASTM F949-93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence ol splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60°/�� flatting and with a double gasket joint. ,� Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non-perforated pipE; with compacted backfill. All poly-chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposurE� � to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall be the same as specified far potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdraiia aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140-N or approveci � equal) per the construction detail drawings. 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of lineal feet of 8" Sub-drain in place and accepted. � SectionIV.doc Page IS of 128 , 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be based upon the unit price per lineal foot for underdrain as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain (specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean-outs, sod, driveway, road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item. 19 STORM SEWERS All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be reinforced concrete unless otherwise specified or approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 941 of the current FDOT Specifications. All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit price for the pipe. All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty is found in the fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout. 19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the stations and left or right offsets of all manholes, inlet structures and terminals ends of subdrains, as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the centerline of the sewer along with the elevations of the north edge of manhole cover, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets. (Gutter) 19.2 TESTING The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly watertight sewer under all conditions. At the discretion of the City Engineer or his designee, the watertightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring the infiltration. The watertightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section of the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed I50 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infltration or exfiltration is excessive the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No trench made joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. SectionlV.doc Page 16 of 128 5/15/2012 � � � � � � � i � � � � � � � �� Section N — Technical Specifications 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap, labor and incidentals, etc.). 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 20.1 MATERIALS 20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform with ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R. 35. Sewer pipe with more than 10 feet of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212 76. The laying; length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of 20-feet. Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and. iittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for DIF' water main except pipe shall be interior "polylined" in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline� easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or laterall connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets� shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in Technical Section 41.. A two-way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line. 20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specification;; for water main pipe except that DIP shall be "polylined" in accordance with manufacture<.; recommendations. All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. 20.2 INSTALLATION 20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Installation of gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices containeci in ASTM D 2321 and Unibell LTNI B 5. The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicablE� width (typically pipe OD plus 8 to 12-inch on each side) allowing working space to place anci compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall bf: SectionlV.doc Page l7 of 128 5/15/201'? Section IV — Technical Specifications performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignment. Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to prevent flotation or misalignment. Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (1 /2" Dia. aggregate) to provide firm support of pipe. Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint 2 feet in length and shall use an approved water stop around pipe joint entry. The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The contractor is required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction inspector the location of all new laterals. 20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS The contractor shall submit to the Engineer a marked set of "As Built" construction drawings describing both the stations and left or right offset of all lateral terminal ends as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the center line of the sewer main. The as built drawings will also describe elevations of the north edge of the manhole cover rings and inverts of all main pipes in manholes. 20.4 TESTING 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all conditions. The water tighmess of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 50 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilted until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true and uniform grade and the absence af bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any infiltration, dips or sags of more than 1/4- inches shall be cause for rejection. SectionlV.doc Page 18 of 128 5/15/2012 � � � � Section IV — Technical Specifications The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the� line. 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as described in Section 4l .04 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains. 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT 20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per lineal foot pe�r � appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement fo�r payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes. Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per lineal foot of pipe as measured from the centerlinfT � of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two-way cleanout at thE; property line. � � L_ Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to completf; the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering, backfill and grading. 20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Section 41 ot these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 21 DRAINAGE The Contractor shall provide proper outlet for all water courses and drains interrupted during thr progress of the work and replace them in as good condition as he found them. 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 22.1 BASE This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shal l � refer to Section N, Article 1"Scope of Work" of the city's Contract Specifications for additiona:l roadway base and subgrade items. � � � Roadway base shall be 8" compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be 12" compacted minimum thickness with �a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directeci by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctoa- and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testin;� laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contrar.t Specifications will apply. Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directer,i by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Staridard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs SectionlV.doc Page 19 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all base and subgrade placement or reworking. The following base materials are acceptable: l. SHELL BASE: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 2. LIMEROCK BASE: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200' and 91l of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 3. CRUSHED CONCRETE BASE: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 185. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the city by the Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 4. SOIL CEMENT BASE: Unless otherwise noted, soil cement base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 270 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. An Asphalt Rubber Membrane Interlayer (ARMI) shall be included in the pavement design per Section 341 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) to minimize reflective cracking unless otherwise noted in the project plans and specifications. The ARMI layer shall be overlaid with asphalt on the same day it is placed for the Contractor to receive full compensation for the work. The soil cement base design shall be by a certified lot under the direction of a Registered Florida Professional Engineer, and must be approved by the City Engineer. Said design shall provide for a minimum of 300 P.S.I. in seven days. All plant mixed soil cement shall be certified by a registered laboratory that has been approved by the Engineer. The only approved method for spreading the cement is the use of a spreader box. The use of a spreader bar for spreading cement will not be allowed. The applying of the cement shall not be allowed when the wind velocity is sufficient to jeopardize material interests (i.e. vehicles, etc.) from airborne cement particles. The density testing frequency shall be at the discretion of the registered Florida Professional Engineer responsible for the soil cement design. SectionIV.doc Page 20 of 128 5/15/2012 � � � ' � , � � � � � � �J � Section lV — Technical Specifications 5. ASPHALT BASE: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance witr� Section 280 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimurr.i compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement ancl compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted ir.� the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid itern price for asphalt or base. 6. REWORKED BASE: When the plans call for the working of the existing base, the; finished reworked base shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 8" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, and be constructed ir.� accordance with the applicable FDOT requirements for the type of material used. The density requirements (except for asphalt and soil cement base) shall be per Section 200-i' of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). For asphalt, the density requirements� are per Section 330-11 and for soil cement per Section 270-5 of FDOT's 2000 Standarcl Specifications. 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half-inch (1/2"). Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or i:f� so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item), stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphall unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 22.2 SUBGRADE All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 01� FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed b;� the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Where unsuitable material is found within the limits oi� the subgrade, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer ira accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade t<� prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base oi• subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing valu�� after the mixing of materials for the stabilized subgrade. 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in placr� and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing deptll SectionIV.doc Page 2l of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications shall be per Section 161-6.4 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per Section 160-7.2 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Areas deficient i�rt thickness or bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptabl�e tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No paymenl:, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place (latest edition). 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading;, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, iabor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included i�ri the bid item for base. 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS This specification is for the preparation and application of all S-Type Marshall Mix Desig�ri asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted. 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE P��i I�i �_LrZ�37�rTri�� All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 through 915 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assuranae procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standarr,i Specifications. The Contractor shall note that the City shall have the right to have an independent testin;, laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or al.l materials to be used. Tests to be performed by the independent testing laboratory every 1000 tons include, but are not limited to, Marshall stability and flow, extraction/gradation and cores t�:� determine density and thickness. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, alon;� with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicabl�e specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands anri accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independen�t testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs o f removal, conection, reconstruction, ar repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Pavment reductions for as�halt related items shall be determined by the following; SectionIV.doc Page 22 of 128 5/15/201'Z � � � � u � � � � � � � Section IV — Technical Specifications l. Density per Section 330-11 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per Section 330-13 of FDOT's 2000 Standard. Specifications. 3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of '/4" or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness for a length extending at least 25' from each end of the deficient area, or when the: Engineer allows far an overlay per Section 330-15.2.3 of FDOT's Standard. Specifications 2000 edition. In addition, for excesses of '/4" or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the; pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the: placement of all asphalt. 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES All asphalt mix designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's, 2000 Standard Specifcations. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer PRIOR. to the commencement of the paving operation. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material may be substituted for aggregate in the asphaltic concrete mixes up to 25% by weight. 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements: Table 1: Layer Thickness forAsphalt (Layers Are Listed in Sequence of Construction) COURSE LAYER THICKNESS (Inches) THICKNESS (Inches) Type S—I Type S—I with Type S—III FC-3 Type S—III Type S—I Type S—III with FC-3 with FC-3 Top Layer Top Layer Top Layer 1 st 2nd 1 st 2"d 1 st 2nd 1 st 2"d 1 st 2nd 1 st 2nd 1 1 1 1'/z 1'/z 2 1'/4 3/4 * 1 1 2'/z 1'/a 1'/a 1'/z 1 1'/z 1 3 1'/2 1'/2 2 1 2 1 * At the Engineer's discretion, 2" of S-III is acceptable for use on residential streets Additional Notes: L Type S—III shall be limited to the final (top) structural layer (one layer only). SectionlV.doc Page 23 of 128 5/15/201:? � Section IV — Technical Specifications 2. All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. All pavement designs shall include a minimum of two inches of asphalt. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the project plans for complete pavement design detail. 5. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, Type S—III per Section 331 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used as final riding surface on streets with the speed limit of less than 35 mph, streets with an average daily traffic (ADT) of less than 3000, and all residential streets. 6. An FC-3 friction course per Section 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used on streets with a speed limit of 35 mph or greater, and streets with an ADT of 3000 or greater. 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 23.6.1 CRACKS Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. 3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 23.6.2 POTHOLES Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method. 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole. 3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted. 4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. SectionlV.doc Page 24 of 128 5/15/2012 C� � � � � � � L� � � �� Section N — Technical Specifications 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each. item. The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions: The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. The riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum requirements of A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece with a. stainless steel adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturer's specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each riser. If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal o:f� pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt i:a acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable. All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of fnal asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the pavin��, operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree} aeration vents, etc. will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over. It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities o:f� impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the schedulecl paving. 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directecl by the Construction Inspector or Engineer, with payment to be included in the per ton bid. item for asphalt. 2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to thf} road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans. 3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements. 4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. Prior to paving, all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum o�r mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be; equipped with its own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, thf; SectionlV.doc Page 25 of 128 5/15/201:� Section IV — Technical Specifications Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site. 5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be '/4" above the lip or face of said curb per City Index 101. 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 1. Unless otherwise noted in this section, all of the asphaltic concrete specifications in Sections 23.1 through 23.8 above shall apply to superpave asphaltic concrete. All asphaltic concrete pavement shall be designed and placed in accordance with the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (latest edition). 2. All aggregate shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 and 902 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 3. All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Asphaltic binder shall be Grade PG 67-22 unless otherwise specified in the Scope of Work. 4. All superpave mix designs shall conform to Sections 320 and 334 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 5. All general construction requirements shall conform to Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Basis of ineasurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. SectionlV.doc Page 26 of l28 � �� 5/15/2012 � � Section IV — Technical Specifications � 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in accordance with the following provisions: l. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price Index varies more than 10% from the bid price at the time of the bid opening. 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet site. The address is: http://wwwl l.myflorida.com. It is under the section "Doing Business with FDOT" in the "Contracts Administration" section under "Asphalt Index". For additional information, call FDOT @ 850-414-4000. 3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. 4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt will be used for payment calculation. 5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index. 6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat. 7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time. 8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt. 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 25.1 IRRIGATION 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or specified. Work noted as "NIC", "existing", or "by others" is not included in this pay item. B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the: 1 turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval oi� the Engineer. � 25.1.1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE � � A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation� subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of simiiar size, scope., mainline, system pressure, controls, etc. SectionN.doc Page 27 of 128 5/15/201'1. Section IV — Technical Specifications B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work shall apply. C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the contractor's expense. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of three (3) hard cover binders with three rings containing the following information: 1. Index sheet stating the contractor's address and business telephone number, 24 hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where replacement equipment can be purchased. 2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract. 3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and "hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. a. Four-hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and maintenance. b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and maintenance. 25.1.1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Irrigation Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation 24 in. diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of main lines. B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials. C. The Irrigation Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the contractor. D. The Irrigation Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the public. 25.1.1.3 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City SectionIV.doc Page 28 of 128 5/15/2012 � � � � � � � � � � � � �� , � � � � Section IV — Technical Specifications of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior oi• faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater or FDOT. 25.1.2 PRODUCTS 25.1.2.1 GENERAL A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations, from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted. 25.1.2.2 PIPING A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed andl tested in accordance with these specifications. B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40„ conforming to ASTM D2665 and D1785. C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the: mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80. 25.1.2.3 PIPE FITTINGS A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform tc� the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chlaride (PVC;► Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval.. The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled wit%i threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples. 25.1.2.4 PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end. B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. Thes Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. 25.1.2.5 THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant. 25.1.2.6 GATE VALVES 25.1.2.6.1 MANUAL GATE VALVES 2 IN. AND SMALLER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. 200-250 psi Ball Valve 2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals 3. Threaded-Dual end Union Connectors 4. Non-Shock Safe-T-Shear Stem SectionIV.doc Page 29 of 128 � 5/I 5/201'1. Section N — Technical Specifications 5. Safe-T-Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company , Sylmer, California, or approved equal. 25.1.2.6.2 GATE VALVES 2'/Z" IN. AND LARGER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. AW WA-G509 2. 200 Ib. O.W.G. 3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B 4. Deep socket joints 5. Rising stem 6. Bolted bonnet 7. Double disc 8. Equipped with 2" square operating key with tee handIe B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve 3" and larger. The "street key" shall be 5' long with a 2" square operating nut. 25.1.2.7 SLEEVES A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater) 25.1.2.8 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance-pressure across-the diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25-30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 150 psi. B. The valve body and bonnent shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic, stainless steel and other chemical/LJV resistant materials. The valve's one-piece diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice. C. The valve body shall have a 1" inch (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch slip by slip inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections. D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California, or approved equal. F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings. 25.1.2.9 VALVE BOXES A. For remote control drip valve assembly and LTNIK control timer use a Brooks #36 concrete value box with #36-T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal. B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek # 181014 (10") circular valve box with # 181015 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. SectionIV.doc Page 30 of 128 5/I S/2012 � � � � � r � � � � � � � � � � Section IV — Technical Specifications C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek #] 82001 (6") economy turf box cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. 25.1.2.10 DRIP IRRIGATION 25.1.2.10.1 CONSTRUCTION with # 182002' A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch (1/2") low-density linear polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self-cleaning, integral drippers at a specified spacing, (12", 18", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside; diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be weldecl to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self• flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper. 25.1.2.10.2 OPERATION A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet pressure of seven to seventy (7-70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operatin�:,. pressure shall be between 15-45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9 gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow/reduced pressurez compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The; drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall bf; available in 12", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified. Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum. system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radiu:> shall be 7". B. For on-surface or under mulch installations, 6" metal wire staples (TLS6) shall bf; installed 3'-5' on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction. 25.1.2.10.3 LINE FLUSHING VALVES A. The sub-surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of eac}a independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginnin�; of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect directly to the dripline. 25.1.2.10.4 AIRNACUUM RELIEF VALVE A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an Air/Vacuum Relief Valve at its hig11 point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi. 25.1.2.10.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressures of 25 psi. Regulatin�; accuracy shall be within =/-6%. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high- impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from th�u water passage. SectionlV.doc Page 31 of 128 5/15/201?_ � Section N — Technical Specifications 25.1.2.10.6 FILTERS A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance. 25.1.2.10.7 FITTINGS A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the integrity of the subsurface irrigation system. 25.1.2.11 AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall function if submerged in water. B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box. C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt alkaline battery for one full year regardless of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either sequentially or independently. D. The controller shall have three independent programs with eight start times each, station run time capability from one minute to twelve hours in one minute increments, and a seven day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operation. E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.2.12 FIELD TRANSMITTER A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall operate on one 9V alkaline battery. B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven-key programming pad. A beep sound shall confrm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after one minute when not in use. C. The Field Transmitter shali be capable of programming an unlimited number of L1NIK Control Modules. SectionlV.doc Page 32 of 128 5/15/2012 � � � r Section IV — Technical Specifications D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.2.13 LATCHING SOLENOID A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES-B, GB, of EFB series valve. B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.3 EXECUTION � 25.1.3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general � details of the work. B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced. � C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary� shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed„ except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractoi• � in his absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given� to the Contractor. � L� , � r-- i � LJ � D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by� outside authorities. E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in these Technical Special Provisions. F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the� decisions. In event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shal:l be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location oif� sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all othe�r underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the, manner by which it relates to the installation. H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent thal: obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, o�r specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall bf; brought to the attention of the Engineer. I. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleevin€; prior to roadway base. SeetionN.doc Page 33 of 128 5/15/201:� � Section N — Technical Specifications 25.1.3.2 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING 25.1.3.2.1 TRENCHING - GENERAL A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches. Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings. B. Maintain 6 in. horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all lines of other trades. C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind. D. Maintain 6 in. vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45 degrees to 90 degrees. E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities. 25.1.3.2.2 BACKFILLING A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have 18" of fill placed over the pipe. B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter larger than '/z in. C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Specification Book, 1996 Edition. D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs. F. Compact each layer of f ll with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per AASHTO T 180 - latest edition. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum density. G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of inechanical tampers or approved hand tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more than six (6") inches thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities. 25.1.3.2.3 ROUTING OF PIPING: A. Routing of pressure and non-pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines. 1. Planting lacations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations. 2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated. C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure supply line. D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original Drawings, and without additional cost. SectionIV.doc Page 34 of 128 5/15/2012 �� U , � � � � � ' � i ' Section 1V — Technical Specifications E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking o:f� approved layout. 25.1.3.3 INSTALLATION 25.1.3.3.1 WATER SUPPLY A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on thf; Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cosl: to the Owner. 25.1.3.3.2 ASSEMBLIES A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install. lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings. B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its owi� outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly. C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical. Special Provisions. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to thc� male threads only. 25.1.3.3.3 SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER) A. The contractar shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies. 25.1.3.3.4 PLASTIC PIPE A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent. 1. Allow welded joints as least 15 minutes setup/curing time before moving or handling. 2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water pressure is on. 3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer. C. Curing � l. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least 2�� hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure. � � � � D. Flushing the system: l. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the contro�l valves and flush out the system with a full head of water. E. Installing piping under existing pavement: l. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring. SectionIV.doc Page 35 of 128 � 5/ I S/201'? Section IV — Technical Specifications 2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be accomplished at no additional cost. 25.1.3.3.5 CONTROLLERS A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans. 1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineers representative prior to installation. 25.1.3.3.6 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than 6 in., nor less than 4 in. cover from the top of the valve to fnish grade. B. Install valves in a plumb position with 24 in. minimum maintenance clearance from other equipment, 3 feet minimum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer than 7 feet from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways. C. Contractar shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for each sprinkler zone. 25.1.3.3.7 GATE VALVES A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper maintenance. B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill. 25.2 LANDSCAPE 25.2.1 GENERAL 25.2.1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Contract Documents shall include the Plans, Details, Specifications, Bid Proposal, Contract Agreement, including Installation Schedule, all Addenda, and Contractual and Special Conditions when required. 25.2.1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and environmental matters. B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. 25.2.1.3 SCOPE OF WORK A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to the work specified in this Section. The Scope of Work includes everything for and SectionlV.doc Page 36 of 128 5/15/2012 � � � � � �� , � � � ,� � ' � � � , � � ' � � ' � ' Section N — Technical Specifications incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans., Schedules, Notes and as specified herein. B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary tc� prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finisli grading if necessary); to remove and/ar transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans. C. Work under this Section shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field wil.l appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the° landscape drawings. D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document. 25.2.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractor:: under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work, shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to thei:r commencement of work on the project. B. All work of this Section shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices. C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the� � Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over thE: Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plan shall predominatE: and be considered the controlling document. � � � � D. During this wark, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety amon£; persons in his employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safet�� and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscapr Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resultin�; from compliance or non-compliance with these standards. E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is built into or affects the work in this Section. F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior tc� excavation. Call "One Call" at 1-800-432-4770. G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting th�� work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions iri conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect. � � 25.2.1.5 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenanae period, two copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be establishe�:i by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one year. B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for al�t ispecified work. SectionlV.doc Page 37 of 128 5l15/2012 � Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.1.6 ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS A. If there are additions/alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions/alternates at the time of bidding. B. The Owner, through his Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void. C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk. D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions and warranties stated herein. 25.2.1.7 ABBREVIATIONS/DEFINITIONS O.A. or HT.: The over-all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. C. T.: C. W. : SPR. : Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds. Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf sheath ar boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the fronds. Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. ST. 7'R. : Straight trunk. MIN.: Minimum. GAL.: O. C. : DIA.: Lvs.: Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc. On center, distance between plant centers. Diameter. Leaves. SectionIV.doc Page 38 of 128 5/15/2012 � I 'i �J � Section 1V — Technical Specifications D.B.H.: Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4-1/2 feet above grade. CAL.: , B&B: � PPP: u , Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade, larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade. Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Plants per pot. FG: Field grown. STD.: � Owner: , � � � L� Standard, single, straight trunk. To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work is performed. Owner's Representative: Owner's on-site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality oi:' materials specified and execution of installation. Contractor: Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor. Landscape Architect: This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the landscape Plans and Specifications. 25.2.1.8 25.2.1.8.1 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING PLANT MATERIALS A. Provide container grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prunf; � prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. I:I' plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered. � ' B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protecteci from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have� been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not bE: pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time. C. Balled and burlapped plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less tha�1 � 1 foot diameter of ball to every 1 inch caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be les,> than 2/3 of root ball diameter. B& B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch. , SectionlV.doc Page 39 of ]28 5/15/201? � Section IV — Technical Specifications D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root pruning to be done a minimum of 4 weeks before removal from the field and planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except plastic shrink wrap for transport only. E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of 12 inches of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling. Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within 24 hours of delivery. F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots moist. G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. H. Sod: Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty-four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area. 25.2.1.9 JOB CONDITIONS 25.2.1.9.1 ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS. A. The Contractor shall examine the sub-grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of conditions and full responsibility for the completed work. B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape Architect for adjustments to the Schedule. C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting procedures. D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing prior to planting. E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to the planting of lawns, protecting lawn trees and promptly repairing damages from planting operations. 25.2.1.9.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy SectionIV.doc Page 40 of 128 � � � � � � , � � � � L� �' � , � , 5/ I 5/2012 � , � � � � � , �� Section IV — Technical Specifications to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approvaL The: Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule. B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc. in order to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the; progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. C. The Owner's Representative's may request in writing work stoppage. Upon writteri request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend. delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the� Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor with respect to an}� additional costs which may result from work stoppage. 25.2.1.9.3 UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities.. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned. 25.2.2 PRODUCTS ' 25.2.2.1 MATERIALS � � � � 25.2.2.1.1 PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE A. Plant species, sizes, etc. shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material Scheduled. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of. Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with name;s accepted in the nursery trade. 25.2.2.1.2 PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for th�� species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insect pests or their eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in leaf and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems. B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant � materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a"Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable. ' � ' , C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Flarida #1 or better as to shape and qualit:y for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and Il:, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition). D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either a�t the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting far compliance witlh requirements for name variety, size quality, or designated area. SectionIV.doc Page 4l of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that are applicable to landscape materials. F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit Landscape Architect proof of it being non-available. In such event, if the Landscape Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source. When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by adjustment to Contract amount. G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be taken after pruning for specifed sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect; with no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery. H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible. I. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B& B procedures. J. Container-grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice-versa provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect approves the substitution. K. Container grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound condition exists. 25.2.2.1.3 GRASSES: SOD OR SEED A. Sod ar seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious week, freshly mowed before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than 24 hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation. B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place. Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements. 25.2.2.1.4 MULCH A. Mulch shall be 100% Grade "B" shredded cypress bark mulch, thoroughly mixed with a pre-emergence weed killer according to the label directions as specified on the plan. B. Install mulch to an even depth of 3" before compaction. SectionIV.doc Page 42 of 128 5/15/2012 � � � � � � � C� � , LI � � Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.2.1.5 FERTILIZER A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws. B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the; appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein. C. Agriform 20-10-5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backflling. D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release; Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St. Augustine grass at the rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) square° feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will bez 1:1 or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than '/4 thf; nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese, iron, zinc, copper, etc.). 25.2.2.1.6 STAKES AND GUYS A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tref; trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used. B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over 2" caliper. Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees 2" caliper and under. ��. minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional3 stakes per tree shall be used. C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, witlx � a minimum of 3 stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2" x 4'" by 16" wood connected with two - 3/4" steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk. � D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved. 25.2.2.1.7 PLANTING SOIL � A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifcations, install plant material in tilled anc� loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test, prior to planting and at no additional cost to the Contract, any soils which may b�� 1 unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported tc► the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist , of 1/3 peat and 2/3 sandy loam, with no lumps over 1". C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil. � There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 — 6.5 pH) with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps,, roots and toxic substances ar any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or ' SectionlV.doc Page 43 of 128 5/15l2012 ' Section IV — Technical Specifications a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt. D. Bed preparation for annual beds under 1 gallon container size shall consist of 3" of Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full Iength and width of planting area. Rototil organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into native soil. 25.2.2.1.8 SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Terra-Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans. 25.2.2.1.9 TREE PROTECTION A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal members. Space vertical members 6 feet to 8 feet on center. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one foot for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast height DBH at 4-'/2 feet above grade. 25.2.2.1.10 ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and/or specifications for protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install as directed by the manufacturer. 25.2.2.1.11 PACKAGED MATERIALS A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site. 25.2.2.1.12 PESTICIDES A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's directions. 25.2.3 EXECUTION 25.2.3.1 PREPARATION 25.2.3.1.1 OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities, irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work. B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a relocated position for any materials necessary. 25.2.3.1.2 GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas SectionIV.doc Page 44 of 128 5/15/2012 i � Section IV — Technical Specifications adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's specifications. ' B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable plantin€� bed. � C. Pre-emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round-Up" o�~ "Rodeo", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect. � D. Should any plant material in the same, or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals, the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the� Contractor at no cost to the Owner. � E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the; Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finisri grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they wil:l ' conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface drainage without puddling. � F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over 1-'/2 inches in any dimension form individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated material off the site. , 25.2.3.1.3 PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread 3 inches oif� ' Florida peat (1/3), sandy loam (1/3), or other approved organic soil amendment over the: full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer 6 inches to S inches into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface� � drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release� fertilizer accarding to product instructions and rate. � � , � , � �� ' 25.2.3.1.4 PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's speciiications. All proposed sod areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer':, Specifications. B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub•• grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of 4 inches. C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth, even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent tur:f� flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existin€;, yard drains. D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one (1;) pound of nitrogen per 1000 square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 505 of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top 4 inches of soil. SectionlV.doc Page 45 of 128 5/IS/201'1.. Section IV — Technical Specifications E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. 25.2.3.2 INSTALLATION 25.2.3.2.1 BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED) A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated. Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction. B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect. C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well- drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - 6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction. 25.2.3.2.2 LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc. as the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent blockage of signage, etc. B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the normally accepted spacing for each species. C. Leave an 18 inch (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for all plant sizes. D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as possible to the intent of the plans. 25.2.3.2.3 PLANTING PROCEDURES A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root ball about 1 inch higher than the surrounding grade. C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20-10-5 planting tablets, or approved equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom of the root mass. Application rate: SectionIV.doc Page 46 of 128 5/]5/2012 ' u � � ' � L_ I � ' � � � � ' � � � , � u , � � , � , ' � �i , �_� , Section N — Technical Specifications 1 gallon 1- 21 gram tablet 3 gallon 2- 21 gram tablet 5 gallon 3- 21 gram tablet 7 gallon 4- 21 gram tablet Trees 3 tablets each'/2" (12 millimeters) caliper Palms 7- 21 gram tablets D. Native soil shall be used in back-filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractar shall bea responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers. E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under thf; base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around thf; sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 inches (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all tie-down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the back-fill up to the proper gradE; Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soii carefully worked ita among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection. F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base oi� the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball.. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the backiill up to the proper grade. G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space eac}�� variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant a minimum of 18 inches from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant. H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed-fre�� Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degrer angles in a triangular pattern. I. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved. 25.2.3.2.4 SODDING A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten th�e soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut. B. An application of 6-6-6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be mad�e , to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one (1) pound of nitroge�n per 1,000 square feet. The ground shall be wet down before the sod is laid in place. � , ' , C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surfac�; edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrulb areas. Cut down soil level to 1 inch to 1-1/2 inches below top of walks prior to layin;�; sod. D. Within 2 hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient wate:r shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of 2 inches (S�D millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that wil�l prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary t�c� keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade. SectionlV.doc Page 47 of 128 5/15/2012 , Section IV — Technical Specifications E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated. F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be leveled, filling-in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas. G. On slopes steeper than 2:1 and as required, the sod shall be fastened in place with suitable wooden pins or by other approved method. 25.2.3.2.5 SEEDING A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of Transportation. See plan for type of seed. 25.2.3.2.6 TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by approved plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of 4 feet height of stake above grade and a minimum of 30 inches of stake below grade. B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of 3 stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2 inch x 4 inch x 16 inch wood connected with two 3/4 inch steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a minimum of 5 feet of stake above grade. C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work. D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially hazardous areas. 25.2.3.2.7 MULCHING A. All planting beds shall be weed-free prior to mulching. B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied mulch. C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a 3 inch layer (before compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified on the Plans or General Notes. D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of buildings. Maintain a minimum 3 inch clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a minimum 6 inch clearance for the walls of buildings. E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed in front of the frst row of annuals. Maintain a minimum 6 inches of non-mulched clearance from the outside edge of annuals. SectionlV.doc Page 48 of 128 5/IS/2012 ' L.J � � � , ' Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.3.2.8 PRUNING A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape and form of the plant. B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches., and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree. 25.2.3.2.9 CLEAN-UP A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job, keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition. C. The clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying„ staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications. 25.2.3.2.10 PROTECTION � A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on., about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupationail Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards. ' ' ' � lJ , � � , ' B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage. C. the Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations. Maintain protection during instalIation and maintenance periods. D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms as specified. 25.2.3.2.11 REPAIR OF DAMAGES E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by his operations to other materials, property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage. F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by his work or employee:; to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be� done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the� Contractor who is responsible for the damage. 25.2.3.3 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the� beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance. B. Operations: 1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds, mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections, replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash-out repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work unde�r , SectionlV.doc Page 49 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service. 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shalI notify the Owner of any maintenance practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy, vigorous growth of the landscape. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch of water for all planted materials before leaving the site. 25.2.3.4 INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE 25.2.3.4.1 INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within 15 days of notifications, the installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/ar Landscape Contractor. 25.2.3.4.2 REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set forth in Plans and Specifications. B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within 15 days and notify the Landscape Architect that the correction has been made. 25.2.3.4.3 ACCEPTANCE A. After replacement of rejected plant material (if any) have been made, and completion of all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in writing. B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period. C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the Owner. l. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such claim. 2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent", or in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species speciiied in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from his Contract price. The final selection rests with the Owner or his representative. 3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to compensate for the value not received from the under-specified plant materials. No SectionIV.doc Page 50 of 128 5/IS/2012 , r � ' ' Section IV — Technical Specifications additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants instalted tha�r exceed specifications. 25.2.3.5 WARRANTY , 26 A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a� period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no� charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation� during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poar quality or impropei• materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same� with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new planl: shall be given the equal amount of warranty. HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING ' 26.1 INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of 8" to 12" ' sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and. form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestir ' sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and. functioning installation. ' l__J � l �' � ' i ' ' 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding; contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the: fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the. installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system. has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the: liner system and the installer. 26.3 MATERIALS Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results far review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum. property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements: Material PronertX ASTM Method Value HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi Elasticity ModuIus E=113,000 psi , SectionIV.doc Page 51 of 128 5/IS/2012: Section IV —Technical Specifications HDPE Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft-lb/in Flexure Modulus E=136,000 psi Expansion Coeff. c=0.009 in/in/deg F At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field samples to the above requirements. Liner shall be marked at 5-foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Pipe Liners, Inc. 3421 N. Causeway, Suite 321, New Orleans, LA 70002, 1-800-344-3744 or approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. 26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color television, and recorded on VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. SectionN.doc Page 52 of 128 5/IS/2012 ' r � �� 1 � ' ' �1 � , Section IV — Technical Specifications 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to feld measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to thfx full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless line�r product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe, pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays o�r problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free oif� irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the line�� shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met. 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be; reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of thf: original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting methocl and materiai is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be, , resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnectecl unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect. any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all loca:l ' system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery oif' door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 1 , ' ' ' , �l , , 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than a eight hou�� period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 26.9 PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS New driveways or existing black top driveways that must be broken back in widening thes pavement (remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street) shall be; constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the; exception that the base shall be six (6) inches. Use Section 23 G Asphaltic Concrete as specifiecl for the street paving. SectionIV.doc Page 53 of 128 5/IS/201;! Section 1V — Technical Specifications When finished surface of existing drive is gravel, replacement shall be of like material. Payment shall be the same as Plant Mix Driveways. 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Plant Mix Driveways in place and accepted. 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Plant Mix Driveways as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS This Article deleted. 29 CONCRETE CURBS Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 10 feet. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs. 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement shall be lineal feet of curb in place and accepted. 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 20/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not SectionIV.doc Page 54 of 128 5/15/2012 ' , u ' ' � u ' �� , I�i ' ' � ,!� lI �� J � , , , LJ ' ' ' � � � LJ ' ' , , ' ' , ' Section 1V — Technical Specifications more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every 5 feet. Concrete shall bfx poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and f> shall also apply. 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six (6 j inches in thickness with 6/6 x 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal distance between expansion joints of no less than four (4) feet measured in any direction. The; welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. Na compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be� poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and F shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the: placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways. 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square feet of 4" concrete sidewalk, 6" concrete sidewalk, and 6" concrete driveways in place and accepted. 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which price: shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of thes specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where; required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 31 SODDING Unless otherwise noted herein, the contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or a�r the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's� Standard Specifcations (latest edition). The area for sod application shall be loosened ancl excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass ancl structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform� finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be� graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sodl that has been cut for more than 72 hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer ir.� advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shalll continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure„ soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract.. Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shali be: determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials., placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor., equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the: SectionlV.doc Page 55 of 128 5/15/2011 Section N — Technical Specifications basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. 32 SEEDING Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic conformance with the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982 and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye Seed (to tota1601b. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured. When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment (including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work. 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Part B Index Numbers 200 to 235. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans and applicable parts of the specifications, Section Numbers 7, 8, & 9, and as approved by the Engineer. Said structures shall be protected and saved from damage by the elements or other causes until acceptance of the work. 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the Index Numbers 201 and 202. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with brick and mortar on top of concrete base. The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of the manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge haminer. SectionIV.doc Page 56 of 128 5/15/2012 ' ^i '�J ' , � ' � � , , � ' L�' ' ' , ' ' , �� Section IV — Technical Specifications 33.2 PRECAST TYPE The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturers option. � Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside ot• outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge oi' precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be- � provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated.. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Manhole using O ring between precast sections will not be� acceptable for storm structures. � � � 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis. 34 MATERIAL USED ' This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 19 — MATERIAL USED. , � � � ' , 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 20 — CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AN�� SPECIFICATIONS. 36 STREET SIGNS The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is PROHIBITED. All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Divisior� in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latesl edition). The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of 24 hours ir� advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal. 37 37.1 AUDIONIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video recordin€; ' taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights-of-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to servr as a record of a pre-construction conditions. , ;I� ' 37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty-one (21) days prior to construction in any area. SectionlV.doc Page 57 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio videotapes shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre-construction color audio-video recording documentation. 37.4 EQUIPMENT All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. 37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. 37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom-in and zoom out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during videotape playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. The construction documentation shall be recorded in SP mode. 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the videotape viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. SectionIV.doc Page 58 of 128 5/15/2012 ' ' u � � � Section 1V — Technical Specifications 37.8 LIGHTING All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No taping shall be done durin�!. precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present tcr properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings o:f� those subjects. 37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features within that construction areas zone o:l� influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during tapin�; shall not exceed forty-four (44) feet per minute. 37.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX � All videotapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by videotape numbe:r and project title. Each videotape shall have a log of that videotape's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the names ol� � the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, videcr unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and thf:� date. ' r � � 37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not bi� limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc.. within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults, fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or right of way at any one time. 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract item.s provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work. � 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL � � � ' ' 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwis�� authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered b;>> mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other permanent vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of ,:� project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping. SectionIV.doc Page 59 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage controls which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required, depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days. 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by sediment traps such as secured hay bales, sod, stone, etc., which shall be maintained and modified as required by construction progress, and which must be approved by the City Engineer before installation. 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES Sediment basins and traps, perimeter berms, filter fences, berms, sediment barriers, vegetative buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment and/or prevent the transport of sediment onto adjacent properties, or into existing water bodies; must be installed, constructed, or, in the case of vegetative buffers, protected from disturbance, as a first step in the land alteration process. Such systems shall be fully operative and inspected by the City befare any other disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structures including but not limited to berms, earth filters, dams or dikes shall be stabilized and protected from drainage damage or erosion within one week of installation. 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS Areas of 3 acres or more shall be required to have temporary sedimentation basins as a positive remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown and detailed on construction plans. During development, permanent detention areas may be used in place of silt basins, provided they are maintained to the satisfaction of the City. The Contractor will be required to prohibit discharge of silt through the outfall structure during construction of any detention area and will be required to clean out the detention area before installing any permanent subdrain pipe. In addition, permanent detention areas must be totally cleaned out and operating properly at final inspection and at the end of the one year warranty period. When temporary sedimentation basins are used, they shall be capable at all times of containing at least one (1) cubic foot of sediment for each one hundred (100) square feet of area tributary to the basin. Such capacity shall be maintained throughout the project by regular removal of sediment from the basin. 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES Land alteration and construction shall be minimized in both permanent and intermittent waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of 25 feet from top of bank of the waterways and the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in channel work cannot be avoided, precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during land alteration, development and/or construction to minimize erosion. If the channel and buffer area are disturbed during land alteration, they must be stabilized within three (3) calendar days after the in channel work is completed. SectionlV.doc Page 60 of 128 5/15l2012 ' � � i � � � � � � � � � � � � � Section N — Technical Specifications ' Silt curtains or other filter/siltation reduction devices must be installed on the downstream side oif' the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to increased turbidity. Wherever strearri crossings are required, properly sized temporary culverts shall be provided by the contractor ancl � removed when construction is completed. The area of the crossing shall be restored to a condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any construction activity. � 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days oif� � excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior ta issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION �� The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance; with the following standards: � a. No more than 400 lineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time; b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cas1: � to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope ol any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. 38.9 MAINTENANCE All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. 38.10 COMPLIANCE � Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or morf; stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a"Stop Work Order". � City of Clearwater Standard Detail Drawings No. 601 and 607 are examples of accepted method:� that may be used or required to control erosion and siltation. � � i 1 1 � SectionIV.doc Page 61 of 128 5/15/2012 � Section IV — Technical Specifications City of Clearwater - Erosion Control This notice is to inform the prime contractor that the City of Clearwater holds them responsible for soil erosion control on their site. The City of Clearwater Engineering Department has the responsibility to minimize the amount of soil erosion into the City's streets, storm sewers and waterways. The construction of a new residence or commercial site and major remodeling of an existing site creates a potential for soil erosion. These instances are usually the result of contractors and subcontractors accessing the property with equipment or construction materials. Then rain storms redistribute the eroded soil into the adjacent streets, storm systems and waterways. When erosion takes place, a City Inspector will place a correction notice at the site. The procedure will be as follows: 1 st occurrence - Warning 2nd occurrence - $32 Re-inspection Fee 3rd occurrence - $80 Re-inspection Fee 4th occurrence - Stop Work Order Dependent on the severity of the erosion, the City's Engineering Department may elect to rectify the erosion problem and charge the contractor accordingly. The attached drawings and details are recommendations for the contractor to use as means to support the site from eroding. The contractor may elect to shovel and sweep the street daily or on an as needed basis. However, erosion must be held in check. If the contractor would like to meet with a City inspector on any particular site, please contact Construction Services at 562-4750 or Planning & Development Services at 562-4741. Erosion Control Required - City of Clearwater's Code of Ordinances requires erosion control on all land development projects. Erosion control must be in place and maintained throughout the job. Failure to do so may result in additional costs and time delays to the permit holder. Contact Engineering Department with specific questions at 562-4750. SectionlV.doc Page 62 of 128 � � � � � � �� 5/15/2012 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � Section [V —Technicai Specifications CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF EROSION VIOLATION UNDER SECTION 3-701 (DIVISION 7— EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL) OF THE CITY OF CLEARWATER CODE OF ORDINANCES, THIS SITE HAS BEEN FOUND IN VIOLATION. THIS SITE MUST BE RESTORED TO AN EROSION CONTROLLED SITE PRIOR TO ANY FURTHER DEVELOPMENT TO CONTINUE. Warning $32.00 Re-inspection Fee $80.00 Re-inspection Fee Stop Work Order DATE POSTED: Inspector's Name: Inspector's Signature: CITY OF CLEARWATER PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 727 562-4741 & ENGINEERING/CONSTRUCTION 727 562-4750 Received by: (Signature indicates only a copy of this notice has been received and does not in any way indicate admission of guilt or concurrence with findings of the inspector.) IT IS A VIOLATION TO REMOVE THIS NOTICE ANY UNAUTHORIZED PERSON REMOVING THIS SIGN WILL BE PROSECUTED SectionIV.doc Page 63 of 128 5/15/2012 Section N — Technical Specifications 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to service connection. Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by the American Public Works Association as follows: SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission Municipal Electric Systems HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission Oil Distribution and Transmission Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems Police and Fire Communications Cable Television SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems Slurry Pipe Lines SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems LAVENDER RECLAIMED WATER WHITE PROPOSED EXCAVATION Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall be 6-inch x 3-inch and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall be 4-inch X 2-inch and be placed on the curb face. 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE This article not used. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 24 — AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE. 41 41.1 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in connection with the construction of potable water mains, reclaimed water mains and appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up. SectionIV.doc Page 64 of 128 5/15/2012 L� � �� , !J � � � � � � � �� ' � Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.2 MATERIALS 41.2.1 GENERAL Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards o:f workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and. engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipmenl: and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation, except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearing:> and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effect:> during shipment and construction. 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 41.2.2.1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table: Size Class Thickness Rated Water Working Pressure (In.) (PSI) 4" 51 026 350 6" 50 0.25 350 8" 50 0.27 350 12" 50 0.31 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to centerline of pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI/AW WA C 151 /A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated wittx approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 80 or latesk revision. 41.2.2.2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 4-inch through 8-inch shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWW��. C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 22411 and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and bf; compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings. Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table: SectionlV.doc Page 65 of 128 5/IS/201:� Section IV — Technical Specifications Size Dimension Ratio Rated Water Working Pressure Laying Length (OD/Thick.) (PSI) (Ft) 4 18 150 20 6 18 I50 20 8 18 I50 20 Pipe larger than 8-inch shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes 4-inch through 8-inch when needed due to laying conditions or usage. The bell of 4-inch and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements of ASTM D 1869. Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling, storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water service. All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated 12 gauge A.W.G solid strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about 18-inches between each piece of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a 2-inch PVC pipe to 12-inches minimum above the top of the concrete slab. The 2-inch PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve box, and the 2-inch PVC pipe shall be plugged with a 2-inch removable brass plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by direct bury 3M brand splice kit approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows. 41.2.2.3 FITTINGS AND JOINTS Fitting from 4-inch through 16-inch in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with require requirements of ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI/AWWA Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. 41.2.2.4 RESTRAINT Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors. 41.2.2.5 PIPE WITHIN CASING All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing. SectionIV.doc Page 66 of 128 5/IS/2012 � � � � � � � � � � � � � , Section IV — Technical Specifications � Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris within the casing itself. It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method by the Engineer. � 41.2.3 GATE VALVES Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with. � respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall be handwheel operated with rising stems. Valves 4-inches and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with 2-inch square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted'. � with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all. valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise). � � � lJ � Pressure Rating: Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall bes rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, nonshock. The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. Installation: Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelinen shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves. Two Inch Diameter and smaller: Not allowed. These should be approved ball valves. Three Inch Diameter: Not allowed. Four Inch to Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate Valves, 4 to 16-inch diameter, inclusive, shall be; resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance witl-i ANSI/A.W.W.A. Standard Specification C509-515 latest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removin€; body from pressure main, corrosion resistant bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with O rin€� bonnet seal with epoxy coated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body.. Larger than Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate valves larger than 16-inch shall be suitable for thf; � service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in. conformance with ANSI/AWWA. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. � All valves shall be equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by-pass. � � � �� 1 41.2.4 VALVE BOXES Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron. No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be 3- piece valve box assembles. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights tc� accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall bE; provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5& Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2& Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail. SectionlV.doc Page 67 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.2.5 HYDRANTS No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater potable water system: • Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant, • Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant • AVK Nostalgic 2780. • American Darling B-84-B. No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater. Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C 502 and include the following modifications: l. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery. 2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Standard C-502 latest revision and must be UL/FM listed. 3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure. 4. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and bottom with an O-ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil. 5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two sections with the break flange located approximately 2-inch above the ground line. Breakaway bolts not allowed. 6. Operating nut shall be of one-piece bronze or ductile iron construction. 7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism from grit buildup and corrosion due to moisture. 8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stem lock nut to facilitate operation. 9. Operating nut shall be a#7 (1-1 /2-inch) pentagon nut. 10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, 1/4 turn type with O-ring seals or threaded into upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device. 11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber. 12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with O- rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the shoe. 13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections with a breakable coupling. 14. Hydrant shall have a 6-inch Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories. 15. Hydrant shall have a 5-1/4-inch valve opening, and shall be a left hand operation to open. 16. Hydrant shall be without drains. 17. Hydrant shall have two (2) 2-1 /2-inch hose nozzles and one (1) 4-1 /2-inch pumper nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications. SectionIV.doc Page 68 of 128 5/15/2012 � ' � � � Section IV — Technical Specifications 18. Hydrant body shall have a factory fnish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with� AWWA standard C-502-85 or latest revision. All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AWWA Specification C 502. Constrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints frorr,�� the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Constrained joints shall absorb all thrust and preven�. movement of the hydrant. All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of' Clearwater's Engineering Department. 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES � Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to 4-inch P.V.C. water main. The largest service; connection allowable on 4-inch main shall be 1-1/2-inch. Service saddles shall be used on all 2•- inch service connections to 6-mch and larger ma�ns. Service saddles (JCM 406 ser�es or Ford FC' 1 202 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainles;; steel straps. u � � � � � � � 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWW�� Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials. 2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery; and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged o�r unsatisfactory material shall be used. 3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defecta shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site. 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories ir� handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. Thf; Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. 41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that are installed within their system. Therefore, any and all devices must b� purchased from the City and installed by City work forces. Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of deliver�� (service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C546 or latest revision. Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, when �� required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible backflow of water within the customers private system. The types of devices allowec;l are: ' SectionIV.doc Page 69 of 128 5/15/2012 � Section IV — Technical Specifications Double Check Valve Assembly a device composed of two single, independently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the watertightness of each check valve. 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device a device containing a minimum of two independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412 or Smith-Blair 622. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and 3/4-inch bronze test plug. 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS Blow offs are not allowed. 41.3 CONSTRUCTION 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING l. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded rolled against pipe already on the ground. 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at his expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. 41.3.2 41.3.2.1 PIPE LAYING ALIGNMENT AND GRADE The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly blown off before any pressure testing and sterilization of the pipe can be completed. The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of 30-inches and a maximum of 42- inches below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. SectionlV.doc Page 70 of 128 5/15/2012 � � � � � � � � � � � � � , � � Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.3.2.2 INSTALLATION Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and usecl by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valve:, and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to material:> and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped o�� dumped in the trench. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damagE: � shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective� repairs or rejection of the damaged items. � All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipf; � or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejection. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of eacta � pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wipeci clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up ira � � � � accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in placE; without getting earth into it, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the� trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and th�a pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place witll approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken tc:� prevent dirt from entering the joint space. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by .:i watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, ar closure pieces shall be done in a neat ancl � workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smootl� end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. � Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by th�e Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of 10 per cent or greater, the laying shall start a:t bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. � � r Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizonta.l plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems; or where long radius curves are permitted, th�e amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of ANSI/AWWA C600-82 and C900 81 or latest revisions. No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. SectionIV.doc Page 71 of 128 ' 5/ 15/201'? Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 41.3.3.1 GENERAL Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified above for installation of pipe. 41.3.3.2 VALVES Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to exceed 18-inches from the main line. The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or such other level as may be directed. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5& Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2& Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail. 41.3.3.3 HYDRANTS Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located 10-feet of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of two valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 5 of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer. Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a 6-inch ductile iron branch controlled by an independent 6 inch gate valve. 41.3.3.4 ANCHORAGE Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant runout length precludes the use of hydrant connecting swivel joints. Where special ancharage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on the plans. 41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer. SectionlV.doc Page 72 of 128 5/15/2012 ' � � � � � � � �1 �J � � � � � i Section 1V — Technical Specifications � Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the: actual conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized and pipe will be properly swabbedl ' before connections to existing facilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completedl under the supervision of the City of Clearwater Water Division. � � � � � � � � 41.4 TESTS 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS After instailation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service� taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds per square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall conform to AWWA C600 latest revision.. All mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter before any hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pum�� connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection andl all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the watei• for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line. 41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative 48-hours advance� notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 41.5 STERILIZATION Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance: with AWWA C651. 41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT � The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming ta Federal Specification 0 S 602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or "Perchloron". � � � � U 41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing; shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are� not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow off devices generally at the ends of the lines. 41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE � All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing ai minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall ther.i remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never � more than 24 hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be; opened and closed several times during the contact period. SectionIV.doc Page 73 of 128 5/IS/201<'! � Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set. 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personnel shall take samples of water from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as outlined above. If inethods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into operation. 41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 41.6.1 GENERAL Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work: • Clearing and grubbing • Excavation, including necessary pavement removal • Shoring and/or dewatering • Structural fill • Backfill • Grading • Tracer wire • Refill materials • Joints materials • Tests and sterilization • Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. SectionlV.doc Page 74 of 128 5/IS/2012 � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� ' � ' � , � ' � � � � � Section N — Technical Specifications 41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 41.6.2.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and typf; satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line,. including the length of valves and fittings. 41.6.2.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains complete and ready for operation. 41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 41.6.3.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more; than the tolerances permitted in ANSUAWWA C110/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance. 41.6.3.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor; materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings. 41.6.4 41.6.4.1 FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnisheci. and installed. 41.6.4.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover. 41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS � 41.6.5.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and. � installed. The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are; listed in Section 41.2.5. No exceptions. � � � 41.6.5.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant complete including necessary thrusl: SectionIV.doc Page 75 of 128 5/15/201:? Section IV — Technical Specifications anchorage, 6-inch pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the hydrant lead. 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS Tnis article not applicable. 43 TENNIS COURTS 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS All soil under courts shall be treated with DSMA 184 at the rate of 2 pounds active ingredient per 1,000 square foot. Materials shall be brought to the job site in tagged containers. Tags shall be retained and turned into the Engineer's Office. 43.1.2 BASE COURSE Base Course shall be Limerock 6" thick after compaction. Specifications for the base shalt be the same as those for Limerock in Section N- Article 22 of the City of Clearwater Technical Specifications. Subgrade stabilizing will not be required. Surface shall be cut to within 1/2" of true grade in preparation of 1" leveling course. Prior to applying prime coat, surface shall be approved by the Engineer. 43.1.3 PRIME COAT The material used for prime coat shall be cut-back Asphalt Grade RC-70 or RC-250 and shall conform to Section 300 of the Florida State Department of Transportation's "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction". 43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE A.Leveling Course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Leveling Course shall be constructed running East and West. Finish surface of leveling course shall not vary more than 1/4" when checked with a 10 foot straight edge. If a deficiency of more than '/o" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE Surface course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Surface Course shall be constructed running North and South. Finish surfaces shall not vary more than 1/4" in 10 feet. Prior to application of color coat, surface shall be checked for low areas by flooding the surface with water. Low areas shall be patched as approved by the Engineer prior to application of the color coat. No areas which retain water will SectionlV.doc Page 76 of 128 5/15/2012 ' � �I � �� J � � L� � � � � � � � � r � �r � ' Section IV — Technical Specifications be approved. If a deficiency of more than '/4" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43.1.6 COLOR COAT 43.1.6.1 MATERIALS Materials used in the patching and color coating of Tennis Courts shall be manufacturedl specifcally for Tennis Court Application. All materials must be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of construction. Request for approval of coating materials may be submitted prior to the opening of bids. In requests for approval, the Contractor shall present manufacturer's literature along with the name, address, ancl date of three previous Tennis Court applications of the proposed material. 43.1.6.2 CONSTRUCTION 43.1.6.2.1 SURFACE PREPARATION The surface to be coated must be sound, smooth, and free from loose dirt or oily materials. Prior to the application of surfacing materials, the entire surface should be checked for mino�r� depressions or irregularities. If it is determined that minor corrections are necessary, thf; Contractor shall make repairs using approved tack coat and/or patching mix in accordance witY�. manufacturer's recommendations for use. After patching the surface shall not vary more than 1/8" in ten feet in any direction. If �� deficiency of more than 1/8" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be levelecl. or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. � In order to provide a smooth, dense underlayment of the finish course, one or more applications of resurfacer or patch mix shall be applied to the underlaying surface as deemed necessary by thf; Engineer. Asphaltic concrete Surface Course with a smooth tight mix and no ponding, will not � require the resurfacing or patching mix. Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course which is course anci rough or is ponding water will require the use of the resurfacer or patch mix. � � � , � � ' No applications shall be covered by a succeeding application until thoroughly cured. 43.1.6.2.2 FINISH COLOR COURSE The finish course shall be applied to a clean, dry surface in accordance with the manufacturer';; directions. A minimum of two applications of color coat will be required. Texture of cured color coat is to be regulated in accordance with manufacturer';s recommendations to provide a medium speed surface for tennis play. The color of application shall be dark green for the regulation double's playing area and red for all other others. The finished surface shall have a uniform appearance and be free from ridges and tool marks. 43.1.6.3 PLAYING LINES Forty-eight (48) hours minimum after completion of the resurfacing, 2 inch wide playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with approved marking paint. SectionIV.doc Page 77 of 128 5/15/201:? Section 1V — Technical Specifications 43.1.6.4 WEATHER LIMITATIONS No parts of the construction involving Tennis Court surfacing or patching products shall be conducted during rainfall, or when rainfall is imminent or unless the air temperature is at least 50 degrees, Fahrenheit and rising. NOTE: The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum or 24 hours in advance of all base and asphalt related work. 43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS 43.2.1 GENERAL 43.2.1.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the installation of clay tennis court(s) as set forth in these specifications and /or the construction drawings. The scope of work is indicated on drawings and specifed herein. Basis of design for clay courts with sub-surface inigation system is Hydrogrid Tennis, Inc. or prior approved equal. 43.2.1.2 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS The Owner may make such investigation as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the Bidder to perform the work and the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and data for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigations of such Bidders fail to satisfy the owner that such Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work contemplated herein within the time limit agreed upon. Factors to be considered in awarding the Bid shall include the successful completion of similar sub-surface irrigation clay tennis court installations of like value, scope, size and quality as this project, with in the last five (5) years. The Owner desires to award this contract to firms that have been in business for a minimum of five (5) years. The qualifications and experience of the personnel assigned to the project will be a determining factor in the award of the Bid. 43.2.1.3 STANDARDS The Contractor shall perform all work in a thorough, workmanlike manner and conform to standards for tennis court construction as prescribed or approved by the United States (Lawn) Tennis Association and the United States Tennis Court and Tract Builders Association. The Contractor shall construct the tennis courts with laser guided equipment. 43.2.1.4 BUILDING PERMITS AND TAXES The Contractor shall secure all construction permits required by law, the City of Clearwater will waive all permit fees. 43.2.1.5 COURT LAYOUT The Owner shall establish two horizontal control points and a construction bench mark. The Contractor shall locate the four corners of each battery and shall layout the courts in conformance with the specifications and drawings. SectionIV.doc Page 78 of 128 5/15/2012 , � C� � u � L� � ' � � � � � r l� � I� �� LJ LJ � Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.1.6 BUILDING REQUIREMENTS The Owner shall provide and maintain reasonable access to the construction site, as well as an� area adjacent to the site for storage and preparation of materials. Adequate water outlets withir.� fifty (50) feet of the site shall be provided. 43.2.1.7 SCHEDULE The Owner desires to award the contract to firms who will complete this project in a reasonable� time schedule. Consideration in awarding this bid will be given to firms who may commence andl complete the project within a reasonable period of time after award of the bid. The Owner, in its sole discretion, will determine the reasonable schedule standard as it relates to the "Notice ta Proceed." 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION 43.2.2.1 SUITABILITY The Contractor shall examine the site to determine its suitability for installation of the courts. 43.2.2.2 DEMOLITION The contractor shall demo the existing tennis courts, remove the existing ten (10) foot high fence: � surrounding the tennis courts and all underground utilities within the limits of the constructiori area. Utilities extending outside the construction limits shall be capped and terminated. The; existing tennis courts shall be ground into millings suitable to be mixed into the sub-grade at the; � proposed location of the new clay tennis courts. Any sub-grade material beneath the existin�� tennis courts not suitable for planting beds shall be removed and also utilized as sub-grade material beneath the new courts. All demolition materials not utilized in construction of the nev�� eourts shall be removed and disposed from the project site. The Contractor shall provide; documentation of any recycled materials. i� u � ' �I , � � ' 43.2.2.3 SUB-GRADE The sub-grade shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the fnal sub-grade: elevation. The sub-grade shall be graded level. A compaction to a density not less than 95% o:f� the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 is required. The Contracto�r shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.2.4 FINAL GRADE The final grades outside the tennis court areas and within the construction limits shall be gradeci to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final grade elevations with positive drainage away from tennis courts and towards drainage swales or outfall structures. A compaction to �� density not less than 95% of the maYimum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 i;> required. The contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.3 SLOPE 43.2.3.1 SLOPE REQUIREMENTS Rate and direction of slope of the iinished surfaces shall be one (1) inch in forty (40) feet, all in one plane, as indicated on the drawings. SectionN.doc Page 79 of 128 5/15/201:"1. Section N — Technical Specifications 43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION 43.2.4.1 LINER Two layers of 6 mil construction plastic shall be installed over the sub-grade surface with a minimum overlap of five (5) feet where pieces are joined. Use only materials that are resistant to deterioration when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154, as follows: a. Polyethylene sheet, Construction Grade. 43.2.4.2 BASE COURSE The base course shall consist of six (6) inches of porous base material as supplied by Quality Aggregate of Sarasota Florida. The surface of the base course shall be smooth and even, and it shall be within one-quarter (1/4) inch of the established grade. 43.2.4.3 IRRIGATION SYSTEM Perforated pipe shall be installed in trenches in the base course. These trenches shall be in on four (4) foot centers and shall be run perpendicular to the slope of the court. The pipe shall be two and one-quarter (2-1/4) inch diameter with a nylon needle punched sock surrounding the pipe. Six (6) water control canisters shall be installed per court with each canister controlling five (5) grid pipe trenches. Provide all required controls systems time clocks; float switches, control wiring and solenoids, etc. for a complete sub-surface irrigation system. 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING 43.2.5.1 CURB Brick curb shall be installed around the entire perimeter of the court area with an elevation of one-quarter (1/4) to one-half (1/2) inch above the finished screening course elevation. 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE 43.2.6.1 COURT SURFACE A surface course of ISP Type II Aquablend or Lee Hyroblend tennis court material shall be installed over the screening course to a compacted depth of one (1) inch. The Aqua/Hydroblend material shall be watered to its full depth immediately after leveling and then compacted by rolling with a tandem roller weighing 600 to 1000 pounds. The finished surface shall not vary from specified grade by more than one-eighth (1 /8) inch. 43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER Root barrier (geo-tech fabric) eighteen (18) inches height shall be placed in a trench on the outside edge of the perimeter curbing eighteen (18) inches in depth with herbicide coating buttons to prevent plant root systems in entering the sub-surface base course of the clay tennis courts. SectionIV.doc Page 80 of 128 5/15/2012 � � � � � � � � , � � � , � � � � , ' Section IV — Technical Specifications � 43.2.8 FENCING l� �i CJ � , � � � ' '� I � ' � � � � I j l_J 43.2.8.1 DESIGN The contractor shall provide a total color coated fencing system as indicated on drawings ancl described herein. All components: frames, fabric and fittings shall be black. Basis of Desigr.i Ameristar HT 25 or prior approved equal subject to strict compliance with Ameristar published specification. 43.2.8.2 POSTS All posts shall be a minimum 2-1/2" Ameristar HT-25 pipe; top rails 1-5/8" Ameristar HT-2_`� pipe with manufacturers standard "Permacoat" color system. 43.2.8.3 FENCE FABRIC Fence Fabric shall be 1-3/4" #6 gauge mesh throughout, manufactures standard galvanized wire° with PVC coating. All fabric to be knuckled on both selvages. 43.2.8.4 GATES Provide gates at locations indicated. At service gates, provide a keeper that automaticall�r engages gate life and holds it in the open position until manually released. Provide gate stops fojr double gates consisting of a mushroom-type flush plate with anchors, set in concrete, and. designed to engage a center drop rod or plunger-bar. Include a locking device and padlock eye;� as an integral part of the latch, permitting both gate leaves to be locked with a single padlock. Provide latch, fork type ar plunger-bar type to permit operation from either side of gate, wittx padlock eye as an integral part of the latch. Gate Hinges — Size and material to suit gate size, non-lift-offtype, and offset to permit 180-degree gate opening. Provide one and one-half (1-1/2;� pair of hinges for each leaf over six (6) foot nominal height. 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS The contractor shall provide nine (9) foot high windscreens at all ten (10) foot high fencing. Basis of design is Durashade plus by Ball Products, Inc. or equal by Putterman. Black high- density polyethylene, eight (8) oz. per square yard edges hemmed with grommets at twelve (12 i inch on center. Attach to chain link fencing at the top and bottom with 50 LBS plastic ties. 43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT 43.2.10.1 POST FOUNDATIONS Post foundations shall be not less than thirty-six (36) inches in length, eighteen (18) inches i��► width and thirty (30) inches in depth. Foundations shall be placed to provide an exact distanc�e between posts of forty-two (42) feet on a doubles court and thirty-three (33) feet on a singles court. 43.2.10.2 NET POSTS & SLEEVES Net posts shall be galvanized steel having an outside diameter of not less than two and seven- eighths (2 7/8) inches with electrostatically applied enamel finish and shall be equipped with a reel type net tightening device. Post sleeves and posts shall be set plumb and true so as to support SectionlV.doc Page 8l of 128 5/IS/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications the net a height of forty-two (42) inches above the court surface at the posts. Post sleeves shall be Schedule 40 PVC to be set in concrete per net post manufactures recommendation. 43.2.10.3 CENTER STRAP ANCHOR A center strap anchor shall be firmly set in accordance with the rules of the USTA. 43.2.10.4 NET A tennis net conforming to the USTA regulations shall be installed on each court. The net shall have black synthetic netting, a headband of white synthetic material in double thickness with the exterior treated for resistance to mildew and sunlight, and bottom and end tapes of back synthetic material treated to prevent deterioration from the sunlight. A vinyl coated, impregnated steel cable, having a diameter of one quarter (1/4) inch and a length five (5) feet greater than length between the net post shall hold the net in suspension. The net shall have tie strings of a synthetic material at each corner. Basis of Design — Duranet DTS by Ball Products, Inc. 43.2.10.5 CENTER STRAP Provide a center strap of white heavy duty polyester webbing with black oxide coated brass slide buckles and nickel plated double end snap. Center strap shall be placed on the net and attached to the center strap anchor. 43.2.10.6 LINE TAPES Line tapes shall be 100% nylon and shall be two (2) inches in width. The tapes shall be firmly secured by aluminum nails with aluminum length of two and one-half (2 — 1/2) inches. Positioning shall be in accordance with regulations of the USTA. 43.2.10.7 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT Deliver the following equipment to the owner: 1. Ride-on Tandem Roller - Brutus AR-I Roiler, automatic forward-neutral-reverse transmission; 24 inch wide drum; 3-horse power Briggs and Stratton engine. 2. Hand drag brooms (4 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame with 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 3. Tow drag brooms (1 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame 4-1 /2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 4. Deluxe Proline Line Sweeper (4 each) - friction-driven rubber sleeves; synthetic bristle brush; with fence hook cast aluminum. 5. Scarifier/Lutes (2 each) - 30" wide all aluminum; Proline. 6. Tennis Shoe Cleaners (2 each) - steel frame construction "Scrusher" exact installation location by Owner. 7. Tennis Two Step (2 each) - polyethylene construction with two rubber panels. 8. Court Rake (1 each) — six-foot length aluminum. SectionlV.doc Page 82 of 128 5/15/2012 ' � ' � � � ' � ' , � , , � , � � � , , L� � ' ' � � � C� , ' ' u ' , � Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE Provide shade structures as indicted on drawings. Basis of design: Suntrends, Inc. "Cabana. Bench 8" — 8'long x 6' wide gable design with standard canvas canopy, direct burial installation. Provide concrete footing, size and reinforcement as required by shade structure manufacture. 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) The owner shall supply water line to within fifty (50) feet of the courts with 50 pounds pe�r square inch running pressure at its terminus. This line shall have the capacity to supply 30 gallons of water per minute for each court. 43.2.13 CONCRETE Provide concrete consisting of portland cement per ASTM C 150, aggregates per ASTM C 33, and potable water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with a minimum 28-day compressivf� strength of 3,500 psi. Use at least four sacks of cement per cu. yd., 1-inch maximum size; aggregate, 3-inch maximum slump. 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING 43.2.14.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shalT provide signed and sealed electrical shop drawings by a professional electrical engineer for approval of the relocation and re-aiming of the existing tennis court sport lighting fixtures and electrical service to water coolers. The shop drawings shall include all necessary information according to local electrical codes in providing a complete operatin��; system from the existing electrical panel. The shop drawings shall provide data showing thf� maximum foot candles the existing fixtures will provide at its new locations for tournament play. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.14.2 RE-LAMP The Contractor shall re-lamp and clean lens of all existing lighting fixtures after relocating thfT light pole and iixtures to its new location. The City will provide the new lamps. 43.2.14.3 ELECTRICAL PERMIT The Contractor shall submit electrical drawings to City of Clearwater Planning and Development Services to obtain permits for installation of the electrical works. 43.2.14.4 POLES & FIXTURES The Contractor shall install three (3) new sixty foot (60') poles and fourteen (14) new fixtures. The City will purchase and provide the new poles and fixtures for the Contractor to install, an;� other miscellaneous items required to provide a complete operable system shall be provided b�� the Contractor. , Attached with this specification are the photometric lumination charts far the eight-(8) tenni:; ' courts. This information is provided by Musco Sport Lighting, 1838 East Chester Drive, SuitE: #104, High Point, NC 27265, phone (336) 887-0770 fax (336) 887-0771. Contact Douglas A,. Stewart. � Contractor shall install the poles and fixtures based on the following information: SectionIV.doc Page 83 of 128 ' 5/ 15/201:' Section IV — Technical Specifications Pole T1 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole TS Pole T2 existing 12 fixture pole, remove six fixtures and place on pole TS Pole T3 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole TS Pole T4 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits Pole TS new pole w/existing sixteen fixtures (8 on one side and 8 on the other) and 2 circuits Pole T6 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits Pole T7 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole TS Pole T8 existing 12 fixture pole, remove four fixtures and place on pole TS Pole T9 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole TS Light levels ended up at 58+ footcandles. Existing poles have concrete footing approximately one foot wide on all sides Contractor shall plan relocation light poles accordingly. 43.2.14.5 ELECTRICAL CONDUITS Existing electrical conduits are installed individually to the existing light pole, it is suggested the Contractor place electrical junction boxes at existing pole locations and utilize existing conduits. New conduits will be required for the three (3) new light poles and the Contractor shall include the cost for these electrical conduits in the relocating of the new light poles. 43.2.15 WATER COOLER 43.2.15.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for the installation of water cooler in the cabana area of the tennis courts, electrical, water and drainage submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.15.2 WATER FOUNTAIN Basis for design: Halsey Taylor HOF Series — water cooler with sealed back panels, or equal. 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION Instruct the Owner's personnel on proper operation and maintenance of court and equipment. 43.2.17 WARRANTY 43.2.17.1 EQUIPMENT The Contractor shall supply warranty cards and operation and maintenance manuals for all equipment to the Owner upon completion of construction of the project. 43.2.17.2 WARRANTY The Contractor shall warranty the courts, fencing, sidewalks and court accessories against defective materials and /or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of completion. SectionlV.doc Page 84 of 128 5/15/2012 ' ' ' ' , � � , ' ' � , ' ' � LJ � ' i , ' , � � , , , , Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.17.3 WARRANTY SUB-SURFACE IRRIGATION SYSTEM The Contractor shall warranty the sub-surface irrigation of the clay tennis courts for a period oiF� two years from the day of completion. :' 44.1 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone: traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization., hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be: necessary at outlying points. 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of� performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction� permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the� Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incidenl: Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the� U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department oi' Transportation, or most recent addition. 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY , The general objectives of a program of work zone safety is to protect workers, pedestrians,, bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective; may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives: � ' , ' � Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones. • Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation he will be facing as he; proceeds through or around the work zone. • Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle. • Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material. • Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site). • Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices. • Provide safe passageways far pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction oi• maintenance work zones. The 2004 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 � "When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone„ accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only approved temporary traffic control devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control � zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and detours marked shall. be provided by appropriate signs". 2004 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction � SectionIV.doc Page 85 of 128 ' 5/15/2012: Section IV — Technical Specifications 102-5 Traffic Control: 102-5.1 Standards: FDOT Design Standards (DS) are the minimum standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of requirements increase with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season with prior approval by the City Engineer. 44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS Obtain permits for Pinellas County and Florida Department of Transportation roadways. Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards. 44.3.1.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected by the construction process. 44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS Consult with City Traffic staff for preliminary traffic control options. Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary 44.3.2.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Message Board Display, Minimum of 7-day notice period prior to road closure and maybe longer .� for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor. 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 44.3.3.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION GView Release 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS 44.3.4.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION News Release The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than 7 days. 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 1 QO South Myrtle Avenue, telephone 562-4750, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control plan. SectionlV.doc Page 86 of 128 5/15/2012 � � ' ' !J � , � � , Section IV — Technical Specifications All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer or an individual who is certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of Florida. 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATIOI� The Traffic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The° Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector. 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Payment for work zone traffic control is a non-specific pay item to be included in thE; construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise ir� the Scope of Work in these Technical Specifications and a bid item(s) is included for Work Zone Traffic Control in the proposal form. 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on. the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Contro) Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic:, Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Flarida Department o:f� Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/o�r sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for thfa Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted. ' The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a 24-hour per day basis and shall reviev�r the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. ThE; Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintairz , traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensurf; that routine deficiencies are corrected within a 24-hour period. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notificatiol� ' of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to provide alternate traffic arrangements. ' Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle ma�r be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result ii� ' temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activitie;> deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety. � , � , 45 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING 45.1 INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of sanitary sewer and storm pipes by the installation if a cured in place jointless, continuous, thermosetting resin impregnated polyester flexible felt liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstanci SectionlV.doc Page 87 of 128 5/15/201:? Section IV — Technical Specifications exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system(s) and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 45.3 MATERIALS The liner shall be polyester fber felt tubing saturated with a resin prior to insertion. Resin type and qualities shall be as specified by the manufacturer to obtain a cured liner with the following properties: Tensile Strength ASTM D638 3,000 psi Flexural Strength ASTM D790 4,500 psi Flexural Modulus of Elasticity ASTM D790 300,000 psi Long Term Modulus of Elasticity (50 Years) ASTM D2290 150,000 psi Liner shall meet strengths as shown in ASTM F1216 unless otherwise submitted and approved by the Engineer. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Insituform of North America, Inc., 3315 Democrat Road, Post Office Box 181071, Memphis, Tennessee 38118; or InLiner USA 1900 N.W. 44th St., Pompano Beach Florida 33064, 305-979-0802, ar an approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. 45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. SectionlV.doc Page 88 of 128 5/15/2012 � � � � � � LJ ' � Ci ' �� r ' , , � � I LJ u , , LJ ' , �, j Section IV — Technical Specifications 45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color television, and recorded on DVD, CD VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The� television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clea�� picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to feld measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide for a tight fit ori the interior of the existing pipe to be lined. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including operations for inversion, heat curing and reconnection oif� laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place; , during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypas:> pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manhole:> shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, , excessive wrinkling or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be} removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. ' � �_� , �' , ' ' � � , 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be; reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 95% of the area of thF� original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting methocl. and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered. during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not bf; available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At nca time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight-hour• period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewagE; backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair anci property damage costs and claims. 45.9 PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, lateral reconnection, etc, tc� provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. SectionIV.doc Page 89 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING 46.1 MATERIALS 46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS The pipe supplied under this specification shall be high performance, high molecular weight, high density polyethylene pipe (Driscopipe 1000) as manufactured by Phillips Driscopipe, Inc., Dallas, Texas and shall conform to ASTM D 1248 (Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34) or approved equal. Minimum cell classifcation values shall be 345434C as referenced in ASTM D 3350 latest edition. If fittings are required, they will be supplied under this specification and shall be molded or manufactured from a polyethylene compound having a cell classification equal to or exceeding the compound used in the pipe. To insure compatibility of polyethylene resins, all fittings supplied under this specification shall be of the same manufacture as the pipe being supplied. 46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL The resin used for manufacturer of the pipe shall be manufactured by the pipe manufacturer, thus maintaining complete control of the pipe quality. The pipe shall contain no recycled compound except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from the same raw material. The pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, or other deleterious defects, and shall be identical in colar, density, melt index, and other physical properties. The polyethylene resin used shall have all ingredients pre compound prior to extrusion of pipe, in plant blending is not acceptable. The Engineer may request, as part of the quality control records submittal, certification that the pipe produced is represented by the quality assurance testing. Additionally, test results from manufacturer's testing or random sampling by the Engineer that do not meet appropriate ASTM standards or manufacturer's representation, may be cause for rejection of pipe represented by the testing. These tests may include density and flow rate measurements from samples taken at selected locations within the pipe wall and thermal stability determinations according to ASTM D 3350, 10.1.9. 46.1.3 SAMPLES The owner or the specifying engineer may request certified lab data to verify the physical properties of the materials supplied under this specification or may take random samples and have them tested by an independent laboratory. 46.1.4 REJECTION Polyethylene pipe and fittings may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this specification. 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS Pipe supplied under this specification shall have a nominal IPS (Iron Pipe Size) O.D. unless otherwise specified. The SDR (Standard Dimension Ratio) of the pipe supplied shall be as specified by the Engineer, on the construction plans and/or the scope of work. SectionlV.doc Page 90 of 128 5/IS/2012 ' ' � , ' , ' ' � ' � � � � , � � ' ' J 1 � , ' � �� LJ , r � ' ' ' � , , ' ' ' ' Section IV — Technical Specifications 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES 46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE Pipe shall be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gouging of the pipe. If` the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking should be done in accordance with the pipe: manufacturer's recommendations. The handling of the pipe should be done in such a manner that: it is not damaged by dragging over sharp objects or cut by chokers or lifting equipment. 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS Segments of pipe having cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of the wall thickness of the pipe should. be cut out and removed. The undamaged portions of the pipe shall be rejoined using the but1: fusion joining method. 46.3.3 PIPE JO{NING Sections of polyethylene pipe should be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above� ground. The joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed by the; manufacturer's representative and in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's� recommendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining procedures should be capable oi.' meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but not limited to., temperature requirements, alignment, and fusion pressures. 46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE Fused segments of pipe shall be handled so to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting fusecl sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers should be avoided. Nylon slings are preferred. Spreader bars should be used when lifting long fused sections. Care should be exercised to avoicl cutting or gouging the pipe. 46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE 46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS The liner(s) to be slip lined into the existing storm sewer shall have the following sizes: 12-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 15-inch existing sewer. 16-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 18-inch existing sewer. 18-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 21-inch existing sewer. 21'/2-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 24-inch existing sewer. 28-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 30-inch existing sewer. 34-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 36-inch existing sewer. 42-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 48-inch existing sewer. 46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION The existing line shall be cleaned of debris and other obstructions prior to TV inspections o:r• insertion of the polyethylene liner. Cleaning can be accomplished with a high velocity cIeaner, a bucket and scrapper, root saws, corkscrews, and rodding or balling units. The method used will be determined by the condition of the existing line. Final cleaning may be required prior tc� inserting the liner. SectionlV.doc Page 91 of 128 5/15/201:"1. Section IV — Technical Specifications 46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS All excavations shall conform to OSHA requirements and any additional requirements as set by the specifying engineer or his representative. Insertion shaft excavations shall coincide with points requiring removal of obstructions or shall be determined by the engineer. An entry slope grade of 2 1/2:1 m�imum shall be used to provide a safe bending radius for the polyethylene. The bottom of the entry pit should provide a straight section for ease of entry of the liner into the existing pipe. The length of the level excavation should be at least twelve times the diameter of the liner being inserted. The width of the shaft should be as narrow as possible. The required width will depend on the location, type of soil, depth of the existing sewer line and the water table. 46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER After completion of the access shaft, the top half of the existing sewer shall be broken or cut and removed for the full length of the access shaft. A fabricated pulling head shall be connected to the leading end of the liner pipe. A cable shall be connected to the pulling head so that the liner pipe can be pulled into the existing sewer. Power winches used for pulling in long lengths of polyethylene liner pipe shall be rated equal to the project requirements. Once started, the pulling operation should continue to completion. Insertion is normally done at about a slow walking speed. After insertion, a minimum of 12 hours shall be allowed for the liner pipe to reach equilibrium with the sewer temperature and to allow the liner pipe to stress relieve itself. The polyethylene liner pipe should protrude at least 6 inches into the manhole where it terminates. After the 12-hour equilibrium period, the annular space between the original pipe and the liner shall be pressure grouted. Said grouting must be from the bottom up to prevent air pockets from forming. Also the grout must be recommended for underwater application and have elastomeric properties. Products used shall be approved by the engineer. The liner shall not be displaced when the annular space is being filled. Spacers, inflatable plugs or other methods approved by the Engineer must be used to prevent displacement. The length of fused pipe that can be pulled will vary depending on field conditions, the ease of access to the area, and the working space available. 46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES The Contractor shall be solely responsible to confirm all pipe sizes prior to ordering, fusing and installation of the liner. 46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED After the liner has been pulled into place, allowed to recover and sealed at the manholes, pipe connections okayed by the engineer shall be reconnected to the liner pipe. SectionlV.doc Page 92 of 128 5/15/2012 ' C � � ' ' ' ' , , � � � I L r , � ' ' , ' , , ' ' ' 1 ' ' , ' , ' , ' ' ' ' Section IV — Technical Specifications Pipe connections shall be connected by the use of a pre-fabricated polyethylene saddle. A. neoprene gasket shall be installed between the saddle and the liner pipe so that a complete water seal is accomplished when the saddle is placed on the liner pipe and secured with stainless steel. bands. 46.4.7 BACKFILLING All excavations shall be backfilled using on site materials or as specified by the engineer. Cosi� for backfilling of access shafts and underdrain connections shall be including in the unit price bid for sliplining and reconnection of service laterals. Before any excavation is done for any purpose, it will be the responsibility of the contractor to contact the various utility companies and to determine the locations of their facilities. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to provide; adequate protection for utility facilities. Any temporary construction right of way and/or storage� areas will be arranged for by the contractor. 46.4.8 POINT REPAIR The engineer or his representative will determine if a point repair is necessary only after it has been demonstrated that a liner pipe cannot be pulled through the existing pipe. Payment will be made for each repair. The contractor will be expected to remove the obstruction and clear the pipe. If removing the to�r of the existing pipe will accomplish the removal of the obstruction, the bottom of the existin€�; pipe should remain in place to form a cradle for the liner. 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS All materials not used in the backfilling operation shall be disposed of off site by the contractor.. Finish grading shall be required. In locations other than street right-of-ways, the surface shall bE: graded smooth and sodded with the same kind of grass as the existing lawn. Excavation points ir� street right-of-ways shall be repaired as specified by the engineer. 47 47.1 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE� SCOPE This specification designates general requirements for unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC 1 plastic (spiral wound) pipe with integral wall bell and spigot joints for the conveyance of storn� water. 47.2 MATERIALS All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with specification for "Pol:y (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large Diameter Ribbed Gravity Storm Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based o��► Controlled Inside Diameter". The pipe and fittings shall be made of PVC plastic. 47.3 PIPE The bell shall consist of an integral wall section. The soIid cross section fiber ring shall be factory assembled on the spigot. Sizes and dimensions shall be as shown in this specificatior.�. SectionlV.doc Page 93 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications Standard laying lengths shall be 13 ft. + 1 inch. At manufacturer's option, random lengths of not more than 15% of total footage may be shipped in lieu of standard lengths. 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM Joints shall be either an integral bell gasketed joint. When the joint is assembled according to manufactures recommendation it will prevent misalignment of adjacent pipes and form a silt tight joint. 47.5 FITTINGS All fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured and furnished by the pipe supplier or approved equal and have bell and/or spigot configurations compatible with that of the pipe. 48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT Pressure injected grout shall be of cement and water and shall be proportioned generally in the ratio of l.5 (one and one hal� cubic foot (one and one half bags) of cement to 1(one) cubic foot (7.50 gal.) of water. This mix shall be varied as the grouting proceeds as is necessary to provide penetration in the operator's judgment. Cement shall be Portland Cement confortning to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, latest edition serial designation C 150 for Portland Cement, Type I. Portland Cement shall weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Water used in the grout shall be fresh, clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, vegetable, sewage and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. Grout pump shall be of the positive displacement type and shall be capable of producing adequate pressure to penetrate the area. All pressure grouting will be at the direction of the Engineer. 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE Guniting shall conform to all requirements of "Specifications for Materials, Proportioning, and Application of Shotcrete (ACI 506.2 77)" published by the American Concrete Institute, Detroit, Michigan, except as modified by those specifications. Steel reinforcement shall be incorporated in the Gunite as required and shall be furnished, bent, set and placed in accordance with the provisions of these specifcations. The purpose of this specification is to obtain a dense and durable concrete having the specified strength. 48.3 COMPOSITION Gunite shall be composed of Portland Cement, aggregate and water so proportioned as to produce a concrete suitable for pneumatic application. SectionN.doc Page 94 of 128 5/IS/2012 � i� r-,� � � LJ ' ' ' � ' ' lI , ' , , ' ' ' r� �� u ' � � � Section IV — Technical Specifications 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS Concrete ingredients shall be selected, proportioned in such a manner as will produce concrete which will be extremely strong, dense and resistant to weathering, and abrasion. Concrete shal:l have a minimum 28-day strength of 4,000 psi. 48.5 MATERIALS Portland Cement: Cement shall be Portland cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C15CI for Portland Cement, Type I. A bag of cement shall be deemed to weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. , Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall be natural siliceous sand consisting of hard, clean, strong., durable and uncoated particles, conforming to the requirements of American Society for Testin�; Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C33 for Conerete Aggregates. , ' �� ' Fine aggregate shall not contain less than 3% nor more than 6% of moisture. Fine aggregate shall be evenly graded from fine to coarse and shall be within the followin�; limits: Passing No. 3/8 Sieve Passing No. 4 Sieve Passing No. 8 Sieve Passing No. 16 Sieve Passing No. 30 Sieve Passing No. 50 Sieve Passing No. 100 Sieve 48.6 WATER 100% 95% to 100% 80% to 100% 50% to 85% 25% to 60% 10% to 30% 2% to 10% Water used in mixing, at the nozzle shall be fresh, clean, and free from injurious amounts of oil, ' acid, alkali, vegetable, sewage, and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighin€; 8.33 pounds per gallon. ' � � ' ' ' , 48.7 REINFORCEMENT Steel mesh reinforcement shall be electrically welded, cold drawn, mild steel fabric conformin€; to the latest requirements of ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 185 for Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. Mesh can be fabricated from cold drawr.� steel wire conforming to the requirements of the latest ASTM Standard Specifications, Seriall Designation A 82 and sized as shown on Plans Page 7 of 7. 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS Cement shall be stored with adequate provisions for the prevention of absorption of moisture. Iir shall be stored in a manner that will permit easy access for inspection and identification of eacri shipment. Aggregate shall be stockpiled at points selected to provide maximum drainage and to prevent the inclusion of any foreign material during rehandling. SectionIV.doc Page 95 of 128 5/15/201:! Section N — Technica) Specifications 48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION Unsound materials of construction and all coated, scaly, or unsound concrete in manholes and inlets shall be removed by chipping with pneumatic hammers and chisels to sound surface, all cracks and cavities shall be chipped to such formation that their sides form approximately a 45 degree angle to the exposed surface for at least one (1) inch in depth. All areas to receive pneumatic concrete shall be cleaned by flushing or scouring with water and compressed air jets to assure removal of all loose particles. All areas of existing surfaces that do not require chipping shall be given a wet sandblasting with the gunite equipment and the air pressure at the cement gun shall not be less than 50 psi. Surface preparation of existing metal surface of a corrugated pipe shall be lightly sandblasted to remove loose material. All sandblasted areas shall then be cleaned by an air/water blast to remove all particles from the cleaning operation. To insure perfect bond, the newly sandblasted surface shall be thoroughly moistened with water prior to application of gunite. In no instance shall gunite be applied in an area where free running water exists. 48.10 PROPORTIONING Prior to start of guniting the Contractor shall submit to the Owner the recommended mix as a ratio of cement to aggregate. Recommended mix shall be on the basis of test data from prior experience. Provided data submitted is adequate no further testing of recommended mix will be required. If required, the Contractor shall provide all equipment necessary to control the actual amounts of all materials entering into the concrete. The types of equipment and methods used for measuring materials shall be subject to approval. 48.11 MIXING Gunite shall be thoroughly mixed by machine and then passed through a sieve to remove all large particles before placing in hopper of the cement gun. The mixture shall not be permitted to become damp. Each batch should be entirely discharged before recharging is begun. The mixer should be cleaned thoroughly enough to remove all adherent materials from the mixing vanes and from the drum at regular intervals. Water in any amount shall not be added to the mix before it enters the cement gun. Quantities of water shall be controlled by a valve at the nozzle of the gun. Water content shall be adjusted as required for proper placement, but shall in no case exceed four gallons of water per sack of cement, including the water contained in the aggregate. Remixing or tempering shall not be permitted. Mixed material that has stood 45 minutes without being used shall be discarded. Rebound materials shall not be reused. 48.12 APPLICATION Gunite shall not be placed on a frozen surface nor during freezing weather. Gunite shall not be placed when it is anticipated that the temperature during the following 24 hours will drop below 32 degrees, Fahrenheit. Sequence of application may be from bottom to top or vice versa if rebound is properly removed. Corners shall be filled first. "Shooting" shall be from an angle as near perpendicular to the SectionlV.doc Page 96 of 128 5/15/2012 LJ ' ' � � , ' ' � �� ' ' � i � ' , � , ' ' _� � �I � � � ' ' � � r--, '�� J � � _ Section N — Technical Specifications surface as practicable, with the nozzle held approximately 3 feet from the work (except in� confined control). If the flow of material at the nozzle is not uniform and slugs, sand spots, oi• wet sloughs result, the nozzleman shall direct the nozzle away from the work until the faulty conditions are corrected. Such defects shall be replaced as the work progresses. Guniting shall be suspended if: 1. Air velocity separates the cement from the sand at the nozzle. 2. Temperature approaches freezing and the newly placed gunite cannot be protected. Gunite shall be applied in one or more layers to such total thickness as required to restore the� area as detailed over the original lines of the adjoining surface, unless otherwise specified. Al',l cavities, depressions, washouts and similar failures shall be rebuilt to original lines by use oi`' gunite reinforced with wire mesh. Where the cavity exceeds 4 inches in depth a layer of inesli shall be used for each 3 inches of depth of gunite. In no case shall wire mesh be placed behincl existing reinforcement. The time interval between successive layers in sloping vertical or overhanging work must be sufficient to allow initial but not final set to develop. At the time the initial set is developing, the; surface shall be cleaned to remove the thin film of laitance in order to provide a perfect boncl with succeeding applications. 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS Construction joints or day's work joints shall be sloped off to a thin, clean, regular edge, preferably at a 45-degree slope. Before placing the adjoining work, the slope portion and adjacent gunite shall be thoroughly cleaned as necessary, then moistened and scoured with an ai�r jet. 48.14 SURFACE FINISH Nozzleman shall bring the gunite to an even plane and to well formed corners by warking up to ground wires or other guides, using lower placing velocity than normal. After the body coat has been placed, the surface shall be trued with a thin edge screed to removf; high areas and expose low areas. Low areas shall be properly filled with concrete to insure a true,, flat surface. After the concrete surface has been trued, the entire surface shall be given a flashcoat finis}a except where a special type finish is specified on the drawings. 48.15 CURING Curing shall be in accordance with either paragraph 3.7.1(d) or paragraph 3.7.5. of ACI 506.2 7'7 depending upon atmospheric condition. 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION During progress of the work, where appearance is important, adjacent areas or grounds whicll may be permanently discolored, stained, or otherwise damaged by dust and rebound, shall bc� adequately protected sensitive areas, when contacted, shall be cleaned by early scraping, brushing or washing, as the surroundings permit. SectionIV.doc Page 97 of 128 5/15l2017_ Section IV — Technical Specifications 48.17 INSPECTION Because of the importance of workmanship affecting the quality of the gunite, continual inspection during placing shall be maintained. Any imperfections discovered shall be cut out and replaced with sound material. 48.18 EQUIPMENT Cement Gun: The mixing and delivering equipment shall be either the vertical double chamber type or rotary type. The upper chamber of the double chamber type shall receive and pressurize the dry mix and deliver it to the lower chamber. The lower chamber shall force the pressurized mix into the delivery hose by means of a feed wheel. The type of feeder utilized should be of sufficient capacity that the lower chamber may continuously furnish all required material to the delivery hose while the upper chamber receives the recharge. The rotary type cement gun shall have an enlarged hopper to feed material into a rotating multiported cylinder. Material shall fall by gravity into a port which shall then be rotated to a position in which the material is expelled by air into a moving stream of air. All equipment must be kept in good repair. The interior of drums, feed gearing and valves shall be cleaned as often as necessary (at least once every 8 hour shift) to prevent material from caking on critical parts. Nozzle: Nozzle shall he the premixing type with perforated water feed ring inside the nozzle. The maximum length of material hose for the application of gunite shall be approximately 150 feet although it shall be permissible to use as much as 800 feet of material hose if the supply air pressure measured at the cement gun is increased to maintain proper velocity. The following table gives requirements for compressor size, hose size and air pressure using 150 feet of material hose: Comp. Cap Max. Hose Dia. Max. Size Nozzle Min. Air Press. (cfm) (In.) (In.) (psi) 365 1 5/8 1 5/8 60 600 2 2 gp 750 2 1/2 2 1/2 90 For each 25 feet of material hose used in excess of 150 feet, the required air pressure shall be increased by 5 psi. Air Compressor: Any standard type of compressor shall be satisfactory if it is of sufficient capacity to provide, without interruption, the pressures and volume of air necessary for the longest hose delivery. The air compressor capacity determinations shall include allowances made for the air consumed in blowing rebound, cleaning, reinforcing and for incidental uses. Compressor equipment shall be of such capacity so as to insure air pressures at the special mixer capable of producing the required material velocities. Water Supply: The water pressure at the discharge nozzle should be sufficiently greater than the operating air pressure to assure the water is intimately mixed with the other materials. If the line water pressure is inadequate, a water pump or pressurized tank shall be introduced into the line. The water pressure shall be uniformly steady (nonpulsating). SectionlV.doc Page 98 of 128 5/15l2012 � , � � � C.1 ' ' � � , !i ,J � � � ' � � � ' Section IV — Technical Specifications � 49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION ' ' � � 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of� manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made-in-place liner systems used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to� these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and. recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion. protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All. OSHA regulations shall be met. 49.2 PAYMENT Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the; � installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate� payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the; pay item per linear foot of liner: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation, ', including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill andl compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extension<.� � and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. � � II, � ' , � ' � 49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 49.3.1 MATERIALS 49.3.1.1 LINERS Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pouncl vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwisf: stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will iit into the existing manhole. The; contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and i:s solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractar will be required to submit factory certification for iiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM �) 3753. 49.3.1.2 MORTAR Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two and three parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve. 49.3.1.3 GROUTING Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard o:l' clean, well graded sand. SectionIV.doc Page 99 of ]28 5/15/201:'l. Section IV — Technical Specifications 49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the removal of the manhole ring and corbel section. Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls. Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole. Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner. If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar. Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts. Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout. Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertically as possible. Pour six inches of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular void to insure an adequate bottom seal. Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the existing manhole wall and the new manhoIe liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to seal the area around the manhole liner and piping. Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure. Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed. Observe watertightness and repair any visible leakage. Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod. Where manholes fall in paved areas, disturbed base shall be replaced twice the original thickness and compacted in 8" layers. Asphalt shall be replaced with 1 1/2" of Pinellas County Type II surface. 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong Seal MS 2 product. Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum 1/2" thickness using a machine specially designed for the application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following specifications which includes: 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application. 2. The removal of any loose and unsound material. SectionlV.doc Page 100 of 128 5/15/2012 � Section IV — Technical Specifications � 3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a 2 coat application. � � � � � C�sx�i�►��Ist��Id�� 49.4.1.1 PATCHING MIX Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C-109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi 2. Shrinkage (ASTM G596) 28 days, 150 psi 3. Bond (ASTM C-952) 28 days, 150 psi 4. Cement Sulfate resistant 5. Density, when applied 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL 105 +/- 5 pcf Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacture's, recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C-109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs. 2. Bond (ASTM C-952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs. 49.6 GROUTING MIX Strong-Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according; � to the manufacture's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum� 28 day compressive strength of 250 psi and a 1 day strength of 50 psi. � � � � � � � � � 49.7 LINER MIX Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole� surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at 28 days: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi 2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi 3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi 4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H. 5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi 6. Density, when applied 1 OS + pcf Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Job site. Bag weigh�t shall be 50 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be 1/2" tc� 5/8" long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the un mixed state, have a Iead content not greater than two percent (2%) by weight. SectionlV.doc Page ]O1 of 128 5/IS/20I1 Section IV —Technical Specifications Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide conditions. Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site. Bag weight shall be 50-5 l pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 56 pounds per cubic foot. Cement content must be 65%-75% of total weight of bag. One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 108 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of .67 cubic foot of volume. Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than 1/2" in length nor greater than 5/8" in height. Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for any heavy metal. Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process. A two coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray applied to assure minimum 1/2" thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively smooth finish. 49.8 WATER Shall be clean and potable. 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or recommendation from the manufacturer. 49.10 EQUIPMENT A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered. Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power the hydraulic system and air compressor. 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.11.1 PREPARATION 1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole. 2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and SectionIV.doc Page 102 of 128 5/15/2012 � , � � � � � � , � � Section IV — Technical Specifications concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any large voids with quick setting patching mix. 3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the� quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required. 4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick settin��. mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations. 5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material. 49.11.2 MIXING For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix usin�; the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for 30 seconds to a minute after all materials havE; been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare anothe:r• batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruptioia until each application is complete. 49.11.3 SPRAYING The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or runnin�; water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set th�a bond. Not before the frst application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surfacc sheen which could be 15 minutes to 1 hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the seconc� application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of 1/2 inch. The surface is thet� troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to thr surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than 24 hours havr elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench i�s sprayed such that a gradual slope is produces from the walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than 1/2 inch. The wall bench intersection shall be rounded tc� a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have ,x minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow. 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING At some point during the application, at least four (4) 2 inch cubes may be prepared each day or from every 50 bags of product used, identif ed and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C 109. 49.11.5 CURING Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has bee�ri completed. SectionN.doc Page 103 of 128 5/}5/201? Section IV — Technical Specifications 49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of inercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 49.12.1 SCOPE Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of: 1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume infiltration 2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows: a. Hydrophilic foam-injected through wall of manhole to fill voids and/or b. Hydrophilic gel-injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks 3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing) 4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of 1/2 inch 5. Epoxy coating, minimum of 30 dry mils 49.12.2 MATERIALS 49.12.2.1 REPAIRING CEMENT A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall have the following properties: Set Time Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 Compressive Strength ASTM -C 109 SectionlV.doc 1-3 minutes 1 day 510 psi 3 days 745 psi 28 days 855 psi 1 day 3,125 psi 7 days 7,808 psi 28 days 9,543 psi Page 104 of 128 5/15/2012 r � � � � �� ! � �� Section IV — Technical Specifications Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 49.12.2.2 HYDROPHILIC GROUTING 1 day 410 psi 3 days 855 psi 28 days 1,245 psi Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject eithe�r one or both of the following materials: 1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks irz and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows: Tensile Strength Elongation Bonding Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574-86 400% ASTM D 3574-86 250-300 psi 2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole-to prevent � seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic banier around exterioz• of manhole. Physical properties are as follows: Density �! Tensile Strength Elongation � Shrinkage Toxicity � I �_ _ � � C �' �i . i' �+� � � i � /_� � � : T � Z � Z � 1 � 1 `► C� 8.75-9.171bs/gal 150 psi 250% Less than 4% Non Toxic ASTM D-3574 ASTM D- 412 ASTM D-3574 ASTM D-1042 A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The systenn combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces t<� seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using thref � components-two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of th�� substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and block; the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for approximately six months. Upon completion the color will be light grey. Physical properties arc� as follows: Slant/Shear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Cement ASTM (to be given) 1,200 1,800 psi � Tensile Strength (7 day cure) ASTM C 190 � � Permeability (3 day cure) CRD 48 55 49.12.2.4 CEMENT LINING 380 psi (2.62 MPa) 325 psi (2.24 MPa) 8.1 xl0 llcm/sec to 7.6x10 cm/sec at 100% RH at 50% RH � A self bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity ancl provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the followin�, properties: � Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days � SectionIV.doc Page 105 of 128 5/15/2012 � Section 1V — Technical Specifications Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000 Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi ]000 1500 1800 2000 Astm C 596 Shrinkage At 90% Humidity -- <0.04 <0.06 <0.08 Astm C 666 Freeze-Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage Astm C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3% Astm C 497 Porosity/Adsorption Test 4- 5% Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after 24 Hrs moist curing at 68 F. The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C 1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch, but no greater than two inches. It will have a dark grey color. 49.12.2.5 EPDXY COATING A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of 30 dry mils. This epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the following properties at 75 degrees F: Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume Color (other colors available on request) Pot Life, hrs Tensile Strength, psi, min Tensile Elongation, % Water Extractable Substances, mg./sq. in., m� Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 49.12.2.6 CHEMICAL RESISTANCE l:l Light Gray 1 2,000 10 —20 5 1,800 Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3%), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10%), MEK, Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3%), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3%), and many others. 49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.12.3.1 PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW Work shall proceed as follows: 1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client. 2. Clean manhole and remove debris. SectionIV.doc a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris. b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease. c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure. Page 106 of 128 5/15/2012 � � � � � � � � � � � � Section IV — Technical Specifications d. Remove debris from work area. 3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement. (Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as required by client. 4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration. 5. Apply cementitious/crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as needed. 6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces. 7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces. NOTE: Steps 1-5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step 6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty-four hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to cement lining. 49.12.3.2 PREPARATION An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, thf; rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted tc> remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from. entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines ( where feasible) or inserting protectivf; screens. 49.12.3.3 STRUCTURAL REPAIR Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applyin�; waterproofing/crystallization. 49.12.3.4 INFILTRATION CONTROL � Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam. 1. Drill 5/8" holes through active leaking surface. � 2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Inject material until water flow stops. u � 4. Remove fittings (if necessary). 49.12.3.5 WATERPROOFING/CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS 1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #I to moist wall using a stiff brush, forming an undercoat. 2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand. 3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crysta:l forming process. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks. 5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat. 6. Allow one (1 } hour to cure before applying cement lining. SectionlV.doc Page 107 of 128 � 5/ 15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 49.12.3.6 CEMENT LINING 1. Dampen surface. 2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application. 3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (and no more than 2 inches) has been achieved. 4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole. 5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish. 6. Allow for a 24-hour cure time prior to epoxy coating. NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing times. 49.12.3.7 EPDXY COATING Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a thickness of at least 30 mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6) hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours. 49.12.3.8 CLEAN UP The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area. 49.12.3.9 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of inercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12.3.10 WARRANTY All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years, provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used. 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 — PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS. 51 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM 51.1 SCOPE 1. These specifications pertain to the application of the Plexiflor Color Finish System over recreational areas intended for In-Line Skating activities. The materials specified in the SectionlV.doc Page 108 of 128 5/15/2012 � � � � � Section IV — Technical Specifications site plans shall be of colors indicated and for application over the Plexipave Acrylic Late�: System. 2. The work shall consist of suitable cleaning and preparation of the surface to assure a satisfactory bond of the system to the existing surface. 3. All coverage rates are calculated prior to dilution. 4. Plexiflor In-line Skating Surfacing System • 1 Coat of Acrylic Resurfacer • 2 Coats of Fortified Plexipave • 2 Coats of Plexiflor • Plexicolor Line Paint 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS F�ily�i�_F�>,�1�11 Allow new asphalt to cure a minimum of 6 months. The surface must be checked for birdbaths„ � cracks and other irreguIarities and repaired with Court Patch Binder according to Californi<� Specification Section 10.14. (Surfacing prior to six months may make the asphalt subject t<r indentation). � � u � � � 51.2.2 CONCRETE Concrete shall have a wood float or broom finish. DO NOT PROVIDE STEEL TROWEI_, FINISH. DO NOT USE CURING AGENTS OR CONCRETE HARDENERS. Allow thr.. concrete to cure a minimum of 30 days. Acid Etch the entire surface with Concrete Preparer according to California Specification Section 10.13. Check surface for birdbaths, cracks anci other irregularities and repair with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. 51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX Court Patch Binder Mix: 100 Lbs. #80-100 Mesh Silica Sand (dry) 3 gallons Couth Patch Binder 1 to 2 gallons Portland Cement. 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT 1. Application of the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix shall be applied to the clean, dry, leve:l surfaces to receive the Plexiflor Surfacing System. The mix shall be applied according tc� California Specification Section 10.8 using the following mix: Acrylic Resurfacer Water (Clean and Potable) Sand (60-80 mesh) Liquid Yield 55 gallons 20-40 gallons 600-900 pounds 112-138 gallons 2. Over asphalt surfaces, apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two coats (dependin;; '�I on surface porosity) at a rate of .OS -.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Non-coated concrete surfaces must be neutralized with concrete preparer and primed witlrt � California Ti-Coat according to Specification Section 10.17. The Acrylic Resurfacer Mi:K SectionIV.doc Page ] 09 of 128 5/I S/201? � Section IV — Technical Specifications must be applied within 3 hours of the TiCoat application while the primer is dry but still tacky to the touch. Apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two applications at a rate of .OS-.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE After the f ller coat application has dried, apply two coats of Fortified Plexipave at an undiluted rate of .OS-.07 gallons per square yard per coat using the following mix: Plexipave Color Base Plexichrome Water 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION 30 gallons 20 gallons 20 gallons 1. Plexiflor is factory premixed and ready to use from the container. The material may be diluted with one (1 ) part water to six (6) parts Plexiflor to improve flowability and provide uniform application. 2. Apply two coats of Plexiflor at a rate of .04-.OS gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Plexiflor is applied (in a similar manner to Plexipave) in windrows on the surface with sufficient quantity to cover as the squeegee is pulled over the surface. Apply only light pressure to the squeegee. Do not allow ridges to form between passes of the squeegee. Ridges existing after material dries should require corrective action. 4. Plexiflor and its preliminary coatings should be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to application of subsequent coats. 51.6 PLAYING LINES Four hours minimum after completion of the color resurfacing, playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with Plexicolor Line Paint as specified by The National In-Line Hockey Association. 51.7 GENERAL l. The contractor shall remove all containers, surplus materials and debris upon completion of work leaving the site in a clean, orderly condition that is acceptable to the owner. Gates shall be secured and all containers shall be disposed of in accordance with Local, State and Federal regulations. 2. Materials specified for the Plexiflor System shall tee delivered to the site in sealed, property labeled arums with California Products Corporation labels that are stenciled with the proper batch code numbers. Products packaged or labeled in any other manner will not be accepted. Mixing with clear, fresh water shall only be done at the job site. Coverage rates are based upon material prior to mixing with water as specified. 51.8 LIMITATIONS 1. Do not apply if surface temperature is less than 50°F or more than 1 40°F. 2. Do not apply when rain or high humidity is imminent. 3. Do not apply when surface is damp or has standing water. SectionIV.doc Page 110 of 128 5/IS/2012 ! � � � � � � � � � � i � �� L_; , Section 1V — Technical Specifications 4. Plexiflor will not hide surface imperfections of previous coatings. 5. Keep from freezing. Do not store in the hot sun. 6. Keep containers tightly closed when not in use. 7. Plexiflor will not prevent substrate cracks from occurring. 8. Plexiflor will mark slightly from normal use of some In-line Skates. 9. Coefficient of friction = 0.78 10. Coating Application Drying Time: 30 minutes to 1 hour at 70°F with 60% relative; humidity. 11. Keep court clean. Excess dirt or foreign material can cause the surface to be slippery. In-Line hockey is a physical sport. Always wear NIHA recommended protective gear. 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 22 - RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START' OF CONSTRUCTION. 53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 53.1 MATERIAL 53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL 53.1.1.1 PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES Gabion & mattress basket units shall be of non-raveling construction and fabricated from �� double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance o:f a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.1063 inches (approx. US gaugE; 12). All wire used in the fabrication of the gabion shall comply with or exceed Federal Specifications QQ-W-461 H, possess a maximum tensile strength of 70,000 p.s.i. with a Finish 5, Class 3 zinc coating in accordance with the current ASTM A-641. The weight of zinc coatin�; shall be determined by ASTM A-90. The grade of zinc used for coating shall be High Grade o:r Special High Grade, as prescribed in ASTM B-6, Table 1. Uniformity of coating shall equal oa• exceed four 1-minute dips by the Preece test, as determined by ASTM A-239. The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of :� 1/4 inches by 4'/2 inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC:' coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wir� � core, 0.1338 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 10), coated with PVC and having an overal� diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.173 inches. Lacing and connecting wirr shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 13 '/2), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanizeci wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. The use of alternate wire fasteners shall bc� permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedg�a joint with a strength of 1200 lbs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closer.l condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have ,:t minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. Tiger-Tit�w SectionIV.doc Page I11 of 128 5/IS/201? Section IV — Technical Specifications Interlocking Fasteners are an approved alternate joint material. The Interlocking Wire Fastener shall meet stainless steel material specification ASTM A-3l 3, Type 302, Class 1, or equal. All of the above wire diameters are subject to tolerance limit of 0.004 inches in accordance with ASTM A-641. 53.1.1.2 PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to attack from acids and resistant to abrasion. l. Specific Gravity: a. According to ASTM D-2287 and ASTM D- 792; in the range of 1.30 to 1.34. 2. Tensile Strength: a. According to ASTM D-142; not less than 2980 psi. 3. Modulus of Elasticity: a. According to ASTM D-412; not less than 2700 psi at 100% strain. 4. Resistance to Abrasion: a. According to ASTM 1242; weight loss <12% (Method B). 5. Brittleness Temperature: a. According to ASTM D-746, Procedure A; shall be at least 8.3 degrees centigrade below the minimum temperature at which the gabions will be handled or placed but not lower than -9.4 degrees centigrade. 6. Hardness: a. According to ASTM D-2240; shall be between 50 and 60 Shore D when tested. 7. Creeping Corrosion: a. Maximum corrosion penetration to the wire core from a square cut end section shall not be more than 25mm when the specimen has been immersed for 2000 hours in a 50% SOLUTION HCI (hydrochloric acid 12 Be). 53.1.1.3 ACCELERATED AGING TESTS Variation of the initial properties will be allowed, as specified below, when the specimen is submitted to the following Accelerated Aging Tests: l. Salt Spray Test: a. According to ASTM B-117 b. Period of test = 3000 hours. 2. Exposure to ultraviolet rays: a. According to ASTM D-1499 and ASTM G-23 (Apparatus Type E). Period of test = 3000 hours at 63 degrees centigrade. SectionIV.doc Page 112 of 128 5/15/2012 � , � � �J �� U � � � r , � i � � � � Section IV — Technical Specifications 3. Exposure to high temperature: a. Testing period: 240 hours at 105 degrees centigrade, when tested in accordance with ASTM D- l 203 and ASTM D-2287. 53.1.1.4 PROPERTIES AFTER AGING TESTS After the above Accelerated Aging Tests have been performed, the PVC compound shall exhibit: the following properties: 1. Appearance: a. The vinyl coating shall not crack, blister or split and shall not show any remarkable; change in color. 2. Specific Gravity: a. Shall not show change higher than 6% of its initial value. 3. Durometer Hardness: a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. 4. Tensile Strength: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 5. Elongation: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 6. Modulus of Elasticity: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 7. Resistance to Abrasion: a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. 8. Brittleness Temperature: a. Cold Bend Temperature - Shall not be lower than -20 degrees centigrade. b. Cold Flex Temperature - Shall not be higher than +18 degrees centigrade. 53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: The filler stone shall be limestone from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor o�r supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specifir, gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promotf� deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not bfa retained in the gabion or mattress baskets. The stone shall meet the following physical requirements: • Absorption, maximum 5% • Los Angeles Abrasion (FM l OT096), maximum loss 45% • Soundness (Sodium Sulphate), (FM 1-T104), maximum loss 12% SectionIV.doc Page 113 of 128 5/IS/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications • Flat and elongated pieces, materials with least dimension less than one third of greatest dimension shall not exceed 5% by weight. All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening. 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE Mattress wire shall conform to the same specifications as gabions except as follows: 1. The nominal diameter of the wire used in the fabrication of the netting shall be 0.0866 inches minimum, subject to diameter tolerance in accordance with the current ASTM A 641, Table 3. 2. All wire shall be galvanized according to ASTM A 641, Table 1. The minimum weight of the zinc coating shall be 0.70 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.0866 inch wire used for mesh and lacing and 0.80 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.106 wire used for selvedge. 3. Adhesion of the zinc coating to the wire shall be capable of being wrapped in a close helix at a rate not exceeding 15 turns per minute around a cyIindrical steel mandrel having a diameter 3 times the nominal wire diameter being tested. After the wrap test is completed, the wire shall not exhibit any cracking or flaking of the zinc coating to such an extent that any zinc can be removed by rubbing with bare fingers. 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Index 199, Type D-2, and FDOT Standard Specifications, 1996 edition, Section 985. 53.2 PERFORMANCE Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width, they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of inesh is cut. Each gabion or mattress shall be assembied by tying alI untied edges with binding wire. The binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single and double loops are alternated. A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back. SectionIV.doc Page l 14 of 128 5/15/2012 � � � � � � � � � � � �l i � � � � u � � � ji � � � � � � � � � � � � �_� � � l� � � Section IV — Technical Specifications To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended. Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to� opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full: and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one� two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top. Filler stone shall not be dropped more than 12" into the gabions and mattresses. Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the� cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be: replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work: shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the� manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less. 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 54.1 SCOPE To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization oi:' plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems:; ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance� activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone. The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the landscaped stree�r medians including: • Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic; � Trash and debris removal from the job site; • Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces; • Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms; • Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted); • Irrigation service and repair; • Mulch replacement; • Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the • Reporting of irregularities at the job site. 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract. between the hours of 6:30 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contracl: maintenance at other hours. All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, that is the cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be completed before leaving the job site. SectionIV.doc Page 115 of 128 5/IS/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 54.3 WORK METHODS 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Levet of Service). Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in writing by an authorized representative of the other party. 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT The contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated location: 54.4 LITTER Remove trash and debris from the area to be maintained. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is a requirement of the contractor. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The contractor should report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup from the contractor would be considered. 54.5 VISUAL CHECK The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within 24 hours after providing the service. 54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature size of the particular specie. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope. Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following flower formation, according to the following specifications: 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded heads that are encountered in the pruning process; remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation; such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed on palms. 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the contractor. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion. SectionIV.doc Page ll6 of 128 5/15/2012 L__7 � � � � � � � , ��J � �� 'LI LJ � �_ � Section IV — Technical Specifications 54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the contractor, according to the attached Maintenance of Traffic specifications. 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high pedestrian use areas. 54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20-6-12 sulfur coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in. mid-February, early June, and mid-September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials. 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA � Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable.. Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied, by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by contractor � at his/her expense. � u � � � �� _ � �, L_I ' 54.13 MULCH CONDITION Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soi:l moisture, usually 3 inches. 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR Should be performed at each visit to assure the systems proper operation and timing. Drip tubin�� should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled system running time. All repairs which will be charged at $20.00 or more must be approved in advance by the city. Minor repairs, less than $20.00, should be billed to the City in addition tc} the monthly maintenance fee. 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at <� less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests wil� bE: replaced by the contractor at the contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used oi� City properties. 54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION Apply three pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, acros;s the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February. SectionlV.doc Page 117 of 128 5/15/Z01'� Section IV — Technical Specifications 54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION The City will provide a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze/frost sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility (yet to be determined). Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty-four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or remain in place as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on-site work at the contracted rate per man-hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per employee required. The City and contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations with weather conditions. Should freeze/frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City. 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE This location is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within 7 working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six and no further than ten calendar days apart. 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK Within 24 hours of completing work the contractor shall notify the supervisor assigned to monitor the contract either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a phone message. However, to make certain the message is received, it is advisable to call between 6:30 a.m. — 7:30 a.m. or 2:30 p.m. — 3:00 p.m. 54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be given 48 hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed. 54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a six month period on plants and 12 month warranty on palms. Landscape installer will coordinate irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm heads/fronds as he feels appropriate. 2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates. SectionIV.doc Page 118 of 128 5/15/2012 � � � � � � ' � , � � � � � � ' � � r � � Section IV — Technical Specifications 3. All maintenance shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with� trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry. , 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature; caused by the Contractor or his/her employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing; of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option., invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs the nexi[ � regular payment to the Contractor. LJ � � ' � � ' I� � 5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parkecl vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shal:l schedule to perform the required maintenance to the location as soon as the pertainin�; circumstances are relieved. 55 MILLING OPERATIONS 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all milling. 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS l. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the contractor is responsible to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment. 2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven days from the time it was milled, unles:> otherwise noted in the contract documents. 3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type, that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. ThE: sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust,. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs ii1 addition to the roadways before leaving the job site. 4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be millec� to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the concrete surface. 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb lin�� and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of thi;s removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. , 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed bg� the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling. 7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of th�� 1 road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 20011 Standard Specifications for S-Type resurfacing projects or Section 330 (latest edition) for superpave resurfacing projeets. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for , asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. SectionlV.doc Page I 19 of 128 5/IS/201?_ ' Section 1V — Technical Specifications 8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for milling. 9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after the milling operation is complete. 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS All surplus existing materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the Public Services Division at (727) 562-4950 to schedule delivery of material. 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the property of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City. 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES All utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their owners at the owner's expense. The Contractor shall arrange his schedule to allow utility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing operations. 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 23.7 of the City's Technical Specifications. 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING There are two types of milling used by the City: A. Wedge — This will consist of milling a six foot wide strip along the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross section. B. Full Width — This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/edge of pavement to curb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. SectionlV.doc Page 120 of 128 � � ' � � � , � �__ � � �� J ' � � � ' � � 5/ I S/2012 ' , , , , ' � , , i Section IV — Technical Specifications 55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved ta restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend approximately 50 to 100 feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale. 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting ancl stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling o:f' radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer':> discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidental:} necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications. 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding througtz the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard , Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, thE, Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off-site iia accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. , ' I� , �J ' ' , , 56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared anc� grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials ancl structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscap�u trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 57 RIPRAP The work included in this specification includes the construction of either sand-cement or rubbl�e riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement for riprap shall be the volume of sand used in cubic yards for sand- cement, or the dry weight in tons for rubble. SectionlV.doc Page 121 of 128 5/15/201'? Section IV — Technical Specifications 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for sand-cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling, equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand-cement and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and shaping far placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap. 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY This article applies to all City projects located at one of the City's Wastewater Treatment Plants (WWTP) or Potable Water Reservoirs. 58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL The Contractor shall be aware that hazardous materials are used at the WWTP's and the water reservoirs. These may include sodium hypochlorite, gaseous chlorine, sulfur dioxide and ammonia. Potential safety hazards associated with these substances include: • An accidental spill or release can impair respiratory functions and result in severe burns to the skin and eyes. At the pre-construction conference, the contractor will be provided with a copy of the City of Clearwater Public Utilities Department Emergency Response Plan, and a copy of the applicable Material Safety Data Sheets. All employees of the contractor and sub-contractor assigned to this job shall be familiar with the content of these documents. 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING Prior to issuance of a notice to proceed, the contractor must submit documentation regarding employee safety training relating to the items in Section A above. The documentation must include: • Verification that all employees assigned to this job have received and understood training in the proper work practices necessary to safely perform the job while working around gaseous chlorine and sulfur dioxide gas. • The date of the training, and • The means used to verify that the employee understood the training. 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS All traffic signal work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications (Sections 603 through 699), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment, materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors, SectionIV.doc Page 122 of 128 5/15/2012 LJ ' �'' I� , � , r C� , ' ' , � � , � LJ ' ' � , Section IV — Technical Specifications pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal 01' existing traffic signal equipment, and internally illuminated signs. � All traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineei• registered m the state of Flonda. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechmcal report., shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All� ' mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the; manufacturer. � All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LED's and, approved by botri the City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdowr.i features. � ' Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is PROHIBITED unless directed by the: City's Traffic Engineering Division. 59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of ineasurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans � and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. I' J ' , 60 SIGNING AND MARKING All signing and marking work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standarcl Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubula�r delineators/flex posts (Sections 705 and 972). The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping o�r ' markings shall be "blacked-out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked-out" areas. Omissions in striping o:r markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. , 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The hasis of ineasurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans , and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete thfa work per the plans. ' ' ' , ' 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standarc� Specifications (latest edition), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of ineasurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plan,s and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the worlt per the plans. SectionlV.doc Page 123 of 128 5/15/201? Section IV — Technical Specifications 62 TREE PROTECTION 62.1 TREE BARRICADES A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows: 1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms. 2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer species. 3. At or greater than two-thirds of the dripline of all other protected species 4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand. B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two-inch lumber for upright posts. Upright posts are to be at least four feet in length with a minimum of one foot anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet apart. Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch by four-inch lumber and shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The project City's representative must approve any variation from the above requirements. C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative. D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such protective barriers. E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any protected tree or palm. F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees. 62.2 ROOT PRUNING A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by SectionlV.doc Page 124 of 128 5/I S/2012 � �l , � �� r , ' ' � C� ' r � , � —I ' Section IV — Technical Specifications , construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of 18 inches below existing grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than 18 inches from existing grade. Tim Kurtz, Senior Landscape Architect is the City's Representative on Engineering Department projects � for root Pruning issues and can be reached at (727) 562-4737, or through the constructior.i inspector assigned to the project. ' �J , , ' B. Root pruning shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an Internationall Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted;� inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning. D. Root pruning shall be performed as far in advance of other construction activities as is� feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associatecl tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning. E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any root pruning activities. F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches per one inch of the trunk diameter from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to saidl root pruning. G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be� ' done to a minimum depth of 18" from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less, than 18". ' H. Root pruning shall be performed using a Doscocil Root Cutting Machine or equivalent,. Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior tc� any work adjacent to trees to be preserved. , I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected. ' J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree: roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled. around to prevent damage to the root. ' K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established. , L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root: pruned trees. ' M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the roo1: pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional boring as opposed to open trenching. � 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING � A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified. arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards� ' Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations — Tree, Shrub and. other Woody Plant Maintenance — Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300. SectionlV.doc Page 125 of 128 5/IS/2012: , Section IV — Technical Specifications B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts (pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. C. No protected tree shall have more than 30 percent of its foliage removed. D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion-tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts. Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project Web Pages. 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section 508 guidelines whenever possible: http://www.w3 .or�/TR/ 1999/WAI- WEBCONTENT-19990505/ http://www. section508.�ov/ In particular, use of variable-width tables, user-adjustable/relative font sizes, ALT text for images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics. 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles, apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit a space. The logo is approved for use by city departments, and is not to be used by outside vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from the Public Communications. This is for internal use only. SectionIV.doc Page 126 of 128 5/I S/2012 i , , ' ' Section IV — Technical Specifications 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphic;c should be posted to the Project Web Pages. 63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow Public's input sent back: to the City regarding the Project. 63.6 POSTING The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Wet� ' Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different than City's Web server, if approved, should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity issues. I 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES Unless otherwise specified and agreed Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages ' up-to-date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's Webmaster for posting. � 64 OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE ' , , ' ' ' , � ' � 64.1 CLEARANCE OPTIONS When working in the vicinity of overhead power lines the Contractor shall utilize one of thf; following options: Option 1- Having the power lines de-energized and visibly grounded. Option 2- Maintaining a minimum distance of 20 feet of clearance for voltages up to 35(� kV an 50 feet of clearance for voltages more than 350 kV. Option 3- Determine the line voltage and provide clearance in accordance with the table; included in Section 64.2. 64.2 REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES VOLTAGE MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCE (nominal, kV, alternating current) (feet) Up to 50 10 Over 50 to 200 15 Over 20 to 350 20 Over 350 to 500 25 Over 500 to 750 35 SectionlV.doc Page 127 of 128 5/15/201? Section N — Technical Specifications Over 750 to 1,000 45 Over 1000 (as established by the utility owner/operator or registered professional engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electric power transmission and distribution) Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200 means up to and including 200kV. SectionIV.doc Page 128 of 128 5/IS/2012 , � RUNWAY 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHABILITATION & EXTENSION at � , ' TITLE ' ' � ' �'� � , ' ' ' ' ' � , GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CLEARWATER AIRPARK CLEARWATER, FLORIDA SECTION IVA TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGES� Section 10 Definition of Terms ..................................................................................................................1-�{ Section20 NOT USED ..............................................................................................................................1-�4 Section30 NOT USED ..............................................................................................................................1-?. Section40 Scope of Work ..........................................................................................................................1-�4 Section50 Control of Work ........................................................................................................................1-f3 Section 60 Control ofMaterials ..................................................................................................................1-4 Section 70 Legal Relations and Responsibility to Public .........................................................................1-l(} Section 80 Prosecution and Progress ..........................................................................................................1-fi Section90 NOT USED ............................................................................................................................. l-fi Section 100 Contractor Quality Control Program ........................................................................................1-fi Section 110 Method of Estimating Percentage of Material within Specification Limits (PWL) ..................1-�; Section120 Nuclear Gages ........................................................................•-•................................................1 :? SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS l. Construction Safety Plan and Security Requirements .................................................................................1-( 2. Airport Project Procedures ........................................................................................................................1-14 3. Construction Time and Liquidated Damages .............................................................................................1 ::: 4. Protection of Airport Cables, Controls, Navaids and Weather Bureau Facilities ........................................1 ::: SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Item M-001 Mobilization ..................................................................................................M-OOl-1 to M-001 ' Item P-]O1 Surface Preparation ......................................................................................... P-101-1 to P-10]-�� Item P-151 Clearing and Grubbing .................................................................................... P-151- l to P-151-�� Item P-152 Excavation and Embankment ........................................................................... P152-1 to P-152-;8 Item P-156 Temporary Air and Water Pollution, Soil Erosion, and Siltation Control ...... P-156-1 to P-156-4 Item P-160 Subgrade Stabilization ....................................................................................P-160-1 to P-160-4 Item P-219 Recycled Concrete Aggregate Base Course .................................................... P-219-1 to P-219-�`.i Item P-401 Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements ................................................................. P-401-1 to P-401-2:L Item P-602 Bituminous Prime Coat ..................................................................•-•.............. P-602-1 to P-602�'1 Item P-603 Bituminous Tack Coat .................................................................................... P-603-] to P-603-'4 Item P-620 Runway and Taxiway Painting ....................................................................... P-620-1 to P-620-8 Item P-626 Emulsified Asphalt Slurry Seal Surface Treatment ......................................... P-626-1 to P-626-�fi Item D-701 Pipe for Storm Drains and Culverts ...............................................................D-701-1 to D-701-4 Item D-751 Manholes, Catch Basins, Inlets and Inspection Holes ....................................D-751-1 to D-751-6 Item D-752 Concrete Culverts, Headwalls, and Miscellaneous Drainage Structures........D-752-1 to D-752-�1 ItemT-901 Seeding ...........................................................................................................T-901-1 to T-901-4 ItemT-904 Sodding .....................................................................�-�---...............................T-904-1 to T-904-4 TABLE OF CONTENTS — SECTION IVA TOC-4 RUNWAY 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHABILITATION & EXTENSION at CLEARWATER AIRPARK CLEARWATER, FLORIDA SECTION IVA TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE PAGES ltemT-908 Mulching .........................................................................................•-�---..........T-908-1 to T-908-4 Item L-107 Airport 8-Foot Wind Cones ............................................................................L-107-1 to L-107-4 Item L-]08 Underground Power Cable far Airports ........................................................L-108-1 to L-108-10 Item L-110 Airport Underground Electricai Duct Banks and Conduits .............................L-110-] to L-110-6 Item L-125 lnstallation of Airport Lighting Systems .........................................................L-125-] to L-125-4 APPENDICES 1. Subsurface Evaluation — performed by Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated 2. Engineering Report — prepared by URS Corporation 3. Project Drawings — Under Separate Cover END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS — SECTION IVA TOC-2 � W � W � V1 � � W W � � � Or W � ........��...�.,..................�..- ' ' , ' ' ' , ' ' , ' � ' , S ' ' ' , CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION PART 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 10 DEFINITION OF TECHNICAL TERMS OCTOBER 2012 These are in addition to the definition of terms provided in SECTION III. Whenever the following terms are used in� these specifications, in the contract, or in any documents or other instruments pertaining to construction where these� specifications govern, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: IO-Ol AASHTO. The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the successor association to AASHO. 10-02 ACCESS ROAD. The right-of-way, the roadway and all improvements constructed thereon connecting the: airport to a public highway. 10-03 ADVERTISEMENT. A public announcement, as required by local law, inviting bids for work to be performed and materials to be furnished. IO-04 AIP. The Airport lmprovement Program, a grant-in-aid program, administered by the Federal Aviation� Administration. 10-OS AIR OPERATIONS AREA. For the purpose of these specifications, the term air operations area shall meani any area of the airport used or intended to be used for the landing, takeoff, or surface maneuvering of aircraft. An air operation area shall include such paved or unpaved areas that are used or intended to be used for the unobstructecl movement of aircraft in addition to its associated runway, taxiway, or apron. 10-06 AIRPORT. Airport means an area of land or water which is used or intended to be used for the landing ancl takeoff of aircraft; an appurtenant area used or intended to be used for airport buildings ar other airport facilities or rights of way; and airport buildings and facilities located in any of these areas, and includes a heliport. 10-07 ASTM. The American Society for Testing and Materials. 10-08 AWARD. The acceptance, by the Owner, of the successful bidder's proposal. 10-09 BIDDER. Any individual, partnership, firm, or corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative, who submits a proposal for the work contemplated. 10-10 BUILDING AREA. An area on the airport to be used, considered, or intended to be used for airport building:> or other airport facilities or rights-of-way together with all airport bui3dings and facilities located thereon. 10-11 CALENDAR DAY. Every day shown on the calendar. SEE DAY IN SECTION III. 10-12 CHANGE ORDER. A written arder to the Contractor covering changes in the plans, specifications, o�r proposal quantities and establishing the basis of payment and contract time adjustment, if any, for the work affected by such changes. The work, covered by a change arder, shall be within the scope of the contract. ] 0-13 CONTRACT. The written agreement covering the work to be performed. The awarded contract shall include, but is not limited to: The Advertisement; The Contract Form; The Proposal; The Performance Bond; The Paymerrt Bond; any required insurance certificates; The Specifications; The Plans, and any addenda issued to bidders. 10-14 CONTRACT ITEM (PAY ITEM). A specific unit of work for which a price is provided in the contract. . , r � - � , , . 1!1 1� !`/1NTD A!'`Tl�D Tl.o ...7;..;.7,,.,1 ...,«t..o.-..1.:.. F..-... ,�.�+;.�., ,-:1" l;nl.lo F.. tl.o o�..l.l.a • > > > �....t.......,.. rt..- ..i. 1., ..C,1 o..r� .,t.. oo� r,. ..toro rl.o ..r,- ..r . ��_ :F� DEFINITION OF TERMS Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) GR-10-'I CLEARWATER AIRPARK OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION 10-17 DRAINAGE SYSTEM. The system of pipes, ditches, and structures by which surface or subsurface waters are collected and conducted from the airport area. • , , , �� 10-19 EQUIPMENT. All machinery, together with the necessary supplies for upkeep and maintenance, and also all tools and apparatus necessary for the proper construction and acceptable completion of the work. 10-20 EXTRA WORK. An item of work not provided for in the awarded contract as previously modified by change order or supplemental agreement, but which is found by the Engineer to be necessary to complete the work within the intended scope of the contract as previously modified. 10-21 FAA. The Federal Aviation Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation. When used to designate a person, FAA shall mean the Administrator or his/her duly autharized representative. IO-22 FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS. The Federal Specifications and Standards, Commercial Item Descriptions, and supplements, amendments, and indices thereto are prepared and issued by the General Services Administration of the Federal Government. 10-23 FORCE ACCOUNT. Force account construction work is construction that is accomplished through the use of material, equipment, labor, and supervision provided by the Owner or by another public agency pursuant to an agreement with the Owner. 10-24 INSPECTOR. An authorized representative of the Engineer assigned to make all necessary inspections and/or tests of the work performed or being performed, or of the materials furnished or being furnished by the Contractor. 10-25 INTENTION OF TERMS. Whenever, in these specifications or on the plans, the words "directed," `Yequired," "permitted," "ordered," "designated," "prescribed," or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation, or prescription of the Engineer is intended; and similarly, the wards "approved," "acceptable," "satisfactory," ar words of like import, shall mean approved by, or acceptable to, or satisfactory to the Engineer, subject in each case to the final determination of the Owner. Any reference to a specific requirement of a numbered paragraph of the contract specifications or a cited standard shall be interpreted to include all general requirements of the entire section, specification item, or cited standard that may be pertinent to such specific reference. 10-26 LABORATORY. The officia) testing laboratories of the Owner or such other laboratories as may be designated by the Engineer. 10-27 LIGHTING. A system of fixtures providing or controlling the light sources used on or near the airport or within the airport buildings. The field lighting includes all luminous signals, markers, floodlights, and illuminating devices used on or near the airport or to aid in the operation of aircraft landing at, taking off from, or taxiing on the airport surface. 10-28 MAJOR AND MINOR CONTRACT ITEMS. A major contract item shall be any item that is listed in the proposal, the total cost of which is equal to or greater than 20 percent of the total amount of the award contract. All other items shall be considered minor contract items. 10-29 MATERIALS. Any substance specified for use in the construction of the contract work. • > . « „ « „ « �, « �, • :. �w.,n ... ,,,, „ i o.,,, ..,,... .,,,,o,- ,,. �..,..,..,, - ��---, ,� --'r------ --- °-° ----'---"-o -- "----- "-_»" »"r.... ......_. ... .,p. ......... .....�. 10-32 PAVEMENT. The combined surface course, base course, and subbase course, if any, considered as a single unit. ' � � � ' , ' � ' ' ' u r-� ��I �. ' ' ' , , ' DEFINITION OF TERMS GR-70-2 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9l30l2011} ' � , , 1 �' ' L ' ' , ' ' CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012: ]0-33 PAYMENT BOND. The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his/her surety as a. guaranty that he will pay in full all bills and accounts for materials and labor used in the construction of the work. 10-34 PERFORMANCE BOND. The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his/her surety as a� guaranty that the Contractor will complete the work in accordance with the terms of the contract. 10-35 PLANS. The official drawings or exact reproductions which show the location, character, dimensions andl details of the airport and the work to be done and which are to be considered as a part of the contract, supplementary� to the specifications. . �t �a�er-� 10-37 PROPOSAL. The written offer of the bidder (when submitted on the approved proposal form) to perform the; contemplated work and furnish the necessary materials in accordance with the provisions of the plans andl specifications. 10-38 PROPOSAL GUARANTY. The security furnished with a proposal to guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract if his/her proposa) is accepted by the Owner. 10-39 RUNWAY. The area on the airport prepared for the landing and takeoff of aircraft. � 10-41 SPONSOR. See definition above of "Owner." 10-42 STRUCTURES. Airport facilities such as bridges; culverts; catch basins, inlets, retaining walls, cribbing; storm and sanitary sewer lines; water lines; underdrains; electrical ducts, manholes, handholes, lighting fixtures ancl bases; transformers; flexible and rigid pavements; navigational aids; buildings; vaults; and, other manmade features of the airport that may be encountered in the work and not otherwise classified herein. IO-43 SUBGRADE. The soil that forms the pavement foundation. 10-44 SUPERINTENDENT. The Contractor's executive representative who is present on the work durin�; progress, authorized to receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer, and who shall supervise and direct the; construction. 10-45 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT. A written agreement between the Contractor and the Owner coverin�; ' (I) work that would increase or decrease the total amount of the awarded contract, or any major contract item, by more than 25 percent, such increased or decreased work being within the scope of the originally awarded contract; or (2) work that is not within the scope of the originally awarded contract. ' ' ' I _I ' ' . , , , , 10-47 TAXIWAY. For the purpose of this document, the term taxiway means the portion of the air operations area of an airport that has been designated by competent airport authority for movement of aircraft to and from tht; airport's runways or aircraft parking areas. • , , , � > 10-49 WORKING DAY. A working day shall be any day other than a legal holiday, Saturday, or Sunday on which the norma) working forces of the Contractor may proceed with regular wark for at least 6 hours toward completion of the contract. When work is suspended for causes beyond the Contractor's control, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays on which the Contractor's forces engage in regular work, requiring the presence of an inspector, will bf; considered as working days. DEFINITION OF TERMS ' Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) END OF SECTION 10 GR-10-:� CLEARWATER AIRPARK ' OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION Intentionally Left Blank GR-70-4 ' i 1 � 1 1 1 � , ' � II � ' , �I ' , ' DEFINITION OF TERMS Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/20t1) , ' , � II , ' � ' CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION SECTION 40 SCOPE OF WORK OCTOBER 2012'. 40-01 INTENT OF CONTRACT. The intent of the contract is to provide for construction and completion, in every detail, of the work described. lt is further intended that the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment„ tools, transportation, and supp)ies required to complete the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, andl terms of the contract. PLEASE SEE SECTION IV —TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS, ARTICLE 1- SCOPE', OF WORK OF THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. .� � .. ., .. .. . . . _ _ , .� ' 1 , ► te.-...;...,ro �L.o .. ..tr....r . .:rL. ,- ..r *.. rl,o :ro.v, �.�..7 „-.�l.o .�rhoY o „to , ' ' '. � � 0 a � ' � �� , r--� I I � � � ' 1 e � f �. , . � r,-.,..r ;ro„�... �l,.,ll ....r ; �l;.l.,ro ., ..rl.oY .. „r,��..r .. mo«s i: . f: . � F cc » , ;f , •� > T > > > '� -Y�^Vt7r I. _ • � � � � ■ _ • � � �. • � . � � � ,L...�...r;..., r:r1.,.7 C7TDDi L'T�CA7TA7 A!_D��7�R�ATT..FCo..t:.,,, 1!1 SCOPE OF WORK Reference: AC 150l5370-10F (9/30/2011) GR-40-1 OCTOBER 2012 CLEARWATER AIRPARK ' RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION � - - 40-OS MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC. It is the explicit intention of the contract that the safety of aircraft, as well as the Contractor's equipment and personnel, is the most important consideration. lt is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraR in the air operations areas of the airport with respect to his/her own operations and the operations of all his/her subcontractors as specified in the subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80. It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the uninterrupted operation of visual and electronic signals (including power supplies thereto) used in the guidance of aircraft while operating to, from, and upon the airport as specified in the subsection titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS in Section 70. With respect to his/her own operations and the operations of all his/her subcontractors, the Contractor shall provide marking, lighting, and other acceptable means of identifying: personnel; equipment; vehicles; storage areas; and any work area or condition that may be hazardous to the operation of aircraft, fire-rescue equipment, or maintenance vehicles at the airport. When the contract requires the maintenance of vehicular traffic on an existing road, street, or highway during the Contractor's performance of work that is otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, and specifications, the Contractor shall keep such road, street, or highway open to all traffic and shall provide such maintenance as may be reyuired to accommodate traffic. The Contractor shall furnish erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, flag person, and other traffic contro] devices in reasonable conformity with the manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (published by the United States Government Printing Office), unless otherwise specified herein. The Contractor shall also construct and maintain in a safe condition any temporary connections necessary for ingress to and egress from abutting property ar intersecting roads, streets or highways. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Contractor will not be required to furnish snow removal for such existing road, street, or highway. The Contractor shall make his/her own estimate of all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary for providing the maintenance of aircraf[ and vehicular traffic as specified in this subsection. The cost of maintaining the aircraft and vehicular traffic specified in this subsection shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included in the various contract items. 40-06 REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURES. All existing structures encountered within the established lines, grades, or grading sections shall be removed by the Contractor, unless such existing structures are otherwise specified to be relocated, adjusted up or down, salvaged, abandoned in place, reused in the work ar to remain in place. The cost of removing such existing structures shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included in the various contract items. Should the Contractor encounter an existing structure (above or below ground) in the work for which the disposition is not indicated on the plans, the Engineer shall be notified prior to disturbing such structure. The disposition of existing structures so encountered shall be immediately determined by the Engineer in accordance with the provisions of the contract. Except as provided in the subsection titled RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN THE WORK of this section; it is intended that all existing materials or structures that may be encountered (within the lines, grades, ar grading sections established far completion of the work) shall be used in the work as otherwise provided for in the contract and shall remain the property of the Owner when so used in the work. 40-07 RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND 1N THE WORK. Should the Contractor encounter any material such as (but not restricted to) sand, stone, gravel, slag, or concrete slabs within the established lines, grades, or grading sections, the use of which is intended by the terms of the contract to be either embankment or waste, he may at his/her option either: a. Use such material in another contract item, providing such use is approved by the Engineer and is in conformance with the contract specifications applicable to such use; or, b. Remove such material from the site, upon written approval of the Engineer; or c. Use such material for his/her own temporary construction on site; or, SCOPE OF WORK GR-40-2 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) ' � � ' C i � � � � � ' � ' C ' ' ' ICLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8� EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012: ' ' , � � � d. Use such material as intended by the terms of the contract. Should the Contractor wish to exercise option a., b., or c., he shall request the Engineer's approva] in advance o1.' such use. Should the Engineer approve the Contractor's request to exercise option a., b., or c., the Contractor shall be paid for the excavation ar removal of such material at the applicable contract price. The Contractor shall replace, at his/her own expense, such removed or excavated material with an agreed equal volume of material that is acceptable for use� in constructing embankment, backfills, or otherwise to the extent that such replacement material is needed to complete the contract work. The Contractor shall not be charged for his/her use of such material so used in the work: or removed from the site. Should the Engineer approve the Contractor's exercise of option a., the Contractor shatl be paid, at the applicable contract price, for furnishing and installing such material in accordance with requirements of the contract item iri which the material is used. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall make no claim for delays by reason of his/her exercise of option a., b., or c. The Contractor shall not excavate, remove, or otherwise disturb any material, structure, or part of a structure which is located outside the lines, grades, or grading seetions established for the work, except where such excavation o�r removal is provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. � 40-08 FINAL CLEANING UP. Upon completion of the work and before acceptance and final payment will bf; made, the Contractor shall remove from the site all machinery, equipment, surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, temporary structures, and stumps or portions of trees. He shall cut all brush and woods within the limits indicated � and shall leave the site in a neat and presentable condition. Material cleared from the site and deposited on adjacenl property will not be considered as having been disposed of satisfactorily, unless the Contractor has obtained thE; written permission of such property owner. ' ' � � , � � � � � END OF SECTION 40 SCOPE OF WORK , Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) GR-40-3 OCTOBER 2012 GR-40-4 CLEARWATER.AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION Intentionally Left Blank SCOPE OF WORK Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � � � � r � �I � ' ' � � � � � CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION SECTION 50 CONTROL OF WORK OCTOBER 201;! 50-01 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER. The Engineer shall decide any and ail questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, and as to the manner of performance and rate of progress of the work. The Engineer shall decide all questions that may arise as to the interpretation of the specifications or plans relating to the work. The Engineer shall determine the amount and quality of the severa;l kinds of wark performed and materials furnished which are to be paid for the under contract. The Engineer does not have the authority to accept pavements that do not conform to FAA specificatiorn requirements. 50-02 CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. All work and all materials furnished shall be in� reasonably close conformity with the lines, grades, grading sections, cross sections, dimensions, material'. requirements, and testing requirements that are specified (including specified to(erances) in the contract, plans or specifications. If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product not within reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications but that the portion of the work affected will, in his/her opinion, result: in a finished product having a]evel of safety, economy, durability, and workmanship acceptabie to the Owner, he will advise the Owner of his/her determination that the affected work be accepted and remain in place. In this event, the Engineer will document his/her determination and recommend to the Owner a basis of acceptance that will provide for an adjustment in the contract price for the affected portion of the work. The Engineer's determination and recommended contract price adjustments will be based on good engineering judgment and such tests or retests of the affected wark as are, in his/her opinion, needed. Changes in the contract price shall be covered by contract modifications (change order or supplemental agreement) as applicable. If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, ar the finished product are not in reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications and have resulted in an unacceptable finished product, the affected. work or materials shall be removed and replaced or otherwise corrected by and at the expense of the Contractor in accordance with the Engineer's written orders. For the purpose of this subsection, the term `Yeasonably close conformity" shall not t�e construed as waiving the Contractor's responsibility to complete the wark in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications. The term shall not be construed as waiving the Engineer's responsibility to insist on strict compliance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications during the Contractor's prosecution of the work, when, in the Engineer's opinion, such compliance is essential to provide an acceptable finished portion of the work. For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" is also intended to provide the Engineer with the authority, ^'�°� ��,.'*°*:^� .°:*'� �'�° � n^, to use good engineering judgment in his/her determinations as to acceptance of work that is not in strict conformity but will provide a finished product equal to or better than that intended by the requirements of the contract, plans and specifications. � , , . The Engineer will not be responsible for the Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of' construction or the safety precautions incident thereto. 50-03 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT, PLANS, AND SPECIFICATIONS. The contract, plans, specifications, and all referenced standards cited are essential parts of the contract requirements. A requirement occurring in one is as binding as though occurring in all. They are intended to be complementary and to describe and provide for a complete wark. In case of discrepancy, calculated dimensions will govern over scaled dimensions; contract technical specifications shall govern over contract general provisions, plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FAA advisory circulars; contract general provisions shall govern over plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FAA advisory circulars; plans shall govern over cited standards for materials or CONTROL OF WORK Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) GR-50-1 OCTOBER 2012 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION testing and cited FAA advisory circulars. If any paragraphs contained in the Special Provisions conflict with General Provisions or Technical Specifications, the Special Provisions shall govern. From time to time, discrepancies within cited standards for testing occur due to the timing of changing, editing, and replacing of standards. ln the event the Contractor discovers any apparent discrepancy within standard test methods, he shall immediately call upon the Engineer for his/her interpretation and decision, and such decision shall be final. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission on the plans or specifications. ln the event the Contractor discovers any apparent error or discrepancy, he shall immediately call upon the Engineer for his/her interpretation and decision, and such decision shall be final. , rM .7.a'r' 1 t, rl.o U.. o.i 1+ , rh:� ,�,t,�o �_ v[rrcrcn'-awTrro� "°ci[i--cn�r'vi .....,.�....j .. .............».... e r . . ., .wo .. �,.. ..w.,ii ,. ,..,.o .,,;.�, o��t,_,,.�,�...,.. a:..o,..oa .�.. .,,,..,, ....: Y°.,...... ..,�„ . ........ ......... ».. .......,...... > > e � 50-06 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND STAKES. The following requirements are in addition to those established in SECTION III — ARTICLE 4.4. The City shall establish horizontal and vertical control only. T'he Contractor must establish all layout required for the construction of the work. Such stakes and markings as the Engineer may set for either his/her own or the Contractor's guidance shall be preserved by the Contractor. In case of negligence on the part of the Contractor, or his/her employees, resulting in the destruction of such stakes or markings, an amount equal to the cost of replacing the same may be deducted from subsequent estimates due the Contractor at the discretion of the Engineer. The Contractor will be required to furnish all lines, grades and measurements from the control points necessary for the proper prosecution and control of the work contracted for under these specifications. The Contractor must give weekly copies of the survey notes to the Engineer so that the Engineer may check them as to accuracy and method of staking. All areas that are staked by the Contractor must be checked by the Engineer prior to beginning any work in the area. The Engineer will make periodic checks of the grades and alignment set by the Contractor. In case of error on the part of the Contractor, or his/her employees, resulting in establishing grades and/or alignment that are not in accordance with the plans ar established by the Engineer, all construction not in accordance with the established grades and/or alignment shall be replaced without additional cost to the Owner. No direct payment will be made, unless otherwise specified in contract documents, for this labor, materials, ar other expenses therewith. The cost thereof shall be included in the price of the bid for the various items of the Contraet. Construction Staking and Layout includes but is not limited to: Clearing and Grubbing perimeter staking. Rough Grade slope stakes at 100-foot stations. � � � � � , � l� � � � CONTROL OF WORK GR-50-2 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) ' � CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION � � � lJ � , � � � � � � � � � ' OCTOBER 201;t Drainage Swales slope stakes and flow line blue tops at 50-foot stations. Subgrade blue tops at 25-foot stations and 25-foot offset distance (max.) for the following section locations: a. Runway — minimum 5 per station b. Taxiways — minimum 3 per station c. Holding apron areas — minimum 3 per station d. Roadways — minimum 3 per station Base Course blue tops at 25 foot stations and 25-foot offset distance (max.) for the following section locations: a. Runway — minimum 5 per station b. Taxiways — minimum 3 per station c. Holding apron areas — minimum 3 per station Pavement areas: a. Edge of Pavement hubs and tacks (for stringline by Contractor) at 100-foot stations b. Between Lifts at 25-foot stations for the following section locations: (1). Runways — each paving lane width (2). Taxiways — each paving lane width (3). Holding areas — each paving lane width c. After finish paving operations at 50-foot stations (1). All paved areas — Edge of each paving lane prior to next paving lot d. Shoulder and safety area blue tops at 50-foot stations and at all break points with maximum of 50 foo�t offsets Fence lines at 100-foot stations Electrical and Communications System locations, lines and grades including but not limited to duct runs, connections, fixtures, signs, lights, VASIs, PAPIs, REILs, Wind Cones, Distance Markers (signs), pull boxes anr.t manholes. Drain lines, cut stakes and alignment on 25-foot stations, inlet and manholes. Painting and Striping layout (pinned with 1.5 in PK nails) marked for paint Contractor. (All nails shall be removed after painting) Laser, or other automatic control devices, shall be checked with temporary control point or grade hub at a minimum of once per 400 feet per pass (that is, paving lane). Note: Controls and stakes disturbed or suspect of having been disturbed shall be checked and/or reset as directed by the Engineer without additional cost to the Owner. 50-07 AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT. Whenever batching or mixing plant equipment is required to be operated automatically under the contract and a breakdown or malfunction of the automatic controls occurs, the eyuipment may be operated manually or by other methods far a period 48 hours following the breakdown or malfunetion, provided this method of operations wi11 produce results which conform to all otherr requirements of the contract. . E� . e , , • , > �� . � o..:F...�r:,..... ,..- r,. .,..r .,� F ro .. f,- tho !'�,�.rr��r�_ CONTROL OF WORK Reference: AC 150l5370-10F (9/30/2011) GR-50•3 CLEARWATER AIRPARK i OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION • �. _ � i� � •. • . • . .. . . - , ,. ,. . . . . _.. , .. _ .._... _ . . . _ _ .�_.��,.�r.��,...: ,� .. . .. ... _.. .. , �� _ . � 50-11 LOAD RESTRICTIONS. The Contractor shall comply with all legal load restrictions in the hauling of materials on public roads beyond the limits of the work. A special permit will not relieve the Contractor of liability for damage that may result from the moving of material or equipment. The operation of equipment of such weight or so loaded as to cause damage to structures or to any other type of construction will not be permitted. Hauling of materials over the base course or surface course under construction shall be limited as directed. No loads will be permitted on a concrete pavement, base, or structure before the expiration of the curing period. The Contractor shali be responsible for all damage done by his/her hauling equipment and shall correct such damage at his/her own expense. 50-12 MAINTENANCE Di7RING CONSTRUCTION. The Contractor shall maintain the work during construction and until the work is accepted. This maintenance shall constitute continuous and effective work prosecuted day by day, with adequate equipment and forces so that the work is maintained in satisfactory condition at all times. ln the case of a contract for the placing of a course upon a course or subgrade previously constructed, the Contractor shall maintain the previous course or subgrade during all construction operations. CONTROL OF WORK GR-50-4 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � �� i � C� 1 � � �� ' � �l � � CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION � � � ' � � � � � � OCTOBER 201s'! All costs of maintenance work during construction and before the project is accepted shall be included in the uni�: prices bid on the various contract items, and the Contractor will not be paid an additional amount for such work. 50-13 FAILURE TO MAINTAIN THE WORK. Shoutd the Contractor at any time fail to maintain the work as provided in the subsection titled MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION of this section, the Engineer shal:l immediately notify the Contractor of such noncompliance. Such notification shall specify a reasonable time withir.i which the Contractor shall be required to remedy such unsatisfactory maintenance condition. The time specified wil'I give due consideration to the exigency that exists. Should the Contractor fail to respond to the Engineer's notification, the Owner may suspend any work necessary for the Owner to correct such unsatisfactory maintenance condition, depending on the exigency that exists. Any maintenance cost incurred by the Owner, shall be deducted from monies due or to become due the Contractor. 50-14 PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE. If at any time during the prosecution of the project the Contractor substantially completes a usable unit or portion of the work, the occupancy of which will benefit the Owner, he may request the Engineer to make final inspection of that unit. If the Engineer finds upon inspection that the unit has been satisfactorily completed in compliance with the contract, he may accept it as being completed, and the Contractar may be relieved of further responsibility for that unit. Such partial acceptance and beneficial occupancy by the Owner shall not void or alter any provision of the contract. 50-15 FINAL ACCEPTANCE. Upon due notice from the Contractor of presumptive completion of the entirE; project, the Engineer and Owner will make an inspection. If all construction provided for and contemplated by thf; contract is found to be completed in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications, such inspection shall constitute the final inspection. The Engineer shall notify the Contractor in writing of final acceptance as of the date of the final inspection. If, however, the inspection discloses any work, in whole or in part, as being unsatisfactory, the Engineer will givf; the Contractor the necessary instructions for correction of same and the Contractor shall immediately comply with and execute such instructions. Upon correction of the work, another inspection will be made which shall constitutE; the final inspection, provided the work has been satisfactorily completed. In such event, the Engineer will make tht� final acceptance and notify the Contractor in writing of this acceptance as of the date of final inspection. . } , , P } . f' �Y k f " � � . � f ) ) � �• v� �s� �T ) � �7;Ff .-�.,..o., : o„+� .. ..,,t�t;�,,,� rJ�-1% . � ♦., rl.o 1....,o�r 1.;.�1.7e,-..,.,-�,,.,..r r„ .. ..or;r;.,e l,;.i.7;.,�. .b. ' ' ' • � e � 1 . > > Y > � � � f , � . � !p �� > .J f f � CONTROL OF WORK Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9l30/2011) GR-50-5 OCTOBER 2012 CLEARWATER AIRPARK � RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION ,:�_._ ::..:..::...::�,er.��rrte�::rs�re!�.r. . _ . .•..;..�:�e�:.��:.:.,..,�,:._ :�rs:�!e�r.e!��e . , ., ,J;�,...��:.,.. .,Frl.o .. .-.,r:..o �,�1.,.,..r.,..e.. .,..,] 11:.-.,.�1...,..r.,..o� .,Fo.,..l,• � . � � . �:r_sta!r��a�aerr�era:�s. ��ee!�rs��+�eras�r-fe . ; . , ��i°crr�r. > > > T��T.!!SSZ7'S!.!S!!E7i !:!:!!�!T-lRr.l�il'�!!�Tl.'R!�!R[l:�1. . � e • � rl,o .,�1„0 .,F+l.o . .,rL *., l.o ..er4;,,-..,0,7 ,,,- ,7ototo.7 � • - � � 7i5. � � 1 � � � � � • CONTROL OF WORK GR-50-6 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � � � ' � � � � � lJ � � � t� , � , � � r � � �� 1 � � r � CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 201i! .. � . i • , � • . � • , .�a:*esf - - � _ - i � . • . . � . r. � . . _ .T_7�s�e:ela. . _ _j:,:. _ _ _ _ _ . � . , .. . .. . . . . . ... . _ . END OF SECTION 50 CONTROL OF WORK � Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) GR-50-7 CLEARWATER AIRPARK � OCTOBER 2012 RW i6-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION Intentionally Left Blank GR-50-8 , �J � � � � � � � � CONTROL OF WORK Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9l3Q/2011) � �� ,' � � � � � � � � � ' � � CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION SECTION 60 CONTROL OF MATERIALS OCTOBER 201;t 60-01 SOURCE OF SUPPLY AND QUALITY REQUIREMENTS. The materials used on the work shall conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. Unless otherwise specified, such materials that are manufactured or processed shall be new (as compared to used or reprocessed). ]n order to expedite the inspection and testing of materials, the Contractor shall furnish complete statements to thf; Engineer as to the origin, composition, and manufacture of all materials to be used in the wark. Such statements shall be furnished promptly after execution of the contract but, in all cases, prior to delivery of such materials. At the Engineer's option, materials may be approved at the source of supply before delivery is stated. If it is found after trial that sources of supply for previously approved materials do not produce specified products, the Contractor shall furnish materials from other sources. The Contractor shall furnish airport lighting equipment that conforms to the requirements of cited materials specifications. In addition, where an FAA specification for airport lighting equipment is cited in the plans or specifications, the Contractar shall furnish such equipment that is: a. Listed in FAA Advisory Circular (AC) I50/5345-53, Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program, ancl Addendum that is in effect on the date of advertisement; and, b. Produced by the manufacturer as listed in the Addendum cited above for the certified equipment part number.. For the complete list of airport lighting equipment, if any, required for this Contract that is to be furnished and installed by the Contractor shall be in accardance with the requirements of this subsection and per the technical specifications and project drawings. 60-02 SAMPLES, TESTS, AND CITED SPECIFICATIONS. Unless otherwise designated, all materials used in the work shall be inspected, tested, and approved by the Engineer before incorporation in the work. Any work in which untested materials are used without approval or written permission of the Engineer shall be performed at the Contractor's risk. Materials found to be unacceptable and unauthorized will not be paid for and, if directed by the; Engineer, shall be removed at the Contractor's expense. Unless otherwise designated, tests in accordance with the cited standard methods of ASTM, AASHTO, Federal Specifications, Commercial ]tem Descriptions, and all other cited methods, which are current on the date oif' advertisement for bids, will be made by and at the expense of the Engineer. The testing organizations performing on site field tests shall have copies of all referenced standards on the construction site for use by all technicians and other personnel, including the Contractor's representative at his/her request. Unless otherwise designated, samples will be taken by a qualified representative of the Engineer. Al:l materials being used are subject to inspection, test, or rejection at any time prior to or during incorparation into the; work. Copies of all tests will be furnished to the Contractor's representative at his/her request. The Contractor shall employ a testing organization to perform all Contractor required tests. The Contractor shal:l submit to the Engineer resumes on all testing arganizations and individual persons who will be performing the tests. The Engineer will determine if such persons are qualified. All the test data shall be reported to the Engineer after the; results are known. A legible, handwritten copy of all test data shall be given to the Engineer daily, along witYi printed reports, in an approved format, on a weekly basis. After completion of the project, and prior to final payment, the Contractor shall submit a final report (hard copies and electronic format) to the Engineer showing al:l test data reports, plus an analysis of all results showing ranges, averages, and corrective action taken on all failing; tests. 60-03 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE. The Engineer may permit the use, prior to sampling and testing o1�' certain materials or assemblies when accompanied by manufacturer's certificates of compliance stating that sucr� materials or assemblies fully comply with the requirements of the contract. The certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer. Each lot of such materials or assemblies delivered to the wark must be accompanied by a certificate; of compliance in which the lot is clearly identified. CONTROL OF MATERIALS Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30l2011) GR-60-1 OCTOBER 2012 CLEARWATER AIRPARK � RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION Materials or assemblies used on the basis of certificates of compliance may be sampled and tested at any time and if found not to be in conformity with contract requirements will be subject to rejection whether in place or not. The form and distribution of certificates of compliance shall be as approved by the Engineer. When a material or assembly is specified by "brand name or equal" and the Contractor elects to furnish the specified "brand name," the Contractor shall be required to furnish the manufacturer's certificate of compliance for each lot of such material or assembly delivered to the work. Such certificate of compliance shall clearly identify each lot delivered and shall certify as to: a. Conformance to the specified performance, testing, quality or dimensional requirements; and, b. Suitability of the material or assembly for the use intended in the contract work. Should the Contractor propose to furnish an "or equaP' material or assembly, he shall furnish the manufacturer's certificates of compliance as hereinbefore described for the specified brand name material or assembly. However, the Engineer shall be the sole judge as to whether the proposed "or equal" is suitable for use in the work. The Engineer reserves the right to refuse permission for use of materials or assemblies on the basis of certificates of compliance. 60-04 PLANT INSPECTION. The Engineer or his/her authorized representative may inspect, at its source, any specified material or assembly to be used in the work. Manufacturing plants may be inspected from time to time for the purpose of determining compliance with specified manufacturing methods or materials to be used in the work and to obtain samples reyuired for his/her acceptance of the material or assembly. Should the Engineer conduct plant inspections, the following conditions shall exist: a. The Engineer shall have the cooperation and assistance of the Contractor and the producer with whom he has contracted for materials. b. The Engineer shall have full entry at all reasonable times to such parts of the plant that concern the manufacture or production of the materials being furnished. c. If reyuired by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for adeyuate office or working space that may be reasonably needed for conducting plant inspections. Office or working space should be conveniently located with respect to the plant. It is understood and agreed that the Owner shall have the right to retest any material that has been tested and approved at the source of supply after it has been delivered to the site. 7`he Engineer shall have the right to reject only material which, when retested, does not meet the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications. � , • , • , > > , � , � , , , . ., 60-06 STORAGE OF MATERIALS. Materials shall be so stored as to assure the preservation of their Guality and fitness for the work. Stored materials, even though approved before storage, may again be inspected prior to their use in the work. Stored materials shall be located so as to facilitate their prompt inspection. The Contractor shall coordinate the storage of all materials with the Engineer. Materials to be stored on airport property shall not create an obstruction to air navigation nor shall they interfere with the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the starage of materials and the location of the Contractor's plant and parked equipment or vehicles shall be as directed by the Engineer. Private property shall not be used for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or lessee of such property. The Contractor shall make all arrangements and CONTROL OF MATERIALS GR-60-2 Reference: AC 150l5370-10F (9/30/2011) � � � � � � � �1 � � � , r ' ' � I l �� CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 201;! bear all expenses for the storage of materials on private property. Upon request, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a copy of the property owner's permission. All storage sites on private or airport property shall be restored to their original condition by the Contractor a�[ his/her entire expense, except as otherwise agreed to (in writing) by the owner or lessee of the property. 60-07 UNACCEPTABLE MATERIALS. Any material or assembly that does not conform to the requirements o1E' the contract, plans, or specifications shall be considered unacceptable and shall be rejected. The Contractor shall remove any rejected material or assembly from the site of the work, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. Rejected material or assembly, the defects of which have been corrected by the Contractor, shall not be returned to the site of the work until such time as the Engineer has approved its used in the work. 60-08 OWNER FURNISHED MATERIALS. The Contractar shall furnish all materials required to complete the work, except those specified herein (if any) to be furnished by the Owner. Owner-furnished materials shall be made: available to the Contractor at the location specified herein. All costs of handling, transportation from the specified location to the site of work, storage, and installing Owner•- furnished materials shall be included in the unit price bid for the contract item in which such Owner-furnishecl material is used. Afrer any Owner-furnished material has been delivered to the location specified, the Contractor shall be responsible for any demurrage, damage, 1oss, or other deficiencies that may occur during the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of such Owner-furnished material. The Owner will deduct from any monies due or to become due the Contractor any cost incurred by the Owner in making good such loss due to the Contractor's handling, storage, or use oif' Owner-furnished materials. END OF SECTION 60 CONTROL OF MATERIALS ' Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) GR-60-:i OCTOBER 2012 GR-60-4 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION Intentionally Left Blank CONTROL OF MATERIALS Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) , � CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 SECTION 70 LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC � � . .. . . . ' ;. � � � � . , , , r � � �� . .. „ . .... .' . " � �, . .. ., . _ . , . , . . _ . . _ . . __. .. .. ., > >> - �. >> > � � , , �.; � � � • .7 � • ' ' ' � .7 ' � LJ 1 1 \ � \ � � � • � � � - _ � � i� � � e S � f > o ,.:fo,] ... rl.e «r.��..t ,.1� �.:f _�tio � � � ,ti LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO PUBLIC � Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9l30l2011) GR-70=1 OCTOBER 2012 CLEARWATER AIRPARK � RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION > > . � • > > > ..:r.,,.., t,..-,�,-.i.�,.� .-.7.,.,..o..,...� f., 1,:�/l,e,.l,o.,l+L. .. �.,� r.. .,,.�.,.,......)� .,..�....,.,v�.r� .. 70-07 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. The Contractor shall control his/her operations and those of his/her subcontractors and all suppliers, to assure the least inconvenience to the traveling public. Under all circumstances, safety shall be the most important consideration. The Contractor shall maintain the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft and vehicular traffic with respect to his/her own operations and those of his/her subcontractors and all suppliers in accordance with the subsection titled MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC of Section 40 hereinbefore specified and shall limit such operations for the convenience and safety of the traveling public as specified in the subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80 hereinafter. 70-08 BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards necessary to protect the public and the work. When used during periods of darkness, such barricades, warning signs, and hazard markings shall be suitably illuminated. Unless otherwise specified, barricades, warning signs, and markings far hazards that are in the air operations area shall be a maximum of 18 in high. Unless otherwise specified, barricades shall be spaced not more than 25 feet apart. Barricades, warning signs, and markings shall be paid for under Section 40-05. For vehicular and pedestrian traffic, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, lights and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (published by the United States Government Printing Office). When the wark requires closing an air operations area of the airport or portion of such area, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain temporary markings and associated ]ighting conforming to the requirements of AC 150/5340-1, Standards for Airport Markings. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain markings and associated lighting of open trenches, excavations, temporary stock piles, and his/her parked construction equipment that may be hazardous to the operation of emergency fire-rescue or maintenance vehicles on the airport in reasonable conformance to AC l50/5370-2, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction. The Contractor shall identify each motorized vehicle or piece of construction equipment in reasonable conformance to AC ] 50/5370-2. The Contractor shall furnish and erect all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards prior to commencing work that requires such erection and shall maintain the barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards until their dismantling is directed by the Engineer. Open-flame type lights shall not be permitted within the air operations areas of the airport. 70-09 USE OF EXPLOSIVES. No blasting wil[ be permitted on this projecL "'w°� ''�° ��°° �� °��'�°:.,�° :° � > • e3�es�i�es: .. _ ��. �� _ �� _ ,� LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO PUBLIC GR-70-2 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � I� � � �� I � r � � � � � i� � , � � CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION � � � � � � ' � � � I i � � � �� ' � i � . • • . � . • . . • . • � • • � • � � • OCTOBER 2012 � > > > > � . �..,ii �,.,..o �.eo,. ,. ..ie.oa .,.,a ., o,,.�a � C ) > f F ) ) > C ) > � � ' ' E � ) ) � � � ) > ) �• ' ' ' f. � tt f )) �. ) � 1. l > f ' %' J x > > > � � � 1'.,1,'1't., ...7 .. o.rt.. .7� . a f- � 70-13 OPENING SECTIONS OF THE WORK TO TRAFFIC. Should it be necessary for the Contractor to complete portions of the contract work for the beneficial occupancy of the Owner prior to completion of the entir�: contract, such "phasing" of the work shall be specified herein and indicated on the plans. When so specified, thr:, Contractor shall complete such portions of the work on or before the date specified or as otherwise specified. Thi; Contractor shall make his/her own estimate of the difficulties involved in arranging his/her work to permit sucl�i beneficial occupancy by the Owner and shall not claim any added compensation by any reason ar delay or increase�� cost due to opening a portion of the contract work. Upon completion of any portion of the work listed above, such portion shall be accepted by the Owner in accordance with the subsection titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. No portion of the work may be opened by the Contractar for public use until ordered by the Engineer in writing;. Should it become necessary to open a portion of the work to public traffic on a temporary or intermittent basis, suclh openings shall be made when, in the opinion of the Engineer, such portion of the work is in an acceptable conditio�ri to support the intended traffic. Temporary or intermittent openings are considered to be inherent in the work anr.l shall not constitute either acceptance of the portion of the work so opened or a waiver of any provision of the contract. Any damage to the portion of the work so opened that is not attributable to traffic which is permitted by the Owner shall be repaired by the Contractor at his/her expense. The Contractor shall make his/her own estimate of the inherent difficulties involved in completing the wark unde:r the conditions herein described and shall not claim any added compensation by reason of delay or increased cost due to opening a portion of the contract work. Contractor shall be required to conform to safety standards contained AC 150/5370-2, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction (See Special Provisions.) LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO PUBLIC Reference: AC 150l5370-10F (9/30/2011) GR-70-3 CLEARWATER AIRPARK i OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION Contractor shall refer to the approved safety plan to identify barricade requirements and other safety requirements prior to opening up sections of work to traffic. � . . .. . �. . .. .. _ . . _. _ � , �. . �. � .. . . .. . �., • • . . . . . . � _ • r � . • _ . _ � . . � . � . - � i. - � • . _ •• � • • , . - � . � � ._ _ � .._■_ � __. _ _ _ _ /. . � . � � • - � �. - - �� LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO PUBLIC GR-70-4 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � � � � � � , , � �l � � � � � � � � � � ' � , ' ' C� � �� , CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8� EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 � • > > ��;�F ..+:.,., .,Frl.o „r:l;r., .,Y F ..;l;r., .� �.,.,,�. � � .i„o .. .,.1,:,.1� ,... ., L.o...�„�.o .i.,o rL.o !'..,,tr�..r�„- .,r h;oMo,- o.,rot., e 70-15.1 FAA FACILITIES AND CABLE RUNS. The Contractor is hereby advised that the construction limits ot' the project include existing facilities and buried cable runs that are owned, operated and maintained by the FAA. The Contractor, during the prosecution of the project wark, shall comply with the following: a. The Contractor shall permit FAA maintenance personnel the right of access to the project wark site for purposes of inspecting and maintaining all existing FAA owned facilities. b. The Contractor shall notify the above named FAA Airway Facilities Point-of-Contact seven (7) calendar days prior to commencement of construction activities in order to permit sufficient time to locate and mark existing; buried cables and to schedule any required facility outages. c. If prosecution of the project work requires a facility outage, the Contractor shall contact the above named! FAA Point-of-Contact a minimum of 48 hours prior to the time of the required outage. d. If prosecution of the project work results in damages to existing FAA equipment or cables, the Contractor shall repair the damaged item in conformance with FAA Airway Facilities' standards to the satisfaction of the above named FAA Point-of-Contact. e. If the project work requires the cutting or splicing of FAA owned cables, the above named FAA Point-of• Contact shall be contacted a minimum of 48 hours prior to the time the cable work commences. The FAA reserves the right to have a FAA Airway Facilities representative on site to observe the splicing of the cables as a conditioni of acceptance. All cable splices are to be accomplished in accordance with FAA Airway Facilities' specifications and require approval by the above named FAA Point-of-Contact as a condition of acceptance by the Owner. The; Contractor is hereby advised that FAA Airway Facilities restricts the location of where splices may be installed. If a cable splice is required in a location that is not permitted by FAA Airway Facilities, the Contractar shall furnish anCl install a sufficient length of new cable that eliminates the need for any splice. . � t,' t, ,t, t ♦ t� . r.7 ' .7 4'.L. !` r,. � � t. mircn crrcTVrrt-rscv-v�crn'rvcrac�ca�rn�mxcc�rmczvncrua. .., ., ..t ............... 1 � � • . . � • . � r � . _ _ � • _ � 1 • � • _ � _ • � � � I. /. • • 1 1 � • . �� • • � - LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO PUB�IC Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2071) GR-70-!5 OCTOBER 2012 CLEARWATER AIRPARK � RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION 8. �to.,,-:,,,. ....t,h;„,. t,,,,..,;„rt ,. ,,.wo,- ,�;�..,,�.,i �rt � b. ct..;..,.:.,,, ...;,... .,,a o..,�.,,.,i,..,o„+ �° >' . , e. �o...o„+ �:...o ,. ,.,,,o_ �*.,�.;,;,.,.;,... , • , , Coo.�l;.,.. F ,-r;l:�:..�. ...,,l..A;.... .,,,.d . ,.4'L.e.-L.;..;.]o.. ., o..+:..;.7e� e > • � ' e e > > �ue�'.. „u ..lo . ..1. ,.lo ...7 ,]' ..1 .. ,,,5� o... .,....:s .'s.. v '�� . . I.. � � • • . � � • � � � , � e � • � �l.�il i.o .. ..1:0,7 .,,:rl, ;., rL,o ..o«f .�....,....o .,Ftho !` r r ................. ... t....,..�:: :; �,...,, .... ...,; :},,.�.., � e • f > > e � e > > � u�� f > • I. � — ' � � � � � � , � � u � � � � � � � LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO PUBIIC GR-70-6 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) ' ICLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION ' ' � � � L�J ' ' ' � �l ' � OCTOBER 201i! o..r .,� F....,7 .. ...1 � ,o.�l 1.« rha �,�a:..�o.- r > � .i > > > > ' e � i � • , �� , � �� . �i ,] 1 4' L. 1. .-.- � �„ ..�, o rl.e ,�..,.7,J.,;,�... .�F� �t,-o�.,�._ � } . , , F` � � �. ' , I� � � • b. Open Burning of Combustible Wastes — WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. , , ' ' , '€ +wo., ., o 0 0�.,-:,..;..o , > > > '� ho .. .�..�.;rro.i ; .�.L..,�r:l.lo ., ��ro ,�.;loo � �� . - _ _ ./!'l�Lf t � � . e ' (9.) Burning shall not be permitted. 'Fa• „ a�'�°~ +;��° F'";° P•� +;^ ;�, JG�� ..��•b� n-m�cmvRCV mci Sc°ccirnro-vzzrrrTS VGIi'IGAC]VI�J v � !`....f....l ,.rnrti�.. A:.. D.,II..f.�.,*� ' . � f ' M\!_.-.,,7: e �l.�ll l.o L..f �t «. ^*„ � •,•�l�iiv„�. LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO PUBLIC , Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) GR-70-7 CLEARWATER AIRPARK , OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION • > > �*.,w; �: ..,.. --,. .,,.o - -- -".. -=- o -o-- > > � �,.w.,�. ,.a ,.w:.... ,..�.o,- ., oa .,, ,. �.. � ... ,a,,..« ..,.ii,,,:,... r.... �, '..,.,.. .,...r�, �,��,,� o 0 0 > > > •> +,.�.. .,. ., ,.:ao.,..,i ,a:�,.ti.,.-,.o ;,,,,,�.�,o ., r.��rr.r�+:zsr-+s. � � - - /4 1 A..,.l;..�r;....� �F��:�::;;� :;� :.4 .�'.,�......,«<.r i. 11 l. L. l.i r .7 .7 ♦ � • 1 � > .a:....;...,�o ,. ..l.;i.:t ,...�o..r:�l ,..�il„r.,..+.. r.� rl.o ��r:�4:,..r;,... ,.F+l.o C Y 70-20 ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL FINDINGS. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the Contractor is advised that the site of the work is not within any property, district, or site, and does not contain any building structure, or object listed in the current National Register of Historic Places published by the United States Department of Interior. Should the Contractor encounter, during his/her operations, any building, part of a building, structure, or object that is incongruous with its surroundings, he shall immediately cease operations in that location and notify the Engineer. The Engineer will immediately investigate the Contractor's finding and the Owner will direct the Contractor to either resume his/her operations or to suspend operations as directed. Should the Owner order suspension of the Contractor's operations in order to protect an archaeological or historical finding, or order the Contractor to perform extra work, such shall be covered by an appropriate contract modification (change order or supplemental agreement) __ ^-�^ ,;a°a =� *'�° ° '-� �*_ *:*� a �'vTn n u�nnv fe__._� nn µ._a .�,� ` r_' . '� _ .. �""' " .... . .., .. ... • f TI�T�DTATATATifIAT AATTI L'VTL'ATCTl1R7 !1L' !'llAiTi? A!'T Ti11�L' CC� t' Q/l 70-21 WORK ACCESS. Any haul roads, ditch crossings, storage areas, etc., that the Contractor may require shall be constructed and maintained at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall not use runways, taxiways or other paved areas on the air operations portions of the airport for access to and from the job site unless authorized by the Owner. No equipment or vehicles will be allowed on the air operations portions of the airport except as authorized by the Owner. Any runways, taxiways or other paved areas damaged by the Contractor's vehicles or equipment shall be repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. From time to time when required, the Contractor shall move Contractor's vehicles or equipment and men from along the edge of the runway/taxiway/apron to allow aircraft operations on the pavement. LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO PUBLIC GR-70-8 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � � � � � ' , � � � � � � I__� i , � Li � CI ' � � � , ' � LJ � ' , i_� � ' ' LJ CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXtWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 201i! 70-22 LIENS. Neither the final payment nor any part of the retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor, if required, shall deliver to the Owner a complete release of all liens or claims arising out of this Contract, or receipts in ful] in lieu thereof, and, if required in either case, an affidavit that so far as he has knowledge; or information the releases and receipts include all the labor and materials for which a lien or claim could be filed:; but the Contractor may, if any Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or receipt in full, furnish a bond satisfactory to the Engineer, to indemnify the Owner against any lien ar claim. If any lien or claim remains unsatisfied after al:l payment are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all moneys that the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging such a lien or claim, including all costs and a reasonable attorney's fee. � .. . . . � � - - . .� END OF SECTION 70 LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO PUBLIC ' Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) GR-70=9 CLEARWATER AIRPARK � OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION GR-70-10 Intentionally Left Blank , ' � � � u � , � � C� ' , , � � LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO PUBLIC Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) ' , � � � '1 � � � , � r , ' II u � , , � i CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION SECTION 80 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS •� � . .. .. .. _ . .: . , �� . . ,.. . - � - •� � ,.. ., . ... . _ . OCTOBER 2012 , > > b � � � o . , � t �.�1. .,F,- .,r'„ . ' � , 80-04 LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS. The Contractor shall control his/her operations and the operations o1' his/her subcontractars and all suppliers so as to provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the AIR OPERATIONS AREAS (AOA) of the airport. When the work requires the Contractor to conduct his/her operations within an AOA of the airport, the work shall be coordinated with airport operations (through the Engineer) at least 48 hours prior to commencement of such work. The Contractor shall not close an AOA until so authorized by the Engineer and until the necessary temporary marking and associated lighting is in place as provided in the subsection titled BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS of Section 70. When the contract work requires the Contractor to work within an AOA of the airport on an intermittent basis (intermittent opening and closing of the AOA), the Contractor shall maintain constant communications as hereinafter specified; immediately obey all instructions to vacate the AOA; immediately obey all instructions to resume work in such AOA. Failure to maintain the specified communications or to obey instructions shall be cause for suspension of the Contractor's operations in the AOA until the satisfactory conditions are provided. Contractar shall be required to conform to safety standards contained in AC 150/5370-2, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction (See Special Provisions). SO-04.1 OPERATIONAL SAFETY ON AIRPORT DURING CONSTRUCTION. All Contractors' operations shall be conducted in accordance with the project safety plan and the provisions set forth within the current version of Advisory Circular I50/5370-2. The safety plan included within the contract documents conveys minimum PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) GR-80-•I CLEARWATER AIRPARK OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION requirements for operational safety on the airport during construction activities. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a ptan that details how it proposes to comply with the requirements presented within the safety plan. The Contractor shall implement all necessary safety plan measures prior to commencement of any work activity. The Contractor shall conduct routine checks of the safety plan measures to assure compliance with the safety plan measures. The Contractor is responsible to the Owner far the conduct of all subcontractors it employs on the project. The Contractor shall assure that all subcontractors are made aware of the requirements of the safety plan and that they implement and maintain all necessary measures. No deviation or modifications may be made to the approved safety plan unless approved in writing by the Owner or Engineer. �� •. . .. .. . _.. . . �, , � > > , . �, � ..�.��...:.�. > > .. .. .... ,.. . , ... .. . ��_ . PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS GR-80-2 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) ' LJ � � � � r �� , � , , � � , ' ' � ' � � � �� CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 201:t b � • � . � a � . .i , 'F £:.�.. �µo .,t �l.o ..r „F �I,o �.. F ..rF,o .701., ,:,io.l � rl,� «r. ..* ..1� t,° ............ ..... .. .� ., ..°.y::.�� .� .. .. °"> > .. ,.�F. ,.;�,..,+'„ �Pc°�crrxcar�°T'T > � � e > • ` 1 1 � � � � • � \ • • • � • . � _ �.T.{Tf�.'S!. - • . � _ • � � . - - � � � _ � � � � � � � I. } � • � . a > > > } � ,�' �l.�ll ,,.,t ho ..L.�...0.-1 ., .,�r rl,o ...»,r.�..r r;..,o , � � . � .7 aoE:..oa ;., .�,o ..,,w�o,..:,,.. «:.toa ci�.r n i A!`(''�`DT A A7!'F �F co,..;,,., cn .F f � . � . �;.�l0.-0,7 � o,.r.,i.lo r.. rL.o !`....r..,..r.,,- � � � • . � � � � � � � � � � ► � � � 5 � PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS ' Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) GR-80-3 CLEARWATER AIRPARK OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION �EE2�162r �1f �TSLSSl�i!lfST!T_f R!T' i _ i1�:l:tlZ7Sll7/:esr�!L'fif. . l. � � � . 1 1 • • • � � • i 12�.T.lE'!�l.T.lS�.�lr.nr�!l:�1. �_ �� •. � �. �_ •. •. . � � � � � • • 1 1 1 \ \ 1 � � • . • • . � • cc n . � .,F. «l, r.7.. ,:rL. rl,e re ,.FH,., .,t...,..s � �. �::.,�� , _ . _ ::. . _ . - PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS GR-80-4 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) u �1 ' � , � ' � , � , � � C� 1 1 i 1 � ' ' � � CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 201;t 1 , F a �3i3i�@� • • ' 80-10 TERMINATION FOR NATIONAL EMERGENCIES. The Owner shall terminate the contract or portio�� thereof by written notice when the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with the construction contract as a direct result of an Executive Order of the President with respect to the prosecution of war or in the interest of national defense. ' ' � ' u � � , ' � I� '�_ 1 � When the contract, ar any portion thereof, is terminated before completion of all items of work in the contract., payment will be made for the actual number of units or items of work completed at the contract price or as mutually agreed for items of work partially completed or not started. No claims or loss of anticipated profits shall b�:; considered. Reimbursement for organization of the work, and other overhead expenses, (when not otherwise included in thi� contract) and moving equipment and materials to and from the job wili be considered, the intent being that an equitable settlement will be made with the Contractor. Acceptable materials, obtained or ordered by the Contractor for the work and that are not incorporated in the worl< shall, at the option of the Contractor, be purchased from the Contractar at actual cost as shown by receipted bills ancl actual cost records at such points of delivery as may be designated by the Engineer. Termination of the contract or a portion thereof shall neither relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibilities for th�e completed work nor shall it relieve his/her surety of its obligation for and concerning any just claim arising out of the work performed. 80-11 WORK AREA, STORAGE AREA AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS. The Contractor shall obtain approval from the Engineer prior to beginning any work in all areas of the airport. No operating runway, taxiway, ar Air Operations Area (AOA) shall be crossed, entered, ar obstructed while it is operational. The Contractor shall pta�� and coordinate his/her work in such a manner as to insure safety and a minimum of hindrance to flight operations,. All Contractor equipment and material stockpiles shall be stored a minimum or 250 feet from the centerline of a��i active runway. No equipment will be allowed to park within the approach area of an active runway at any time. Nr.� equipment shall be within 250 feet of an active runway at any time. END OF SECTION 80 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS , Reference: AC 750/5370-10F (9/30/2011) GR-80-5 OCTOBER 2072 GR-80-6 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION Intentionally Left Blank PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9l30/2011} , ' , CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION SECTION 100 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM OCTOBER 201;! ' 100-01 GENERAL. When the specification requires a Contractor Quality Control Program, the Contractor shall establish, provide, and maintain an effective Quality Control Program that details the methods and procedures that will be taken to assure that all materials and completed construction required by this contract conform to contract plans, technical specifications and other requirements, whether manufactured by the Contractor, or procured frorn ' subcontractors or vendors. Although guidelines are established and certain minimum requirements are specified herein and elsewhere in the contract technical specifications, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility foir accomplishing the stated purpose. ' ' l� ' LJ The intent of this section is to enable the Contractor to establish a necessary level of control that will: a. Adequately provide for the production of acceptable quality materials. b. Provide sufficient information to assure both the Contractor and the Engineer that the specification requirements can be met. c. Al1ow the Contractor as much latitude as possible to develop his or her own standard of control. The Contractor shall be prepared to discuss and present, at the preconstruction conference, his/her understanding of� the quality control requirements. The Contractor shall not begin any construction or production of materials to bf; incorporated into the completed work until the Quality Control Program has been reviewed by the Engineer. Nn partial payment wi11 be made for materials subject to specific quality control requirements until the Quality Control Program has been reviewed. The quality control requirements contained in this section and elsewhere in the contract technical specifications are in addition to and separate from the acceptance testing requirements. Acceptance testing requirements are thE; responsibility ofthe Engineer. 100-02 DESCRIPTION OF PROGRAM. ' a. Generai Description. The Contractar shall establish a Quality Control Program to perform inspection and testing of all items of work required by the technical specifications, including those performed by subcontractors. This Quality Control Program shall ensure conformance to applicable specifications and plans with respect tcr materials, workmanship, construction, finish, and functional performance. The Quality Control Program shall be , effective for control of all construction wark performed under this Contract and shall specifically include surveillance and tests required by the technical specifications, in addition to other requirements of this section and any other activities deemed necessary by the Contractar to establish an effective level of quality control. ' , ' ' ' f_ _J b. Quality Control Program. The Contractor shall describe the Quality Control Program in a written document that shall be reviewed by the Engineer prior to the start of any production, construction, or off-site fabrication. Th�; written Quality Control Program shall be submitted to the Engineer for review at least 5 calendar days befare the preconstruction conference. The Quality Control Program shall be arganized to address, as a minimum, the following items: a. Quality control organization b. Project progress schedule c. Submittals schedule d. Inspection requirements e. Quality control testing plan f. Documentation of quality control activities g. Requirements for corrective action when quality control and/or acceptance criteria are not met CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM ' Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) GR-100-1 CLEARWATER AIRPARK OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION The Contractor is encouraged to add any additional elements to the Quality Control Program that he/she deems necessary to adequately control all production and/or construction processes required by this contract. 100-03 QUALITY CONTROL ORGAMZATION. The Contractor Quality Control Program shall be implemented by the establishment of a separate quality control organization. An organizational chart shall be developed to show all quality control personnel and how these personnel integrate with other management/production and construction functions and personnel. The organizational chart shall identify all quality control staff by name and function, and shall indicate the total staff required to implement all elements of the Quality Control Program, including inspection and testing for each item of work. If necessary, different technicians can be used for specific inspection and testing functions for different items of work. If an outside organization or independent testing laboratory is used for implementation of all or part of the Quality Control Progam, the personnel assigned shall be subject to the qualification requirements of paragraph ] 00- 03a and 100-03b. The organizationa] chart shall indicate which personnel are Contractor employees and which are provided by an outside organization. The quality control organization shall consist of the following minimum personnel: a. Program Administrator. The Program Administrator shall be a full-time employee of the Contractor, or a consultant engaged by the Contractor. The Program Administrator shall have a minimum of 5 years of experience in airport and/or highway construction and shall have had prior quality control experience on a project of comparable size and scope as the contract. Additional qualifications for the Program Administrator shall include at least 1 of the following requirements: (1) Professional engineer with I year of airport paving experience acceptable to the Engineer. (2) Engineer-in-training with 2 years of airport paving experience acceptable to the Engineer. (3) An individual with 3 years of highway and/or airport paving experience acceptable to the Engineer, with a Bachelor of Science Degree in Civil Engineering, Civil Engineering Technology or Construction. (4) Construction materials technician certified at Level III by the Nationa] Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET). (5) Highway materials technician certified at Level Ill by NICET. (6) Highway construction technician certified at Level III by NICET. (7) A NICET certified engineering technician in Civil Engineering Technology with 5 years of highway and/or airport paving experience acceptable to the Engineer. The Program Administrator shall have full authority to institute any and all actions necessary far the successful implementation of the Quality Control Program to ensure compliance with the contract plans and technical specifications. The Program Administrator shall report directly to a responsible officer of the construction firm. The Program Administrator may supervise the Quality Control Program on more than one project provided that person can be at the job site within 2 hours after being notified of a problem. b. Quality Control Technicians. A sufficient number of quality control technicians necessary to adequately implement the Quality Control Program shall be provided. These personnel shall be either engineers, engineering technicians, or experienced craftsman with yualifications in the appropriate field equivalent to NICET Level II or higher construction materials technician or highway construction technician and shall have a minimum of 2 years of experience in their area of expertise. The quality control technicians shall report directly to the Program Administrator and shall perform the following functions: (1) Inspection of all materials, construction, plant, and equipment for conformance to the technical specifications, and as required by Section 100-06. (2) Performance of all quality control tests as required by the technical specifications and Section 100-07 Certification at an equivalent level, by a state or nationally recognized organization will be acceptable in lieu of NICET certification. CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM GR-100-2 Reference: AC 750/5370-10F (9/30/2011) ' � ' LJ ' , � ' ' , C� r ' � � , � � ' , ' � ' ' ' ' � �_J � ' r ' ' ' , ' � i u CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 201;! c. Staffing Levels. The Contractor shall provide sufficient qualified quality control personnel to monitor each work activity at all times. Where material is being produced in a plant for incorporation into the work, separate plant and field technicians shall be provided at each plant and field placement location. The scheduling and coordinatin�; of all inspection and testing must match the type and pace of work activity. The Quality Control Program shall statf; where different technicians will be required far different work elements. 100-04 PROJECT PROGRESS SCHEDULE. The Contractor shall submit a coordinated construction schedulf: far all work activities. The schedule shall be prepared as a network diagram in Critical Path Method (CPM), PERT, or other format, or as otherwise specified in the contract. As a minimum, it shall provide information on thf; sequence of work activities, milestone dates, and activity duration. The Contractor shall maintain the work schedule and provide an update and analysis of the progress schedule on t� twice monthly basis, or as otherwise specified in the contract. Submission of the wark schedule shall not relieve thf: Contractor of overall responsibility for scheduling, sequencing, and coordinating all work to comply with the requirements of the contract. 100-OS SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE. The Contractor shall submit a detailed listing of all submittals (for example, mix designs, material certifications) and shop drawings required by the technical specifications. The listing can bt: developed in a spreadsheet format and shall include: a. Specification item number b. Item description c. Description of submittal d. Specification paragraph requiring submittal e. Scheduled date of submittal 100-06 INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS. Quality control inspection functions shall be organized to provide inspections for all definable features of work, as detailed below. All inspections shall be documented by thE; Contractor as specified by Section ] 00-07. Inspections shall be performed daily to ensure continuing compliance with contract requirements until completion ol' the particular feature of work. These shall include the following minimum requirements: a. During plant operation for material production, quality control test results and periodic inspections shall be used to ensure the quality of aggregates and other mix components, and to adjust and control mix proportioning to meet the approved mix design and other requirements of the technical specifications. All equipment used i�� proportioning and mixing shall be inspected to ensure its proper operating condition. The Quality Control Progran� shall detail how these and other quality control functions will be accomplished and used. b. During field operations, quality contro) test results and periodic inspections shall be used to ensure the quality of all materials and workmanship. All equipment used in placing, finishing, and compacting shall br inspected to ensure its proper operating condition and to ensure that all such operations are in conformance to thr:; technical specifications and are within the plan dimensions, lines, grades, and tolerances specified. The Program shall document how these and other quality control functions will be accomplished and used. 100-07 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING PLAN. As a part of the overall Quality Control Program, thr Contractor shall implement a quality control testing plan, as required by the technical specifications. The testin�; plan shall include the minimum tests and test frequencies reyuired by each technical specification Item, as well as any additional quality control tests that the Contractor deems necessary to adequately control production and/or construction processes. The testing plan can be developed in a spreadsheet fashion and shall, as a minimum, include the following: a. Specification item number (for example, P-401) b. Item description (for example, Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements) c. Test type (for example, gradation, grade, asphalt content) d. Test standard (for example, ASTM or AASHTO test number, as applicable) CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM ' Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30l2011 } GR-100-.3 CLEARWATER AIRPARK OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION e. Test frequency (for exampte, as required by technical specifications or minimum frequency when requirements are not stated) f. Responsibility (for example, plant technician) g. Control requirements (for example, target, permissible deviations) The testing plan shall contain a statistically-based procedure of random sampling for acquiring test samples in accordance with ASTM D 3665. The Engineer shall be provided the opportunity to wimess quality control sampling and testing. All quality control test results shall be documented by the Contractor as required by Section ] 00-08. 100-08 DOCUMENTATION. The Contractor shall maintain current quality control records of all inspections and tests performed. These recards shall include factual evidence that the required inspections or tests have been performed, including type and number of inspections or tests involved; results of inspections or tests; nature of defects, deviations, causes for rejection, etc.; proposed remedial action; and corrective actions taken. These records must cover both conforming and defective or deficient features, and must include a statement that all supplies and materials incorporated in the work are in full compliance with the terms of the contract. Legible copies of these records shall be furnished to the Engineer daily. The records shall cover all work placed subsequent to the previously furnished recards and shall be verified and signed by the Contractor's Program Administrator. Specific Contractor quality control records required for the contract shall include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following records: a. Daily Inspection Reports. Each Contractor quality control technician shall maintain a daily ]og of all inspections performed for both Contractor and subcontractar operations on a form acceptable to the Engineer. These technician's daily reports shall provide factual evidence that continuous quality control inspections have been performed and shall, as a minimum, include the following: (l) Technical specification item number and description; (2) Compliance with approved submittals; (3) Proper storage of materials and equipment; (4) Proper operation of all equipment; (5) Adherence to plans and technical specifications; (6) Review of quality control tests; and (7) Safety inspection. The daily inspection reports shall identify inspections conducted, results of inspections, location and nature of defects found, causes for rejection, and remedial or corrective actions taken or proposed. The daily inspection reports shall be signed by the responsible quality control technician and the Program Administrator. The Engineer shall be provided at least one copy of each daily inspection report on the work day following the day of record. b. Daily Test Reports. The Contractor shall be responsible for establishing a system that will record all quality control test results. Daily test reports shall document the following information: (1) Technical specification item number and description (2) Test designation (3) Location (4) Date of test (5) Control reyuirements (6) Test results (7) Causes for rejection ' ' r , ' ' ' � � � ' r ' ' ' � r � CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM GR-100-4 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) ' , ' � � � � ' iJl ' � ' r LJ , ' , , , CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION (8) Recommended remedial actions (9) Retests OCTOBER 2012 Test results from each day's work period shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of the next day's work period. When required by the technical specifications, the Contractor shall maintain statistical quality control charts. The daily test reports shall be signed by the responsible quality control technician and the Program Administrator. 100-09 CORRECTNE ACTION REQUIREMENTS. The Quality Control Program shall indicate the appropriate, action to be taken when a process is deemed, or believed, to be out of control (out of tolerance) and detail wha1: action will be taken to bring the process into control. The requirements for corrective action shall include both� general requirements for operation of the Quality Control Program as a whole, and for individual items of work: contained in the technical specifications. The Quality Control Program shall detail how the results of quality control inspections and tests will be used for determining the need for corrective action and shall contain clear sets of ru]es to gauge when a process is out oi` control and the type of correction to be taken to regain process control. When applicable or required by the technical specifications, the Contractor shall establish and use statistical quality control charts for individua) quality control tests. The requirements for corrective action shall be linked to the control charts. 100-10 SURVEILLANCE BY THE ENGINEER. All items of material and equipment shall be subject to surveillance by the Engineer at the point of production, manufacture or shipment to determine if the Contractor, producer, manufacturer or shipper maintains an adequate quality control system in conformance with the requirements detailed herein and the applicable technical specifications and pians. ln addition, all items of materials, equipment and work in place shall be subject to surveillance by the Engineer at the site for the same purpose. Surveiliance by the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of performing quality control inspections of either on- site or off-site Contractor's or subcontractor's work. 100-11 NONCOMPLIANCE. a. The Engineer will notify the Contractor of any noncompliance with any of the foregoing requirements. ThE: Contractor shall, after receipt of such notice, immediately take corrective action. Any notice, when delivered by the Engineer or his/her authorized representative to the Contractor or his/her authorized representative at the site of thf; work, shall be considered sufficient notice. b. In cases where quality control activities do not comply with either the Contractor Quality Control Program o�r the contract provisions, or where the Contractor fails to properly operate and maintain an effective Quality Control Program, as determined by the Engineer, the Engineer may: (1) Order the Contractor to replace ineffective or unqualified quality control personnel ar subcontractors. (2) Order the Contractor to stop operations until appropriate corrective actions are taken. END OF SECTION 100 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM ' Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) GR-100-5 OCTOBER 2012 GR-100-6 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION Intentionally Left Blank CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAM Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9l30/2011) , � � � ---, � � C �J � ' ' � � ' '�'1 � �� ' , ' � � CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 SECTION 110 METHOD OF ESTIMATING PERCENTAGE OF MATERIAL WITHIN SPECIFICATION LIMITS (PWL) I IO-Ol GENERAL. When the specifi'cations provide for acceptance of material based on the method of estimating; percentage of material within specification limits (PWL), the PWL will be determined in accordance with this section. All test results for a lot will be analyzed statistically to determine the total estimated percent of the lot that is within specification limits. The PWL is computed using the sample average (X) and sample standard deviation (S,,;i of the specified number (n) of sublots for the lot and the specification tolerance limits, L for lower and U far upper., for the particu]ar acceptance parameter. From these values, the respective Quality index, QL for Lower Quality Index. and/ar Q� for Upper Quality Index, is computed and the PWL for the lot for the specified n is determined from� Table 1. All specification limits specified in the technical sections shall be absolute values. Test results used in the; calculations shall be to the significant figure given in the test procedure. There is some degree of uncertainty (risk) in the measurement for acceptance because only a small fraction oif' production material (the population) is sampled and tested. This uncertainty exists because all portions of the production material have the same probability to be randomly sampled. The Contractor's risk is the probability thai[ material produced at the acceptable quality level is rejected or subjected to a pay adjustment. The Owner's risk is the probability that material produced at the rejectable quality level is accepted. It is the intent of this section to inform the contractor that, in order to consistently offset the contractor's risk for material evaluated, production quality (using population average and population standard deviation) must be maintained at the aceeptable quality specified or higher. In all cases, it is the responsibility of the contractor to produce at quality levels that will meet the specified acceptance criteria when sampled and tested at the frequencies specified. I10-OZ METHOD FOR COMPUTING PWL. The computational sequence for computing PWL is as follows: a. Divide the lot into n sublots in accordance with the acceptance requirements of the specification. b. Locate the random sampling position within the sublot in accordance with the requirements of thf° specification. c. Make a measurement at each location, or take a test portion and make the measurement on the test portion in accordance with the testing requirements of the specification. d. Find the sample average (X) for all sublot values within the lot by using the following formula: X=�X�+XZ+X3+..,X��p Where: X= Sample average of all sublot values within a 1ot x,, xZ = Individual sublot values n = Number of sublots e. Find the sample standard deviation (S„) by use of the following formula: S„ _ [(diZ + dzZ + d3z + . . .d„z��n_ � ��uz Where: S„ = Sample standard deviation of the number of sublot values in the set d�, dZ = Deviations of the individual sublot values x�, xz, ... from the average value X that is: d� _ (x� - X), dz = (xz - X) ... d„ _ (x„ - X) n = Number of sublots f. For single sided specification limits (that is, L only), compute the Lower Quality Index QL by use of th�e following formula: METHOD OF ESTIMATING PERCENTAGE OF MATERIAL WITHIN SPECIFICATION LIMITS (PWL) Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) GR-110-1 CLEARWATER AIRPARK OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION QL=�X-L)/S„ Where: L= specification lower tolerance limit Estimate the percentage of material within limits (PWL) by entering Table 1 with Q�, using the column appropriate to the total number (n) of ineasurements. lf the value of Q� falls between values shown on the table, use the next higher value of PWL. g. For double-sided specification limits (that is, L and U), compute the Quality Indexes QL and QU by use of the following formulas: QL—�X-L)/S„ AND QU—IU-X��S� Where: L and U= specification lower and upper tolerance limits Estimate the percentage of material between the lower (L) and upper (U) tolerance limits (PWL) by entering Table 1 separately with QL and Q�, using the column appropriate to the total number (n) of ineasurements, and determining the percent of material above PL and percent of material below P� for each tolerance limit. If the values of QL fall between values shown on the table, use the next higher value of P� or P�. Determine the PWL by use of the following formula: PWL = (P� + PL) - 100 Where: P� = percent within lower specification limit P� = percent within upper specification limit EXAMPLE OF PWL CALCULATION Project: Example Project Test Item: Item P-401, Lot A. A. PWL Determination for Mat Density. 1. Density of four random cores taken from Lot A. A-1 = 96.60 A-2 = 97.55 A-3 = 9930 A-4 = 98.35 n=4 2. Calculate average density for the lot. X=�X�+XZ+X3+••.Xn)/n X=(96.60 + 97.55 + 99.30 + 9835) / 4 X = 97.95 percent density 3. Calculate the standard deviation for the lot. S„ _ [((96.60 - 97.95)z + (97.55 - 97.95)z +(99.30 -97.95)2 + (98.35 -97.95)Z)) / (4 - 1)]'�Z S„=[(1.82+O.16+1.82+0.16)/3]'�z S„ = 1.15 4. Calculate the Lower Qualiry lndex QL for the lot. (L=963) QL=(X-L)/S„ QL = (97.95 - 96.30) / 1.l 5 ' � � � � ' � � ' � � � ' , ' � ' ' METHOD OF ESTIMATING PERCENTAGE OF MATERIAL WITHIN SPECIFICATION LIMITS (PWL) GR-710-2 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � 1 , ' � � �l � � � CLEARWATER AlRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION QL = 1.4348 5. Determine PWL by entering Table l with QL 1.44 and n= 4 PWL = 98 B. PWL Determination for Air Voids. 1. Air Voids of four random samples taken from Lot A. A-1 = 5.00 A-2 = 3.74 A-3 = 230 A-4 = 3.25 2. Calculate the average air voids for the lot. X=(x�+x2+x3...n)/n X=(5.00+3.74+2.30+3.25)/4 X = 3.57 percent 3. Calculate the standard deviation S„ for the lot. Sn = [((3.57 - 5.00)Z + (3.57 - 3.74)2 + (3.57 - 2.30)2 + (3.57 -3.25)2) / (4 - 1)] ��Z S„=[(2.04+0.03+1.62+0.10)!3]��Z Sn= �.IZ 4. Calculate the Lower Quality Index Q� for the lot. (L°� 2.0) QL-�X-L)/S„ � QL=(3.57-2.00)/ 1.12 QL = 1.3992 5. Determine PL by entering Table l with QL = 1.41 and n= 4. � � � � ' � i PL = 97 6. Calculate the Upper Quality Index QU for the lot. (U= 5.0) Qu=(U-X)/S� Qu=(5.00-3.57)/ 1.12 Qu = 1.2702 7. Determine PU by entering Table 1 with Q� = 1.29 and n= 4. P�=93 8. Calculate Air Voids PWL PWL = (P� + P�) - ] 00 PWL=(97+93)- ]00=90 EXAMPLE OF OUTLIER CALCULATION (REFERENCE ASTM E l78) Project: Example Project Test Item: Item P-401, Lot A. A. Outlier Determination for Mat Density. 1. Density of four random cores taken from Lot A arranged in descending order. A-3 = 99.30 OCTOBER 201;! METHOD OF ESTIMATING PERCENTAGE OF MATERIAL WITHIN SPECIFICATION LIMITS (PWL) ' Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) GR-170•3 OCTOBER 2012 CLEARWATER AIRPARK ' RW 16-34 & PARALLE� TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION A-4 = 9835 A-2 = 97.55 A-1 = 96.60 2. Use n=4 and upper 5 percent significance level of to find the critical value for test criterion = 1.463. 3. Use average density, standard deviation, and test criterion value to evaluate density measurements. a. For measurements geater than the average: If (measurement - average)/(standard deviation) is less than test criterion, then the measurement is not considered an outlier Far A-3, check if ( 99.30 - 97.95 )/ 1.15 is greater than 1.463. Since 1.174 is less than 1.463, the value is not an outlier. b. For measurements less than the average: If (average - measurement)/(standard deviation) is less than test criterion, then the measurement is not considered an outlier. For A-1, check if ( 9795 - 96.60 )/ 1.15 is greater than 1.463. Since 1.435 is less than 1.463, the value is not an outlier. NOTE: In this example, a measurement would be considered an outlier if the density were: Greater than (97.95 + 1.463 x l.l 5) = 99.63 percent OR less than (97.95 - 1.463 x 1.15) = 96.27 percent. GR-110-4 METHOD OF ESTIMATING PERCENTAGE OF MATERIAL WITHIN SPECIFICATION LIMITS (PWl) Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) ' � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � i� CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION Table l. Table for Estimating Percent of Lot Within Limits (PWL) OCTOBER 2015! Percent Within Positive Values of Q(Q� and QU) Limits � (PL and P�) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 n=9 n=10 99 1.1541 1.4700 1.6714 1.8008 1.8888 1.9520 1.9994 2.0362 98 1.1524 1.4400 1.6016 ].6982 l.7612 l.8053 1.8379 1.8630 97 11496 1.4100 1.5427 ].6181 1.6661 1.6993 l.7235 1.7420 96 1.1456 1.3800 1.4897 1.549? 1.5871 1.6127 1.6313 1.6454 95 1.1405 13500 1.4407 1.4887 1.5181 l.5381 1.5525 1.5635 94 1. l 342 1.3200 I 3946 l.4329 1.4561 l.4717 1.4829 l.4914 93 1.1269 1.2900 I 3508 l 3810 13991 1.4112 1.4199 1.4265 92 ].l 184 1.2600 13088 13323 l.3461 1.3554 ].3620 1.3670 9l l.1089 1.2300 l.2683 I 2860 1.2964 1.3032 13081 1.31 l 8 90 1.0982 1.2000 1.2290 1.2419 1.2492 1.2541 I.2576 l.2602 89 1.0864 ].1700 I.1909 l.1995 1.2043 l.2075 l.2098 1.21 I 5 88 l.0736 1.1400 1.1537 1.1587 1.1613 ]. I630 l.1643 1.1653 87 1.0597 1. l l 00 1. l 173 1.1192 1.1199 1.1204 ].1208 1.1212 86 1.0448 1.0800 1.0817 1.0808 1.0800 1.0794 1.0791 1.0789 85 1.0288 1.0500 ].0467 1.0435 1.0413 1.0399 1.0389 1.0382 84 1.0119 1.0200 1.0124 1.0071 1.0037 1.0015 1.0000 0.9990 83 0.9939 0.9900 0.9785 0.9715 0.9671 0.9643 0.9624 0.9610 82 0.9749 0.9600 0.9452 0.9367 0.9315 0.9281 0.9258 0.9241 81 0.9550 0.9300 0.9123 0.9025 0.8966 0.8928 0.8901 0.8882 80 0.9342 0.9000 0.8799 0.8690 0.8625 0.8583 0.8554 0.8533 79 0.9124 0.8700 0.8478 0.8360 0.829] 0.8245 0.8214 0.8192 78 0.8897 0.8400 0.8160 0.8036 0.7962 0.7915 0.7882 0.7858 77 0.8662 0.8100 0.7846 0.7716 0.7640 OJ590 OJ556 0.753] 76 0.8417 0.7800 OJ535 0.7401 0.7322 0.7271 OJ236 0.7211 75 0.8165 0.7500 0.7226 0.7089 OJ009 0.6958 0.6922 0.6896 74 0.7904 0.7200 0.6921 0.6781 0.6701 0.6649 0.6613 0.6587 73 0.7636 0.6900 0.6617 0.6477 0.6396 0.6344 0.6308 0.6282 72 0.7360 0.6600 0.6316 0.6176 0.6095 0.6044 0.6008 0.5982 71 0.7077 0.6300 0.6016 0.5878 0.5798 0.5747 0.5712 0.5686 70 0.6787 0.6000 0.5719 0.5582 0.5504 0.5454 0.5419 0.5394 69 0.6490 0.5700 0.5423 0.5290 0.5213 0.5164 0.5130 O.S l05 68 0.6187 0.5400 0.5129 0.4999 0.4924 0.4877 0.4844 0.4820 67 0.5878 0.5100 0.4836 0.4710 0.4638 0.4592 0.4560 0.4537 66 0.5563 0.4800 0.4545 0.4424 0.4355 0.4310 0.4280 0.4257 65 0.5242 0.4500 0.4255 0.4139 0.4073 0.4030 0.4001 0.3980 64 0.4916 0.4200 0.3967 0.3856 03793 0.3753 0.3725 0.3705 63 0.4586 03900 03679 0.3575 03515 03477 03451 03432 62 0.4251 0.3600 0.3392 03295 0.3239 03203 03179 03161 61 0.3911 0.3300 03107 0.3016 0.2964 0.2931 0.2908 0.2892 60 0.3568 03000 0.2822 0.2738 0.2691 02660 0.2639 0.2624 59 0.3222 0.2700 0.2537 0.2461 0.2418 0.2391 0.2372 0.2358 58 0.2872 0.2400 0.2254 0.2186 0.2147 0.2122 0.2105 0.2093 57 0.2519 0.2100 0.1971 0.1911 0.1877 0.1855 0.1840 0.1829 56 0.2164 O.l 800 O.l 688 0.1636 0.1607 0.1588 0. ] 575 0.1566 55 0.1806 0.1500 0.1406 0.1363 0.1338 0.1322 0.1312 0.1304 54 0.1447 0.1200 0.1125 0.1090 0.1070 0.1057 0.1049 0.1042 53 0.1087 0.0900 0.0843 0.0817 0.0802 0.0793 0.0786 0.0781 METH�D OF ESTIMATING PERCENTAGE OF MATERIAL WITHIN SPECIFICATION LIMITS (PWL) � Reference: AC 150/5370.10F (9l30/2011) GR-110-5 CLEARWATER AIRPARK � OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION Percent Within Positive Values of Q(QL and QL,) Limits (PL and Pu) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 n=9 n=10 52 0.0725 0.0600 0.0562 0.0544 0.0534 0.0528 0.0524 0.0521 51 0.0363 0.0300 OA281 0.0272 0.0267 0.0264 0.0262 0.0260 50 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 Percent Within Negative Values of Q(Q� and Q�) Limits n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 n=9 n=10 (PL and Pu) 49 -0.0363 -0.0300 -0.0281 -0.0272 -0.0267 -0.0264 -0.0262 -0.0260 48 -0.0725 -0.0600 -0.0562 -Q.0544 -0.0534 -0.0528 -0.0524 -0.0521 47 -0.1087 -0.0900 -0.0843 -0.0817 -0.0802 -0.0793 -0.0786 -0.0781 46 -0.1447 -0.1200 -0. ] 125 -0.1090 -0.1070 -0.1057 -0.1049 -0.1042 45 -0.1806 -O.1500 -O.1406 -0.1363 -0.1338 -0.1322 -0.1312 -0.1304 44 -0.2164 -0.1800 -0.1688 -0.1636 -0.1607 -0.1588 -0.1575 -0.1566 43 -0.2519 -0.2100 -0.1971 -O.1911 -0.1877 -0.1855 -0.1840 -O.1829 42 -0.2872 -0.2400 -0.2254 -0.2186 -0.2147 -0.2122 -0.2105 -0.2093 41 -0.3222 -0.2700 -0.2537 -0.2461 -0.2418 -0.2391 -02372 -0.2358 40 -0.3568 -0.3000 -0.2822 -0.2738 -0.2691 -0.2660 -0.2639 -0.2624 39 -0.3911 -0.3300 -0.3107 -03016 -0.2964 -0.2931 -0.2908 -0.2892 38 -0.4251 -0.3600 -03392 -0.3295 -03239 -0.3203 -03179 -03 ] 61 37 -0.4586 -0.3900 -0.3679 -03575 -0.3515 -03477 -0.3451 -03432 36 -0.4916 -0.4200 -0.3967 -0.3856 -0.3793 -0.3753 -0.3725 -0.3705 35 -0.5242 -0.4500 -0.4255 -0.4139 -0.4073 -0.4030 -0.4001 -0.3980 34 -0.5563 -0.4800 -0.4545 -0.4424 -0.4355 -0.4310 -0.4280 -0.4257 33 -0.5878 -0.5100 -0.4836 -0.4710 -0.4638 -0.4592 -0.4560 -0.4537 32 -0.6187 -0.5400 -O.S129 -0.4999 -0.4924 -0.4877 -0.4844 -0.4820 3l -0.6490 -0.5700 -0.5423 -0.5290 -0.5213 -0.5164 -0.5130 -0.5105 30 -0.6787 -0.6000 -0.5719 -0.5582 -0.5504 -0.5454 -0.5419 -0.5394 29 -0.7077 -0.6300 -0.6016 -0.58'78 -0.5798 -0.5747 -0.5712 -0.5686 28 -0.7360 -0.6600 -0.6316 -0.6176 -0.6095 -0.6044 -0.6008 -0.5982 27 -0.7636 -0.6900 -0.6617 -0.6477 -0.6396 -0.6344 -0.6308 -0.6282 26 -0.7904 -0.7200 -0.6921 -0.6781 -0.6701 -0.6649 -0.6613 -0.6587 25 -0.8165 -0.7500 -0.7226 -0.7089 -0.7009 -0.6958 -0.6922 -0.6896 24 -0.8417 -0.7800 -0.7535 -0.7401 -0.7322 -0.7271 -0.7236 -0.7211 23 -0.8662 -0.8100 -0.7846 -0.7716 -0.7640 -0.7590 -0.7556 -0.7531 22 -0.8897 -0.8400 -0.8160 -0.8036 -0.7962 -0.7915 -0.7882 -0.7858 21 -0.9124 -0.8700 -0.8478 -0.8360 -0.8291 -0.8245 -0.8214 -0.8192 20 -0.9342 -0.9000 -0.8799 -0.8690 -0.8625 -0.8583 -0.8554 -0.8533 19 -0.9550 -0.9300 -0.9123 -0.9025 -0.8966 -0.8928 -0.8901 -0.8882 18 -0.9749 -0.9600 -0.9452 -0.9367 -0.9315 -0.928] -0.9258 -0.9241 l7 -0.9939 -0.9900 -0.9785 -0.9715 -0.9671 -0.9643 -0.9624 -0.9610 16 - l .0119 -1.0200 -1.0124 -1.0071 - I .0037 -1.0015 -1.0000 -0.9990 l5 -1.0288 -1.0500 -1.0467 -1.0435 -1.0413 -1.0399 -1.0389 -1.0382 14 -1.0448 -1.0800 -1.0817 -1.0808 -1.0800 -1.0794 -1.079] -1.0789 13 -1.0597 -l.l]00 -1.1173 -1.1192 -1.1199 -1.1204 -1.1208 -1.1212 12 -1.0736 -I.1400 -1.1537 -1.1587 -1.1613 -1.1630 -11643 -1.1653 � � � � � � � � � �' � � � METHOD OF ESTIMATING PERCENTAGE OF MATERIAL WITHIN SPECIFICATION LIMITS (PWL) GR-110-6 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � � � � � � � ,� � � ' i 1 � � t � � 1 � CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2013! Percent Within Negative Values of Q(Q� and Q�) Limits � n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 n=9 n=10 (PL and Pu) 11 -1.0864 -1.1700 -1.1909 -1.1995 -1.2043 -1.2075 -1.2098 -1.2115 10 -1.0982 -1.2000 -1.2290 -1.2419 -1.2492 -1.254] -1.2576 -1.2602 9 -1.1089 -1.2300 -1.2683 -1.2860 -1.2964 -1.3032 -13081 -13118 8 -1.1184 -1.2600 -1.3088 -1.3323 -13461 -13554 -13620 -1.3670 7 -].1269 -].2900 -1.3508 -13810 -13991 -1.4112 -].4199 -1.4265 6 -1.1342 -13200 -13946 -1.4329 -1.4561 -1.4717 -1.4829 -1.4914 5 -1.1405 -13500 -1.4407 -1.4887 -1.5181 -1.5381 -1.5525 -1.5635 4 -1.1456 -13800 -1.4897 -1.5497 -1.5871 -1.6127 -1.6313 -1.6454 3 -1.1496 -1.4100 -1.5427 -1.6181 -1.6661 -1.6993 -1.7235 -1.7420 2 -1.1524 -1.4400 -1.6016 -1.6982 -1.7612 -1.8053 -1.8379 -1.8630 1 -1.1541 -1.4700 -1.6714 -1.8008 -1.8888 -1.9520 -1.9994 -2.0362 END OF SECTION 110 METHOD OF ESTIMATING PERCENTAGE OF MATERIAL WITHIN SPECIFICATION LIMITS (PWL) Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) GR-110-J' OCTOBER 2012 GR-110-8 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION Intentionally Left Blank METHOD OF ESTIMATING PERCENTAGE OF MATERIAL WITHIN SPECIFICATION LIMITS (PWL) Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2071) � OCTOBER 2012 � � CLEARWATER AIRPARK: RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIONI SECTION 120 NUCLEAR GAUGES 120-OI TESTING. When the specifications provide for nuclear gauge acceptance testing of material for Items P•• � 152, P-] 54, P-208, and P-209, the testing shall be performed in accordance with this section. At each samplins; location, the field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 6938 using the Direct Transmission Method. The nuclear gauge shall be calibrated in accordance with ASTM D 6938. Calibration and operation of thf; � gauge shall be in accordance with the requirements of the manufacturer. The operator of the nuclear gauge must show evidence of training and experience in the use of the instrument. The gauge shall be standardized daily iri accordance with ASTM standards. � ' � ,� � L� � �� When using the nuclear method, ASTM D 6938 shall be used to determine the moisture content of the materiaL ThE; calibration curve furnished with the nuclear gauges shall be checked in accordance with ASTM standards. ThE; calibration checks shall be made at the beginning of a job and at regular daily intervals. The material shall be accepted on a lot basis. Each Lot shall be divided into eight (8) sublots when ASTM D 6938 is. used. 120-02. When PWL concepts are incorporated, compaction shall continue until a PWL of 90 percent or more is achieved using the lower specification tolerance limits (L) below. The percentage of material within specification limits (PWL) shall be determined in accordance with the procedure,� specified in Section 1 l0 of the General Provisions. The lower specification tolerance limit (L) for density shall be: Specification Item Number Item P-152 Item P-154 Item P-208 Item P-209 Item P-211 Specification Tolerance (L) for Density, (percent of laboratorv maximum) 90.5 for cohesive material, 95.5 for non-cohesive 95.5 97.0 97.0 97.0 If the PWL is less than 90 percent, the lot shall be reworked and recompacted by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. After reworking and recompaction, the lot shall be resampled and retested. Retest results for the lot shall b�� reevaluated for acceptance. This procedure shall continue until the PWL is 90 percent or greater. 120-03 VERIFICATION TESTING (For ]tems P-152 and P-154 only.) The Engineer will verify the maximuni laboratory density of material placed in the field for each lot. A minimum of one test will be made for each lot o� material at the site. The verification process will consist of; (1) compacting the material and determining the dry density and moisture-density in accordance with ASTM D 698 and (2) comparing the result with the laboratory moisture-density curves for the material being placed. This verification process is commonly referred to as a"one- point Proctor". If the material does not conform to the existing moisture-densiry curves, the Engineer will establish the laboratory maximum density and optimum moisture content far the material in accordance with ASTM D 698. Additional verification tests will be made, if necessary, to properly classify all materials placed in the lot. The percent compaction of each sampling location will be determined by dividing the field density of each sublot by the laboratory maximum density for the lot. END OF SECTION 120 i NUCLEAR GAUGES � Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) GR-120-1 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION Intentionally Left Blank GR-120-2 OCTOBER 2012 NUCLEAR GAUGES Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � � � � SPECIAL RE UIREMENTS � � � � ' � � CLEARWATER AIRPARiC OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIOfJ SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS NO. 1 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PLAN AND SECURITY REQUIREMENTS � 1. PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVE The purpose of this plan is to set forth guidelines concerning construction and safety on the Clearwatei� � Airpark during Runway 16-34 & Parallel Taxiway Rehabilitation & Extension project. Described herein are methods, procedures, rules and authorities to be adhered to during said construction period. Following are the general safety plan objectives that must be achieved in order to maximize safety and to � minimize time and economic loss to the aviation community, construction contractors and others directly affected by the project. � � � 2. � � � � � A. B. C. D. E. Keep the airport operationa] for all users. Minimize delays to airport operations. Maintain safery of airport operations. Minimize delays to construction operations. Minimize airport-operation/construction-activity conflicts. The Contractor should keep these objectives in mind when formulating his schedules and operational activities.. GENERAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. A construction/safety meeting wil l be conducted after the award of the contract and prior to commencing; construction. Additional construction/safety meetings may be scheduled biweekty throughout the life oi' the contract. Representatives from the Contractor, Architect/Engineer, Owner, and any others deemed necessary by County, will attend. The Contractor is required to conduct a weekly Safety/Security meeting and three copies of the minutes will be provided to the Architect/Engineer within five calendar days of the meeting. All supervisars and the ArchitectlEngineer's representative are required to attend. B. The Contractor shall inform his supervisors and workmen of the airport activiry and operations that are inherent to this airport, the safety regulations of the airport, and the prohibition of driving or walking on any area of the Air Operations Area (AOA) without clearance. The Contractor shall conduct his construction activities to conform to both routine and emergency requirements. C. All Contractor vehicles that are authorized to operate on the airport outside of the designated construction area limits or haul routes as defined herein shall display 3' x 3' flags ar larger, orange and white checkerboard flag, each checkerboard color being 1' square. Any vehicle operating during hours of' darkness should be equipped with a flashing amber dome-type light, mounted on top ofthe vehicle and of� such intensity to conform to local codes for maintenance and emergency vehicles. Vehicles operating in the active Aircraft Operational Area (AOA) must do so under with utmost caution. Aircraft traffic has the way-of-way at all time. Vehicles shall be escorted and under the controi of one contractor mobile (two- way) radio operator on the job at all times. D. No ]oose material or waste capable of causing damage to aircraft or capable of being ingested into jet engines may be placed next to the runways, taxiways or apron during operational hours. Special attention � CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PLAN AND SECURITY REQUIREMENTS SR 1-1 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8� EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 is directed to the Contractor that all pavement which is operational to aircraft during construction must be kept clean and clear of any materials or debris. 1 LJ E. Open flame torch cutting or welding is prohibited unless adequate safety precautions have been taken and � approved by the Engineer. F. The existing airport pavements and facilities are designed for aircraft on single and dual gear configurations. The Contractor shall preserve and/or protect existing and new pavements plus other facilities from damage due to construction operations. Existing pavements and facilities which are damaged shall be replaced or reconstructed to original strength at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall take immediate action to reconstruct any damaged area which is to remain in service. G. Construction Area Limits H. The limits of construction, material storage area, equipment storage area, parking area and other areas defined as required far the Contractor's exclusive use during construction shall be marked by the Contractor. The Contractor shall erect and maintain around the perimeter of these areas suitable marking and warning devices visible for day/night use. Temporary fencing, barricades, flagging and/or flashing warning lights will be required at critical access points. Type of marking and warning devices shall be approved by the County, through the Engineer. Open trenches, excavations and stockpiled materials must be permanently marked with flags and lighted by approved light units during hours of reduced visibility and darkness. No separate pay item is included for this work and all costs must be included in other bid items. Any construction activity with 250' of an active runway centerline or 60' from an active taxiway centerl ine or open excavations in excess of three inches deep within the above areas will reyuire closure of the affected runway or taxiway, unless otherwise approved by Airport Director, and issuance of appropriate NOTAMs. AC l 50/5370-2 series, "Operational Safety on Airports during Construction", is included herein by reference. Staging, Stockpile, and Spoil Areas The staging area(s) depicted on the plans shall be used to house the Contractor's and resident inspector's offices, and to store all idle equipment, supplies, and construction materials (other than bulk materials such as aggregate, sand, and soil). The Contractor may erect and maintain throughout the life of this contract, at his expense, a 6-foot high fence of chain link fabric around the perimeter of each staging area used. He may also install vehicle and pedestrian gates, as necessary, to provide adeyuate ingress/egess. Additionally, the perimeter of any staging area which abuts an active operation pavement shall be marked with vellow flashin� barricades no more than 50 feet apart. Upon completion of all work, remove all construction fencing and barricades from the project site. Contractor's vehicles, equipment, and materials shall be stared in the area designated on the plans. Upon completion of the work, the storage area shall be cleaned up and returned to its original condition to the satisfaction of the Owner. No special payment will be made for cleanup and restoration of the storage area. Personal services will not be permitted beyond the Contractor's parking area. Drivers of vehicles being operated beyond this area shall be subject to loss of permission to enter the construction site. Equipment not in use during construction, nights, and/or holidays will be parked in the Contractor's staging area. Exceptions will only be approved by the Engineer when absolutely necessary. Parking of construction workers' private vehicles shall also be within the staging area construction fence. Stockpile areas shall be used to store all bulk materials needed for the project and may or may not be fenced at the Contractor's option. However, yellow flashing barricades shall be installed where potential conflicts with air or ground vehicular traffic might occur. SR 1-2 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PLAN AND SECURITY REQUIREMENTS , � r � � � �� CLEARWATER AIRPARK; OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIOI� I. J K. The spoil site depicted on the plans shall be used to stockpile all clean soil removed from the project site and not needed for the project construction. Separate stockpiles shall be created for the projec�t construction. Separate stockpiles shall be created for structurai soil and topsoil. Stockpiles shall no�t penetrate the FAR Part 77 imaginary surfaces. All other waste material, including rubble and debris, shall be removed from the Airport at the Contractor's expense. No stockpile areas to store all bulk materials for the project are provided. All material removed by excavation such as concrete, asphalt, or limerock will be transported off the airport limits when it is taken up. It will not be stockpiled on airport property. If additional storage area is needed, the Contractor may reyuest it from the Engineer. The request will b�: reviewed on the basis of what is to be stored and the area needed. The Contractor shall provide an;i necessary fencing and/or security. All waste material, including rubble and debris, shall be promptly removed from the Airport at thE: Contractor's expense. No hazardous materials shall be stored within the Airport properry. Burning on Airport property is prohibited. Limitation of Operations The Contractor shall be responsible for controlling his operations and those ofhis subcontractors so as to provide for the free movement of aircraft in the apron and taxiway areas of the airport (Air Operations Area). Obstructions to Navigation Penetrations of the imaginary surfaces defined in FAR Part 77 shall not be permitted without advancr:� notification of and approval by the Owner. It may be necessary to file Form 7460-1 with the FAA to obtain approval prior to operation of exceptionally tall equipment. This includes any penetrations whatsoever by the Contractor, including but not limited to vehicles, cranes, other construction equipmenl:, structures, stockpiled materials, excavated earth, etc. When penetrations are unavoidable they shall be brought to the attention of the Owner and the FAA as far in advance as is practical to allow Notices to Airmen (NOTAMS) to be prepared and distributed tc� appropriate FAA divisions for publication and dissemination. During times when the safety of flight operations could be impaired, particularly during weather wher.i instrument approaches are required, ar when the equipment is idle, all booms, towers and other movablE; appendages shall be lowered to the maximum extent. Emergency Procedures The Contractor shall familiarize himself with airport emergency procedures and shall endeavor t�a conduct his operation so as not to conflict with them. Clear routes for crash/fire/rescue equipment shalll be maintained in operable condition at all times. In case of an emergency caused by an accident, fire, ar personal injury or illness, local police are to b�; immediately notified by calling them at 9l 1. The caller must accurately report the location and type o�f emergency. The Owner and Engineer shall also be notified of any emergency. � CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PLAN AND SECURITY REQUIREMENTS SR 1-3 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 L. Access to the Construction Site M. SR 1-4 The Contractor's access to the site shall be as shown on the Project Plans or as directed by the Engineer. No other access routes shall be authorized without written approval of the Engineer and Owner. The Contractar shall identify access routes with suitable signs, barricades and similar equipment. All Contractor traffic authorized to enter the site shall be experienced in the route or guided by Contractor personnel. The Contractor shall be responsible far traffic contro] to and from the various construction areas on the site and for the operation of the access gate to the site. The Contractor shall familiarize his employees with the route. Material and equipment delivery trucks shall be accompanied by an employee ofthe Contractor familiar with the route. The Contractor shall be responsible for access control through the access gate for the duration of his contract. This access control will be for all personnel using the gate for access. This gate will be manned, whenever unlocked. The Contractor shall monitor and coardinate all Contractor traffic at the access gate with the Owner. The Contractor shall not permit any unauthorized construction personnel or traffic on the site, including food and beverage vendors or caterers. If breaches of security occur, the Engineer may, at his option, ciose the gates until adequate actions have been taken to prevent further breaches of security. Any delay caused by this will be considered Contractor Caused and will not extend the contract time. The Contractor is responsible for immediate cleanup of any debris deposited along the access route as a result of his construction traffic. The entire access route and construction site shall be kept free and clean of all debris at all times and maintained in good repair by the Contractor or his agents, and shall be immediately repaired to the satisfaction of the Owner. Directional signing along the delivery route to the storage area, plant site or work site shall be as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Contractor's Security Requirements 1) General Intent: It is intended that the Contractor shall comply with all requirements of the airport securiry plan and with the security plan specified herein. The Contractor shall designate, to the Architect/Engineer, in writing the name of his Contractar Securiry Officer (CSO). The CSO shall be the Contractor's representative on the "Construction Security Committee" and shall be accountable forthese security requirements for the Contractor. 2) Contractor Security Personnel Orientation: The Contractor's Security Officer (CSO) will be responsible for all safety precautions. Prior to the commencement of the wark, the CSO shall provide the Architect/Engineer an outline of a proposed accident and fire protection plan for all work contemplated under the contract. 3) Identi�cation - Personnel: The Contractor's onsite supervisory personne) shall be badged with I.D. badges provided by the Contractor. The Contractor shall issue and maintain a master list of personnel issued badges and it shall be available for Owner's examination during construction hours. Personnel shall wear the badge on outermost garment at all times while on the AOA. All employees of Contractor or Subcontractor requiring access to the construction site are required to be supplied with identification badges to be worn at all times while within the area. Responsibility far supply, issuance, and control of identification badges shall be that of the Contractor, through the Contractor Security Officer and the Architect/Engineer. 4) Identification - Vehicles: The Contractor, through the Contractor Security Officer, shall establish and maintain a list of Contractor and Subcontractor vehicles authorized to operate on the site and shall issue a permit to each vehicle to be made available upon demand by the Architect/Engineer or any CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PLAN AND SECURITY REQUIREMENTS � � C� I � � � � � � �� CLEARWATER AIRPARK; OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIONI , Airport Security Officer. Vehicle permits shall be assigned in a manner to assure positive identificatiori of the unit at all times. In lieu of issuing individual vehicle permits, the CSO can require each vehicle to � display a large company sign on both sides of vehicle and advise the County through the Architect/Engineer of a current list of companies authorized to enter and conduct work on the airport. 5) Employee Parking: Area for parking of the Contractor's employee's vehicles is to be designated b�� the Architect/Engineer. Parking shall be accomplished in straight equally spaced rows. Contractor shal l organize traffic flow and parking patterns, supply traffic control signs and markings subject to approval of the Architect/Engineer. Maintain the parking surface and pick up trash daily. No storage will be � allowed at parking site. � 6) Materials Delivery to the Site: All Contractor's material orders for delivery to the work site will usf; as a delivery address, the street name and number assigned to the access point onto the airport. This will � preclude delivery trucks from entering into the Terminal Complex or taking short cuts through perimete�r gates and entering into aircraft operations areas inadvertently. � � � � � � � � END OF SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS NO. 1 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PLAN AND SECURITY REQUIREMENTS SR 1-5 � CLEARWATER AIRPARK ' RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 ' � � � This Page Intentionally Left Blank SR 1-6 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PLAN AND SECURITY REQUIREMENTS ' 1 � � , � � CLEARWATER AIRPARM� OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION 1. � � 2. � � 3. � � 4. � � � SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS NO. 2 AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES GENERAL These Special Requirements are supplemental to the Bid Documents and the General Requirements and constitute a part of the Contract Documents and Specifications. In case of conflict between any provisions o:f� the Project Plans and the Supplementary Technical Specifications, the Supplementary Technical Specifications shall govern. In case of conflict between any provisions of the Contract Documents and the General Requirements, the Contract Documents shall take precedence and govern. In case of conflict between any provisions of the Special Requirements and any other part of the Contract Documents and Specifications, the Special Requirements shall take precedence and govern. The work herein contemplated consists of furnishing all tools, labor, plant, equipment, materials, and performing all work necessary for a completed project in strict accardance with detailed plans and the specifications. It is the intent of these Project Plans and specifications to prescribe a complete work and improvement. Where items of work are necessary for the satisfactory completion of the contract, then such work shall be considered incidental to the work called for, and any costs involved shall be reflected in the bid unit price for the itern requiring it for each alternate accepted by the Owner, if any alternates are a part of the proposal, as are provided. . . � " . ... .. . . _ � PERMITS Contractor shall be required to procure and pay for all construction permits, arrange for all inspections and simi•• lar procedural items as required by the code enforcement autharities having jurisdiction. AIRPORT OPERATIONS Airport operations shall be maintained throughout this Contract. The Contractor shall in no way curtail or handicap normal operational characteristics ofthe airport facility except as specifically indicated and specified in these Contract Documents. In order to maintain operations ofthe existing facilities with the minimum of interference to normal operations, the following shali be complied with by the Contractor. A. B. The work once started shall be continued in a diligent manner until completed. The sequencing of the work shall be as shown on the Project Layout and Phasing Plans, or as approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall coordinate the opening or closing ofany area of pavement with the airport manager. A minimum of 48 hours notice is required to alloN+ � AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SR 2-11 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. SR 2-2 the owner to issue appropriate NOTAMs. LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION Any surface graded or disturbed outside the construction limits as shown on the plans will be restored and sodded or seeded and mulched as directed by the Engineer at the Contractor's expense. CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND STAKES Contractor shall furnish all lines, grades and measurements necessary for the proper prosecution and control of the work and contracted for under these specifications. The Contractar will establish horizontal and vertical control points. Contractor is responsible to maintain these control points for use by subsequent Contractors. VERIFICATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS Priar to bidding and commencing with construction, the Contractar shall familiarize himself as to the existing conditions. Should the Contractor discover any inaccuracies, errors or omissions between the actual existing conditions and the Contract Documents, he shall within seven (7) calendar days prior to Bid Opening, notify the Engineer in writing. Submission of Bid by the Contractor shall be held as an acceptance of the existing condi- tions by the Contractor. SAFETY AND PROTECTION A. Safety: Inasmuch as each work area will be accessible to and used by the public, the Owner and other companies doing business at the Airport during the construction period, it is the Contractor's responsibility to maintain each work area in a safe, hazard free condition at all times. Should the Owner find the area unsafe at any time, they will notify the Contractor, and the Contractor shall take whatever steps necessary to remedy the unsafe condition. Should the Contractor not be immediately available for corrective action, the Owner will remedy the problem and the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the expense of such correction. � ' u u � � � � B. Protection of Property: Fixed structures, equipment, paving, landscaping and vehicles (automobiles, '� trucks, etc_) shall be protected with drop cloths, shielding and other appropriate measures to ensure maximum protection of all property and vehicles. � PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Before beginning work at the site, the Contractor shall attend a pre-construction conference and bring with him the superintendent employed for this project. In the event the Contractor is unable to attend, he shall send a letter of introduction with the superintendent in which he advises the superintendent's full name and states that he is assigned to the project and will be in full responsible charge. This conference will be called by the Engineer who will arrange for the Owner's representative and other interested parties to be present. At this time, all parties will discuss the project under contract and prepare a program of procedure in keeping with requirements of the drawings and specifications. The superintendent will henceforth make every effort to expeditiously coordinate all phases of the work, including the required reporting procedure, to obtain the end result within the full purpose and intent of the drawings and specifications for the project. ADMINISTRATIVE/SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL The Contractor shall provide a full-time Project Management Team consisting of a Project Manager, Project Superintendents and other supervisory personnel for the duration of the Project. The names and qualifications of this team for this work shall be submitted to the Owner as part of the Bidder Qualification Form. They shall have a minimum of five (5) years of experience on suitable projects of equal difficulty. Either the Project AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES � � � L-1 � � � � � CLEARWATER AIRPARPC OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALIEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIOM Manager or the Project Superintendent shall be at the construction site at a11 periods when work is in progress. This person shall have full autharity to act in the Contractor's behalf. It is agreed and understood that, il' requested in writing by the Owner, the Contractor shall replace any member of the team with another meetin€t, the required qualifications within three (3) days of the receipt of the request. The Owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the work. The Contractor shall at all times, when work is in � progress, be represented at the site of the work either, in person or by a qualified superintendent who shall be in direct charge of alI operations on the contract, whether performed directly by the contractor, or through a. subcontractor. 11. � � � 12. � � 13. � � � � 14. � SPECIAL REPORTS A. Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at the site, thE: Contractor shall prepare and submit a special report to the Engineer. List chain of events, persons participating, response by the Contractor's personnel, an evaluation of the results or effects and simila�r pertinent information. Advise the Owner and Engineer as soon as possible when such events are known. B. Submitting Reports: Submit special reports directly to the Owner within one (1) day of occurrence. Submit a copy of the report to the Architect/Engineer/RPR and other entities that are affected by thf; occurrence within one day of the occurrence. TAXES All applicable taxes whether Federal, State, Local ar other shall be included in the Contractors Bid. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: The bidder shall provide with the Proposal a copy of a Certificate of Insurance as verification that the insurance coverage required is in force. This purpose ofproviding this certificatE; is only to verify that the Contractor has the coverage required. The copy of the certificate does not have to name the "additional insured". In providing the copy of the Certificate of Insurance the Contractor shall also indicate in writing whether or not the Contractor's insurance does, can and/or will provide coverage for his Subcontractors ar if the Contractor's Subcontractors will have to be covered by their individual policy(ies) in accordance with the requirements of this document. The bidder shall be responsibie to include in his Unit Price Bid Prices any additional costs of insurance related to eithe�r his policy(ies) covering the Subcontractors or the "additional insured". A bidder who does not currently have in force the insurance coverage required may submit with his/he�� bid a notarized affidavit from the insurance provider who will provide the required insurance coverage. The affidavit shall state that in the event the bidder is awarded the contract for this project the; insurance provider will provide the insurance coverage required in these documents. Said statemen't shall also indicate whether or not the Contractor's insurance will provide coverage forthe Contractor's Subcontractors or if the Contractor's Subcontractors will have to be covered by their individual policy(ies) in accordance with the requirements of these documents. In this case the bidder shall be responsible for obtaining from his/her insurance provider the amount of any additional cost to providf; the required insurance coverage and any additional cost that his/her Subcontractars will incur to provide their separate coverage and the total cost of the insurance required shall be included in the bidder's Unit Price Bids. CLEAN AIR AND CLEAN WATER ACTS In addition to the requirements listed in the General Provisions, the Contractor is responsible for compliance; with all applicable standards, orders, or requirements issued under Section 306 of the Clean Air Act, Section � AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SR 2-fl CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 15. 16. 17. SR 2-4 505 ofthe Clean Water Act, Executive Order 11738, and Environmental Protection Agency regulations. PROJECTSCHEDULE The Contractor shall prepare a Project Work Schedule and provide it to the Architect and/or Engineer at the Pre-Construction Conference for review and approval. The Project Work Schedule must be practicable and feasible, showing the order in which the contractar proposes to carry on the work, the approximate dates on which he will start salient features and the contemplated dates for completing same. CHANGES IN THE SCHEDULE /:� B. Minor Changes: Each week, priar to the weekly coardination meeting during the time ofthe contract, the Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative of any minor changes that are anticipated in the schedule for the following week. Major Changes: If for any reason a major change in the approved schedule is anticipated, the Contractor shall make the necessary changes to the schedule and resubmit the revised schedule for approval. Copies of the approved schedule shall be posted in the Contractor's field office with completed work identified in colored pencil. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC A. B. Maintenance Responsibilities: The Contractor shall not obstruct nor create a hazard to any traffic during the prosecution of the work and shall be responsible for repair of all damage to existing pave- ment or facilities caused by his operations. Beginning date of Contractor's Responsibility: The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of traffic shall begin on the day he starts the work and continue until Final Completion and Acceptance of the Project. C. Sections Not Requiring Traffic Maintenance: The Contractor will not be required to maintain traffic over those portions of the Project where no work is to be accomplished or where construction operations will not affect aircraft operations. The Contractor, however, shall not obstruct nar create a hazard to any traffic during the prosecution of the work and shall be responsible for repair of any damage to existing pavement or facilities caused by his operations. D. Traffic during Construction: All construction vehicles are required to use existing traffic routes. Normal traffic lanes are not to be used as staging areas for arriving delivery vehicles. The Contractor's employees shall utilize the designated Contractor employee parking area. � lJ � � � � � �� E. Contractor Signing: The Contractor may furnish and install construction traffic directional signs along the existing traffic route. The signs shall depict Contractor's logo or name, directional arrows � and "deliveries". Signs shall be of sufficient size to have six-inch (6") high messages and shall be located at each decision point. All signs and their locations shall be approved by the Engineer and Owner. NO OTHER SIGNS ARE PERMITTED. � G. Material Deliveries: The Contractor shall make his own materia] and equipment deliveries. No deliveries shall be made by vendors or suppliers without escort by a representative of the Contractor. Notification: On days when construction traffic is expected to be extra heavy or when oversized pieces of equipment are to be delivered, give minimum forty-eight (48) hours' notice to the Engineer. AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES � � � ' CIEARWATER AIRPARN; OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIO�I ' � � � � � � ' � � � 1g. � � i � 19. � � H. Delivery Address: All Contractor's material arders for detivery to the work site will use as a deliver}� address, the street name and number assigned to the access point onto the airport. The name "CLEARWATER AIRPARK" shall not be used in the deliverv address at anv time This wil11 preclude delivery trucks from entering into aircraft operations areas inadvertently. All Contractor materia] orders for the work site shall be delivered to the areas designated as the Contractor's receiving; area. All deliveries shall be made only during the Contractor's working hours. 1. Interference Request: J 1) 2) 3) The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Owner in writing and securing approvall for any and all interruptions or interference's with traffic (pedestrian, automobile ar other necessary function of the Airport.) The request shall include a traffic control plan indicating barricades, lighting and flagmen where required. Such notification shall be made as soon as possible but in no case less than forty-eight (48)� hours prior to interference. 4) It is suggested that the Contractar utilize a standard form addressed to the Owner with a. blank space for a description of the interference, the exact area affected, the exact times and dates the interference will take place and blanks for the Owner's approval. The forms shall be submitted in duplicate. No interference will be allowed until the Contractor has received back a copy of the approved interference request form. Personnel Traf�c: 1) 2) General: All construction personnel shall be restricted to construction areas. They shall wear shirts with sleeves and ]ong pants at all times. Use of Public Areas: The Contractor's workmen shall not utilize public areas for taking their "work breaks" or "lunch breaks". Areas for this purpose can be designated by the Owner upon request. No Public Toilets shall be used by any workmen at any time. DAILY CLEAN-UP AND TRASH REMOVAL A. Daily Responsibilities: Debris from this work shall be promptly removed from the site at least daily. It shall not be allowed to become a hazard to the safety of the public. B. Maintenance: The Contractor shall be responsible for clean up and trash removal. Accumulation of� trash and debris will not be allowed and the Architect/Engineer/RPR may at any time direct the Contractor to immediately remove his trash and debris from the site of the work when in the opinion of' the Owner such trash constitutes a nuisance or in any way hinders the work or the Airports operations. If the Contractor should fail to remove his trash and debris from the site of the work in a timely manner, the Owner may have this work performed and deduct the cost of such from Contractar's payment. SITE CLEAN-UP Before the final job is accepted by the Owner, the entire area used during construction must be cleaned of all foreign materials such as rock, wood, etc., that could be picked up by mowers used by the Airport Maintenance Crews. A thorough inspection of the area shall be made by the Architect and/or Engineer and the Contractor before final inspection ofthe project is made. Failure ofthe Contractor to clean up the job site could delay final inspection and thereby delay final completion and final payment on his contract. The cleaning up ofthe project � AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SR 2-5 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 20. SR 2-6 work area is incidental to all other work involved, and no additional payment for this work shall be made. CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. B. General: During handling and installation of work at the project site, clean and protect work in progress and adjoining work on the basis of continuous daily maintenance. Apply protective covering on installed work to ensure freedom from damage or deterioration. Frequency: Clean and perform maintenance on installed work as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. C. Limiting Exposures of Work: To the extent possible through appropriate control and protection methods, supervise performance of the work in such a manner and by such means which will ensure that none of the work, whether completed or in progress, will be subjected to harmful, dangerous, damaging or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. Such exposures include, where applicable, but not by way of limitation the following: 1) Excessive static or dynamic loading 2) Excessive internal or external pressures 3) Solvents 4) Chemicals 5) Light 6) Puncture 7) Abrasion 8) Heavy Traffic 9) Soiling 10) Combustion 11) High speed operation, improper lubrication, and unusual wear 12) Improper shipping or handling 13) Theft 14) Vandalism D. Protection at Openings: The Contractor shall provide protection at all openings in structures and finishes to maintain the building weather proof and dust tight. All protection shall be of solid material and substantial so that it will not be disturbed by wind and weather normal to the area and season, and also tight fitting to prevent noise infiltration. E. Protection of Improvements: 1) Damage to Existing Facilities: Existing surfaces and materials of the Owner's property not reyuiring work by the Contract Documents that is damaged by the Contractor's operations shall be immediately repaired. Repaired surfaces and materials shall match existing adjacent undamaged surfaces and materials. Repair work shall be coordinated with the Engineer and Owner with regard to time and method. 2) Accidental Demolition: All structures or parts thereof that may become damaged due to accident or Contractor's error shall be restored to their original condition at no cost to the Owner. Materials and equipment being used in the repair or replacement resulting from damage shall be new and shall perform at the manufacturer's published capacities. If the existing equipment or materials cannot be identified, or if unavailable, the selection of the replacement will be subject to approval by the Engineer in writing. AiRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES � � � �� ;. J � � � u � � � � , CLEARWATER AIRPARH; OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 � PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIOM ' r , 21. � � � � � 22. � � , � � F. Overhead Protection 1) 2} No cranes or other construction equipment shall cross over non-construction personnel, thei�� travel ways or ride systems. The plan of operation of cranes and other hoisting equipment shall be established in writin�; by the Contractor. This plan of operation shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. CONSERVATION AND SALVAGE A. General: It is a requirement for supervision and administration of the Work that construction operations be carried out with the maximum possible consideration given to conservation of energy, water and materials. In addition, maximum consideration shall be given to salvaging materials and equipment involved in performance of the work but not incorporated therein. Refer to other sections for required disposition of salvaged materials that are the Owner's property. B. Material to be Savaged: All material and equipment called out in the specifications or so noted on the Project Plans that are to remain the property of the Owner will be salvaged by the Contractor and will b storage on the Airport property as directed by Owner at no additiona] cost. All other remaining. salvageable items and all construction/demolition debris shall become the property of the Contracto�r and disposed of off airport property. PROJECT DOCUMENTATION A. B. Project Drawings: The successfW Contractor will be furnished, at no charge, four (4) conies ol' drawings and specifications. Additional copies may be purchased at actual cost of reproduction. A field set of drawings and specifications shall remain on the job site at all times and shall be availablf; at all times to the Engineer. The field set shall be continuously updated to reflect the "as-built" condition of all work included in this Contract. The Contractor shall immediately include plain(y and conspicuously on the field set of drawings, and at appropriate paragraphs in the specifications, all changes or corrections made by addenda and change� orders as they are issued. Approved copies of all shop drawings and other submittals are to be kept on the job site at all times, and shall be available at all times to the Engineer. Changes and deviations from the existing conditions shall be submitted in writing for approval prior tc:� installation. In no case shall any unspecified equipment or materials be installed without prior approval by the Engineer. Record Documents: , 1) Definition: Record copies are defined to include those documents ar copies relating directl;y to performance of the work, which the Contractor is required to prepare or maintain for thr Owner's records, recording the wark as actually performed. In particular, record copies shovv changes in the work in relation to the way in which work was shown and specified by thr � original contract documents and show additional information of value to the Owner's records but not indicated by the ariginal Contract Documents. � � Record copies include newly-prepared drawings (if any are specified), marked-up copies of contract drawings, shop drawings, specifications, addenda and change orders, marked-up product data submittals, record samples, field records for variable and concealed conditions such as excavations and foundations, and miscellaneous record information on work which is � AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SR 2=7 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 C. SR 2-8 2) 3) 4) otherwise recorded only schematically or not at all. Record Drawings: The Contractor shall maintain a set of Record Drawings at the job site. These shall be kept legible and current and shall be available for inspection at ali times by the Engineer. Show all changes ar work added on these Record Drawings in a contrasting color. a) Mark-up Procedure: During progress of the work, maintain a white-print set (blue- line or black-line) of contract drawings and shop drawings, with mark-up of actual installations which vary substantially from the work as originally shown. Mark whatever drawing is most capable of showing actual physical condition, fu11y and accurately. Where shop drawings are marked up, mark cross-reference on contract drawings at corresponding location. Mark with erasable colored pencil, using separate colors where feasible to distinguish between changes for different categories of work at the same general location. Mark-up important additional information which was either shown schematically or omitted from original drawings. Give particular attention to information on work concealed, which would be difficult to identify or measure and recard at a later date. Note alternate numbers, change order numbers and similar identification. Require each person preparing the mark-up to initial and date the mark-up and indicate the name of the firm. Label each sheet "PROJECT RECORD" in 1'/z" high letters. In showing changes in the work, use the same legends as used on the original drawings. Indicate exact locations by dimensions and exact elevations by job datum. Give dimensions from a permanent point. b) Preparation of Transparencies: In preparation for certification of substantial completion on the last major portion of the work, review the completed mark-up of record drawings and shop drawings with the Architect/Engineer. The Architect/Engineer will then proceed with preparation of a full set of corrected transparencies for contract drawings. The Architect/Engineer will date each updated drawing and label each sheet "PROJECT RECORD" in 1'/2" high letters. Printing as reyuired herein is the responsibility of the Architect/Engineer. c) Copies, Distribution: Upon completion of transparency record drawings, the Architect/Engineer shall prepare three (3) blueline or blackline prints of each drawing, regardless of whether changes and additional information were recarded thereon. The Architect/Engineer sha}I then organize each of the three (3) copies into manageable sets, bind with durable paper cover sheets, and print suitable titles and dates. The mark-up set of prints maintained during the construction period shall be bound in the same manner. The Architect/ Engineer will retain one copy set. At the completion of the project, the Architect/Engineer shall submit one set of mylars and one set of prints with changes noted thereon to the Owner. Record Drawings shall contain the names, addresses and phone numbers of the General Contractor and the major subcontractors. The Architect/Engineer shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of the Record Drawings. Receipt and acceptance of the As-Built drawings is a pre-requisite for Partial and Final Payments. Record Specifications 1) During the progress of the work, maintain one copy of specifications, including addenda, change orders and similar modifications issued in printed form during construction. Mark-up variations (of substance) in actual work in comparison with text of specifications and AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES ' ' r � � , I� � � �J � L_:1 � �� II � � u � � ' � � � ' � CLEARWATER AIRPARM� OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIOPI f� E. modifications as issued. Give particular attention to substitutions, selection ofoptions, and similar information on work where it is concealed or cannot otherwise be readily discerned at a later date by direct observation. Note related record drawing information and product data where applicable. Upon completion ofthe mark-up, submit to the Architect/ Engineer forthc; Owner's records. Labe] the front cover "PROJECT RECORD" in 1-1/2 inch high letters. 2) Where the manual is printed on one side of the page only, mark variations on the blank left•- hand pages of the Project Manual, facing printed right-hand pages containing original tex4 affected by variation. Record Product Data During progress of the work, maintain one (1) copy of each product data submittal and mark uX� significant variations in the actua) work in comparison with submitted information. lnclude botLi variations in product as delivered to site and variations from the manafacturer's instructions ancl recommendations for installation. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the work that cannot otherwise be readily discerned at a later date by direct observation. Note relatecl change orders and mark-ups ofrecord drawings and specifications. Upon completion ofthe mark-up., submit a complete set of product data submittals to the Architect/Engineer for the Owner's records.. Label each data submittal "PROJECT RECORD" in I-1/2 inch high letters. Record Sample Submittal � Immediately prior to the date(s) of substantial completion, the Architect/Engineer and Owner's, personnel will meet with the Contractor on site and will determine if any of the submitted samples maintained by the Contractor during progress of the work are to be transmitted to the Owner for recordl � purposes. Comply with the ArchitecdEngineer's instructions for packaging, identification marking andl delivery to the Owner's sample storage space. Dispose of other samples in the manner specified for disposal of surplus and waste materials, unless otherwise indicated by the ArchitecUEngineer. � � � � � � �I u F. Miscellaneous Record Submittals Refer to other sections of these specifications for requirements of miscellaneous record keeping and. submittals in connection with actual performance of the work. Immediately prior to the date(s) 01' substantial completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order, properly identified. and bound or filed, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to the Architect/Engineer for the Owner's records. Categories of requirements resulting in miscellaneous work records are recognized to� include, but are not limited to, the following: l) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) Required field records on excavations, foundations, underground construction, wells and similar work. Accurate survey showing locations and elevations ofall electrical items, underground lines, including invert elevations of drainage piping, valves, tanks and manholes. Surveys by a Registered Land Surveyar establishing lines and levels of finished construction. Soil treatment certification, if applicable. Inspection and Test Reports where not processed as shop drawings or product data. Asphalt or PCC pavement or structural mix design record, if applicable. Concrete block certification, if applicable. ' AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SR 2-9 CLEARWATER AIRPARK I RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 G. H. ProjeM Closeout Closeout is hereby defined to include general requirements near end of Contract Time, in preparation for final acceptance, final payment, normal termination of contract, occupancy by the Owner and similar actions evidencing completion of the work. Specific requirements for individual units of work are specified in other sections. Time of closeout is directly related to substantial completion, and therefore may be a single time period for the entire work or a series of time periods for individual parts of the work which have been certified as substantially complete at different dates. The time variation, if any, shall be applicable to other provisions of this section. Prerequisites to Substantial Completion 1) Priar to requesting the Architect/Engineer's inspection for certification of substantial completion, for either the entire work or portions thereof, complete the following and list known exceptions in request: a) In the progress payment request coincident with or first following the date claimed, show 100% completion for the portion of work claimed as "substantially completed", or list incomplete items, value of incomplete work, and reasons for being incomplete. b) c) d) e) fl g) lnclude supporting documentation for completion as indicated in the Contract Documents. Submit statement showing accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. Advise the Owner of pending insurance changeover reyuirements. Obtain and submit releases enabiing the Owner's full and unrestricted use of the wark and access to services and utilities, including, where required, occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stocks of materials, and similar physical items to the Owner. Make the final changeover of locks and transmit keys to the Owner and advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. h) Complete start-up testing of systems and instructions of Owner's operating- maintenance personnel. Discontinue or change over and remove from the project site, temporary facilities and services, along with construction tools and facilities, mock-ups and similar elements. 2) Upon receipt of the Contractor's request, the Architect/Engineer will proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of prerequisites not fulfilled. Following initial inspection, the Architect/Engineer will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion or advise the Contractor of the work which must be performed prior to issuance of the Certificate and will perform a repeat inspection when requested and assured by the Contractor that the work has been substantially completed. Results of the completed inspection will form the initial "punchlist" for final acceptance. SR 2-10 AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES ' CLEARWATER AIRPARK: OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSIOI� I� , ' L�� L�' � �, I � � r � � � � r� � u I. J Prerequisites to Final Acceptance 1) Prior to requesting the ArchitectlEngineer's final inspection for certification of finail acceptance as required by the General Provisions, the Contractor shall complete the following and list known exceptions in the reyuest: a) Submit a certified copy ofthe Architecd Engineer's final punchlist of itemized work: to be completed ar corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, endarsed and dated by the Architect/ Engineer. b) c) d) Submit final meter readings for utilities, measured record of stored fuel, and simila�� data as oftime of substantial completion or when the Owner took possession ofancl responsibility for corresponding elements of the work. Complete final cleaning up requirements, including touch-up of marred surfaces. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes. 2) Following Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall correct or remedy all Punchlist items to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer and Owner within a one- ( l) week period after the Date of Substantial Completion. If subsequent inspections are necessary after the one•• (1) week period in order to eliminate all deficiencies, the cost of all subsequent inspections with respect to the Owner and Engineer's time shall be paid by the Contractor. When ready, the Contractor shall request in writing a final inspection ofthe work. Upon completion ofre•• inspection, the Engineer will prepare a Certificate of Final Acceptance or advise the Contractor of work not completed or obligations not fulfilled as reyuired for Fina:l Acceptance. If necessary, the procedures will be repeated. Prerequisites to Final Payment l) Final Payment: Final Payment will be made after final acceptance of the project by the ArchitecdEngineer and Owner upon request by the Contractor on condition that the Contractor: a) Furnish properly executed, complete releases of lien from all material men and subcontractors who have furnished materials or labor for the Work and submi�t supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates of insurance far products and completed operations where required. b) Furnish the Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens (2 copies) that all material men and subcontractors have been paid in full. In the event they have not been paid in full, the Owner shall retain a sufficient sum to pay them in full and at his option may make direct payment as provided in Chapter 84, Florida Statutes, as amended, to obtain complete releases of lien. c) d) Furnish Contractor's Affidavit of Debts and Claims (2 copies). Furnish required sets of record drawings and maintenance and operatin€� instructions of new mechanical equipment. e) Furnish guarantees signed by subcontractors, material suppliers, and countersigned by the Contractor for operating equipment. fl Submit specific warranties, workmanship-maintenance bonds, maintenanct; agreements, final certifications and similar documents. , AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SR 2-1'I CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 K. L. g) Furnish a signed guarantee, in form acceptable to the Engineer and Owner agreeing to repair or replace as decided by the Architect/Engineer, all work and materials that prove defective within one ( l) year (or more) from the date of final acceptance, including restoration of all other work damaged in making such repairs or replacements. h) i) J) k) 1) Furnish Consent of Surety to final payment. Submit updated final statement, accounting for final changes to Contract Sum. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with inswance requirements. Certify that all Social Security, Unemployment and all other taxes (City, State, Federal Government) have been paid. Provide receipt, as applicable, of affidavits certifying all labor standards of local, State, or Federal requirements have been complied with by the Contractar. Record Document Submittals Specific requirements for record documents are shown in the section, PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS. Other requirements are indicated in the General Provisions. General submittal requirements are indicated in "Submittals" sections. Do not use record documents for construction purposes; protect from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistive location; provide access to record documents far the Architect/Engineer's reference during normal working hours. I) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) Record Drawings: The Architect/Engineer shall organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with durable paper cover sheets and print suitable titles, dates and other identification on the cover of each set. Record Specifications: Upon completion of mark-ups, submit to the ArchitectlEngineer for the Owner's records. Record Product Data: Upon completion of mark-ups, submit complete sets to the ArchitecdEngineer for the Owner's records. Record Sample Submittal: Comply with the Architect/ Engineer's instructions far packaging, identification, marking and delivery to the Owner's sample storage space. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Complete miscellaneous records and place in good arder, properly identified and bound or filed, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to the Architect/Engineer for the Owner's records. Maintenance Manuals: Complete, piace in arder, properly identify and submit to the Architect/Engineer for the Owner's recards. Closeout Procedures Arrange for each installer of work requiring continuing maintenance or operation, to meet with the Owner's personnel at the project site to provide basic instructions needed for proper operation and maintenance of the entire work. lnclude instructions by manufacturer's representatives where installers are not expert in the required procedures. Review maintenance manua}s, record documentation, tools, spare parts and materials, lubricants, fuel, identification system, control sequences, hazards, cleaning and similar procedures and facilities. For operational equipment, demonstrate start-up, shutdown, � J ' ' �_1 � CJ � � � l.J r � � � � � � SR 2-12 AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES � ' ' , � ' , ' , , � , � � ' , � CLEARWATER AIRPARH: OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIOM 23. 24. 25. emergency operations, noise and vibration adjustments, safety, economy, efficiency adjustments, and similar operations. Review maintenance and operations in relation with applicable warranties., agreements to maintain bonds, and similar continuing commitments. FINAL CLEANING A. B. Generai: Provide final cleaning of the work, at the time indicated, consisting of cleaning each surface or unit of work to normal "clean" condition in a manner acceptable to the Engineer and Owner. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection devices and facilities that were installed durin�; the course of the work to protect previous completed work during the remainder of the construction period. C. Compliance: Comply with safety standards and governing regulations for cleaning operations. Do not burn waste materials at site, bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do no�t discharge votatile or other harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from site and dispose of in a lawful manner. Where extra materials of value remaining after the completion of the associated wark have become the Owner's property, dispose of these as directed by the Owner. WARRANT AND GUARANTEE. The Contractor warrants to the Owner that all materials furnished under this Contract shall be new unles:; specified otherwise and is fee of defects and in conformance with the Contract requirements. Any work not so conforming to these specifications may be considered defective. If, within one (1) year after the date of the final acceptance of the work, or within longer period of time as ma�� be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable guarantee required by the Contract, any of the work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract requirements, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so. The obligations of the Contractor in this paragraph titled WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any obiigations imposed upon him by special guarantees required by tht: contract or otherwise prescribed by law. REVIEW AND ACCEPTANCE OF MATERIALS. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer, for review, all Contractor's, subcontractor's and manufacturer's drawings, which shall be deemed to include shop material lists and performance data, which may be required bv the Specifications, requested by the Engineer ar otherwise necessary for the proper execution of the work. At the time of each submission, the Contractor shall in writing call the Engineer's attention to any deviation that the shop drawings may have from the requirements of the Contract documents. Where called for, the Contractor shall furnish two (2) samples of each material, texture, color, etc., clearl!r labeled as to name and quality of material, manufacturer and application on the project. No work requiring a shop drawing or sample submission shall be started until the submission has bee�� reviewed by the Engineer. � The Engineer's review of shop drawings or sample will not relieve the Contractor from his responsibility for any deviations from the requirements of the Contract documents unless the Contractor has in writing called the Engineer's attention to such deviations at the time of submission and the Engineer has given written comments on the specific deviation, nor will it relieve the Contractor from errors or omissions in the shop drawings. , � AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SR 2-1,3 CLEARWATER AIRPARK ' RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 26. 27. SR 2-14 WORK ACCESS. Any haul road, ditch crossing, storage area, etc., that the Contractor may required shall be constructed and maintained at the Contractor's expense and shall be removed unless otherwise noted on the project plans. The Contractar shall not use runways, taxiways or other paved areas on the air operation portions ofthe airport for access to and from the project site unless authorized by the Owner. No equipment or vehicle will be allowed on the air operation portions of the airport except as authorized by the Owner. Any runways, taxiway or other paved areas damaged by the Contractor's vehicles or equipment shall be repaired by the Contractar at no cost to the Owner. From time to time when required, the Contractor shall move Contractor's vehicles or equipment and men from along the edge of runways/taxiways/aprons to allow aircraft operations on the pavement. LIENS. Neither the final payment nor any part of the retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor, if required, delivers to the Owner a complete release of all liens arising out of this Contract, or receipts in full in lieu thereof, and if required in either case, an affidavit that so far as he has knowledge or information the releases and receipts include all labor and materials for which a lien could be filed: but the Contractor may, if any Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or receipt in full, furnish a bond satisfactory to the Engineer, to indemnify the Owner against any lien. If any remains unsatisfied after all payment are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all moneys that the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging such a lien, including all costs and a reasonable attorney's fee. END OF SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS NO. 2 AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES r ' � ' ' ' � � � � � � , � � � � � � I__� ' � CLEARWATER AIRPARK OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIOIJ SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS NO. 3 CONSTRUCTION TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES GENERAL This project consists of several project elements, which are defined throughout the contract documents. The , specific details pertaining to contract sequence and time are an important aspect of the project for planning o1' operational requirements. The Contractor shall be required to comply with the general intent of the phasing,. scheduling and duration of the project as outlined in the contract documents or as otherwise approved bv submittals allowed by the documents. ' 2. CONSTRUCTION TIME , � , ' 3. � r 4. ' , 5. ' � � , A. B. C The Contract Documents (Section V) sets forth the time allocated to each of the elements of wor�; required as part of this contract. The work shall be completed within the times established or as otherwise approved or liquidated damages in the amounts specified in the Contract shall be assessed. The Contractor must request and receive written approval from the Engineer for acceptance of thf; work included in each of the schedules, phases or work prior to satisfying the requirements of bein�� "complete". The specified times for each of the project phases shall be outlined in these specifications or a;; otherwise agreed to in writing among the Owner, Engineer and Contractor based upon the actual contract wark awarded. The specified times for the project are identified in the Contract. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE The Contractor shall prepare and submit a detailed schedule for his operations within the general limits and phasing restrictions included in the contract documents. This schedule shall be based upon the actual worl�: ultimately awarded. This schedule shall be reviewed with the Owner, Engineer and Contractor in order to establish the final approved schedule as it relates to this Special Provision. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES For this project, the rates per calendar day for liquidated damages are as noted in the Contract Documents (Section V). ADDITIONAL EXPENSES A. The project`s standard work week shall consist of five (5) days per week, ten (] 0) hours per day for the calendar days specified in the Contract. B. Should the Contractor work more than this standard work week which causes the Resident Projecl: Representative's (RPR) to work more than 50-hours per week and/or work weekends, the Contractor shall be responsible for reimbursing the Owner for all costs incurred by the Engineer for the additionalf time required of the RPR. The RPR's time will be billed to the Contractor at the rate of $75/hour. C. Should the Contractor work more than five (5) days per work week and cause the Resident Projecl: Representative (RPR) to incur additional lodging and other daily expenses, these costs will be billed ta � CONSTRUCTION TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES SR 3-1 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 the Contractor at the rate of $100/day. D. Should the Contractor exceed the number of calendar days specified in the Contract and cause the Project Engineer to incur additional time and expenses for construction administration, site visits and/or project meetings, then the Contractor will be billed for the additional time and reimbursable expenses at the actual charges incurred by the Owner. The labor rates and reimbursable expenses will be based on the contractual rates between the Owner and Engineer. These costs are separate from, and additional to, Liquidated Damages. E. Should the Contractor exceed the number of calendar days specified in the Contract or the number of calendar days as adjusted by Change Order to the construction contract, the Contractor will be responsible for reimbursing the Owner for all costs incurred by the Engineer at the rates defined in B, C, and D, above. These costs are separate from, and additional to, Liyuidated Damages. END OF SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS NO. 3 SR 3-2 CONSTRUCTION TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES i , , CLEARWATER AIRPARK OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION , 1. ' � SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS NO. 4 PROTECTION OF AIRPORT CABLES, CONTROLS, NAVAIDS AND WEATHER BUREAU FACILITIES NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR The Contractor is hereby informed that there may be installed on the Airport FAA NAVAIDS including, without limitation, airfield lighting systems, electric cables and controls relating to such NAVAIDS and. facilities. Such NAVAIDS and other facilities and electric cables must be fully protected during the entire: construction time. Work under this contract can be accomplished in the vicinity of these facilities and cables, only at approved periods of time. Approval is subject to withdrawal at any time because of change in the weather, emergency conditions on the: ' existing airfield areas, anticipation of emergency conditions, and for any other reason determined by the Resident Project Representative (RPR) acting under the orders and instructions of the airport management ancl the designated FAA representative. Any instructions to this Contractor to clear any given area at any time by the , RPR ar the Airport Management shall be immediately executed. Construction work will be commenced in the cleared area only when additional instructions are issued by the RPR. , 2. ' ' � 3. , , 4. ' , ' ' POWER AND CONTROL CABLES Power and control cables leading to and from any FAA NAVAIDS and other facilities have been located and shown from best available information and are approximate. The Contractor shall verify actual locations. Through the entire time of this construction, the Contractor shall not allow any construction equipment to cross power and control cables leading to and from any FAA NAVAIDS or other facilities without first protecting thf; cable with steel boiler plate, or similar structural devices, on three feet (3') either side ofthe marked cable route. All excavation within three feet (3') of existing cables shall be accomplished by hand digging only. INTENT OF THIS SPECIAL PROVISION This Special Provision intends to make perfectly clear the need for protection of FAA NAVAIDS and othe�r facilities and cables by this Contractor at all times. REPAIR BY CONTRACTOR The Contractor shall immediately repair, at his own expense, with identical material by skilled workmen, anv underground cables serving FAA NAVAIDS and other airport facilities, which are damaged by his workmen, equipment, or work. Prior approval of the FAA must be obtained for the materials, workmen, time of day or night, method of repairs, and for any temporary or permanent repairs the Contractor proposes to make to anv FAA NAVAIDS and facilities damaged by the Contractor. Prior approval of the Engineer and RPR must b�a obtained for the materials, workmen, time of day or night, and for the method of repairs for any temparary or permanent repairs the Contractor proposes to make to any other airport facilities and cables damaged by this Contractor. Should the repair reyuire splicing, it shall be spliced at the direction of the RPR. No work shall be; backfilled or covered prior to approval by the RPR. END OF SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS NO. 4 � PROTECTION OF AIRPORT CABLES, CONTROLS, NAVAIDS AND WEATHER BUREAU FACILITIES SR 4=1 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 This Page Intentionally Left Blank SR 4-2 PROTECTION OF AIRPORT CABLES, CONTROLS, NAVAIDS AND WEATHER BUREAU FACILITIES ' ' � ' � , , ' i � 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 � � SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ' OCTOBER 2012 , r , CLEARWATER AIRPARK: RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIONf ITEM M-001 MOBILIZATION DESCRIPTION 001-1.1 This item shall consist ofthe preparatory work and operations in mobilizing for beginning work on the project, ' including, but not limited to, those operations necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies ancl incidentals to the project site. For the establishment oftemporary offices, building facilities, all utilities, safety equipment and first aid supplies, sanitary and other facilities, as reyuired by these Specifications, and State and loca] laws and , regulations. Also included in this item are the furnishing, placing, repositioning, maintaining and removal of all temparary barriers, taxiway closure markers, if needed, lighted temporary signs and generators, and temparary connections needed to maintain a working ai�eld light system as well as, any and all other costs associated with thE; required maintenance of traffic per each project phasing, including maintenance of traffic per General Requirements , Section 40, Section 70, and Special Requirements No. 1 and No. 2. The cost to establish, maintain and restore to the existing condition, including sodding or seed and mulch, of the Contractor staging area shall also be included in this item. The costs of bonds and any required insurance, permit or fees and other preconstruction expense necessary for the start ol' ' the work, excluding the cost of construction materials, shall be included in this Item. This item of work will aiso includ�: any other item or items of work shown, implied or required for the completion of the project that are not directly paid for under other pay items. , BASIS OF PAYMENT OOI-2.1 The wark and incidenta] costs covered under this item will be paid for at the Contract lump sum price for the: � item of Mobilization. The total amount bid for Mobilization shall not exceed 10% of the sum of the individual iten� extended totals (excluding mobilization) within the Base Bid. No additional payment will be made for demobilizatio�a and/or remobilization due to project shutdowns or suspensions of the work identified in the Bid Schedule. ' � , , ' , �� r 001-2.2 All required post-construction surveying costs shall be included � �� ' '� tlre respeetive bi�! item. Any additional construction layout and survey shal! be considered incidental to the project. . ' ' ' . � , 5 � Payment shall be made under: Item M-001-2.1 Mobilization (10% Max) — per lump sum �� _ _ .: .. . _� � � MOBILIZATION M-001-1 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION Partial payments for Mobilization will be made therefore in accordance with the following: OCTOBER 2012 PERCENT OF ORIGINAL ALLOWABLE PERCENT OF LUMP CONTRACT AMOUNT EARNED SUM PRICE FOR THE ITEM* s�,o i o�,o � o�ro 2s�ro Zs�ro so�io so�ro �s�ro 75% 90% 100% 100% * Partial payments for any project will be limited to ten percent (5%) of the original Contract amount far that project. Any remaining amount will be paid upon completion of all work on the Project. The standard retainage, as herein specified will be applied to these allowances. Partial payments made on this item shall in no way act to preclude or limit any of the provisions for partial payments otherwise provided far by the Contract. END OF ITEM M-001 M-007-2 MOBILIZATION ' ' r ' ' ' ' ' , � , � , , , ' ' � � , OCTOBER 2012 , � ' CJ � L _J ' �� I � ' CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION ITEM P-101 SURFACE PREPARATION DESCRIPTION 101-1.1 This item shall consist of preparation of existing pavement surfaces for overlay, removal of existing; pavement, and other miscellaneous items. The work shall be accomplished in accordance with these specifications, and the applicable drawings. EQUIPMENT 101-2.1 All equipment shall be specified hereinafter or as approved by the Engineer. The equipment shall not cause damage to the pavement to remain in place. CONSTRUCTION ]01-3.1 REMOVAL OF EXISTING PAVEMENT a. Concrete: The existing concrete to be removed shall be freed from the pavement to remain unless jackhammers are used for the complete removal. This shall be accomplished by line drilling or sawing through the complete depth of the slab 1 ft inside the perimeter of the final removal limits or outside the ]oad transfer devices, whichever is greater. In this case, the limits of removal would be located on joints. If line drilling is used, thE; distance between holes shall not exceed the diameter of the hole. The pavement between the perimeter of thf; pavement removal and the saw cut or line-drilled holes shall be removed with a jackhammer. Where the perimeter o:f the removal limits is not located on the joint, the perimeter shall be saw cut 2 in in depth or 1/4 the slab thickness, whichever is less. Again, the concrete shall be line drilled or saw cut the full depth of the pavement 6 in inside thf; removal limits. The pavement inside the saw cut or line shall be broken by methods suitable to the Contractor; however, if the material is to be wasted on the airport site, it shall be reduced to a maximum size designated by thE; airport owner. The Contractor's removal operation shall not cause damage to cables, utility ducts, pipelines, o:r drainage structures under the pavement. Any damage shall be repaired by the Contractor at no expense to the airporl. owner. b. Asphaltic Conerete: Asphaltic concrete pavement to be removed shall be cut to the full depth of thE; bituminous material around the perimeter of the area to be removed. The pavement shall be removed in such a manner that the joint for each layer of pavement replacement is offset ] ft from the joint in the preceding layer. This does not apply if the removed pavement is to be replaced with concrete or soil. If the material is to be wasted on th�: airport site, it shall be broken to a maximum size as designated by the airport owner. � 101-3.2 PREPARATION OF JOINTS AND CRACKS. All joints and cracks in bituminous and concretr:; pavements to be overlaid with asphaltic concrete shall be cleaned of joint and crack sealer, debris, and vegetation.. Any excess joint ar crack sealer on the surface of the pavement shall also be removed from the pavement surface. If ' vegetation is a problem a soil sterilant shall be applied. Cracks and joints wider than 3/8 in shall be filled with �a mixture of emulsified asphalt and aggregate. The aggregate shall consist of limestone, volcanic ash, sand, or other material that will cure to form a hard substance. The combined gradation shall be as shown in Table 1. , Table l , ' ' ' � Sieve Size Percent Passing No. 4 ] 00 No. 8 90- I 00 No. 16 65-90 No. 30 40-60 No. 50 25-42 No. 100 I 5-30 No. 200 10-20 Up to 3% cement can be added to accelerate the set time. The mixture shall not contain more than 20% natural san�d without approval in writing from the Engineer. ITEM P-107 SURFACE PREPARATION P-101-1 Reference: AC 150l5370-70F (9/30l2011) CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 The proportions of asphalt emulsion and aggregate shall be determined in the field and may be varied to facilitate construction requirements. Normally, these proportions will be approximately one part asphalt emulsion to five parts aggregate by volume. The material shall be poured into the joints or cracks or shall be placed in the joint or crack and compacted to form a voidless mass. The joint or crack shall be filled within 0 to 1/8 in of the surface. Any material spilled outside the width of the joint shall be removed from the surface prior to constructing the overlay. Where concrete overlays are to be constructecl, only the excess joint material on the surface and vegetation in the joints need to be removed. 101-3.3 REMOVAL OF PAINT AND RUBBER. All paint and rubber over 1 fr wide that will affect the bond of the new overlay shall be removed from the surface of the existing pavement. Chemicals, high-pressure water, heater scarifier (asphaltic concrete only), cold milling, ar sandblasting may be used. Any methods used shall not cause majar damage to the pavement. Major damage is defined as changing the properties of the pavement or removing pavement over 1/8 in deep. If chemicals are used, they shall comply with the state's environmental protection regulations. No material shall be deposited on the runway shoulders. All wastes shall be disposed of in areas indicated in this specification or shown on the plans. This specification shall not be used for removal of rubber deposits to improve skid resistance or obliterate traffic markings where a new overlay is not to be constructed. 101-3.4 CONCRETE SPALL OR FAILED ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT REPAIR. a. Repair of Concrete Spalis in Areas to be overlaid with Asphalt: The Contractors shall repair all spalled concrete as shown on the plans or as directed by the Resident Engineer. The perimeter of the repair shall be sawed a minimum of 1 in deep or shall be cut with approved tools to this depth. The deteriorated material shail be removed to a depth where the existing material is firm or cannot be easily removed with a geologist pick. The removed area shall be filled with asphaltic concrete with a minimum Marshall stability of ],200 lbs. and maximum flow of 20. The material shall be compacted with equipment approved by the Resident Engineer until the material is dense and no movement or marks can be noted. The material shall not be placed in lifts over 4 in in depth. This method of repair applies only to pavement to be overlaid. b. Asphaltic Concrete Pavement Repair: The failed areas shall be removed as specified in paragraph 101- 3.1b. All failed material including surface, base course, subbase course, and subgrade shall be removed. The base course and subbase shall be replaced if it has been infiltrated with clay, silt, or other material affecting the load- bearing capacity. Materials and methods of construction shall comply with the other applicable sections of this specification. 101-3.5 COLD PLANING. a. Patching: The machine shall be capable of cutting a vertical edge without chipping or spalling the edges of the pavement to remain. The machine shall have a positive method of controlling the depth of cut. The Engineer shall layout the area to be milled. The area shall be laid out with straightedges in increments of 1 ft widths. The area to be milled shall cover only the failed area. Any excessive area that is milled because the Contractor doesn't have the appropriate machine, or areas that are damaged because of his negligence, shall not be included in the measurement for payment. b. Protiling, Grade Correction, or Surface Correction: The machine shall have a minimum width of 10 feet. It shall be equipped with electronic grade control devices on both sides that will cut the surface to the grade and tolerances specified. The machine shall cut vertical edges. A positive method of dust control shall be provided. The machine shall be capable of discharging the millings in a truck or leaving them in a defined windrow. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 101-4.1 MEASUREMENT. a. General: If there is no quantity shown in the bidding schedule, the work covered by this section shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor covered under the other contract items. Only accepted wark will be measured. b. Pavement Removal: The unit of ineasurement for pavement removal shall be the number of square yards removed by the Contractor. Any pavement removed outside the limits of removal because the pavement was damaged by negligence on the part of the Contractor shall not be included in the measurement for payment. P-101-2 ITEM P-101 SURFACE PREPARATION Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) ' ' � , , ' ' � ' � ' � , ' ' , � C ' � J , � '� � I �I CLEARWATER AIRPARN; OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIOM c. Joint and Crack Repair: The unit of ineasurement for joint and crack repair shall be the linear foot of joint. d. Paint and Rubber Removal: The unit of ineasurement for paint and rubber removal shall be the square foot. e. Spall and Failed Asphaltic Concrete Pavement Repair: (l) The unit of ineasure for concrete spall repair shall be the number of square feet. The average depth of thf: patch shall be agreed upon by the Contractor and the Resident Engineer. The quantity shall be divided in thE; following categories: (a) 0 to 4 in in average depth ' (b) 4 to 8 in in average depth (c) Greater than 8 in in average depth , (2) The unit of ineasure for failed asphaltic concrete pavement shall be as follow: (a) Asphaltic concrete sq yd ' (b) Base course sq yd (c} Subbase course square yd (d) Subgrade sq yd ' f: Cold Planing: The unit of ineasure for cold planing shall be the number of square yards. The average depth of the cold planing shall be determined by the Engineer and the Contractor prior to accomplishment of the work. When surface correction is required, if the initial cut doesn't correct the condition, the Contractor shall re-plane thE; � area and will be paid only once for the total depth of planning. The quantity shall be divided into the following, categories: r.,� n .,. � :., CT�7�m , , � � , ' ' ' � (b) 0 to 3 in �� i,a� n .,. c :., L47�m �� BASIS OF PAYMENT 101-5.1 PAYMENT. Payment shall be made at contract unit price for the unit of ineasurement as specifiec� hereinbefore. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and far all preparation, hauling, anc� placing of the material and far all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment shall be made under: Item No. P-I 0 ] -5.1 Item No. P-] 01-5.2 Item No. P-] O 1-5.3 Pavement Milling Variable (0 to 3in) — per square yard. Asphalt Crack Repair, including cleaning, routing and sealing — per linear foot. Asphalt Crack Repair, including cleaning, routing, sealing and MIRAFI MIRATAC, or approved equal — per linear foot. END OF ITEM P-101 ITEM P-101 SURFACE PREPARATION P-101-3 , Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) CLEARWATER AIRPARK ' RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 Intentionally Left Blank P-101-4 ' � �I , ' �J � LJ ' ' � il � ' I� ' , ' � ITEM P-101 SURFACE PREPARATION Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) ' ' OCTOBER 2012 1 , ' � � ' , � � � , � � � I' L� , , , CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION ITEM P-151 CLEARING AND GRUBBING DESCRIPTION 151-1.1 This item shall consist of clearing or clearing and grubbing, including the disposal of materials, for all areas within the limits designated on the plans or as required by the Engineer. Clearing shall consist of the cutting and removal of all trees, stumps, brush, logs, hedges, the removal of fences andf other loose or projecting material from the designated areas. The grubbing of stumps and roots will not be required. Clearing, when so designated, shall consist of the cutting and removal of isolated single trees or isolated groups of trees. The cutting of all the trees of this classification shall be in accordance with the requirements for the particular area being cleared, or as shown on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer. The trees shall be considered isolatedl when they are 40 feet (12 m) or more apart, with the exception of a small clump of approximately five trees or less. Clearing and grubbing shall consist of clearing the surface of the ground of the designated areas of all trees, stumps., down timber, logs, snags, brush, undergrowth, hedges, heavy growth of grass or weeds, fences, structures, debris., and rubbish of any nature, natural obstructions or such material which in the opinion of the Engineer is unsuitable for the foundation of strips, pavements, or other required structures, including the grubbing of stumps, roots, mattedl roots, foundations, and the disposal from the project of all spoi] materials resulting from clearing and grubbing by burning or otherwise. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 151-2.1 GENERAL. The areas denoted on the plans to be cleared or cleared and grubbed sha11 be staked on the ground by the Engineer. The clearing and grubbing shall be done at a satisfactory distance in advance of the gradinf; operations. All spoil materials removed by clearing or by clearing and grubbing shall be disposed of by burning, when permitted by local laws, or by removal to approved disposal areas. When burning of material is permitted, it shail be burned under the constant care of competent watchmen so that the surrounding vegetation and other adjacent property will not be jeopardized. Burning shall be done in accordance with all applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations. Before starting any burning operations, the Contractor shall notify the agency having jurisdiction. As far as practicable, waste concrete and masonry shall be placed on slopes of embankments or channels. When embankments are constructed of such material, this material shall be placed in accardance with requirements fo�r formation of embankments. Any broken concrete or masonry that cannot be used in construction, and all othe�r materials not considered suitable for use elsewhere, shall be disposed of by the Contractor. In no case shall an,� discarded materials be left in windrows or piles adjacent to or within the airport limits. The manner and location ol' disposal of materials shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and shall not create an unsightly o3r objectionable view. When the Contractor is required to locate a disposal area outside the airport property limits at his/her own expense, he shall obtain and file with the Engineer, permission in writing from the property owner fo:r the use of private property for this purpose. If the plans or the specifications require the saving of inerchantable timber, the Contractor shall trim the limbs anci tops from designated trees, saw them into suitable lengths, and make the material available for removal by othec• agencies. Any blasting necessary shall be done at the Contractor's responsibility, and the utmost care shall be taken not tc� endanger life or property. The removal of existing structure and utilities required to permit orderly progress of work shall be accomplished by local agencies, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Whenever a telephone or telegraph pole, pipeline, conduit, sewer, roadway, or other utility is encountered and must be removed or relocated, the Contractor shall advise th�: Engineer who will notify the proper local authority or owner and attempt to secure prompt action. CLEARING AND GRUBBING Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) P-151=4 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 , 151-2.2 CLEARING. The Contractor shall clear the staked or indicated area of all objectionable materials. Trees unavoidably falling outside the specified limits must be cut up, removed, and disposed of in a satisfactory manner. In order to minimize damage to trees that are to be left standing, trees shall be felled toward the center of area being cleared. The Contractor shall preserve and protect from injury all trees not to be removed. The trees, stumps, and brush shall be cut to a height of not more than 12 in (300 mm) above the ground. The grubbing of stumps and roots will not be required. When isolated trees are designated for clearing, the trees shall be classed in accordance with the butt diameter size as measured at a point 18 in (45 cm) above the ground level or at a designated height specified in the proposal. Fences shall be removed and disposed of when directed by the Engineer. Fence wire shall be neatly rolled and the wire and posts stored on the airport if they are to be used again, or stored at a designated location if the fence is to remain the property of a local owner or of a civic authority. 151-2.3 CLEARING AND GRUBBING. In areas designated to be cleared and grubbed, all stumps, roots, buried logs, brush, grass, and other unsatisfactory materials shall be removed, except where embankments exceeding 3-1/2 feet (105 cm) in depth are to be made outside of paved areas. In cases where such depth of embankments is to be made, all unsatisfactory materials shall be removed, but sound trees, stumps, and brush can be cut off within 6 in (150 mm) above the ground and allowed to remain. Tap roots and other projections over 1'/z in (37 mm) in diameter shall be grubbed out to a depth of at least 18 in (45 cm) below the finished subgrade or slope elevation. Any buildings and miscellaneous structures that are shown on the plans to be removed shall be demolished or removed, and all materials there from shall be disposed of either by burning or otherwise removed from the site. The remaining or existing foundations, wells, cesspools, and all like structures shall be destroyed by breaking out or breaking down the materials of which the foundations, wells, cesspools, etc., are built to a depth at least 2 feet (60 cm) below the existing surrounding ground. Any broken concrete, blocks, or other objectionable material that cannot be used in backfill shall be removed and disposed of. The holes or openings shall be backfilled with acceptable material and properly compacted. All holes remaining after the grubbing operation in embankment areas shall have the sides broken down to flatten out the slopes, and shall be filled with acceptable material, moistened and properly compacted in layers to the density required in Item P-152. The same construction procedure shall be applied to all holes remaining after grubbing in excavation areas where the depth of holes exceeds the depth of the proposed excavation. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 151-3.1 The quantities of clearing or clearing and grubbing as shown by the limits on the plans or as ordered by the Engineer shall be the number of acres (square meters) or fractions thereof, of land specifically cleared or cleared and grubbed. When isolated trees are designated far clearing, the quantities of trees, as determined in accordance with ranges of butt diameter size, measured at a point 18 inches (45 cm) above the ground level at the tree, shall be paid for according to the schedule of sizes as follows: The number of trees: From 0 to 2-l/2 feet (75 cm), butt diameter From 2-1/2 to 5 feet (75 to I50 cm), butt diameter For 5 feet ( I 50 cm) or more, butt diameter BASIS OF PAYMENT 151-4.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per acre (square meter) for clearing. This price shall be full compensation far furnishing all materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. CLEARING AND GRUBBING P-151-2 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) I � �� , L__I � , � � � ' � � � '�J ' ' � ' i , � � ' � � � � � � � � , � � OCTOBER 2012 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8� EXTENSION 151-4.2 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for clearing isolated trees. This price shall be ful} compensation for furnishing all materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. 151-4.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per ]ump sum (square meter) for clearing and grubbing. This price shall be fWl compensation for furnishing all materials and for all labor, equipment, toots, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-151-4.1 Clearing & Grubbing—per lump sum (sq�aFe-��) CLEARING AND GRUBBING Reference: AC 150l5370-10F (9/30l2011) END OF ITEM P-151 P-151-3 CLEARWATER AIRPARK ' RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 Intentionally Left Blank P-151-4 � � � 1 � � J � � � � J � � � CLEARiNG AND GRUBBING Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9l30/2011) � ' OCTOBER 2012 ' ' � � �li � u ' � ' CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION ITEM P-152 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT DESCRIPTION 152-1.1 This item covers excavation, disposal, placement, and compaction of all materials within the limits of the work required to construct safety areas, runways, taxiways, aprons, and intermediate as well as other areas for drainage, building construction, parking, or other purposes in accordance with these specifications and in conformity to the dimensions and typical sections shown on the plans. 152.1.2 All unsuitable material including debris, pavement rubble, concrete s[abs, rock, or other debris or such material which in the opinion of tl:e Engineer is unsuitable for embankment will be removed from t/:e airporP limits and disposed of at a/oeation provi�led by the Contractor. He shal! obtain and fi[e with the Engineer permission in writing from t/ie properry owner jor t1:e use oJprivate property for tlris purpose and 1/ee necessary•� permits from tl:e municipa[ity regu[¢ting the disposa! area. I52-1.2 CLASSIFICATION. All material excavated shall be classified as defined below: a. Unclassified Excavation. Unclassified excavation shall consist of the excavation and disposal of all material, regardless of its nature, which is not otherwise classified and paid for under the following items. b. Rock Excavation. Rock excavation shall include all solid rock in ledges, in bedded deposits, in unstratified masses, and conglomerate deposits which are so firmly cemented they cannot be removed without blasting ar using rippers. All boulders containing a volume of more than I/2 cubic yard (0.4 cubic meter) will be classified as '�rock excavation." No direct payment is made for this item. All costs associated with tlris work are considered incidenta/ to t{:e item requiring tliem. c. Muck Excavation. Muck excavation shall consist of the removal and disposal of deposits or mixtures oi' soils and arganic matter not suitable for foundation material. Muck shall include materials that will decay or produce subsidence in the embankment. It may be made up of decaying stumps, roots, logs, humus, o►• other material not satisfactory for incorporation in the embankment. No direct payment is made for this item. AI! costs associated with tlris work are considered incidental to the item requiring them. d. Drainage Excavation. Drainage excavation shall consist of all excavation made for the primary purpose; of drainage and includes drainage ditches, such as intercepting, inlet or outlet; temparary levee: construction; or any other type as shown on the plans. No direct payment is made for this item. All costs• associated with this work are considered incidental to t/re item requiring them. e. Borrow Excavation. Borrow excavation shall consist of approved material required for the construction oi' embankment or for other portions of the work in excess of the quantity of usable material available from� required excavations. Borrow material shall be obtained from areas within the limits of the airport property but outside the normal limits of necessary grading, or from areas outside the airport. No direct payment i�, made for tlris item. All costs associated witli t/:is work are considered incidental to tlre item requiring- tlaem. f. Unsuitable Excavation. Any material containing vegetable or organic matter, such as muck, peat, organic silt, or sod shall be considered unsuitable for use in embankment construction. Material, when approved by the Engineer as suitable to support vegetation, may be used on the embankment slope. No direct payment is made for t/ris item. All costs associated with this work are considered incidental to the item requiring� tJ:em. EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT � Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) P-152-11 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 CONSTRUCTION METHODS 152-Z.1 General. Before beginning excavation, grading, and embankment operations in any area, the area shall be completely cleared and grubbed in accordance with Item P-151. The suitability of material to be placed in embankments shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. All unsuitable material shall be disposed of in waste areas shown on the plans. All waste areas shall be graded to allow positive drainage of the area and of adjacent areas. The surface elevation of waste areas shall not extend above the surface elevation of adjacent usable areas of the airport, unless specified on the plans or approved by the Engineer. If no waste area is s/iown on the project plans, unsuitable material to be disposed ojoff airport property. When the Contractor's excavating operations encounter artifacts of historical or archaeological significance, the operations shall be temporarily discontinued. At the direction of the Engineer, the Contractor shall excavate the site in such a manner as to preserve the artifacts encountered and allow for their removal. Such excavation will be paid for as extra work. Those areas outside of the pavement areas in which the top layer of soil material has become compacted, by hauling or other activities of the Contractor shall be scarified and disked to a depth of 4 in (] 00 mm), in arder to loosen and pulverize the soil. ]f it is necessary to interrupt existing surface drainage, sewers or under-drainage, conduits, utilities, or similar underground structures, the Contractor shall be responsible for and shall take all necessary precautions to preserve them or provide temparary services. When such facilities are encountered, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, who shall arrange for their remova] if necessary. The Contractor shall, at his/her own expense, satisfactorily repair or pay the cost of all damage to such facilities or structures that may result from any of the Contractor's operations during the period of the contract. 152-2.2 EXCAVATION. No excavation shall be started until the work has been staked out by the Contractor and the Engineer has obtained elevations and measurements of the ground surface. Alt suitable excavated material shall be used in the formation of embankment, subgrade, or for other purposes shown on the plans. All unsuitable material shall be disposed of as shown on the plans. When the volume of the excavation exceeds that required to construct the embankments to the grades indicated, the excess shall be used to grade the areas of ultimate development or disposed of as directed. When the volume of excavation is not sufficient for constructing the fill to the grades indicated, the deficiency shall be obtained from borrow areas. The grade shall be maintained so that the surface is well drained at all times. When necessary, temporary drains and drainage ditches shall be installed to intercept or divert surface water that may affect the work. . , . , , , tl..,r :r .. „ l.o ..�. .-o.i f r..�.,...o..r f r«ol,.,,-..71;.... � ..;f;o.i ; ,�,A 2 2 • > > e � o e f � o � • � o f f � • . � • � I. ' ' � i i� t: i.t�� aai2:��uz: ��: se � i i. EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT P-152-2 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30l2011) , ' � � �' � � � i� � r� � � � , � > � �' � � � � � � � � CLEARWATER AIRPARK OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION d. Removal of Utilities. The removal of existing structures and utilities required to permit the orderly progress of work will be accomplished by someone other than the Contractor, for example, the utility unless otherwise shown on the plans. All existing foundations shall be excavated for at least 2 feet (60 cm) below the top of subgrade or as indicated on the plans, and the material disposed of as directed. All foundations thus excavated shall be backfilled with suitable material and compacted as specified herein. e. Compaction Requirements. The subgrade under areas to be paved shall be compacted to a depth of 12" and to a density of not less than 100 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM 1557. The material to be compacted shall be within +/- 2 percent of optimum moisture content before rolled to obtain the prescribed. compaction (except for expansive soils). No additionalpayment wil! be made for suitab/e materia/s removed, manipulated, and replaced in order to obtain� the required depth of densiry. This cost will be considered encidental to t1:e excavation and embankment bid item. The in-place field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2167. Stones or rock: fragments larger than 4 in (100 mm) in their greatest dimension will not be permitted in the top 6 in (150 mm) of the subgrade. The finished grading operations, conforming to the typica] cross section, shall be completed andl maintained at least 1,000 feet (300 m) ahead of the paving operations or as directed by the Engineer. In cuts, all loose or protruding rocks on the back slopes shall be barred loose or otherwise removed to ]ine oif' finished grade of slope. All cut-and-fill slopes shall be uniformly dressed to the slope, cross section, and alignmerr[ shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. > , � . �� , , I � > - . � • , > „ � , , , �. } �. �.7.i;r;., ..l,..tl L.e .,L.lo .,f;,,ro �l .�1. �t:l��t;o.� �} � . � > > > � � a e � > > � > + r ..�r,-,,..,o«r .. ..�.l.o ...�1 1.� �+;.... ,`r �� 152-2.3 BORROW EXCAVATION.'� •''�• ''�° � �-' „ ^°�� ° ° �a:�°'°a ^-' '''° ^''°° B"""'.,� r- °�� When borrow sources are outside the boundaries of the airport property, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility tc� locate and obtain the supply, subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer, at least I S days prior to beginning the excavation, and perform all necessary measurements and tests E�e-�ade�. The eontraetor s/tall perform all tests required to doeument t/rat the borrow material is aeceptable for embankment and submit the test results in report form. T/re testing and report are to be prepared by a Florid�! Licensed Professional Engineer. A!! materials to be used for the work must have approved tests on file with th�e Project Engineer meeting the project criteria before the material can be brought onto airport properry jor incorporation into the project. Any change in t)re sourees or composition of the material will be discussed wit�4 the Engineer and laboratory tests approved prior to any ehange of materia[s. EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9l30/2011) P-152-3 CLEARWATER AIRPARK � RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 All unsuitable material shall be disposed of by the Contractor. All borrow pits shall be opened up to expose the vertical face of various strata of acceptable material to enable obtaining a uniform product. Borrow pits shall be excavated to regular lines to permit accurate measurements, and they shall be drained and left in a neat, presentable condition with all slopes dressed uniformly. I52-2.4 DRAINAGE EXCAVAT(ON. Drainage excavation shall consist of excavating for drainage ditches such as intercepting; inlet ar outlet, for temporary levee construction; or for any other type as designed or as shown on the plans. The work shall be performed in the proper sequence with the other construction. All satisfactory material shall be placed in fills; unsuitable material shall be placed in waste areas or as directed. Intercepting ditches shall be constructed priar to starting adjacent excavation operations. All necessary work shall be performed to secure a finish true to line, elevation, and cross section. The Contractor shall maintain ditches constructed on the project to the required cross section and shall keep them free of debris or obstructions unti] the project is accepted. 152-2.5 PREPARATION OF EMBANKMENT AREA. Where an embankment is to be constructed to a height of 4 feet (120 cm) or ]ess, all sod and vegetable matter shall be removed from the surface upon which the embankment is to be placed, and the cleared surface shalt be completely broken up by plowing or scarifying to a minimum depth of 6 in (150 mm). This area shall then be compacted as indicated in paragraph 2.6. When the height of fill is greater than 4 feet (120 cm), sod not required to be removed shall be thoroughly disked and recompacted to the density of the surrounding ground befare construction of embankment. Where embankments are to be placed on natural slopes steeper than 3 to l, horizontal benches shall be constructed as shown on the plans. No direct payment shall be made for the work performed under this section. The necessary clearing and grubbing and the quantity of excavation removed will be paid for under the respective items of work. 152-2.6 FORMATION OF EMBANKMENTS. Embankments shall be formed in successive horizontal layers of not more than 8 in (200 mm) in loose depth for the full width of the cross section, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The grading operations shall be conducted, and the various soil strata shall be placed, to produce a soil structure as shown on the typical cross section or as directed. Materials such as brush, hedge, roots, stumps, grass and other arganic matter, shall not be incorporated ar buried in the embankment. Operations on earthwork shall be suspended at any time when satisfactory results cannot be obtained because of rain, freezing, or other unsatisfactory conditions of the field. The Contractor shall drag, blade, or slope the embankment to provide proper surface drainage. The material in the layer shall be within +/-2 percent of optimum moisture content before rolling to obtain the prescribed compaction. In order to achieve a uniform moisture content throughout the layer, wetting or drying of the material and manipulation shall be required when necessary. Should the material be too wet to permit proper compaction or rolling, all work on all of the affected portions of the embankment shall be delayed until the material has dried to the required moisture content. Sprinkling of dry material to obtain the proper moisture content shall be done with approved equipment that will sufficiently distribute the water. Sufficient equipment to furnish the required water shall be available at all times. Samples of all embankment materials for testing, both before and after ptacement and compaction, will be taken for each 1,000 cubic yards. Based on these tests, the Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and adjustments in methods, materials or moisture content in order to achieve the correct embankment density. Rolling operations shall be continued until the embankment is compacted to not less than 95 percent of maximum density �?�...,� ;� F.........,�'.:�.,.. � �"�, µ�� nn °.. .,: : �F ...��..,...� a '* �- w '' as determined by }..., .. ASTM 1557. Under all areas to be paved, the embankments shall be compacted to a depth of l2" and to a density of not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM l 557. On all areas outside of the pavement areas, no compaction will be reyuired on the top 4 in (100 mm). The in-place field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2167. Compaction areas shall be kept separate, and no layer shall be covered by another until the proper density is obtained. EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT P-152-4 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � � � � � � � � � � � OCTOBER 2012 � �� ' � �1 I� � J �� u � � � � � 1 CLEARWATER AIRPARH; RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIOM During construction of the embankment, the Contractor shall route his/her eyuipment at all times, both when loaded and when empty, over the layers as they are placed and shall distribute the travel evenly over the entire width of thE; embankment. The equipment shall be operated in such a manner that hardpan, cemented gravel, clay, or other chunky soil material will be broken up into small particles and become incorporated with the other material in the layer. In the consh-uction of embankments, layer placement shall begin in the deepest portion of the fill; as placemerrt progresses, layers shall be constructed approximately parallel to the finished pavement grade line. When rock and other embankment material are excavated at approximately the same time, the rock shall b<; incorporated into the outer portion of the embankment and the other material shall be incorporated under the futurf; paved areas. Stones or fragmentary rock larger than 4 in (100 mm) in their greatest dimensions will not be allowed in the top 6 in (150 mm) of the subgrade. Rockfill shall be brought up in layers as specified or as directed and every effort shall be exerted to fill the voids with the finer material forming a dense, compact mass. Rock or boulders shall not be disposed of outside the excavation or embankment areas, except at places and in the manner designated b�� the Engineer. When the excavated material consists predominantly of rock fragments of such size that the material cannot bf; placed in layers of the prescribed thickness without crushing, pulverizing or further breaking down the pieces, such material may be placed in the embankment as directed in layers not exceeding 2 feet (60 cm} in thickness. Each layer shall be leveled and smoothed with suitable leveling equipment and by distribution of spalls and finer fragments of rock. These type lifts shall not be constructed above an elevation 4 feet (120 cm) below the �nished subgrade. Frozen material shall not be placed in the embankment nor shall embankment be placed upon frozen material. There will be no separate measurement of payment for compacted embankment, and all costs incidental to placing in layers, compacting, disking, watering, mixing, sloping, and other necessary operations foir construction of embankments will be included in the contract price for excavation or other items. 152-2.7 FINISHING AND PROTECTION OF SUBGRADE. After the subgrade has been substantialhi completed the full width shall be conditioned by removing any soft or other unstable material that will not compacl properly. The resulting areas and all other low areas, holes or depressions shall be brought to grade with suitablE; select material. Scarifying, blading, rolling and other methods shall be performed to provide a thoroughly compacted subgrade shaped to the lines and grades shown on the plans. Grading of the subgrade shall be performed so that it will drain readily. The Contractor shall take all precaution> necessary to protect the subgrade from damage. He/she shall limit hauling over the finished subgrade to that whicl� is essential for construction purposes. All ruts or rough places that develop in a completed subgrade shall be smoothed and recompacted. No subbase, base, or surface course shall be placed on the subgrade until the subgrade has been approved by th�a Engineer. 152-2.8 HAUL. All hauling will be considered a necessary and incidental part of the work. Its cost shall bc; considered by the Contractor and included in the contract unit price for the pay of items of work involved. N�? payment will be made separately or directly for hauling on any part of the work. 152-29 TOLERANCES. In those areas upon which a subbase or base course is to be placed, the top of thr subgrade shall be of such smoothness that, when tested with a l6 ft (4.8 m) straightedge applied parallel and at righz angles to the centerline, it shall not show any deviation in excess of 1/2 in (12 mm), or shall not be more than 0.05 1t (0.015 m) from true grade as established by grade hubs or pins. Any deviation in excess of these amounts shall br: corrected by loosening adding, or removing materials; reshaping; and recompacting by sprinkling and rolling. On safety areas, intermediate and other designated areas, the surface shall be of such smoothness that it will not var�� more than 0.10 ft(0.03 m) from true grade as established by grade hubs. Any deviation in excess of this amount shall be corrected by loosening, adding or removing materials, and reshaping. 152-210 TOPSOIL. When topsoil is specified or required as shown on the plans ^� „�a°�'*°m T°nc, it shall b�e salvaged from stripping or other grading operations. T'�°'��°^;' °'�°" -�°°' +'�° �° °°�*° �'''*°^� T onc. If, at th�e time of excavation ar stripping, the topsoil cannot be placed in its proper and final section of finished construction,, EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) P-752-5 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 the material shall be stockpiled at approved locations. Stockpiles shall not be placed within 200 feet of runway pavement or 75 feet of taxiway pavement and shall not be placed on areas that subsequently will require any excavation ar embankment. lf, in the judgment of the Engineer, it is practicai to piace the salvaged topsoil at the time of excavation or stripping, the materia) shall be placed in its final position without stockpiling or further rehandling. Upon completion of grading operations, stockpiled topsoil shall be handled and placed as directed; e�a�� "°--��T °�� AU turf areas wit/rin t/:e limits of construct�on sl�al[ lrave a 2" lift of topsoi! placed to tlte proposed grades. Payment jo� topsoi/ material, ptacement, stockpi[ing, rehandling and sftaping s/ral! be considered incidenta! to t/te project No direct payment will be made far topsoil as such under Item P-152. T::� y��^^*�*�� r �°-' ^^a ^��^�a a;��^*� , « ,> When stockpiling of topsoil and later rehandling of such material is directed by the Engineer, payment slta!! be conside�ed incidenta! to tlre project ' �a�-��e�b�s �e�er}€e�- "�'epsai��a�ro:-:Qed=:,=,-=�e��o�: METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 152-3.1 The quantity of excavation to be paid for shall be the number of cubic yards (cubic meters) ^�°°°^�°a ;� :*° ;^°' ^^^:';^�. computed by !he average end area metltod. T/te end area is tltat bound by t/te original ground line after stripping (pre-excavation survey) established by field cross sections taken by tlre contractor and t/re fcnal t/ieoretica/ pay line estab/islred by excavation cross sections sl:own on the plans, subject to verification by the Engineer. After completion of all excavation operations and prior to the placing of base or subbase material, tf:e final excavation shal! be verified by the Engineer by means of reviewing freld cross sections taken by tJte contractor at intervals not exceeding 100 linear feet "�T-,�: °,�� (post-ezcavation survey). Tlre pre- and post-excavation survey point files sliall be provided to tlie Engineer in electronic format, including point number, nort/:ing, easting, elevation, and point description. T/re pre-excavation survey should be approved by the Engineer prio� to commencement of earth-moving activities. If d:e contractor elects not to calculate excavation using the average end area method, then plan guantities will be utilized Measurement shall not include the quantity of materials excavated without authorization beyond normal slope lines, or the quantity of material used for purposes other than those directed. l.zet.7! . l3:EfI tl.e ..t....L..;lo.7 .. ..:t:.... ., .. rl.�. ..�..,ro.-:..1 1..... l.�o., ..�....1...:lo.l ..,,.. ow..,.t.,,..�. }, ;o,�. . 152-3.4 Far payment specified by the cubic yard (cubic meter), measurement for all excavation shall be computed by the average end area method. The end area is that bound by the original ground ]ine established by field cross sections and the final theoretical pay ]ine established by excavation cross sections shown on the plans, subject to verification by the Engineer. After completion of all excavation and embankment operations and prior to the placing of base or subbase material, the final excavation shall be verified by the Engineer by means of field cross sections taken randomly at intervals not exceeding 100 linear feet (150 meters). There will be no separate measurement for payment for compacted embankment, and all costs incidental to placing in layers, compacting, disking, watering, mixing, sloping, and other necessary operations for construction of embankments will be included in the contract price for excavation, borrow, or other items. Final field cross sections shall be employed if the following changes have been made: a. Plan width of embankments or excavations are changed by mare than plus or minus 1.0 ft(0.3 meter); or b. Plan elevations of embankments or excavations are changed by more than plus or minus 0.5 ft(0.15 meter). � i i � � �J � � � � � � EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT P-152-6 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � � � � � � � � � CLEARWATER AIRPARN; OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSIOM BASIS OF PAYMENT 152-4.1 For "Unclassified excavation" payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter). This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. ,> . '.; > > > > � ee�e�e-Ekt° '� « „ . '.� > > > > � .,io.o .�.o ;.o... > > > > : +,. ,. ..io,o ,wo :.o... � , > > ' +„ ,. ..io.o .�,o :.o... f e > e F f.. .. ..loro rl.o :ro... » > > e � s ra .. ..lere r1.o ;*o..�. Payment will be made under: There will be no separate measurement for payment for compacted embankment, and all costs incidental to placing in layers, compacting, disking, watering, mixing, sloping, and other necessary operations for construction of embankments will be included in the contract price for excavation or other items. � Item P-152-4.1 � ASTM D 698 � ASTM D 1556 � ASTM D 1557 ASTM D 2167 � � � � Unclassified Excavation-per cubic yard TESTING REQUIREMENTS Test for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures, Using 5.5-pound (2.49 kg) Rammer and 1 Z in (305 mm) Drop Test for Density of Soil In Place by the Sand-Cone Method Test for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort Test for Density and Unit Weight of Soil In Place by the Rubber Balloon Method. ASTM D 6938 In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods END OF ITEM P-152 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT Reference: AC 150l5370-10F (9/30l2011) P-152-i' CLEARWATER AIRPARK � RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 Intentionally Left Blank P-152-8 � � ;� � � � � � � � � � EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � � CLEARWATER AIRPARN; OCTOBER 2012 RW 1634 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIOM � ITEM P-156 � TEMPORARY AIR AND WATER POLLUTION, SOIL EROSION, AND SILTATION CONTROL DESCRIPTION � 156-1.1 This item shall consist of temporary control measures as shown on the plans or as ardered by the Engineer during the life of a contract to control water pollution, soil erosion, and siltation through the use of berms, dikes., dams, sediment basins, fiber mats, gravel, mulches, grasses, slope drains, and other erosion control devices or methods. �� The temporary erosion control measures contained herein sha11 be coordinated with the permanent erosion controll measures specified as part ofthis contract and with Section IV—Article 38 (Technical Specifications) to the extenl: practical to assure economical, effective, and continuous erosion control throughout the construction period. Temporary control may include work outside the construction limits such as borrow pit operations, equipment andl material storage sites, waste areas, and temporary plant sites. MATERIALS � 156-2.1 GRASS. Grass that will not compete with the grasses sown later for permanent cover shall be a quick-• growing species (such as ryegrass, Italian ryegass, or cereal grasses) suitable to the area providing a temporary cover. � 156-2.2 MULCHES. Mulches may be hay, straw, fiber mats, netting, bark, wood chips, or other suitable material reasonably clean and free of noxious weeds and deleterious materials. 156-2.3 FERTILIZER. Fertilizer shall be a standard commercial grade and shall conform to all Federal and state, � regulations and to the standards of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. 156-2.4 SLOPE DRAINS. Slope drains may be constructed of pipe, fiber mats, rubble, Portland Cement Concrete„ bituminous concrete, or other materials that will adequately control erosion. � 156-2.5 OTHER. All other materials shall meet commercial grade standards and shall be approved by the Engineer before being incorporated into the project. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 156-3.1 GENERAL. In the event of conflict between these requirements and pollution control laws, rules, or regulations of other Federai, state, or local agencies, the more restrictive laws, rules, or regulations shall apply. The Engineer shall be responsible for assuring compliance to the extent that construction practices, construction operations, and construction work are involved. � I56-3.2 SCHEDULE. Prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall submit schedules for accomplishment. of temporary and permanent erosion control work, as are applicable for clearing and grubbing; grading; construction; paving; and structures at watercourses. The Contractor shall also submit a proposed method of erosion � and dust control on haul roads and borrow pits and a plan for disposal of waste materials. Work shall not be started until the erosion control schedules and methods of operation for the applicable construction have been accepted by the Engineer. 156-3.3 AUTHORITY OF ENGINEER. The Engineer has the authority to limit the surface area of erodible earth material exposed by clearing and grubbing, to limit the surface area of erodible earth material exposed by excavation, borrow and fill operations, and to direct the Contractor to provide immediate permanent ar temporarv � TEMPORARY AIR AND WATER POLLUTION, SOIL EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL 1 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) P-156-7 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 pollution control measures to minimize contamination of adjacent streams or other watercourses, lakes, ponds, or other areas of water impoundment. 156-3.4 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. The Contractor will be required to incorporate all permanent erosion control features into the project at the earliest practicable time as outlined in the accepted schedule. Except where future construction operations will damage slopes, the Contractor shall perform the permanent seeding and mulching and other specified slope protection work in stages, as soon as substantial areas of exposed slopes can be made available. Temporary erosion and pollution control measures will be used to correct conditions that develop during construction that were not foreseen during the design stage; that are needed prior to installation of permanent control features; or that are needed temporarily to control erosion that develops during normal construction practices, but are not associated with permanent control features on the project. Where erosion is likely to be a problem, clearing and grubbing operations should be scheduled and performed so that grading operations and permanent erosion control features can follow immediately thereafter if the project conditions permit; otherwise, temporary erosion control measures may be required between successive construction stages. The Engineer wil) limit the area of clearing and grubbing, excavation, borrow, and embankment operations in progress, commensurate with the Contractor's capability and progress in keeping the finish grading, mulching, seeding, and other such permanent control measures current in accordance with the accepted schedule. Should seasonal limitations make such coordination unrealistic, temporary erosion control measures shall be taken immediately to the extent feasible and justified. In the event that temparary erosion and pollution control measures are required due to the Contractor's negligence, carelessness, or failure to install permanent controls as a part of the work as scheduled or are ordered by the Engineer, such work shall be performed by the Contractor at his/her own expense. The Engineer may increase ar decrease the area of erodible earth material to be exposed at one time as determined by analysis of project conditions. The erosion control features installed by the Contractor shall be acceptably maintained by the Contractor during the construction period. Whenever construction equipment must cross watercourses at frequent intervals, and such crossings will adversely affect the sediment levels, temporary structures should be provided. Pollutants such as fuels, lubricants, bitumen, raw sewage, wash water from concrete mixing operations, and other harmful materials shall not be discharged into or near rivers, streams, and impoundments or into natural or manmade channels leading thereto. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 156-4.1 Temporary erosion and pollution control work required which is not attributed to the Contractor's negligence, carelessness, or failure to install permanent controls will be performed as scheduled or ordered by the Engineer. Completed and accepted work will be measured as follows: T ��.i:,... .,,�..i ..�.,,l..l,:,,�. �..;11 l.o .ti. ,-o.a h., tho o .,r,] /...,..�,-o .,,oro,-1 {. To ..1., .7« :11 L.o o.�l L.., tl�.o 1; r� �t /.++ero«\ . ° ° .. .,� ..... ......... ....... �,,..... . �. • � o f > 7. L +,.l�..o.a �r�rl,o .7:.-o,.r:.... ..Frl.o T�',,..;,,00.- , „F..1�.. l:..o.. .,.,.1 010.,��;,,«� _ .... p,...��.. »...... ....��.-..-• ..- "-' � -b•••---e -- -�---.._ _- r---- ------ ---- --- ---------- a n 11 F..r:l:.,;.,.. ..,;11 L.o „�, ,-o.i 1.., rho r�,., lI�R1 e. Temporary silt fence wil[ be measured by the [inear foot. f. Temporary inlet p�otection wiU be measured per each. 156-4Z Control work performed for protection of construction areas outside the construction limits, such as borrow and waste areas, haul roads, equipment and material storage sites, and temporary plant sites, wilt not be measured TEMPORARY AIR AND WATER POLLUTION, SOIL EROSION AND SILTATlON CONTROL P-156-2 Reference:AC 150l5370-10F(9J30/2011) ' CLEARWATER AIRPARN�. OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION � and paid for directly but shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor with costs included in thE; contract prices bid for the items to which they apply. � BASIS OF PAYMENT � 156-5.1 Accepted quantities of temporary water pollution, soil erosion, and siltation control work ordered by thf; Engineer and measured as provided in paragraph 156-4.1 will be paid for under: � Item P-I56-5.] Temporary Silt Fence, Type IlI — per linear foot Item P-156-5.2 Temporary Inlet Protection — per each � Where other directed work falls within the specifications for a work item that has a contract price, the units of worl�: shall be measured and paid for at the contract unit price bid for the various items. .� � ,...,a....,.,, ...:.w co,.+;,,., nn nc END OF ITEM P-156 � , � � � TEMPORARY AIR AND WATER POLLUTION, SOIL EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL � Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30l2011) P-156-:� CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION P-156-4 Intentionally Left Blank OCTOBER 2012 TEMPORARY AIR AND WATER POLLUTION, SOIL EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � OCTOBER 2012 � � ' �� L_� � � � L� � L__l � � � CLEARWATER AIRPARK. RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION ITEM P-160 SUBGRADE STABILIZATION (60,000 lbs or less gross weight aircraft) DESCRIPTION 160-1.1 SCOPE. The work specified in this section consists of the stabilizing of designated portions of the pavemem[ subgrade to provide a firm and unyielding subgrade having the required bearing value specified in the plans. The worl�: shall be constructed in accordance with these specifications and the lines, grades, thicknesses and notes shown in the plans. 160-2.1 STABILIZED SUBGRADE. For stabilized subgrade, the type of materials, commercial or local, is at thf; Contractor's option and no separate payment for stabilizing materials will be made. Compliance with the bearing value requirements will be determined by the Limerock Bearing Ratio Method. It is the Contractor's responsibility that the finished pavement subgrade section meets the bearing value requirements, regardless of the quantity of stabilizing materials necessary to be added. Also, full payment will be made for any areas where the existing subgrade materials meet the design bearing value requirements without the addition of stabilizing, additives, as well as areas where the Contractor may elect to place select high-bearing value materials from other sources, within the limits of the stabilizing. After the grading operations have been substantially completed, the Contractor shall make his own determination as to the quantity (if any) of stabilizing material necessary for compliance with the bearing value requirements. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the approximate quantity to be added. The spreading and mixing in of such quantity o1' materials shall meet the approval of the Engineer as to uniformity and effectiveness. MATERIALS 160-3.1 COMMERCIAL AND LOCAL MATERIALS. The particular type of stabilizing material to be used shal� meet the requirements of Item �-�I-I- P-219, ar an approved equal. 160-3.2 USE OF MATERIALS FROM EXISTING BASE. When the utilization ofmaterials from an existing base is called for (as all ar a portion of the stabilizing additives), the Engineer will approve the locations, placing and distributiori of such materials and this work shall be done prior to the spreading of any additional commercial or local materials. Nr� materials from an existing base will be eligible for payment as Commercial Materials. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 160-4.1 GENERAL. Prior to the beginning of stabilizing operations, the area to be stabilized shall have bee��i constructed to an elevation such that upon completion of stabilizing operations the completed stabilized subgrade will conform to the lines, grades and cross-section shown in the plans. Priar to the spreading of any additive stabilizin;, material, the surface of the pavement subgrade shall be brought to a plane approximately parallel to the plane of thf; proposed finished surface. The subgrade to be stabilized may be processed in one course unless the equipment and methods being used do ncrt provide the required uniformity, particle size limitation, compaction and other desired results, in which case, the processing be done in more than one course. 160-4.2 APPLICATION OF STABILIZING MATERIAL. When additive stabilizing materials are required, the designated quantity shall be spread uniformly over the area to be stabilized. SUBGRADE STABILIZATION P-160•1 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 1' When materials from an existing base are to be utilized in the stabilizing at a particular location, all of such materials shall be placed and spread prior to the addition of other stabilizing additives. Commercial stabilizing material shall be spread by the use of inechanical material spreaders except that where use of such eyuipment is not practicable. Other means of spreading may be used, but only upon written approval of the proposed alternate method. 160-4.3 MIXING. The mixing shall be done with rotary tillers or other equipment meeting the approval of the Engineer. At the Contractor's election, the mixing of the materials may be accomplished in a plant of an approved type suitable far this work. The area to be stabilized shall be thoroughly mixed throughout the entire depth and width of the stabilizing limits. The mixing operations, as specified, (either in place or in a plant) will be required regardless of whether the existing soil, or any se(ect soils placed within the limits of the stabilized sections, have the required bearing value without the addition of stabilizing materials. As an exception to the above mixing requirements, where the subgrade is of rock, the Engineer may direct that the mixing operations (and the wark ofstabilizing) be waived and no payment for stabilization will be made far such sections ofthe area to be paved. 160-4.4 MAXIMUM PARTICLE SIZE OF MIXED MATERIALS. At the completion of mixing, all particles of material within the limits of the area to be stabilized shall pass a 3-1/2 inch ring. Any particles not meeting this requirement shall be removed from the stabilized area or shall be broken down so as to meet this requirement. 160-4.5 COMPACTION. After the mixing operations have been completed and requirements for bearing value, uniformity and particle size have been satisfied, the stabilized area shall be compacted in accordance with 160-6.1. The materials shall be compacted at a moisture content permitting the specified compaction. If the moisture content of the materia) is improper for attaining the specified density, either water shall be added or the material shall be permitted to dry until the proper moisture content for the specified compaction is reached. 160-4.6 FINISH GRADING. The completed stabilized subgade shall be shaped to conform with the finished lines, grades and cross-section indicated in the plans. The subgrade shall be checked by the use of elevation stakes or other means approved by the Engineer. 160-4.7 REQUIREMENTS FOR CONDITION OF COMPLETED SUBGRADE. After the stabilizing and compacting operations have been completed, the subgade shall be firm and substantially unyielding to the extent that it will support construction equipment and will have the bearing value required by the plans. All soft and yielding material and any other portions of the subgrade which will not compact readily shall be removed and replaced with suitable material and the whole subgrade brought to line and grade with proper allowance for subsequent compaction. 160-4.8 MAINTENANCE OF COMPLETED SUBGRADE. After the subgrade has been completed as specified above, the Contractor shall maintain it free from ruts, depressions and any damage resulting from the hauling or handling of materials, equipment, tools, etc. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to maintain the required density until the subseyuent base or pavement is in place. Such responsibility shall include any repairs, replacement, etc., of curb and gutter, sidewalk, etc. which might become necessary in order to re-compact the subgrade in the event of under wash or other damage occurring to the previously compacted subgrade. Any such work required for re-compaction shall be at the Contractor's expense. Ditches and drains shall be constructed and maintained along the completed subgrade section. 160-5.1 BEARING VALUE REQUIREMENTS. Bearing value samples will be obtained and tested by the Engineer at completion of satisfactory mixing of the stabilized area. For any area where the bearing value obtained is deficient from the value indicated in the plans in excess of the tolerances established herein, additional stabilizing material shall be P-160-2 SUBGRADE STABILIZATION , � I� � � � � � � � � � �� , , ' � ' � � � � � �J � � , � CLEARWATER AIRPARK. OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION spread and mixed in accordance with 160-4.3. This reprocessing shall be done for the full width of the pavement area� being stabilized and longitudinally for a distance of fifty feet (50') beyond the limits of the area in which the bearing; value is deficient. The Contractor shall make his own determination of the quantity of additional stabilizing material to be used ini reprocessing. 160-5.2 TOLERANCES IN BEARING VALUE REQUIREMENTS. The following under tolerances from the specified bearing value will be allowed on individual tests performed on samples obtained after mixing operations have been completed: S ecified Bearin Value Under tolerance LBR 40 3.0 LBR 35 2.5 LBR 30 (and under) 2.0 160-6.1 DENSITY REQUIREMENTS. Within the entire limits of the width and depth of the areas to be stabilized (other than as provided in 160-6.2) the minimum in-place density acceptable at any location will be 100 percent of thf; maximum density as determined by ASTM D l 556 or ASTM D 2167. For maximum laboratory density, ASTM D I551 will be used. 160-6.2 EXCEPTION TO DENSITY REQUIREMENTS. Attainment ofthe minimum density specified in 160-6.1 is not reyuired under this section when the surface of the area is to be grassed under the same contract. This area shall be compacted to a reasonably firm condition and approved by the Engineer. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 160-7.1 MEASUREMENT. For all work of Subgrade Stabilization specified herein, the areas to be paid for shall be plan quantity within limerock base course neat lines. BASIS OF PAYMENT 160-8.1 QUANTITY. The quantity of Subgrade Stabilization, determined as provided in l 60-7.1, shall be paid for at the contract price per square yard. Such price and payment shall constitute full compensation for all work specified i�a this section applicable to these types of stabilization, including furnishing and spreading of all stabilizing material required and processing of stabilization areas necessary to attain the specified bearing value. Reprocessing of stabilization areas necessary to attain the specified bearing value will be the Contractor's responsibility. 160-8.2 COMMERCIAL STABILIZING MATERIAL. No separate payment shall be made for any commercia:l stabilizing material which the Contractor may elect to utilize in Subgrade Stabilization. No separate payment will be made for the work of utilizing of materials from an existing base in the stabilizing section. 160-8.3 GENERAL. The bid prices and payments shall constitute full compensation for all work and materials specified in this section and shall specifically include all costs of the processing and incorparation of existing bas:: materials into the proposed stabilization area when such work is required by the plans. Payment shall be made under: Item No. P-] 60-8.1 Subgrade Stabilization (12" thick) (LBR=40) — per square yard. � SUBGRADE STABILIZATION P-160-3 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION ASTM C 136 FM 5-515 ASTM D 698 ASTM D 1556 ASTM D 1557 ASTM D 2167 ASTM D 4318 OCTOBER 2012 TESTING REQUIREMENTS Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate Limerock Bearing Ratio Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Aggregate Mixtures Using S.S lb (2.49 Kg) Rammer and l2 in.(305 mm) Drop. Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Aggregate Mixtures Using l O lb (4.5 Kg) Rammer and 18-in.(450 mm) Drop. Density of Soil in Place by the Rubber-Balloon Method Liquid limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils END OF ITEM P-160 P-160-4 SUBGRADE STABILIZATION L� , ' � � i LJ �� _1 � � � � � i � , �� ' CLEARWATER AIRPARK OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIOW ITEM P-219 RECYCLED CONCRETE AGGREGATE BASE COURSE DESCRIPTION 219 -1.1 This item consists of a base course composed of recycled concrete aggregate, crushed to meet a particular gradation, constructed on a prepared course in accordance with these specifications and in conformity to the dimensions and typica] cross sections shown on the ptans. MATERIALS 219-2.1 AGGREGATE. Recycled concrete aggregate shall consist of Portland Cement Concrete or other concretE: containing pozzolanic binder material. The recycled concrete material shall be free of reinforcing steel, expansion material. Asphalt concrete overlays shall be removed from the PCC surface prior to pavement removal and crushing. Also, full-slab asphalt concrete panels (used as a replacement for a removed PCC slab) shall be removed. An incidental amount of recycled asphalt concrete pavement and other foreign material may be present in the recycled concrete aggregate. Recycled concrete aggregate for base course shall consist of at least 90 percent, by weight, Portland cemen� concrete, with the following materials making up the remaining 10 percent: Wood 0.1 percent maximum Brick, mica, schist, or other friable materials 4 percent maximum Asphalt concrete 10 percent maximum Virgin aggregates may be added to meet the 90 percent minimum concrete requirement. The percentage of wood, brick, mica, schist, other friable materials, and asphalt concrete shall be determined b�� weighing that materia] retained on the No. 4 sieve, and dividing by the total weight of recycled concrete aggregatf; material retained on the No. 4 sieve. Fine aggregate passing the No. 4(4.75-mm) sieve shall consist of fines from the operation of crushing the recycled concrete aggregate. If necessary, fine aggregate may be added to produce the correct gadation. The fine aggregatf; shall be produced by crushing stone, gravel, slag, or recycled concrete that meet the requirements for wear and soundness specified for coarse aggregate. The amount of flat and elongated particles in recycled concrete aggregate shall not exceed 20 percent for the fraction retained on the 0.5 in (13 mm) sieve nor 20 percent for the fraction passing the 0.5 in (13 mm) sieve when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4791. A flat particle is one having a ratio of width to thickness greater than 3; an elongated particle is one having a ratio of length to width greater than 3. The percentage of wear shall not be greater than 45 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 13 ]. ThE; sodium sulfate soundness test (ASTM C 88) requirement is waived for recycled concrete aggregate. The fraction passing the No. 40 (0.42-mm) sieve shall have a liyuid limit no greater than 25 and a plasticity index af' not mare than 4 when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318. The fine aggregate shall have a minimum sand equivalent value of 35 when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2419. a. Sampling and Testing. Recycled concrete aggregate samples far preliminary testing shall be furnished b�� the Contractor prior to the start of base construction. All tests for initial aggregate submittals necessary to determinf; compliance with the specification requirements will be made by the Engineer at no expense to the Contractor. Samples of recycled concrete aggregate shall be furnished by the Contractor at the start of production and at intervals during production. The sampling points and intervals will be designated by the Engineer. The samples will be the basis of approval of specific lots of recycled concrete aggregate for the quality requirements. Samples of recycled concrete aggregate to check gradation shal) be taken at least once daily. Sampling shall bE; in accordance with ASTM D 75, and testing shall be in accordance with ASTM C 136 and C 117. RECYCLED CONCRETE AGGREGATE BASE COURSE Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) P-219-'I CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 b. Gradation Requirements. The gradation (job mix) of the final mixture shatl fall within the design range indicated in Table 1, when tested in accordance with ASTM C ll7 and C 136. The final gradation shall be continuously graded from coarse to fine and shall not vary from the low limit on one sieve to the high limit on an adjacent sieve or vice versa. Table l Requirements for Gradation Of Recycled Concrete Aggregate Sieve Size Percentage by Weight Job Mix Tolerances Passing Sieves Percent 2 in (50.8 mm) 100 -- l-1/2 (37.5 mm) 95 - 100 +/- 5 I in (25.0 mm) 70 - 95 +/- 8 3/4 in (19.0 mm) 55 - 85 +/- 8 No. 4(4.75 mm) 30 - 60 +/- 8 No. 30 (0.60 mm) 12 - 30 +/- 5 No. 200 (0.075 mm) 0- 5 +/- 3 The job mix tolerances in Table 1 shall be applied to the job mix gradation to establish a job control gradation band. The full tolerance still will apply if application of the tolerances results in a job control gradation band outside the design range. EQUIPMENT 219-3.1 GENERAL. All equipment necessary to mix, transport, place, compact, and finish the recycled concrete aggregate base course shall be furnished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide written certification to the Engineer that all equipment meets the requirements for this section. The equipment shall be inspected by the Engineer at the job site prior to the start of I construction operations. 219-3.2 MIXING EQUIPMENT. Base course shall be thoroughly mixed in a plant suitable for recycled concrete aggregate. The mixer shall be a batch or continuous-flow type and shall be equipped with calibrated metering and feeding device that introduce the aggregate and water into the mixer in specified quantities. If necessary, a screening device shall be installed to remove oversized material greater than 2 in (50 mm) from the recycled concrete aggregate feed. Free access to the plant shall be provided to the Engineer at all times for inspection of the plant's equipment and operation and for sampling the mixed recycled concrete aggregate materials. 219-3.3 HAULING EQUIPMENT. The mixed recycled concrete aggregate base course shall be transported from the plant to the job site in hauling equipment having beds that are smooth, clean, and tight. Truck bed covers shall be provided and used to protect the mixed recycled concrete aggregate base course from rain during transport. 219-3.4 PLACING EQUIPMENT. Recycled concrete aggregate shall be placed using a mechanical spreader or machine capable of receiving, spreading, and shaping the material without segregation into uniform layer or lift. The placing equipment shall be equipped with a strike off plate that can be adjusted to the layer thickness. The placing equipment shall have two end gates or cut off plates, so that the recycled concrete aggregate may be spread up to a lane width. 219-3.5 COMPACTION EQUIPMENT. Recycled concrete aggregate base course compaction shall be accomplished using one or a combination of the following pieces of equipment: Steel-wheeled roller Vibratory roller Pneumatic-tire roller Hand-operated power tampers (for areas inaccessible to rollers) r ' � � i � LJI � I I L� � u ' � RECYCLED CONCRETE AGGREGATE BASE COURSE P-219-2 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) ' , � ' � � CLEARWATER AIRPARM� OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION 219-3.6 FINISHING EQUIPMENT. Trimming of the compacted recycled concrete aggregate to meet surfact; requirements shall be accomplished using a self-propelled grader or trimming machine, with a mold board cuttin�� edge of 12 fr(3.7 m) minimum width automatically controlled by sensors in conjunction with an independent gradf; control from a taut string line. String line will be required on both sides of the sensor controls for al1 lanes. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 219-4.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. Construction is allowed only when the atmospheric temperature is at or above 35 °F (2 °C). When the temperature falls below 35 °F (2 °C), the contractor shall protect all completed areas against detrimental effects of freezing. Areas damaged by freezing, rainfall, or other weather conditions shall be corrected. , 219-4.2 PREPARING UNDERLYING COURSE. The underlying course shall be checked by the Engineer before; placing and spreading operations are started. Any ruts or soft yielding places caused by improper drainage conditions, hauling, or any other cause shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense before the base course is placed thereon. Material shall not be placed on frozen material. � � � ' ' ' ' , � � , � To protect the existing ]ayers and to ensure proper drainage, the spreading of the recycled concrete aggregate base; course shall begin along the centerline of the pavement on a crowned section or on the greatest contour elevation o1' a pavement with a variable uniform cross slope. 219-4.3 GRADE CONTROL. Grade control between the edges of the recycled concrete aggregate base course shall be accomplished by grade stakes, stee) pins, or forms ptaced in lanes parallel to the centerline and at intervals of 50 ft(15 m) or less on the longitudinal grade and 25 ft (7.5 m) or less on the transverse grade. 219-4.4 MIXING. The recycled concrete shall be uniformly blended during crushing operations and mixed with water in a mixing plant suitable for recycled concrete aggregate. The plant shall blend and mix the materials to meet the specifications and to secure the proper moisture content for compaction. 219-4.5 PLACING. The recycled concrete aggregate base material shall be placed on the moistened subgrade or base in layers of uniform thickness with an approved mechanical spreader. The maximum depth of a compacted layer shall be 6 in (l50 mm). If the total depth of the compacted material is more than 6 in (I50 mm), it shall be constructed in two or more layers. In multi-layer construction, the material shall be placed in approximately equa]-depth layers. The previously constructed ]ayer shall be cleaned of loose and foreign material prior to placing the next layer. The surface of the compacted material shall be kept moist until covered with the next layer. Adjustments in placing procedures or equipment shall be made to obtain grades, to minimize segregation grading, to adjust the water content, and to ensure an acceptable recycled concrete aggregate base course. 219-4.6. EDGES OF BASE COURSE. The recycled concrete aggregate shall be placed so that the completed section will wider, on all sides, than the next layer that will be placed above it, as shown on the plans. Approved fill material shall be placed along the free edges of the recycled concrete aggregate in sufficient quantities to compact to the thickness of the course being constructed, or to the thickness of each layer in a.multiple course, allowing in each operation at least a 2 ft(0.6-m) width of this material to be rolled and compacted simultaneously with rolling and compacting of each layer of base course. If this base course material is to be placed adjacent to another pavement section, then the layers for both of these sections shall be placed and compacted along the edge at the same time. 219-4J COMPACTION. Immediately upon completion of the spreading operations, the recycled concrete aggregate shall be compacted. The number, type, and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the material to the required density. Each layer of the recycled concrete aggregate base course shall be compacted to the required density using the compaction equipment. The moisture content of the material during placing operations shall not be below, nar more than l-1/2 percentage points above, the optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D 698. The compaction shall continue until each layer has a degree of compaction that is at least 100 percent of the laboratory maximum density through the full depth of the layer. The contractor shall make adjustments in compacting or finishing techniques to obtain true grades, to minimize segregation and degradation, to reduce or RECYCLED CONCRETE AGGREGATE BASE COURSE � Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) P-219-3 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 increase water content and to ensure a satisfactory base course. Any materials found to be unsatisfactory shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory material or reworked, so that the requirements of this specification are met. 219-4.8 ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING AND TESTING FOR DENSITY. Recycled concrete aggregate shall be accepted for gradation and density on a lot basis. A lot will consist of one day's production where it is not expected to exceed 2,400 sq yd (2,000 sy m) per lift. A lot will consist of one-half day's production, where a day's production is expected to consist of between 2,400 and 4,800 sq yd (2,000 and 4,000 sq m) per lift. Each lot shall be divided into two equal sublots. One gradation and density test shall be made for each sublot. Sampling locations will be determined on a random basis in accordance with statistical procedures contained in ASTM D 3665. Each lot will be accepted for gradation when it falls within the limits and tolerances shown in Table l when tested in accordance with ASTM C 117 and C 13l . If the proper gradation is not attained the gradation test will be repeated. The entire lot shall be rejected and replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. Each lot will be accepted for density when the fieid density is at least 100 percent of the maximum density of laboratory specimens prepared from samples of the base course material delivered to the job site. The specimens shall be compacted and tested in accordance with ASTM D 698. The in-place field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or D 2167. If the specified density is not attained, the entire lot shall be reworked and two additional random tests made. This procedure shall be followed until the specified density is reached. In lieu of ASTM D 1556 or D 2167 method of field density determination, acceptance testing may be accomplished using a nuclear gauge in accordance with ASTM D 6938. The gauge should be field calibrated in accordance with ASTM standards. Calibration tests shall be conducted on the first lot of material placed that meets the density requirements. When using the nuclear method, ASTM D 6938 shall also be used to determine the moisture content of the material. The calibration curve furnished with the nuclear gauges shall be checked in accordance with Section 120 and ASTM standards. The calibration checks gauge shall be made at the beginning of a job and at regular intervals. lf a nuclear gauge is used for density determination, two random measurements shall be made and averaged for each sublot. 219-4.9 FINISHING. The surface of the recycled concrete aggregate base course shall be finished by eyuipment designed for this purpose. In no case will thin layers of material be added to the top of base course to meet grade. If the elevation of the layer is 1/2 in (12 mm) or more below grade, the layer shall be scarified to a depth of at least 3 in (75 mm), new material added, and the layer shall be recompacted. If the finished surface is above plan grade, it shall be cut back to grade and rerolled. Should the surface become rough, corrugated, uneven in texture, or traffic marked prior to completion, the unsatisfactory portion shall be scarified, and recompacted or replaced at Contractor's expense. 219-4.10 SURFACE TOLERANCES. The finished surface shall not vary more than 3/8 in (9 mm) when tested with a 16 ft(4.8 m) straightedge applied parallel with or at right angles to the centerline. The Contractor shall correct any deviation in excess of this amount, at the Contractor's expense. 2I9-4.11 THICKNESS CONTROL. The completed thickness of the base course shall be within 0.5 in (13 mm) of the design thickness. Four determinations of thickness shall be made for each lot of material placed. Each lot shall be divided into four equal sublots. One test shall be made for each sublot. Sampling locations will be determined on a random basis in accordance with procedures contained in ASTM D 3665. Where the thickness is deficient by more than 0.5 in (13 mm), the Contractor shall correct such areas at no additional cost by excavating to the required depth and replacing with new material. Additional test holes may be reyuired to identify the limits of deficient areas. 219-4.12 TRAFFIC. Equipment used in construction may be routed over completed portions of the base course, provided no damage results and provided that the equipment is distributed evenly over the full width of the base course to avoid rutting or uneven compaction. 219-4.13 MAINTENANCE. The base course shall be maintained until the base course is completed and accepted. Maintenance will include immediate repairs to any defects and shall be repeated as often as necessary to keep the RECYCLED CONCRETE AGGREGATE BASE COURSE P-219-4 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � , i � LJ i � � � tJ CLEARWATER AIRPARN; OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION completed work intact. Any area of the recycled concrete aggregate base course that is damaged shall be reworkecl as necessary. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 219-S.1 Tlte quantity of existing base course to be scarifred, shaped and compacted sltall be determined b}� measurement of t/�e number of square yards of material actually constructed and accepted as complying with t/te� plans and specifications. 219-5.2 The quantity of recycled concrete aggregate base course to be paid will be determined by measurement ot' the number of square yards of material actually constructed and accepted as complying with the plans and specifications. BASIS OF PAYMENT 219-6.1 Payment slral/ be made at tlre contract unit price per square yard for existing base course to be scarified, additional base course material added (if needed), shaped and compacted. This price sha/l be full compensation for furnis{ring all materials, for preparing and placing tl:ese materials, and jor al! labor, equipment tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. 219-6.2 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard for recycled concrete aggregate base course. This price shall be ful] compensation for furnishing all materials, for preparing and placing these materials, and for all labor, equipment tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-219-6.1 Existing Base Course Scarifying, Shaping and Compacting (LBR=100) — per square yard � Item P-219-6.2 ' ASTM C 29 � ASTM C 1 l7 ASTM C 131 rASTM C l36 � ASTM D 693 ASTM D 698 � ASTM D 1556 , � , � ASTM D 1557 Recycled Concrete Aggregate Base Course (6" Thick) (LBR=100) — per square yard TESTING REQUIREMENTS Unit Weight of Aggregate Materials Finer than 75 µm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing Resistance to Abrasion of Small Size Coarse Aggregate by Use of the Los Angeles Machine Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate ASTM D 75 Sampiing Aggregate Crushed Stone, Crushed Slag, and Crushed Gravel for Dry-or Water- Bound Macadam Base Courses and Bituminous Macadam Base and Surface Courses of Pavements Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil -Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5-Ib (2.49-kg) Rammer and l2 in (305-mm) Drop Density of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-Ib (4.5-kg) Rammer and 18 in (457-mm) Drop ASTM D 2167 Density of Soil in Place by the Rubber-Balloon Method ASTM D 2419 Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate RECYCLED CONCRETE AGGREGATE BASE COURSE Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) P-219-5 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8. PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 ASTM D 6938 ln-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods ASTM D 3665 Random Sampling of Paving Materials ASTM D 43l 8 Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity lndex of Soils END OF ITEM P-219 RECYCLED CONCRETE AGGREGATE BASE COURSE P-219-6 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2Q11) � OCTOBER 2012 , � � � LJ � u > CJ r r � ' � � � r , CLEARWATER AtRPARK RW 16-34 PARALLEL TAXIWAY 8 REHAB 8 EXTENSION ITEM P-401 PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS DESCRIPTION 401-11 This item shall consist of pavement courses composed of mineral aggregate and bituminous material mixed in a central mixing plant and placed on a prepared course in accordance with these specifications and shall conform to the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross sections shown on the plans. Each course shall be constructed to� the depth, rypica] section, and elevation required by the plans and shal) be rolled, finished, and approved before the placement of the next course. MATERIALS 401-2.1 AGGREGATE. Aggregates shall consist of crushed stone, crushed gravel, or crushed slag with or withoul: natural sand or other inert finely divided minerai aggregate. The portion of combined materials retained on the No. 4 (4.75 mm} sieve is coarse aggregate. The portion of combined materials passing the No. 4(4J5 mm) sieve andl retained on the No. 200 (0.075 mm) sieve is fine aggregate, and the portion passing the No. 200 (0.075 mm) sieve is mineral filler. a. Coarse Aggregate. Coarse aggregate shall consist of sound, tough, durable particles, free from adheremt films of matter that would prevent thorough coating and bonding with the bituminous material and be free frorri organic matter and other deleterious substances. The percentage of wear shall not be greater than 40 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM C 131. The sodium sulfate soundness loss shal) not exceed 10 percent, or the magnesium sulfate soundness loss shall not exceed 13 percent, after five cycles, when tested in accordance witti ASTM C 88. Aggregate shall contain at least 50 percent by weight of individual pieces having two or more fractured faces and 6?i percent by weight having at least one fractured face. The area of each face shall be equal to at least 75 percent of the smallest midsectional area of the piece. When two fractured faces are contiguous, the angle between the planes o:f� fractures shall be at least 30 degrees to count as two fractured faces. Fractured faces shall be obtained by crushing. The aggregate shall not contain mare than a total of 8 percent, by weight, of flat particles, elongated particles, and flat and elongated particles, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4791 with a value of 5:1. , , � f r /1 17 „�,.,/....1.;.. ..�oro,-1 ..,ho., ro�re.� ; .�r.7�„�0 .r:rl� A CT11A �,� ., nnn i `'._— ___a. "___' _______� .._____ __--_ _. _.. _ _ _ .. b. Fine Aggregate. Fine aggregate shall consist of clean, sound, durable, angular shaped particles produced by crushing stone, slag, or gravel that meets the requirements for wear and soundness specified for coarse aggregate. The aggregate particles shall be free from coatings of clay, silt, or other objectionable matter and shall contain no clay balls. The fine aggregate, including any blended material for the fine aggegate, shall have a plasticity index ol' not more than 6 and a liquid limit of not more than 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318. Natural (nonmanufactured) sand may be used to obtain the gradation of the aggregate blend or to improve th�: workability of the mix. The amount of sand to be added will be adjusted to produce mixtures conforming to requirements of this specification. The fine aggregate shall not contain more than 20 percent natural sand by weight of total aggregates. If used, the natural sand shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 1073 and shall have a plasticity index of not more than 6 and a liquid limit of not more than 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318. The aggregate shall have sand equivalent values of 35 or greater when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2419. c. Sampling. ASTM D 75 shall be used in sampling coarse and fine aggregate, and ASTM C 183 shall be used in sampling mineral fller. 401-2.2 MINERAL FILLER. If filler, in addition to that naturally present in the aggregate, is necessary, it shal] meet the requirements of ASTM D 242. PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) P-401-1 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 401-2.3 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. Bituminous material shall conform to the foilowing requirements: D°^°�:� ger€e�a�se F�,�ed � Viscosity Grade �s��a�� s�+t�� A CTTA ll nA� ASTM D 3381 rrvrn�-�nv . � � �1'ii-�vvv . i,� .. r.,l rl.o C....,.�oo ..1,....7.7 ..i....,..e > H8-�9 �8 "�o � �6�s�l��;Q�r '—�'�^�-"as—oee� 5�--�-AB �� o ,oa F .. , ., .�,e . .,:�, �.., .wo ��a�e �T, and is lesall� ^.,^,�m i n� AG20 �-$9AA �i w;,,w ei;.,�.:i;., i�v .,.� 0 0 0 17�-zvT✓v �g .. h�.*1. tl,o 1,;..1. .,,,.7 t.,.,. r�.....�,«�r,,,-o �-48 The Contractor shall furnish vendor's certified test reports for each lot of bituminous material shipped to the project. The vendor's certified test report for the bituminous material can be used for acceptance or tested independently by the Engineer. 401-2.4 PRELIMINARY MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE. Prior to delivery of materials to the job site, the Contractor shall submit certified test reports to the Engineer for the following materials: a. Coarse Aggregate. (1). Percent of wear. (2). Soundness. !21 i_lu;i.,.o;..i.r ..f ..1.,.. i�T (4). Percent fractured faces. b. Fine Aggregate. (1) Liyuid limit. (2) Plasticity index. (3) Sand equivalent. c. Mineral Filler. d. Bituminous Material. Test results for bituminous material shall include temperaturelviscosity charts for mixing and compaction temperatures. The certifications shall show the appropriate ASTM tests for each material, the test results, and a statement that the material meets the specification requirement. The Engineer may request samples for testing, prior to and during production, to verify the quality of the materials and to ensure conformance with the applicable specifications. 401-2.5 ANTI-STRIPPING AGENT. Any anti-stripping agent or additive if required shall be heat stable, shall not change the asphalt cement viscosity beyond specifications, shall contain no harmful ingredients, shall be added in recommended proportion by approved method, and shall be a material approved by the Department of Transportation of the State in which the project is located. PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS P-401-2 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � OCTOBER 2012 ' CLEARWATER AIRPARK. RW 16-34 PARALLEL TAXIWAY 8 REHAB 8� EXTENSIONI COMPOSITION 401-3.1 COMPOSITION OF MIXTURE. The bituminous plant mix shall be composed of a mixture of well•� � graded aggregate, filler and anti-strip agent if required, and bituminous material. The several aggregate fractions shall be sized, handled in separate size groups, and combined in such proportions that the resulting mixture meets the grading requirements of the job mix formula (JMF). , I�` , n u S � � � � i i f� � ' � ' , 401-3.2 JOB MIX FORMULA. No bituminous mixture for payment shali be produced until a job mix formula has been approved in writing by the Engineer. The bituminous mixture shall be designed using procedures contained ir.i Chapter 5, Marshall Method of Mix Design, of the Asphalt Institute's Manual Series No. 2(MS-2), Mix Desigr.i Methods for Asphalt Concrete, sixth edition. The design criteria paragraph 401-5.2b. standard deviations: Stability = 2701b in Table 1 are target values necessary to meet the acceptance requirements contained ir,i The criteria is based on a production process which has a material variability with the following; Flow (0.01 in) = 1.5 in Air Voids = 0.65% If material variability exceeds the standard deviations indicated, the job mix formula and subsequent production targets shall be based on a stability greater than shown in Table 1 and the flow and air voids shall be targeted close to the mid-range of the criteria in arder to meet the acceptance requirements. Tensile Strength Ratio (TSR) of the composite mixture, as determined by ASTM D 4867, shall not be less than 75. Anti-stripping agent shall be added to the asphalt, as necessary, to produce a TSR of not less than 75. If an anti-strip agent is required, it will be provided by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. The job mix formula shall be submitted in writing by the Contractor to the Engineer at least 10 days prior to the start of paving operations and shall include as a minimum: a. Percent passing each sieve size for total combined gradation, individual gradation of all aggregate stockpiles and percent by weight of each stockpile used in the job mix formula. b. Percent of asphalt cement. c. Asphalt performance, viscosity or penetration grade, and type of modifier if used_ d. Number of blows of hammer compaction per side of molded specimen. e. Mixing temperature. f. Compaction temperature. g. Temperature of mix when discharged from the mixer. h. Temperature-viscosity relationship of the asphalt cement. i. Plot of the combined gradation on the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) 45 power gradation curve. j. Graphica] plots of stability, flow, air voids, voids in the mineral aggregate, and unit weight versus asphall: content. k. Percent natural sand. 1. Percent fractured faces. m. Percent by weight of flat particles, elongated particles, and flat and elongated particles (and criteria). n. Tensile Strength Ratio (TSR). o. Anti-strip agent (if required). p. Date the job mix formula was developed. PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS � Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) P-401-:3 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the results of verification testing of three (3) asphalt samples prepared at the optimum asphalt content. The average of the results of this testing shall indicate conformance with the job mix formula requirements specified in Tables l, 2, and 3. When the project requires asphalt mixtures of differing aggregate gradations, a separate job mix formula and the results of job mix formula verification testing must be submitted for each mix. The job mix formula for each mixture shall be in effect until a modification is approved in writing by the Engineer. Should a change in sources of materials be made, a new job mix formula must be submitted within 10 days and approved by the Engineer in writing before the new material is used. After the initial production job mix formula has been approved by the Engineer and a new or modified job mix formula is required for whatever reason, the subsequent cost of the Engineer's approval of the new or modified job mix formula will be borne by the Contractor. There will be no time extension given or considerations for extra costs associated with the stoppage of production paving or restart of production paving due to the time needed for the Engineer to approve the initial, new or modified job mix formula. Job mix formula not developed within the previous 90 days are not acceptable. Table 1. Marshall Design Criteria Pavements Designed for Aircraft Test Property Gross Weights Less Than 60,000 Lb or Tire Pressures Less Than 100 PSI Number of blows 50 Stability, pounds (Newtons) �350 (6005) minimum Flow, O.OI in. (0.25 mm) ]0-18 Air voids (%) 2.8-4.2 Percent voids in mineral See Table 2 aggregate, minimum Table 2. Minimum Percent Voids In Mineral Aggregate Maximum Particle Size Minimum Voids in Mineral Aggregate 'h in 12.5 mm 16% '/4 in 19.0 mm 15% l in 25.0 mm 14% I'h in 37.5 mm 13% The mineral aggregate shall be of such size that the percentage composition by weight, as determined by labaratory sieves, will conform to the gradation or gradations specified in Table 3 when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136 and C l 17. The gradations in Table 3 represent the limits that shall determine the suitability of aggregate for use from the sources of supply. The aggregate, as selected (and used in the JMF), shatl have a gradation within the limits designated in Table 3 and shall not vary from the low limit on one sieve to the high limit on the adjacent sieve, or vice versa, but shall be well graded from coarse to fine. PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS P-401-4 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � ' � � �`II � ' � � � ' � r � �I , � � ' � � OCTOBER 2012 ' a ' � ' r ' � � ' � u � LJ CLEARWATER AIRPARN; RW 16-34 PARALLEL TAXIWAY 8 REHAB & EXTENSION Deviations from the final approved mix design for bitumen content and gradation of aggregates shall be within the action limits for individual measurements as specified in paragraph 401-6.Sa. The limits still will apply if they fal:l outside the master grading band in Table 3. The maximum size aggregate used shall not be more than one-half of the thickness of the course being constructecl except where otherwise shown on the plans or ardered by the Engineer. Table 3 Aggregate - Bitumino�s Pavements Percentage by Weight Passing Sieves Sieve Size '/4 " max '/�" max 1-'h in. (37.5 mm) -- __ 1 in. (24.0 mm) -- -- '/4 in. (19.0 mm) 100 -- '/� in. (12.5 mm) 79-99 100 '/8 in. (9.5 mm) 68-88 79-99 No. 4(4.75 mm) 48-68 58-78 No. 8(236 mm) 33-53 39-59 No. ]6 (1.18 mm) 20-40 26-46 No. 30 (0.600 mm) 14-30 19-35 No. 50 (0.300 mm) 9-21 12-24 No. 100 (0.150 mm) 6-16 7-17 No. 200 (0.075 mm) 3-6 3-6 Stone or gravel 5.0-7.5 5.5-8.0 Slag 6.5-9.5 7.0-10.5 The aggregate gradations shown are based on aggregates of uniform specific gravity. The percentages passing the various sieves shall be corrected when aggregates of varying specific gravities are used, as indicated in the Asphalt. Institute Manual Series No. 2(MS-2), Chapter 3. 401-3.? n�rvrr �n � enu �y�r �ny 7yDLTL vo,..,,.ioa ur,r n..w.,ti •. F i..:...�a �, i. �. "._.�. � .......... .,..� �� . �cccTcrccr�rmri-vrnTrrcv�iS'rsc-vrFccnzrrrrca�xSpna��crricrn. > > > > . . � . � �l..,il L.� 1;...:ro.i r,. ( 1.. o„r - . R' � � . � ' � � � � -' - _ - s _ The use of recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) is not allowed. PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS ' Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9l30/2011) P-401-5, CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION � OCTOBER 2012 401-3.4 TEST SECTION. Prior to full production, the Contractor shall prepare and ptace a quantity of bituminous mixture according to the job mix formula. The amount of mixture shall be sufficient to construct a test section 300 ft long and 25' wide, placed in two lanes, with a longitudinal cold joint, and shall be of the same depth specified for the construction of the course which it represents. A cold joint is an exposed construction joint at least 4 hours old or whose mat has cooled to less than 160 °F. The underlying grade or pavement structure upon which the test section is to be constructed shall be the same as the remainder of the course represented by the test section. The eyuipment used in construction of the test section shall be the same type and weight to be used on the remainder of the course represented by the test section. The test section shall be evaluated for acceptance as a single lot in accardance with the acceptance criteria in paragraph 401-5.1 and 401-63. The test section shall be divided into equal sublots. As a minimum the test section shall consist of 3 sublots. The test section shall be considered acceptable if; 1) stability, flow, mat density, air voids, and joint density are 90 percent or more within limits, 2) gradation and asphalt content are within the action limits specified in paragraphs 401-6.Sa and Sb, and 3) the voids in the mineral aggregate are within the limits of Table 2. If the initial test section should prove to be unacceptable, the necessary adjustments to the job mix formula, plant operation, placing procedures, and/or rolling procedures shall be made. A second test section shall then be placed. If the second test section also does not meet specification requirements, both sections shall be removed at the Contractor's expense. Additional test sections, as required, shall be constructed and evaluated for conformance to the specifications. Any additional sections that are not acceptable shall be removed at the Contractor's expense. Full production shall not begin until an acceptable section has been constructed and accepted in writing by the Engineer. Once an acceptable test section has been placed, payment for the initial test section and the section that meets specification requirements shall be made in accordance with paragraph 401-8.1. Job mix control testing shall be performed by the Contractor at the start of plant production and in conjunction with the calibration of the plant far the job mix formula. If aggregates produced by the plant do not satisfy the gradation requirements or produce a mix that meets the JMF. It will be necessary to reevaluate and redesign the mix using plant-produced aggregates. Specimens shall be prepared and the optimum bitumen content determined in the same manner as far the original design tests. Contractor will not be allowed to place the test section until the Contractar Quality Control Program, showing conformance with the requirements of Paragraph 401-6.1, has been approved, in writing, by the Engineer. 401-3.5 Job Mix Formula (JMF) Laboratory. The Contractor's laboratory used to develop the job mix formula shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 3666. The laboratory accreditation must be current and listed on the accrediting authority's website. All test methods required for developing the JMF must be listed on the lab accreditation. A copy of the laboratory's current accreditation and accredited test methods shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to start of construction. Tl:e certifrcation shall contain as a minimum: a. Qualifrcations of personne[; laboratory manager, supervising technician, and testing technicians. b. A listing ojequipment to be used in developing the job mi.x. c. A copy of the laboratory's quality control system. d. Evidence of participation in t{re AASHTO Materials Reference Laboratory (AMRL) program. e. ASTM D 3666 certifrcation of accreditation by a nationally recognized accreditation program. Accreditation by tlre Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) in lieu of ASTM D 3666 will not be acceptable. ' , � � � ' � � � ' � � �1 ' , , � PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS P-401-6 Reference: AC 150l5370-10F (9/30/2011) � , OCTOBER 2012 ' � ' �J ' ' , CLEARWATER AIRPARh(. RW 16-34 PARALLEL TAXIWAY & REHAB 8 EXTENSIO�I CONSTRUCTION METHODS 401-4.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The bituminous mixture shall not be placed upon a wet surface or when thE; surface temperature of the underlying course is less than specified in Table 4. The temperature requirements may bf; waived by the Engineer, if requested; however, all other requirements including compaction shall be met. Table 4. Base Temperature Limitations Base Temperature (Minimum) Mat Thickness Deg. F Deg. C 3 in. (7.5 cm) or greater 40 4 Greater than l in. (2.5 cm) 45 7 but less than 3 in. (7.5 cm) l in. (2.5 cm) or less 50 10 401-4.2 BITUMINOUS MIXING PLANT. Plants used for the preparation of bituminous mixtures shall conforrri to the requirements of ASTM D 995 with the following changes: Requirements for all plants include: (l) Truck Scales. The bituminous mixture shall be weighed on approved scales furnished by the Contractor, or � on certified public scales at the Contractor's expense. Scales shall be inspected and sealed as often as the Engineer deems necessary to assure their accuracy. Scales shall conform to the requirements of the General Provisions., Section 90-01. ' In lieu of scales, and as approved by the Engineer, asphalt mixture weights may be determined by the use of an� e}ectronic weighing system equipped with an automatic printer that weighs the total paving mixture. Contractor must furnish calibration certification of the weighing system prior to mix production and as often thereafter as requested by the Engineer. ' , , (2) Testing Facilities. The Contractor shall provide laboratory facilities at the plant for the use of the Engineer's acceptance testing and the Contractor's quality control testing. The Engineer will always have priority in. the use of the laboratory. The lab shall have sufficient space and eyuipment so that both testing representatives (Engineer's and Contractor's) can operate efficiently. The lab shall also meet the requirements of ASTM D 3666. The plant testing laboratory shall have a floor space area of not less than 150 sy ft, with a ceiling height of no1: less than 7-%2 feet. 'The laboratory shall be weather tight, sufficiently heated in cold weather, air-conditioned in hot: weather to maintain temperatures for testing purposes of 70 °F +/- 5°F. The plant testing laboratory shall be located. on the plant site to provide an unobstructed view, from one of its windows, of the trucks being loaded with the plant mix materials. � Laboratory facilities shall be kept clean, and all equipment shall be maintained in proper warking condition. The Engineer shall be permitted unrestricted access to inspect the Contractor's laboratory facility and witness quality control activities. The Engineer will advise the Contractor in writing of any noted deficiencies concerning the laboratory facility, equipment, supplies, or testing personnel and procedures. When the deficiencies are serious � enough to be adversely affecting the test results, the incorporation of the materials into the work shall be suspended immediately and will not be permitted to resume until the deficiencies are satisfactorily corrected. ' � � As a minimum, the plant testing labaratory shall have: a. Adequate artificial lighting b. Electrical outlets sufficient in number and capacity for operating the required testing equipment and drying samples. c. Fire extinguishers (2), Underwriter's Laboratories approved d. Work benches for testing minimum 2-%2 feet by 10 feet. e. Desk with 2 chairs PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS , Reference: AC 150/5370.10F (9/30/20T1) P-401-7 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8� EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 , f. Sanitary facilities convenient to testing laboratory g. Exhaust fan to outside air, minimum 12 in blade diameter h. A direct telephone line and telephone including a FAX machine operating 24 hours per day, seven days per week i. File cabinet with lock for Engineer j. Sink with running water, attached drain board and drain capable of handling separate material k. Metal stand for holding washing sieves 1. Two element hot plate or other comparable heating device, with dial type thermostatic controls for drying aggregates m. Mechanical shaker and appropriate sieves (listed in JMF, Table 3) meeting the requirements of ASTM E-11 for determining the gradation of coarse and fine aggregates in accordance with ASTM C I 36 n. Marshall testing equipment meeting ASTM D 6926, ASTM D 6927, automatic compaction equipment capable of compacting three specimens at once and other apparatus as specified in ASTM C 127, D 2172, D 2726, and D 2041 o. Oven, thermostatically controlled, inside minimum 1 cubic foot p. Two volumetric specific gravity flasks, 500 cc q. Other necessary hand tools required for sampling and testing r. Library containing contract specifications, latest ASTM volumes 4.O1, 4.02, 4.03 and 4.09, AASHTO standard specification parts I and I1, and Asphalt Institute Publication MS-2. s. Equipment for Theoretical Specific Gravity testing including a 4,000 cc pycnometer, vacuum pump capable of maintaining 30 ml mercury pressure and a balance, 16-20 km with accuracy of 0.5 grams t. Extraction equipment, centrifuge and reflux types and Rotoflex equipment u. A masonry saw with diamond blade for trimming pavement cores and samples v. Telephone Approval of the plant and testing laboratory by the Engineer requires all facilities and equipment to be in good working order during production, sampling and testing. Failure to provide the specified facilities shall be su�cient cause for disapproving bituminous plant operations. The Owner shall have access to the lab and the plant whenever Contractor is in production. (3) Inspection of Plant. The Engineer, or Engineer's authorized representative, shall have access, at all times, to all areas of the plant for checking adequacy of equipment; inspecting operation of the plant: verifying weights, proportions, and material properties; and checking the temperatures maintained in the preparation of the mixtures. (4) Storage Bins and Surge Bins. Use of surge and storage bins for temporary storage of hot bituminous mixtures will be permitted as follows: a. The bituminous mixture may be stared in surge bins for a period of time not to exceed 3 hours. b. The bituminous mixture may be stored in insulated starage bins for a period of time not to exceed 24 hours. The bins shall be such that mix drawn from them meets the same requirements as mix loaded directly into trucks. If the Engineer determines that there is an excessive amount of heat loss, segregation, or oxidation of the mixture due to temporary storage, no temporary storage will be allowed. 401-4.3 HAULING EQUIPMENT. Trucks used for hauling bituminous mixtures shall have tight, clean, and smooth metal beds. To prevent the mixture from adhering to them, the truck beds shall be lightly coated with a minimum amount of paraffin oil, lime solution, ar other approved material. Petroleum products shall not be used for coating truck beds. Each truck shall have a suitable cover to protect the mixture from adverse weather. When necessary, to ensure that the mixture will be delivered to the site at the specified temperature, truck beds shall be insulated or heated and covers shall be securely fastened. PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS P-401-8 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) , OCTOBER 2012 , � CLEARWATER AIRPARN; RW 16-34 PARALLEL TAXIWAY & REHAB & EXTENSIOM 401-4.4 BITUMINOUS PAVERS. Bituminous pavers shall be self-propelled with an activated heated screed., capable of spreading and finishing courses of bituminous plant mix material that will meet the specified thickness„ smoothness, and grade. The paver shall have sufficient power to propel itself and the hauling eyuipment without: adversely affecting the finished surface. The paver shall have a receiving hopper of sufficient capacity to permit a uniform spreading operation. The hopper ' shall be equipped with a distribution system to place the mixture uniformly in front of the screed without. segregation. The screed shall effectively produce a finished surface of the required evenness and texture without tearing, shoving, or gouging the mixture. � ' ' , , The paver shall be equipped with a control system capable of automatically maintaining the specified screed elevation. The control system shall be automatically actuated from either a reference line and/or through a system of� mechanical sensors or sensor-directed mechanisms or devices that will maintain the paver screed at a predetermined transverse slope and at the proper elevation to obtain the required surface. The transverse slope controller shall be capable of maintaining the screed at the desired slope within plus or minus 0.1 percent. The controls shali be capable of warking in conjunction with any of the following attachments: a. Ski-type device of not less than 30 feet (9.14 m) in length. b. Taut stringline (wire) set to grade. c. Short ski or shoe. d. Laser control. If, during construction, it is found that the spreading and finishing equipment in use leaves tracks or indented areas, or produces other blemishes in the pavement that are not satisfactorily corrected by the scheduled operations, the use of such equipment shall be discontinued and satisfactory equipment shall be provided by the Contractar. 401-4.5 ROLLERS. Rollers of the vibratory, steel wheel, and pneumatio-tired type shall be used. They shall be in ' good condition, capable of operating at slow speeds to avoid displacement of the bituminous mixture. The number, type, and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the mixture to the required density while it is still in a workable condition. , ' 1 -� li '� , ' , ' � All rollers shall be specifically designed and suitable for compacting hot mix bituminous concrete and shall be properly used. Rollers that impair the stability of any layer of a pavement structure or underlying soils shall not be used. Depressions in pavement surfaces caused by rollers shall be repaired by the Contractor at its own expense. The use of equipment that causes crushing of the aggregate will not be permitted. a. Nudear Densometer. The Contractor shall have on site a nuclear densometer during all paving operations in arder to assist in the deterrnination of the optimum rolling pattern, type of roller and frequencies, as well as to monitor the effect of the roliing operations during production paving. The Contractor shall also supply a qualified technician during all paving operations to calibrate the nuclear densometer and obtain accurate density readings for all new bituminous concrete. These densities shall be supplied to the Engineer upon request at any time during construction. No separate payment will be made for supplying the density gauge and technician. 401-4.6 PREPARATION OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The bituminous material shall be heated in a manner that will avoid local overheating and provide a continuous supply of the bituminous material to the mixer at a uniform temperature. The temperature of the bituminous material delivered to the mixer shall be sufficient to provide a suitable viscosity for adequate coating of the aggregate particles, but shall not exceed 325 °F (160 °C), unless otherwise required by the manufacturer. 401-4J PREPARATION OF MINERAL AGGREGATE. The aggregate for the mixture shall be heated and dried prior to introduction into the mixer. The maximum temperature and rate of heating shall be such that no damage occurs to the aggregates. The temperature of the aggregate and mineral filler shall not exceed 350 °F (175 °C) when the asphalt is added. Particular care shall be taken that aggegates high in calcium or magnesium content are not damaged by overheating. The temperature shall not be lower than is required to obtain complete coating and uniform distribution on the aggregate particles and to provide a mixture of satisfactory workability. 401-4.8 PREPARATION OF BITUMINOUS MIXTURE. The aggregates and the bituminous material shall be weighed or metered and introduced into the mixer in the amount specified by the job mix formula. PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) P-401-9 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8� PARALLE� TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 The combined materials shall be mixed until the aggregate obtains a uniform coating of bitumen and is thoroughly distributed throughout the mixture. Wet mixing time shall be the shortest time that will produce a satisfactory mixture, but not less than 25 seconds for batch plants. The wet mixing time for all plants shall be established by the Contractor, based on the procedure for determining the percentage of coated particles described in ASTM D 2489, far each individual plant and for each type of aggregate used. The wet mixing time will be set to achieve 95 percent of coated particles. For continuous mix ptants, the minimum mixing time shall be determined by dividing the weight of its contents at operating level by the weight of the mixture delivered per second by the mixer. The moisture content of all bituminous mixtures upon discharge shall not exceed 0.5 percent. For batch plants, wet mixing time begins with the introduction of bituminous material into the mixer and ends with the opening of the mixer discharge gate. Distribution of aggregate and bituminous material as they enter the pugmill, speed of mixer shafts, and arrangement and pitch of paddles are factors governing efficiency of mixing. Prolonged exposure to air and heat in the pugmill harden the asphalt film on the aggregate. Mixing time, therefore, should be the shortest time required to obtain uniform distribution of aggregate sizes and thorough coating of aggregate particles with bituminous material. 401-4.9 PREPARATION OF THE UNDERLYING SURFACE. Immediately before placing the bituminous mixture, the underlying course shall be cleaned of atl dust and debris. A prime coat or tack coat shali be applied in accordance with Item P-602 or P-603, if shown on the plans. 401-4.10 LAYDOWN PLAN, TRANSPORTING, PLACING, AND FINISHING. Prior to the placement of the bituminous mixture, the Contractor shall prepare a laydown plan for approval by the Engineer. This is to minimize the number of cold joints in the pavement. The laydown plan shall include the sequence of paving laydown by stations, width of lanes, temporary ramp locations, and laydown temperature. The laydown plan shall also include estimated time of completion far each portion of the work (that is, milling, paving, rolling, cooling, etc.). Modifications to the laydown plan shall be approved by the Engineer. The bituminous mixture shall be transported from the mixing plant to the site in vehicles conforming to the requirements of paragraph 401-43. Deliveries shall be scheduled so that placing and compacting of mixture is uniform with minimum stopping and starting of the paver. Hauling over freshly placed material shall not be permitted until the material has been compacted, as specified, and allowed to cool to atmospheric temperature. For all runway, taxiway and apron pavements, Contractor shall use a stringline to place each lane of each lift of bituminous surface course. However, at the Contractor's option, Contractor shall use stringline for first lift of bituminous surface course and then survey the grade of that lift. Provided grades of'that lift of bituminous surface course meet the tolerances of paragraphs 401-SZb(6), then Contractor may place successive lifts of bituminous surface course using a long ski, or laser control per paragraph 401-4.4. However, Contractor shall survey each lift of bituminous surface course and certify to Engineer that every lot of each lift meets the grade tolerances of paragraph 401-5.2b(6) before the next lift can be placed without a stringline. If the grades of a single lot do not meet the tolerances of 401-5.2b(6), then the Contractor shall use a stringline for each entire lift. Corrective action in paragraph 401-5.2b(6) applies to the final lift of surface course; however, for multiple lift construction, the Contractor shall correct to ensure the �nal lift of surface course is a minimum of 1'/4 inches and a maximum of 2'/4" inches. The Contractor may elect to use a material transfer vehicle to deliver mix to the paver. Paving during nighttime construction s#�} �°�.,;�°'"° F"^.��;^^• a. All paving machines, rollers, distribution trucks and other vehicles required by the Contractor for his operations shall be equipped with artificial illumination sufficient to safely complete the work. b. Minimum illumination level shall be twenty (20) horizontal foot candles and maintained in the following areas: (1) An area of 30 feet wide by 30 feet long immediately behind the paving machines during the operations of the machines. (2) An area l5 feet wide by 30 feet long immediately in front and back of all rolling equipment, during operation of the equipment. (3) An area l5 feet wide by 15 feet long at any point where an area is being tack coated prior to the placement of pavement. PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS P-401-10 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) , ' � � , ' � � �I � ' ' , u , ' ' ' ' ' � CLEARWATER AIRPARH; OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 PARALLEL TAXIWAY & REHAB & EXTENSIODI c. As partial fulfillment of the above requirements, the Contractor shall furnish and use, complete artificial lighting units with a minimum capacity of 3,000 watt electric beam lights, affixed to all equipment in such a way tc3 direct illumination on the area under construction. The initial placement and compaction of the mixture shall occur at a temperature suitable for obtaining density, surface smoothness, and other specified requirements but not less than 250 °F (121 °C). Edges of existing bituminous pavement abutting the new work shall be saw cut and carefully removed as shown on the drawings and painted with bituminous tack coat before new material is placed against it. Upon arrival, the mixture shall be placed to the full width by a bituminous paver. It shall be struck off in a uniforn� layer of such depth that, when the work is completed, it shall have the required thickness and conform to the gradf; and contour indicated. The speed of the paver shall be regulated to eliminate pulling and tearing of the bituminou:� mat. Unless otherwise permitted, placement of the mixture shall begin along the centerline of a crowned section o:r on the high side of areas with a one-way slope. The mixture shall be placed in consecutive adjacent strips having a. minimum width of l0-feet, except where edge lanes require less width to complete the area. Additional screed sections shall not be attached to widen paver to meet the minimum lane width requirements specified above unles,� additional auger sections are added to match. The longitudinal joint in one course shall offset the longitudinal joinl in the course immediately below by at least 1 ft(30 cm); however, the joint in the surface top course shall be at thE; centerline of crowned pavements. Transverse joints in one course shall be offset by at least l0 feet (3 m) frona transverse joints in the previous course. Transverse joints in adjacent lanes shall be offset a minimum of 10 feet (3 m). On areas where irregularities or unavoidable obstacles make the use of inechanical spreading and finishin��; equipment impractical, the mixture may be spread and luted by hand tools. Areas of segregation in the surface course, as determined by the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. The area shall bc removed by saw cutting and milling a minimum of 2 in deep. The area to be removed and replaced shall be ,:i minimum width of the paver and a minimum of 10 feet long. 401-4.11 COMPACTION OF MIXTURE. After placing the mixture shall be thoroughly and uniformly compacted by power rollers. The surface shall be compacted as soon as possible when the mixture has attaine�i sufficient stability so that the rolling does not cause undue displacement, cracking or shoving. The sequence of rolling operations and the type of rollers used shall be at the discretion of the Contractor. The speed of the roller shall, at ali times, be sufficiently slow to avoid displacement of the hot mixture and be effective in compaction. An;�� displacement occurring as a result of reversing the direction of the roller, or from any other cause, shall be correcter.l at once. Sufficient rollers shall be furnished to handle the output of the plant. Rolling shall continue until the surface is of uniform texture, true to grade and cross section, and the required fieid density is obtained. To prevent adhesion of the mixture to the roller, the wheels shall be equipped with a scraper and kept properl;�� moistened but excessive water will not be permitted. In areas not accessible to the roller, the mixture shall be thoroughly compacted with approved power driven tampers�. Tampers shall weigh not Iess than 275 pounds, have a tamping plate width not less than 15 in, be rated at not less than 4,200 vibrations per minute, and be suitably equipped with a standard tamping plate wetting device. Any mixture that becomes loose and broken, mixed with dirt, contains check-cracking, or in any way defective shal I be removed and replaced with fresh hot mixture and immediately compacted to conform to the surrounding area�. This work shall be done at the Contractor's expense. Skin patching shall not be allowed. 401-4.12 JOINTS. The formation of all joints shall be made in such a manner as to ensure a continuous boncl between the courses and obtain the required density. All joints shall have the same texture as other sections of th�e course and meet the requirements for smoothness and grade. The roller shall not pass over the unprotected end of the freshly laid mixture except when necessary to form ,a transverse joint. When necessary to form a transverse joint, it shall be made by means of placing a bulkhead or b,y tapering the course. The tapered edge shall be cut back to its full depth and width on a straight line to expose �a PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30l2011) P-401-11 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 vertical face prior to placing the adjacent lane. In both methods, all contact surfaces shall be given a tack coat of bituminous material before placing any fresh mixture against the joint. Longitudinal joints which are irregular, damaged, uncompacted, or otherwise defective or which have been left exposed for more than 4 hours, or whose surface temperature has cooled to less than 160 °F shall be cut back 3- inches to expose a clean, sound surface for the full depth of the course. All contact surfaces shall be cleaned and dry prior and given a tack coat of bituminous material prior to placing any fresh mixture against the joint. The cost of this work and tack coat shall be considered incidental to the cost of the bituminous course. Q��n—�no�oT �n:T pon�A�ccic � n � i.,., a 4�1-4.1 scnc�rorz�� E�i Ei�BvV��v. � S�39Wi�-0fr�32=pm�r5� S�H�i2StS�3Rc e„r� ..F7+o... D ti71 MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE 401-5.1 ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING AND TESTING. Unless otherwise specified, all acceptance sampling and testing necessary to determine conformance with the requirements specified in this section will be performed by the Engineer at no cost to the Contractor except that coring as reyuired in this section shall be completed and paid for by the Contractor. Testing organizations performing these tests shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 3666. The laboratory accreditation must be current and listed on the accrediting authority's website. All test methods required for acceptance sampling and testing must be listed on the lab accreditation. A copy of the laboratory's current accreditation and accredited test methods shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to start of construction. All equipment in Contractor furnished laboratories shall be calibrated by an independent testing organization prior to the start of operations at the Contractor's expense. a. Plant-Produced Material. Plant-produced material shall be tested for stability, flow, and air voids on a lot basis. Sampling shall be from material deposited into trucks at the plant or from trucks at the job site. Samples shall be taken in accardance with ASTM D 979. A]ot will consist of: • One day or shift's production not to exceed 2,000 tons (1,814 t), or half day or shift's production where a day's production is expected to consist of between 2,000 and 4,000 tons (1, 814 t and 3,628 t), or Similar subdivisions for tonnages over 4,000 tons (3,628, t). Where more than one plant is simultaneously producing material for the job, the lot sizes shall apply separately for each plant. (1) Sampling. Each lot will consist of four equal sublots. Sufficient material for preparation of test specimens for all testing will be sampled by the Engineer on a random basis, in accordance with the procedures contained in ASTM D 3665. One set of laboratory compacted specimens will be prepared for each sublot in accordance with ASTM D 6926, at the number of blows required by paragraph 401-3.2, Table 1. Each set of laboratory compacted specimens will consist of three test portions prepared from the same sample increment. The sample of bituminous mixture may be put in a covered metal tin and placed in an oven for not less than 30 minutes nor more than 60 minutes to stabilize to compaction temperature. The compaction temperature of the specimens shall be as specified in the job mix formula. (2) Testing. Sample specimens shall be tested for stability and flow in accordance with ASTM D 6927. Air voids will be determined by the Engineer in accordance with ASTM D 3203. Prior to testing, the bulk specific gravity of each test specimen shall be measured by the Engineer in accordance with ASTM D 2726 using the procedure for laboratory-prepared thoroughly dry specimens, or ASTM D 1188, whichever is applicable, for use in computing air voids and pavement density. For air voids determination, the theoretical maximum specific gravity of the mixture shall be measured one time for each sublot in accordance with ASTM D 2041, Type C, D or E container. The value used in the air voids computation for each sublot shall be based on theoretical maximum specific gravity measurement for the sublot. The stability and flow for each sublot shall be computed by averaging the results of all test specimens representing that sublot. PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS P-401-12 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) LJ � � � � � � � ' i� ,� �� i I � , ' r ' Cl , � ' � � � � , ' ' , , r-, , �; C � t , ' ' ' ' CLEARWATER AIRPARM� OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 PARALLEL TAXIWAY & REHAB & EXTENSIOP� (3) Acceptance. Acceptance of plant produced material for stability, flow, and air voids shall be determined b}� the Engineer in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 401-5.2b. b. Field Placed Material. Material placed in the field shall be tested for mat and joint density on a lot basis. (1) Mat Density. The lot size shall be the same as that indicated in paragraph 401-S.la and shall be divided into four equal sublots. One core of finished, compacted materials shall be taken by the Contractor from each sublot. Core locations will be determined by the Engineer on a random basis in accordance with procedures contained in ASTM D 3665. Cores shall not be taken closer than 1 f[ from a transverse or longitudinal joint. (2) Joint Density. The lot size shall be the total length of ]ongitudinal joints constructed by a lot of material a;> defined in paragraph 401-5. ] a. The ]ot shall be divided into four equal sublots. One core of finished, compactecl materials shall be taken by the Contractor from each sublot. Core locations will be determined by the Engineer on a random basis in accordance with procedures contained in ASTM D 3665. All caring shal) be centered on the joint. The minimum core diameter for joint density determination shall be 5 in. (3) Sampling. Samples shall be neatly cut with a core drili. The cutting edge of the core drill bit shall be oif' hardened steel or other suitable material with diamond chips embedded in the metal cutting edge. The minimurri diameter of the sample shall be 5 in. Samples that are clearly defective, as a result of sampling, shall be discardecl and another sample taken. The Contractor shall furnish all tools, labor, and materials for cutting samples, cleaning., and fiiling the cored pavement. Cored pavement shall be cleaned and core holes shall be filled in a manner acceptable to the Engineer and within one day afrer sampling. (4) Testing. The bulk specific gravity of each cored sample will be measured by the Engineer in accordance; with ASTM D 2726 or ASTM D 1188, whichever is applicable. The percent compaction (density) of each sample will be determined by dividing the bulk specific gravity of each sublot sample by the average bulk specific gravity of all labaratory prepared specimens for the lot, as determined in paragraph 40l-S.la(2). The bulk specific gravity used to determine the joint density at joints formed between different lots shall be the lowest of the bulk specifir gravity values from the two different lots. (5) Acceptance. Acceptance of field placed material for mat density will be determined by the Engineer ir.i accordance with the requirements of paragraph 401-5.2b(1). Acceptance for joint density will be determined in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 401-5.2b(3). e. Partial Lots - Plant-Produced Material. When operational conditions cause a lot to be terminated before the specified number of tests have been made far the lot, or when the Contractor and Engineer agree in writing ta allow overages or other minor tonnage placements to be considered as partial lots, the following procedure will be; used to adjust the lot size and the number of tests for the lot. The last batch produced where production is halted will be sampled, and its properties shall be considered as representative of the particular sublot from which it was taken. In addition, an agreed to minor placement will be� sampled, and its properties shall be considered as representative of the particular sublot from which it was taken. Where three sublots are produced, they shall constitute a lot. Where one or two sublots are produced, they shall be incorporated into the next lot, and the total number of sublots shall be used in the acceptance plan calculation, that. is, n= 5 or n= 6, for example. Partial lots at the end of asphalt production on the project shall be included with the previous lot. d. Partial Lots - Field Placed Material. The lot size for field placed material shall correspond to that of the plant material, except that, in no cases, shall less than three (3) cored samples be obtained, that is, n= 3. 401-5.2 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA. a. General. Acceptance will be based on the foilowing characteristics of the bituminous mixture and completed. pavement as welt as the implementation of the Contractor Quality Control Program and test results: (l) Stability (2) Flow (3) Air voids (4) Mat density (5) Joint density PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS ' Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) P-401-13 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8� EXTENSION (6) Thickness (7) Smoothness (8) Grade OCTOBER 2012 , Mat density and air voids will be evaluated for acceptance in accordance with paragraph 401-5.2b(1). Stability and flow will be evaluated for acceptance in accordance with paragraph 401-5.2b(2). Joint density will be evaluated for acceptance in accordance with paragraph 401-52b(3). Thickness will be evaluated by the Engineer for compliance in accordance with paragraph 401-5.2b(4). Acceptance for smoothness will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 401-5.2b(5). Acceptance for grade will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 401-5.2b(6). The Engineer may at any time, notwithstanding previous plant acceptance, reject and require the Contractor to dispose of any batch of bituminous mixture which is rendered unfit far use due to contamination, segregation, incomplete coating of aggregate, or improper mix temperature. Such rejection may be based on only visual inspection or temperature measurements. In the event of such rejection, the Contractor may take a representative sample of the rejected material in the presence of the Engineer, and if it can be demonstrated in the laboratory, in the presence of the Engineer, that such material was erroneously rejected, payment will be made for the material at the contract unit price. b. Acceptance Criteria. (1) Mat Density and Air Voids. Acceptance of each lot of plant produced material for mat density and air voids shall be based on the percentage of material within specification limits (PWL). If the PWL of the ]ot equals or exceeds 90 percent, the lot shall be acceptable. Acceptance and payment shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 40l -8.1. (2) Stability and Flow. Acceptance of each lot of plant produced material for stability and flow shall be based on the percentage of material within specification limits (PWL). If the PWL of the lot equals or exceeds 90 percent, the lot shall be acceptable. If the PWL is less than 90 percent, the Contractor shall determine the reason and take corrective action. If the PWL is below 80 percent, the Contractor must stop production until the reason for poor stability and/or flow has been determined and adjustments to the mix are made (3) Joint Density. Acceptance of each lot of plant produced material for joint density shall be based on the percentage of material within specification limits (PWL). If the PWL of the lot is equal to or exceeds 90 percent, the lot shall be considered acceptable. If the PWL is less than 90 percent, the Contractor shall evaluate the reason and act accordingly. If the PWL is less than 80 percent, the Contractor shall cease operations and until the reason for poor compaction has been determined. If the PWL is less than 71 percent, the pay factor for the lot used to complete the joint shall be reduced by 5 percentage points. This lot pay factor reduction shall be incorporated and evaluated in accordance with paragraph 401-8.1. (4) Thickness. Thickness of each lift of surface course shall be evaluated by the Engineer for compliance to the requirements shown on the plans. Measurements of thickness shall be made by the Engineer using the cores extracted for each sublot for density measurement. The maximum allowable deficiency at any point shall not be more than '/4 in less than the thickness indicated for the lift. Average thickness of lift, or combined lifts, shall not be less than the indicated thickness. Where the thickness tolerances are not met, the lot ar sublot shall be corrected by the Contractor at his expense by removing the deficient area and replacing with new pavement. The Contractor, at his expense, may take additional cores as approved by the Engineer to circumscribe the deficient area. No additional payment s/:all be made far any lot of surface course asphalt p[aced for which the average lot thickness exceeds one-quarter inch (1/4") over tl:e total plan thickness of aspl:alt. T/te thickness over this 1/4- inch tolerance shall be deducted from t/ze total tonnage for the lot placed computed by using the average unit weigl:t for the lot. A!ot of surface course asphalt placed which results in more tha» one fourth incl: (1/4") average, deficiency in tlte total plan thickness of asphalt required shall be evaluated by the Engineer and at t/:e Engineer's option, may be accepted, rejected and replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner or assessed a reduction in payment, as determined by the Engineer. Any lot of surface course asp/:alt p[aced which results in more than a one-ha[f inch (1/2") deficiency in total asphalt thickness shall be removed and rep[aced to the required thickness at tl:e direction of the Engineer and at no cost to the Owner. PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS P-401-14 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � � � ' , ' ' r , , � ' ' ' ' , ' u ' OCTOBER 2012 ' � � � ' , , , ' � , �� ' � � � � CLEARWATER AIRPARH: RW 16-34 PARALLEL TAXIWAY 8 REHAB 8 EXTENSIOM (5) Smoothness. The final surface shall be free from roller marks. The finished surfaces of each course of the� pavement, except the finished surface of the final course, shall not vary more than '/8 in when evaluated with a 16 fl straightedge. The finished surface of the final course of pavement shall not vary more than '/4 in when evaluated with a l6 ft straightedge. The lot size shal] be 2,000 square yards. Smoothness measurements shall be made at 50 fl; intervals and as determined by the Engineer. ln the longitudinal direction, a smoothness reading shall be made at the center of each paving lane. In the transverse direction, smoothness readings shall be made continuously across the full width of the pavement. However, transverse smoothness readings shall not be made across designed grade changes. At warped transition areas, straightedge position shall be adjusted to measure surface smoothness and not: design grade transitions. When more than 15 percent of all measurements within a lot exceed the specified tolerance; the Contractor shall remove the deficient area to the depth of the final course of pavement and replace with new material. Skin patching shall not be permitted. Isolated high points may be ground off providing the course thickness complies with the thickness specified on the plans. High point grinding will be limited to l5 sq yd. Areas in excess of l 5 sq yd will require removal and replacement of the pavement in accordance with the limitations noted above. (6) Grade. The finished surface of the pavement shall not vary from the gradeline elevations and cross sections shown on the plans by more than '/2 in (12.70 mm). The finished grade of each lot will be determined by running levels at intervals of 50 feet (15.2 m) or less longitudinally and all breaks in grade transversely (not to exceed 50 feet) to determine the elevation of the completed pavement. The Contractor shall pay the cost of surveying of the level runs that shall be performed by a licensed surveyor. The documentation, stamped and signed by a licensed surveyor, shall be provided by the Contractor to the Engineer. The lot size shall be 2,000 square yards. When more than l 5 percent of all the measurements within a lot are outside the specified tolerance, or if any one shot within the lot deviates '/4 in or more from planned grade, the Contractor shall remove the deficient area to the depth of the final course of pavement and replace with new material. Skin patching shail not be permitted. Isolated high points may be ground off providing the course thickness complies with the thickness specified on the plans. The surface of the ground pavement shall have a texture consisting of grooves between 0.090 and O.130 in wide. The peaks and ridges shall be approximately 1/32 in higher than the bottom of the grooves. The pavement shall be lefr in a clean condition. The removal of all of the slurry resulting from the grinding operation shall be continuous The grinding operation should be controlled so the residue from the operation does not flow across other lanes of pavement. High point grinding will be limited to l5 sq yd. Areas in excess of l5 sq yd will require removal and replacement of the pavement in accordance with the limitations noted above. c. Percentage of Material Within Specification Limits (PWL). The percentage of material within specification limits (PWL) shall be determined in accordance with procedures specified in Section I 10 of the General Provisions. The specification tolerance limits (L) for lower and (U) for upper are contained in Table 5. d. Outliers. All individual tests for mat density and air voids shall be checked for outliers (test criterion) in accordance with ASTM E 178, at a significance ]evel of 5 percent. Outliers shall be discarded, and the PWL shall be determined using the remaining test values. Table 5 Marshall Acceptance Limits For Stability, Flow, Air Voids, Density Pavements Designed for Aircraft TEST PROPERTY Gross Weights Less Than 60,000 Lb or Tire Pressures Less Than 100 PSI Number of Blows 50 blows Specification Tolerance Limits L U Stability, minimum (pounds) 1000 -- Flow, 0.01-inch 8 20 Air Voids Total Mix (%) 2 5 Mat Density (%) 96.3 -- Joint density (%) 933 -- PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS , Reference: AC 150l5370-10F (9/30/2011) P-401-15 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 , The criteria in Table 5 is based on production processes which have a variability with the following standard deviations: Surface Course Mat Density (%), 1.30 Base Course Mat Density (%), 1.55 Joint Density (%), 2.1 The Contractor should note that (1) 90 PWL is achieved when consistently producing a surface course with an average mat density of at least 98 percent with 1.30% or less variability, (2) 90 PWL is achieved when consistently producing a base course with an average mat density of at least 97.5 percent with 1.55% or less variability, and (3) 90 PWL is achieved when consistently producing joints with an average joint density of at least 96 percent with 2.1% or less variability. 401-5.3 RESAMPLING PAVEMENT FOR MAT DENSITY. a. General. Resampling of a lot of pavement will only be allowed for mat density, and then, only if the Contractor requests same, in writing, within 48 hours after receiving the written test results from the Engineer. A retest will consist of all the sampling and testing procedures contained in paragrapt►s 401-S.lb and 401-5.2b(1). Only one resampling per lot will be permitted. (1) A redefined PWL shall be calculated for the resampled lot. The number of tests used to calculate the redefined PWL shall include the initial tests made for that lot plus the retests. (2) The cost for resampling and retesting shall be borne by the Contractor. b. Payment for Resampled Lots. The redefined PWL for a resampled lot shall be used to calculate the payment for that lot in accordance with Table 6. c. Outliers. Check for outliers in accordance with ASTM E 178, at a significance level of 5 percent. 401-5.4 LEVELING COURSE. Any course used for truing and leveling shall meet the requirements of paragraph 401-3.2, 401-5.2b(1) for air voids and 401-5.2b(2), but shall not be subject to the density requirements of paragraph 401-5.2b( ]) for mat density and 40l -5.2b(3). The leveling course shall be compacted with the same effort used to achieve density of the test section. The truing and leveling course shall not exceed a nominal thickness of 1-'h in (37.5 mm). The leveling course is the first variable thickness lift of an overlay placed prior to subseyuent courses. CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL 401-6.1 GENERAL. The Contractor shall develop a Quality Control Program in accordance with Section 100 of the General Provisions. The progam shall address all elements that affect the quality of the pavement including, but not limited to: a. Mix Design b. Aggregate Grading c. Quality of Materials d. Stockpile Management e. Proportioning f. Mixing and Transportation g. Placing and Finishing h. Joints i. Compaction j. Surface Smoothness k. Personnel PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS P-401-16 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30l2011) ' ' , � � � � ' CLEARWATER AIRPARK OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 PARALLEL TAXIWAY & REHAB 8 EXTENSION l. Laydown Plan The Contractor shall perform quality control sampling, testing, and inspection during all phases of the work and shall perform them at a rate sufficient to ensure that the work conforms to the contract requirements, and at minimum test frequencies required by paragraph 401-63 and Section 100 of the General Provisions. As a part of the process for approving the Contractor's plan, the Engineer may require the Contractor's technician to perform testing of samples to demonstrate an acceptable level of performance. No partial payment will be made for materials that are subject to specific quality control requirements without an approved plan. 401-6.2 TESTING LABORATORY. The Contractor shall provide a fully equipped asphalt laboratory meeting the requirements of paragraph 401-3.5 and 401-4.2a(2) located at the plant or job site. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with certification stating that all of the testing equipment to be used is properly calibrated and will meet the specifications applicable far the specified test procedures. 401-6.3 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING. The Contractor shall perform all quality control tests necessary to control the production and construction processes applicable to these specifications and as set forth in the approved Quality Control Progam. The testing progam shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, tests far the control of asphalt content, aggregate gradation, temperatures, aggregate moisture, field compaction, and surface smoothness. A Quality Control Testing Plan shall be developed as part of the Quality Control Program. � a. Asphalt Content. A minimum of two tests shall be performed per lot in accardance with ASTM D 6307 or ASTM D 2172 for determination of asphalt content. The weight of ash portion of the test, as described in ASTM D� 2172, shall be determined as part of the first test performed at the beginning of plant production; and as part of every tenth test performed thereafter, for the duration of plan production. The last weight of ash value obtained shall be � used in the calculation of the asphalt content for the mixture. The asphalt content for the lot will be determined by averaging the test results. � � � � � � � ' � J The use of the nuclear method for determining asphalt content in accardance with ASTM D 4125 is permitted, provided that it is calibrated for the specific mix being used. b. Gradation. Aggregate gradations shall be determined a minimum of twice per lot from mechanical analysis of extracted aggregate in accordance with ASTM D 5444 and ASTM C 136 (dry sieve). When asphalt content is determined by the nuclear method, aggregate gradation shall be determined from hot bin samples on batch plants, or from the cold feed on drum mix or continuous mix plants, and tested in accordance with ASTM C l36 (dry sieve) using actual batch weights to determine the combined aggregate gradation of the mixture. c. Moisture Content of Aggregate. The moisture content of aggregate used for production shall be determined; a minimum of once per lot in accordance with ASTM C 566. d. Moisture Content of Mixture. The moisture content of the mixture shall be determined once per lot in accordance with ASTM D 1461. e. Temperatures. Temperatures shall be checked, at least four times per lot, at necessary locations to determine the temperatures of the dryer, the bitumen in the storage tank, the mixture at the plant, and the mixture at the jo�� site. f. In-Place Density Monitoring. The Cont►-actor shall conduct any necessary testing to ensure that the specifiedl density is being achieved. A nuclear gauge may be used to monitor the pavement density in accordance with ASTM D 2950. g. Additional Testing. Any additional testing that the Contractor deems necessary to control the process may be performed at the Contractor's option. h. Monitoring. The Engineer reserves the right to monitor any or all of the above testing. 401-6.4 SAMPLING. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall sample and test any material that appears, inconsistent with similar material being sampled, unless such material is voluntarily removed and replaced or deficiencies corrected by the Contractor. All sampling shall be in accardance with standard procedures specified. PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS Reference: AC 150/5370.10F (9/30/2011) P-401-17' CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION ' OCTOBER 2012 401-6.5 CONTROL CHARTS. The Contractor shall maintain ]inear controi charts both for individual measurements and range (that is, difference between highest and lowest measurements) for aggregate gradation and asphalt content. Control charts shail be posted in a location satisfactory to the Engineer and shall be kept current. As a minimum, the control charts shall identify the project number, the contract item number, the test number, each test parameter, the Action and Suspension Limits applicable to each test parameter, and the Contractor's test results. The Contractar shall use the control charts as part of a process control system for identifying potential problems and assignable causes before they occur. ]f the Contractor's projected data during production indicates a problem and the Contractor is not taking satisfactory corrective action, the Engineer may suspend production or acceptance of the material. a. Individual Measurements. Control charts for individual measurements shall be established to maintain process control within tolerance for aggregate gradation and asphalt content. The control charts shall use the job mix formula target values as indicators of central tendency for the following test parameters with associated Action and Suspension Limits: Control Chart Limits For Individual Measurements Sieve Action Limit Suspension Limit '/4 in (19.0 mm) 0% 0% '/2 in (12.5 mm) +/-6% +/-9% 3/8 in (9.5 mm) +/-6% +/-9% No. 4 (4.75 mm) +/-6% +/-9% No. 16 (1.18 mm) +/-5% +/-7.5% No. 50 (0.30 mm) +/-3% +/-4.5% No. 200 (0.075 mm) +/-2% +/-3% Asphalt Content +/-0.45% +/-0.70% b. Range. Control charts for range shall be established to control process variability for the test parameters and Suspension Limits listed below. The range shall be computed for each lot as the difference between the two test results far each control parameter. The Suspension Limits specified below are based on a sample size of n= 2. Should the Contractor elect to perform more than two tests per lot, the Suspension Limits shall be adjusted by multiplying the Suspension Limit by 1.18 for n= 3 and by 1.27 for n= 4. Control Chart Limits Based On Range (Based On n= 2) Sieve Suspension Limit '/z in (12.5 mm) I 1 percent '/8 in (9.5 mm) ] 1 percent No. 4(4.75 mm) 11 percent No. l 6(1.18 mm) 9 percent No. 50 (0.30 mm) 6 percent No. 200 (0.075 mm) 3.5 percent Asphalt Content 0.8 percent c. Corrective Action. The Contractor Qualiry Control Program shall indicate that appropriate action shall be taken when the process is believed to be out of tolerance. The Plan shall contain sets of rules to gauge when , � � S � � � �I � � � � � r � PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS P-401-18 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � 1 � � � � OCTOBER 2012 CLEARWATER AIRPARM� RW 16-34 PARALLEL TAXIWAY & REHAB 8 EXTENSION a process is out of control and detail what action will be taken to bring the process into control. As a minimum, a process shall be deemed out of control and production stopped and corrective action taken, if: (l) One point falls outside the Suspension Limit line for individual measurements or range; or (2) Two points in a row fall outside the Action Limit line for individual measurements. 401-6.6 QUALITY CONTROL REPORTS. The Contractor shall maintain records and shall submit reports o:f' quality control activities daily, in accordance with the Contractor Quality Contro) Program described in General Provisions, Section 100. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 401-7.1 MEASUREMENT. Plant mix bituminous concrete pavement shall be measured by the number of tons (kgl of bituminous mixture used in the accepted wark. Recorded batch weights or truck scale weights will be used ta determine the basis for the tonnage. BASIS OF PAYMENT 401-8.] PAYMENT. Payment for a lot of bituminous concrete pavement meeting all acceptance criteria as specifiedl � in Paragraph 401-5.2 shall be made based on results of tests for [smoothness,] mat density and air voids. Paymenl: for acceptable lots shall be adjusted according to paragraph 401-8.1a for mat density and air voids and 401-8.1c for smoothness, subject to the limitation that: � � � �� ' � ' � The total project payment for plant mix bituminous concrete pavement shall not exceed 100 percent of the: product of the contract unit price and the total number of tons (kg) of bituminous mixture used in the accepted work (See Note 1 under Table 6). The price shall be compensation for furnishing all materials, for all preparation, mixing, and placing of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. a. Basis of Adjusted Payment. The pay factor for each individual lot shall be calculated in accordance with Table 6. A pay factor shall be calculated for both mat density and air voids. The lot pay factor shall be the higher of' the two values when calculations for both mat density and air voids are 100 percent or higher. The lot pay factor shall be the product of the two values when only one of the calculations for either mat density or air voids is ] 00 percent or higher. The lot pay factor shall be the lower of the two values when calculations for both mat density and air voids are less than ] 00 percent. Table 6. Price Adjustment Schedule' Percentage of Material Within Lot Pay Factor Specification Limits (PWL) (Percent of Contract Unit Price) 96 — 100 106 90-95 PWL+ 10 75 — 89 0.5 PWL + 55 55 — 74 I.4 PWL — 12 Below 55 Reject 2 ' Although it is theoretically possible to achieve a pay factor of 106 percent for each lot, actual payment above l00 percent shall be subject to the total project payment limitation specified in paragraph 401-8.1. 2 The lot shall be removed and replaced. However, the Engineer may decide to allow the rejected lot to remain. In that case, if the Engineer and Contractor agree in writing that the lot shall not be removed, it shall be paid for at 50 percent of the contract unit price and the total project payment shall be reduced by the amount withheld for the rejected lot. For each lot accepted, the adjusted contract unit price shall be the product of the lot pay factor for the lot and the contract unit price. Payment shall be subject to the total project payment limitation specified in paragraph 401-8.1. Payment in excess of l00 percent for accepted lots of bituminous concrete pavement shall be used to offset payment for accepted lots of bituminous concrete pavement that achieve a lot pay factor less than ] 00 percent. PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) P-401-19 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 b. Payment. Payment will be made under: Item P-401-8.1 Bituminous Surface Course, 2" Thick,'/4" Maximum Aggregate — per ton Item P-401-8.2 Bituminous Surface Course, 1'/z" Thick, '/z"Maximum Aggregate — per ton Item P-401-8.3 Bituminous Surface Course, Leveling Course, 'h" Maximum Aggregate — per ton TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM C 29 Bulk Density ("Unit Weighf') and Voids in Aggregate ASTM C 88 Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate ASTM C 1 17 Materials Finer than 75 µm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing ASTM C l27 Specific Gravity and Absorption of Coarse Aggregate ASTM C 131 Resistance to Degradation of Small Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine ASTM C 136 Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM C 183 Sampling and the Amount of Testing of Hydraulic Cement ASTM C 566 Total Evaporable Moisture Content of Aggregate by Drying ASTM D 75 ASTM D 979 ASTM D 995 ASTM D 1073 ASTM D 1188 ASTM D 1461 ASTM D 2041 ASTM D 2172 ASTM D 2419 ASTM D 2489 ASTM D 2726 ASTM D 2950 ASTM D 3203 P-401-20 Sampling Aggregates Sampling Bituminous Paving Mixtures Mixing Plants for Hot-Mixed Hot-Laid Bituminous Paving Mixtures Fine Aggregate for Bituminous Paving Mixtures Bulk Specific Gravity and Density of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures Using Paraffin-Coated Specimens Moisture or Volatile Distillates in Bituminous Paving Mixtures Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity and Density of Bituminous Paving Mixtures Quantitative Extraction of Bitumen from Bituminous Paving Mixtures Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate Estimating Degree of Particle Coating of Bituminous-Aggregate Mixtures Bulk Specific Gravity and Density ofNon-Absorptive Compacted Bituminous Mixtures Density of Bituminous Concrete in Place by Nuclear Methods Percent Air Voids in Compacted Dense and Open Bituminous Paving Mixtures PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) OCTOBER 2012 , CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 PARALLEL TAXIWAY & REHAB 8 EXTENSION ASTM D 3665 Random Sampling of Construction Materials ASTM D 3666 Minimum Requirements for Agencies Testing and Inspecting Road and Paving Materials ASTM D 4125 Asphalt Content of Bituminous Mixtures by the Nuclear Method ASTM D 4318 Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils ASTM D 479] F►at Particles, Elongated Particles, or Flat and Elongated Particles in Coarse Aggregate ASTM D 4867 Effect of Moisture on Asphalt Concrete Paving Mixtures ASTM D 5444 Mechanical Size Analysis of Extracted Aggregate ASTM D 6926 Preparation of Bituminous Specimens Using MARSHALL Apparatus ASTM D 6927 MARSHALL Stability and Flow of Bituminous Mixtures ASTM E 1 1 Wire-Cloth Sieves for Testing Purposes ASTM E l78 Dealing with Outlying Observations ASTM E 1274 Measuring Pavement Roughness Using a Profilograph AASHTO T 30 Mechanical Analysis of Extracted Aggregate AASHTO T 1 10 Moisture or Volatile Distillates in Bituminous Paving Mixtures The Asphalt Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete Institute's Manual No. 2 (MS-2) ASTM D 242 ASTM D 946 ASTM D 3381 ASTM D 4552 AASHTO M320 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Mineral Filler for Bituminous Paving Mixtures Penetration Graded Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement Construction Viscosity-Graded Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement Construction Classifying Hot-Mix Recycling Agents Performance Graded Asphalt Binder END OF ITEM P-401 PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) P-401-21 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION Intentionally Left Blank P-401-22 OCTOBER 2012 PLANT MIX BITUMINOUS PAVEMENTS Reference: AC 150l5370-10F (9l30/2011} � � L'1 � � � i � � ' � CLEARWATER AIRPARK. OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION ITEM P-602 BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT DESCRIPTION 602-1.1 This item shall consist of an application of bituminous material on the prepared base course in accordance: with these specifications and in reasonably close conformity to the lines shown on the plans. MATERIALS 602-2.1 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The types, grades, controlling specifications, and application temperatures for the bituminous materials are given in Table 1. The Engineer shall designate the specific material to be used. Table ] Bituminous Material Type and Grade Specification Application Temperatures' Deg. F Deg. C Emulsified Asphalt SS-1, SS-lh ASTM D 977 70-160 20-70 rec � urn.re i n c�rr�� CSS-1, CSS-]h ASTM D 2397 70-160 20-70 !`T� n c�rr�.^�� 8-�g �A Cutback Asphalt �8 �-8-�-8 8�9� 39� RC-70 ASTM D 2028 120+ 50+ RG250 ASTM D 2028 165+ 75+ ' The maximum temperature for cutback asphalt shall be that at which fogging occurs. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 602-3.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The prime coat shall be applied only when the existing surface is dry or contains sufficient moisture to get uniform distribution of the bituminous material, when the atmospheric temperature is above 60 °F (15 °C), and when the weather is not foggy or rainy. The temperature requirements may be waived, but only when so directed by the Engineer. 602-3.2 EQUIPMENT. The equipment used by the Contractor shall include a self-powered pressure bituminous material distributar and equipment for heating bituminous material. The distributor shall be designed, equipped, maintained, and operated so that bituminous material at even heat may be applied uniformly on variable widths of surface at the specified rate. The allowable variation from the specifiecl rate shall not exceed ] 0 percent. Distributor equipment shall include a tachometer, pressure gauges, volume- measuring devices or a calibrated tank, and a thermometer for measuring temperatures of tank contents. The; distributor shall be self-powered and shall be equipped with a power unit for the pump and full circulation spray bar;; adjustable laterally and vertically. If the distributor is not equipped with an operable quick shut off valve, the prime operations shall be started and stopped on building power. The Contractor shall remove blotting sand prior to asphalt concrete lay down operations at no additional expense to the owner. BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) P-602-'I CLEARWATER AIRPARK �� RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 A power broom and/or biower shall be provided far any required cleaning of the surface to be treated. � 602-3.3 APPLICATION OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. Immediately before applying the prime coat, the full width of the surface to be primed shall be swept with a power broom to remove all loose dirt and other objectionable � material. The bituminous material including solvent shall be uniformly applied with a bituminous distributor at the rate of 0.25 to 0.50 gallons per square yard (1.20 to 2.40 liters per square meter) depending on the base course surface texture. The Cont�actor may propose a lower application rate for review and approval by tl:e Engineer. The type of bituminous material and application rate shail be approved by the Engineer prior to application. Following the application, the primed surface shall be allowed to dry not ]ess than 48 hours without being disturbed � or for such additional time as may be necessary to permit the drying out of the prime coat until it will not be picked up by traffic or equipment. This period shall be determined by the Engineer. The surface shall then be maintained by the Contractor until the surfacing has been placed. Suitable precautions shall be taken by the Contractor to protect the primed surface against damage during this interval, including supplying and spreading any sand necessary to blot up excess bituminous material. 602-3.4 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. Samples of the bituminous materials that the Contractor proposes to use, together with a statement as to their source and character, must be submitted and approved before use of such material begins. The Contractar shall require the manufacturer or producer of the bituminous materials to furnish material subject to this and all other pertinent reqUirements of the contract. Only satisfactory materials, so demonstrated by service tests, shall be acceptable. The Contractor shall furnish vendor's certified test reports for each carload, or eyuivalent, of bituminous material � shipped to the project. The test reports shall contain all the data required by the applicable specification. If the Contractor applies the prime material prior to receipt of the tests reports, payment for the material shall be withheld ,� until they are received. If the material does not pass the specifications it shall be replaced at the contractor's expense. The report shall be delivered to the Engineer befare permission is granted for use of the material. The furnishing of the vendor's certified test report for the bituminous material shall not be interpreted as basis for final acceptance. All such test reports shall be subject to verification by testing samples of materials received for use on � the project. 602-3.5 FREIGHT AND WEIGH BILLS. Before the final estimate is allowed, the Contractar shall file with the Engineer receipted bills when railroad shipments are made, and certified weigh bills when materials are received in any other manner, of the bituminous materials actually used in the construction covered by the contract. The Contractor shall not remove bituminous material from the tank car or storage tank until the initial outage and temperature measurements have been taken by the Engineer, nor shall the car or tank be released until the final � outage has been taken by the Engineer. Copies of freight bills and weigh bills shall be furnished to the Engineer during the progress of the work. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 602-4.1 . 0 0 , '�°':'„'°'° ""°�,.°"`"e � f-°^",'°:'�°a °°�'�°'* Tliere will be no separate measurement for this item. BASIS OF PAYMENT 602-5.1 . , , > .,,, ,.,,�,,.. „+ .,,,.,� ..a ; ,.:ao....,,.. „ . ,,. ,. ..,o.o .,,;� ;.o... ,° , ,' . D,..,...e......;,, we �..,,a� ,,,.ao,.. i.e... D �l17 c i icc�-rr-i-�v�-✓-r P-602-2 � � BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � � � � � � � � � � � CLEARWATER AIRPARK OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION There will be no separate payment for t/ris iJem. TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM D 1250 Petroleum Measurement Tables Asphalt ]nstitute Manual Asphalt Pocketbook of Useful Information (Temperature-Volume Corrections for MS-6 Table IV-3 Emulsified Asphalts) ASTM D 977 ASTM D 2028 ASTM D 2397 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Emulsified Asphalt Cutback Asphalt (Rapid Curing Type) Cationic Emulsified Asphalt END OF ITEM P-602 BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT � Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) P-602-3 CLEARWATER AIRPARK � RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 Intentionally Left Blank P-602-4 � � � � � � � � BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT Reference: AC 150/5370-70F (9/30/2011) � � OCTOBER 2012 � � � � CLEARWATER AIRPARK: RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSIOI� ITEM P-603 BITUMINOUS TACK COAT DESCRIPTION 603-1.1 This item shall consist of preparing and treating a bituminous or concrete surface with bituminous materia;l in accordance with these specifications and in reasonably close conformity to the lines shown on the plans. MATERIALS 603-2.1 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS. The bituminous material shall be either cutback asphalt, emulsifiecl asphalt, or tar and shall conform to the requirements of Table 1. The type, grade, controlling specification, ancl application temperature of bituminous material to be used shall be specified by the Engineer. Table 1 Bituminous Material Type and Grade Specification Application Temperature Deg. F Deg. C Emulsified Asphalt SS-1, SS-]h ASTM D 977 75-130 25-55 CSS-1, CSS-]h ASTM D 2397 75-130 25-55 Cutback Asphalt RG70 ASTM D 2028 120-160 50-70 Tar RTCB 5, RTCB 6 AASHTO M 52 60-] 20 ] 5-50 CONSTRUCTION METHODS 603-3.1 WEATHER LIMITAT[ONS. The tack coat shall be applied only when the existing surface is dry and thE; atmospheric temperature is above 60 °F (IS °C). The temperature requirements may be waived, but only when so directed by the Engineer. 603-3.2 EQUIPMENT. The Contractor shall provide equipment for heating and applying the bituminous material. The distributar shall be designed, equipped, maintained, and operated so that bituminous material at even heat ma;i � be applied uniformly on variable widths of surface at the specified rate. The allowable variation from the specified rate shail not exceed 10 percent. Distributor equipment shall include a tachometer, pressure gauges, volume- measuring devices or a calibrated tank, and a thermometer for measuring temperatures of tank contents. ThE: � distributor shall be self-powered and shall be equipped with a power unit for the pump and full circulation spray bar.a adjustable lateralty and vertically. If the distributor is not equipped with an operable yuick shut off valve, the tack operations shall be started anci stopped on building paper. The Contractor shall remove blotting sand prior to asphalt concrete lay down operations � at no additional expense to the owner. A power broom and/or blower shali be provided for any required cleaning of the surface to be treated. 603-3.3 APPLICATION OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. lmmediately before applying the tack coat, the full width of surface to be treated shall be swept with a power broom and/ar air blast to remove all loose dirt and other objectionable material. � BITUMINOUS TACK COAT � Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/3012011) P-603-1 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 Emulsified asphalt shall be diluted by the addition of water when directed by the Engineer and shall be applied a sufficient time in advance of the paver to ensure that all water has evaporated befare any of the overlying mixture is placed on the tacked surface. The bituminous material including vehicle or solvent shail be uniformly applied with a bituminous distributor at the rate of 0.05 to 0.15 gallons per square yard (0.24 to 0.72 liters per square meter) depending on the condition of the existing surface. The type of bituminous material and application rate shall be approved by the Engineer prior to application. Following the application, the surface shall be allowed to cure without being disturbed for such period of time as may be necessary to permit drying out and setting of the tack coat. This period shall be determined by the Engineer. The surface shall then be maintained by the Contractor until the next course has been placed. Suitable precautions shall be taken by the Contractor to protect the surface against damage during this interval. 603-3.4 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. Samples of the bituminous material that the Contractor proposes to use, together with a statement as to its source and character, must be submitted and approved before use of such material begins. The Contractor shall require the manufacturer or producer of the bituminous material to furnish material subject to this and all other pertinent requirements of the contract. Only satisfactory materials so demonstrated by service tests, shall be acceptable. The Contractor shall furnish the vendor's certified test reports for each carload, or equivalent, of bituminous material shipped to the project. The tests reports sha11 contain all the data reyuired by the applicable specification. If the Contractor applies the material prior to receipt of the tests reports, payment for the material shall be withheld until they are received. If the material does not pass the specifications it shall be replaced at the contractor's expense. The report shall be delivered to the Engineer before permission is granted for use of the material. The furnishing of the vendor's certified test report for the bituminous material shall not be interpreted as a basis for final acceptance. All such test reports shall be subject to verification by testing samples of material received for use on the project. 603-3.5 . , , . , ,�,,,.;,,,. .�,o ,. ,.�-.,,,, ., ,,,.�, METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 603-4.1 . 0 0 � , , . There will be no separate measurement for this item. BASIS OF PAYMENT 603.5-1 . , > > , �,,,.,... „ o,,, .,,,,�� .,a ; ,.;ao.,..,,.. ., ..., .,, ,. ..,,,.e «wo ;.e�.. > > > • . rr!�e�ef � . , There wi11 be no separate payment for tltis item. � � � � � � � � � � BITUMINOUS TACK COAT P-603-2 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � � � � � � � � � OCTOBER 2012 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIO�J MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM D 633 Volume Correction Table for Road Tar ASTM D 977 Emulsified Asphalt ASTM D 1250 Petroleum Measurement Tables ASTM D 2028 Cutback Asphalt (Rapid-Curing Type) ASTM D 2397 Cationic Emulsified Asphalt Asphalt Institute Manual MS- Asphalt Pocketbook of Useful Information (Temperature-Volume 6 Table IV-3 Corrections for Emulsified Asphalts) END ITEM P-603 BITUMINOUS TACK COAT � Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011} P-603-3� CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION Intentionally Left Blank P-603-4 OCTOBER 2012 BITUMINOUS TACK COAT Reference: AC 750/5370-10F (9/30l2011) � � � � � � � � � CLEARWATER AIRPARN; OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8� EXTENSIOM ITEM P-620 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING DESCRIPTION 620-1.1 This item shall consist of the painting of numbers, markings, and stripes on the surface of runways, taxiways, and aprons, in accordance with these specifications and at the locations shown on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer. MATERIALS 620-2.1 MATERIALS ACCEPTANCE. The Contractor shall furnish manufacturer's certified test reports fo�r materials shipped to the project. The certified test reports shall include a statement that the materials meet the specification requirements. The reports can be used for material acceptance or the Engineer may perforn� verification testing. The reports shall not be interpreted as a basis for payment_ The Contractor shall notify thE; Engineer upon arrival of a shipment of materials to the site. 620-2.2 PAINT. Paint shall be waterborne in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 620-2.2a. Paint shall be furnished in white (37925), yellow (33538 or 33655) and black (37038) in accordance with Federal Standard No. 595. a. Waterborne. Paint shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification TT-P-l952E, Type I1. b.-��°�� ., n we ...,,. eet�,�e�tt, �i�n--�9—pe�-se�� se�i�s �pe .�.o.,, ..F ,...,;,,rt .,. *H., €e��g � . :e�ee:en.ra �� > > . a ��fl� � �, • �. . � � . �. . � , � , .� .� • � �� _ � � . _ � _. . �sr:r.r.}� . � . , .. . ^� , • • :� El ��c�o ..w.,ii t�o ,. :�,o,,..,.:.�..wo.,.io.-.,..,.o i;...va �.oi,..... � .� �--:4 38 � .�^ ,'�� 9 � .�:- �-4�� 3�8 �-4�� RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING � Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) P-620-1 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 !�l A nnolor.�to�I UUo..4l,....:.,.. � � � � _ i � _ � . � . � • _ , , � i� . i �_ .!- � • \ - . � � � _ 1 \ • � _ • i _ i \ - . • " " .. . . _ . � . � � . � .. .. . _ .. . .. .. ' ' ' . . . . . . � � ' . , � � � � � � � � � �i • , ' ' If►117�lT}:!!T.�SS�7.T.Tl.��ES! � ■ � � \ii/ - �g • ' � � • • � • • � i]��'.7i. � � . ' ' � � _ ► � � � � �. _ � �.y. # .�vi � .!. _ � I _ ' � _ � - iE .�rv iF--�9 3f .—�o i 7 �� 7�II 7 �� ' � � � � _ � � RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING P-62�-2 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � CLEARWATER AIRPARK. OCTOBER 2012 RW 76-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIONI . _ _ � � - I - ,�• . � � e � - � •. .� . . . � • . . . � - . • _ � � � � • . � . � � � � � � �� _ - �, '- � - - � • .� . . _ . � , e. v 0 . , , 4 � � 0 o i t, o�-.,,.+: ..ao „F i cn ..,a e+ *t,o f n„ .,a.,.: o� o . , . D�.�.,:...,.�1 O/_ �� iccramcv�v � �S-P1�CS�# }t-R} � �-�$9 9—�e �$---}$A°�e �-4 �-4A8 A--�°� �H�3---�-AA°� 'tV '1"I""OlY z ""L�YO T7�VT0 79 't'VVl'f �b—tl'�YO 'J'f�v z`tf b-JV V� 1z`��8� i0 �-/Tv J�f tltfV tl'I—'f"f7o iJ �77V 7V �tlV a"J' ;jTV �t'rY0 Off LtlV 7't'-"tVtl70 V-'-970 . '� S �:,:.:...�..,.:.: �..... �,. �s,.s. L.,�,:.�.: � ..........:.: �. 9:f OR�fl�'� RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING � Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9l30/2011) P-620-3 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 � .. � � � • � � - - . � > > . 00.7;..., .. �:l.le 1:...;r.. ., ..;f;e,7 ; ,-olo...,..r L'o.7e,-.,1 Do..,,l.,+: _....��..,,.b r,�,,,,,,,,,,,,,� .,...,..� ..� �},°.,�,.., ,,, ,..c.-u�sr-,-� . . \ \ • 'J . � • �� ' i _ � - ! _ ■ - � .—� �-4'�9 �-4'�i �� 3�—�38 j'�-� �--4�8 �--4 S� . , •� . — —— — — — -- — �� . � .. .s. e _ ,� �, _ „ • • �� . .e. ' � - . � - � - ' � - • _ . � ..f i C .�o ..Re ..1: .,t: � � � � � � � � � � � RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING P-620-4 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9l30/2011) � � � � � � � CLEARWATER AIRPARN: OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 � PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIONI 620-2.3 REFLECTIVE MED1A. Glass beads shall meet the requirements for Federal Specification TT-B-1325D., Type III. Glass beads shall be treated with all compatible coupling agents recommended by the manufacturers of the paint and reflective media to ensure adhesion and embedment. Paint Color �� ' ' Glass Beads, Type Ill �� Ro...7..' T....� rv Coo T..l.l0 1 Coo T.,l.lo i �te � See Table 1. �-r Coo T�l.lo 1 Coo T�MIo 1 e ow �-�r See Table 1. � � Coo T�l.lo 1 �...�1 Alnro RT.,� Coo T.,l.l0 1.,„.i RT.,+e �� Cee T..1.1� 1.,...7 Al..�� Coo T.,1.1., t..„,7 AT..ro Black �}e�-HSed: Not used. s°° T°�.i° � �^a *T^*° CONSTRUCTION METHODS 620-3.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The painting shall be performed only when the surface is dry and when the: surface temperature is at least 45 °F (7 °C) and rising and the pavement surface temperature is at least 5°F (2.7 °C)� above the dew point. Markings shall not be applied when the pavement temperature is greater than 120 °F (49 °C). 620-3.2 EQUIPMENT. Equipment shall include the apparatus necessary to properly clean the existing surface, a. mechanical marking machine, a bead dispensing machine, and such auxiliary hand-painting equipment as may be� necessary to satisfactorily complete the job. The mechanical marker shall be an atomizi�g spray-type or airless-type marking machine suitable for application oi' traffic paint. It shall produce an even and uniform film thickness at the required coverage and shall apply markings of uniform cross-sections and clear-cut edges without running or spattering and without over spray. � 620-3.3 PREPARATION OF SURFACE. Immediately before application of the paint, the surface shall be dry and'. free from dirt, grease, oil, laitance, or other foreign material that would reduce the bond between the paint and the pavement. The area to be painted shall be cleaned by sweeping and blowing or by other methods as required to� � remove all dirt, laitance, and loose materials without damage to the pavement surface. Use of any chemicals or impact abrasives during surface preparation shall be approved in advance by the Engineer. � � � � � � 620-3.4 LAYOUT OF MARKINGS. The proposed markings shall be laid out in advance of the paint application. The locations of markings to receive glass beads shall be shown on the plans. 620-3.5 APPLICATION. Paint shall be applied at the locations and to the dimensions and spacing shown on the: plans. Paint shall not be applied until the layout and condition of the surface has been approved by the Engineer. The: edges of the markings shall not vary from a straight line more than 1/2 in (12 mm) in 50 ft(15 m) and marking, dimensions and spacings shall be within the following tolerances: Dimension and Spacing Tolerance 36 in (910 mm) or less fl/2 in (12 mm) greater than 36 in to 6 ft(910 mm to 1.85 m) f 1 in (25 mm) greater than 6 ft to 60 ft(1.85 m to l83 m) f 2 in (51 mm) greater than 60 ft(18.3 m) f 3 in (76 mm) The paint shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and applied to the pavement with a� marking machine at the rate shown in Table 1. The addition of thinner wil) not be permitted. A period of 30 shalll elapse between placement of a bituminous surface course or seal coat and application of the paint. RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) P-620-5 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 Table I Application Rates For Paint And Glass Beads (See Note regarding Red and Pink Paint) Paint Glass Beads, Type ], Glass Beads, Glass Beads, Gradation A Type III Type IV Sq ft per gallon, Paint Type ft2/gal. pounds per gallon of Pounds per gallon of Pounds per gallon of paint-Ib./gai. paint-Ib./gal. paint-lb./gal. (iSq,ms per liter, �Km per liter of paint- (Km per liter of paint- (Km per liter of paint- � kg/1) kg/1) kg/1) 115 ft2/gal. max 10 lb./gal. min Waterborne �2 g m2/1) (1.2 kg/1) Glass beads shall be distributed upon the marked areas at the locations shown on the plans to receive gtass beads immediately after application of the paint. A dispenser shall be furnished that is properly designed for attachment to the marking machine and suitable for dispensing glass beads. Glass beads shall be applied at the rate shown in Table 1. Glass beads shall not be applied to black paint. Glass beads shall adhere to the cured paint or ail marking operations shall cease until corrections are made. All emptied containers shall be returned to the paint storage area for checking by the Engineer. The containers shall not be removed from the airport or destroyed until authorized by the Engineer. Immediately after the fina/ aspha[t surface pavement is completed, the pavement will be marked with the first coat of paint without reflective beads. The asphalt surface s/:all be allowed to cure for a minimum of 30 days before the final coat with beads is applied. � � • . , . . . . ,, . . . . . � . ,, ,, . . , 0 0 , • ..,:,..,.:,.,, ;..�+..,,,.t:,.,,.. ...:.�, e.,,.�, �.,,.,�...,,.�..,,.o 620-3.7 PROTECTION AND CLEANUP. After application of the markings, all markings shall be protected from damage until dry. All surfaces shall be protected from excess moisture and/or rain and from disfiguration by spatter, splashes, spillage, or drippings. The Contractar shall remove from the wark area all debris, waste, loose ar unadhered reflective media, and by-products generated by the surface preparation and application operations to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall dispose of these wastes in strict compliance with all applicable state, local, and Federal environmental statutes and regulations. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 620-4.1 The quantity of runway and taxiway markings to be paid for shall be the number of square feet of painting performed in accordance with the specifications and accepted by the Engineer. The quantity is the footprint of two (2) coats of paint. One coat without glass beads and one coat with glass beads. RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING P-620-6 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) �J � � � � � � � � � � � � � f1 � � CLEARWATER AIRPARFS; OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSIONI The removal of existing markings and pai»ting of temporary markings for MOT purposes sltal! be incidenta/ tc tlte project. BASIS OF PAYMENT 620-S.1 Payment shall be made at the respective contract price per square foot for runway and taxiway painting. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals, necessary to complete the item. Tlrere will be no additional payment for the removal of existing markings ana! painting of temporary markings intended for MOT purposes. T/rese shal! be incidental to t/re project. Payment will be made under: Item P-620-5.1 Runway Painting, Reflective White — per square foot Item P-620-52 Taxiway Painting, Reflective Yellow — per square foot ]tem P-620-5.3 Runway and Taxiway Painting, Non-Reflective Black — per square foot Item P-620-5.4 Taxiway Painting, Non-Reflective White (for "Clearwater Airpark" Lettering) — per square foot TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM C 136 Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM C]46 Chemical Analysis ofGlass Sand � ASTM C 371 ASTM D 92 � ASTM D 71 l ASTM D 968 � � � � Wire-Cloth Sieve Analysis of Nonplastic Ceramic Powders Test Method for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup No-Pick-Up Time of Traffic Paint Standard Test Methods for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by Falling Abrasive ASTM D 1213-54 (1975) Test Method for Crushing Resistance of Glass Spheres ASTM D 1652 Test Method for Epoxy Content of Epoxy Resins ASTM D 2074 Test Method for Total Primary, Secondary, and Tertiary Amine Values of Fatty Amines by Alternative Indicator Method ASTM D 2240 Test Method for Rubber Products-Durometer Hardness ASTM G 15453 Operating Light and Water-Exposure Apparatus (Fluorescent Light Apparatus UV-Condensation Type) for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials Federal Test Method Paint, Varnish, Lacquer and Related Materials; Methods of Inspection Standard No. 141D/GEN Sampling and Testing RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING � Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30l2011) P-620-7 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM D 476 Specifications for Dry Pigmentary Titanium Dioxide Pigments Products Code of Federal Regulations 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A— Definition of Traverse Point Number and Location Code of Federal Regulations 29 CFR Part 1910.1200 — Hazard Communications FED SPEC TT-B-1325D Beads (Glass Spheres) Retrareflective AASHTO M 247 Glass Beads Used in Traffic Paints FED SPEC TT-P-1952E Paint, Traffic and Ai�eld Marking, Waterborne Commercial Item Description Paint, Traffic, Solvent Based (CID) A-A-2886B FED STD 595 Colors used in Government Procurement END OF ITEM P-620 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING P-620-8 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � � � CLEARWATER AIRPARP� OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION ITEM P-626 EMULSIFIED ASPHALT SLURRY SEAL SURFACE TREATMENT DESCRIPTION � 626-1.1 This item shall consist of a mixture of emulsified asphalt, mineral aggregate, and water properly proportioned, mixed, and spread on an asphalt prepared underlying course or existing wearing course in accordance; with these specifications and shall conform to the dimensions shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. MATERIALS � 626-2.1 AGGREGATE. The aggregate shall consist of sound and durable manufactured sand, slag, crusher fines„ crushed stone, or a combination thereof. The aggregate shall be clean and free from vegetable matter, dirt, and other• deleterious substances. The aggregate shal] have a sand equivalent of not less than 45 percent when tested in accardance with ASTM D 2419. The aggregate shall show a loss of not more than 35 percent when tested in � accordance with ASTM C 131. The sodium sulfate soundness loss shall not exceed l2 percent, or the magnesium soundness loss shall not exceed 20 percent after 5 cycles when tested in accordance with ASTM C 88. Aggregate shall be ] 00 percent crushed. �� The combined aggregate shall conform to the Type 11 gradation shown in Table 1 when tested in accordance with ASTM C]36 and ASTM C] 17. Table 1. Gradation Of Aggregates Sieve Size Percent by Weight Passing Sieve Type I Type 11 Type Ill Type IA 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) l00 100 100 l00 No. 4(4.75 mm) 100 90 -] 00 70 - 90 98 - 100 No. 8(2.36 mm) 90 - 100 65 - 90 45 - 70 85 - 95 No. 16 (1.18 mm) 65 - 90 45 - 70 28 - 50 50 - 75 No. 30 (600 micro m) 40 - 65 30 - 50 19 - 34 30 - 50 No. 50 (300 micro m) 25 - 42 18 - 30 12 - 25 18 - 35 No.100(150microm) IS-30 10-21 7-18 Ip-21 No. 200 (75 micro m) 10 - 20 5- 15 5- 15 5-] 0 Residual asphalt content 10% - l6% 7.5% - 13.5% 6.5% - 12% 9% - 13.5% percent dry weight of aggregate The job mix formula (mix design) shall be run using aggregate within the gradation band for the desired type shown � in Table l. Once the mix design has been submitted and approved, the aggregate used on the project shall not vary by more than the tolerances shown in Table 2. At no time shall the aggregate used go out of the gradation bands in Table 1. � The aggregate will be accepted at the job location or stockpile. The stockpile will be accepted based on five gradation tests samples in accordance with ASTM D 75. If the average of the five tests is within the gradation tolerances, then the materials will be accepted. If the tests show the material to be out of tolerance, the Contractor will be given the choice either to remove the material ar blend other aggregates with the stockpile material to bring � it into specification. Materials used in blending shall meet the quality tests befare blending and shall be blended in a manner to produce a consistent gradation. This blending may require a new mix design. � � Screening shall be required at the project stockpile site if there are any problems created by having oversize EMULSIFIED ASPHALT SLURRY SEAL SURFACE TREATMENT Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) P-626-1 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8. EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 materials in the mix. Precautions shall be taken to prevent segregation of the aggregate in storing and handling. The stockpile shall be kept in areas that drain readily. a. Aggregate Tolerance. Once the mix design has been accepted, the aggregate gradation used on the project may vary from the aggregate gradation used in the mix design on each sieve by the percentages shown in Table 2. If the project aggregate fails to remain within this tolerance, a new mix design will be required by the Engineer at the expense of the Contractor. Table 2. Aggregate Tolerance Sieve Size Tolerance, percent by weight passing sieve 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) + or — 0% No. 4(4.75 mm) + or - 2% No. 8(236 mm) + or - 5% No. 16 ( I.18 mm) + or - 5% No. 30 (600 micro m) + or - 5% No. 50 (300 micro m) + or - 4% No. 100 (] 50 micro m) + or - 3% No. 200 (75 micro m) + or - 2% Residual Asphalt, percent dry + or - 1% weight of aggregate 626-2.2 MINERAL FILLER. If mineral filler, in addition to that naturally present in the aggregate, is necessary, it shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 242 and shall be used in the amounts reyuired by the mix design. The mineral filler shall be considered as part of the aggregate. 626-2.3 EMULSIFIED ASPHALT. The emulsified asphalt shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D 977 and/or 2397 and shall be SS, CSS, CQS, or QS type emulsions. 626-2.4 WATER. All water used in making the slurry shall be potable and free from harmful soluble salts and chemicals. COMPOSITION AND APPLICATION 626-3.1 COMPOSITION. The slurry seal shall consist of a mixture of emulsified asphalt, mineral aggregate, and water. 626-3.2 JOB MIX FORMULA. No slurry seal for payment shall be placed until a mix design has been approved by the Engineer. The mix design shall be developed by a laboratory with experience in designing slurry seal mixes and a signed copy shall be submitted in writing by the Contractor to the Engineer at least 10 days prior to the start of operations. The laboratory report (mix design) shall indicate the proportions of aggregates, mineral filler (min. and max.), water (min. and max.) and asphalt emulsion based on the dry aggregate weight. It shall also report the yuantitative effects of moisture content on the unit weight of the aggregate (buiking effects). The mix design shall be in effect until modified in writing by the Engineer. Should a change in sources of materials be made, a new mix design shall be established before the new material is used. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a complete mix design on the materials proposed for use, prepared and certified by an approved laboratory. Compatibility of the aggregate, emulsion, mineral filler, and other additives shall be verified by the mix design. The mix design shall be made with the same aggregate and grade of emulsified asphalt that the Contractor will provide on the project. At a minimum the required tests and values needed are as follows: EMULSIFIED ASPHALT SLURRY SEAL SURFACE TREATMENT P-626-2 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � � � ��I fl �� CLEARWATER AIRPARK OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION, � � � Description Specification ISSA TB-100 Wet track abrasion loss 50 g/ft2 Max one hour soak (538 g/m2) ISSA TB-115 Determination of slurry pass seal compatibility 626-3.3 APPLICATION RATE. Unless otherwise specified, the slurry seal shall be applied to at the applicationi rates shown in Table 3 for that gradation of material used. Table 3. Slurry Application Rates : Mix Measurement Type I Type II Type III Type IA , Pounds of mixture per square yard 8- 12 l 2- 20 18 - 30 10 — 16 Kilograms of mixture per square meter 4.3 - 6.5 6.5 - 10.9 9.8 - l63 5.4 — 8.6 � � � � � � � � � � � � The rate of application shall not vary more than f 2 pounds per square yard (f 1.1 km per square meter). 626-3.4 TEST SECTIONS. Test sections shall be placed prior to the start of the slurry seal work in the presence o1f' the Engineer. The test area will be designated by the Engineer and will be located on the existing pavement. Tes�[ strips shall be made by each machine after calibration. Samples of the slurry seal may be taken and the mia: consistency verified by using ISSA TB-106 Slurry Seal Consistency test. In addition, the proportions of the individual materials may be verified by the Engineer by using the calibration information provided after machine calibration. If any test does not meet specification requirements, additional tests shall be made at the expense of the Contractor, until an acceptable test strip is placed. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 626-4.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The slurry seal shall not be applied if either the pavement or air temperaturf: is below 50 °F (10 °C) and falling but may be applied when both pavement and air temperature are above 45 °F (;� °C) and rising. No slurry seal shall be applied when there is danger that the finished product will freeze before 2�4 hours. The mixture shall not be applied when weather conditions prolong opening to traffic beyond a reasonable time. 626-4.2 EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, tools, and machinery necessar�i for the performance of this work. a. Slurry Mixing Equipment. The machine shall be specifically designed and manufactured to lay slurry seal. The material shal} be mixed by a self-propelled slurry seal mixing machine of either truck mounted or continuou:> run design. Either type machine shall be able to accurately deliver and proportion the aggregate, emulsified asphalt, mineral filler, and water to a revolving mixer and discharge the mixed product on a continuous flow basis. The machine shall have sufficient starage capacity for materials to maintain an adequate supply to the proportionin�; controls. If continuous run eyuipment is used, the machine shall be equipped to allow the operator to have full control of the farward and reverse speed of the machine during application of the slurry seal, with a self-loading device, with opposite side driver stations, all part of original equipment manufacturer design. The aggregate shall be prewetted immediately prior to mixing with the emulsion. The mixing unit of the mixin�; chamber shall be capable of thoroughly blending all ingredients. No excessive mixing shall be permitted. Thr: mixing machine shall be equipped with a fines feeder that provides an accurate metering device or method to introduce a predetermined proportion of mineral filler into the mixer at the same time and location that the aggregatr is fed into the mixer. The mixing machine shall be eyuipped with a water pressure system and fog-type spray bar adequate for completr fogging of the surface with an application of 0.05 to O.l 0 gallon per square yard (0.23 to 0.45 liter per square meter 1 preceding the spreading equipment. EMULSIFIED ASPHALT SLURRY SEAL SURFACE TREATMENT Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) P-626-3 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 Sufficient machine storage capacity to mix properly and apply a minimum of 5 tons (4 500 kg) of the slurry shall be provided. Proportioning devices shall be calibrated prior to placing the slurry seal. b. Slurry Spreading Equipment. The mixture shall be spread uniformly by means of a conventional surfacing spreader box attached to the mixer and equipped to agitate and spread the material evenly throughout the box. A front seal shall be provided to insure no loss of the mixture at the surface contact point. The rear seal shall act as the final strike-off and shall be adjustable. The spreader box and rear strike-off shall be so designed and operated that a uniform consistency is achieved to produce a free flow of material to the rear strike-of�: The spreader box shall have suitable means provided to side shift the box to compensate far variations in the pavement geometry. A burlap drag or other approved screed may be attached to the rear of the spreader box to provide a uniform mat. c. Auxiliary Equipment. Other tools or equipment such as brushes, hand squeegees, hose equipment, tank trucks, water distributors and flushers, power blowers, barricades, etc., shall be provided as required. d. Roiler. The roller, if required, shall be a self-propelled pneumatic-tired roller capable of exerting a contact pressure during rolling of 50 ]b / sq in (350 Newtons per square meter). It shall be equipped with a water spray system, to be used if the slurry is picking up on the tires during rolling. e. Tack Coat and Distributor. Normally a tack coat is not required uniess the surface to be covered is extremely dry and raveled or is concrete or brick. If required, the tack coat should consist of one part emulsified asphalt and three parts water. The emulsified asphalt may be the same as that used in the mix. Pressure distributors used for application of the diluted asphalt emulsion tack coat shall be self-propelled, equipped with pneumatic tires, and capable of uniformly applying 0.05 to O.15 gallon per square yard (0.23 to 0.68 liter per square meter) of the diluted emulsion over the required width of application. Distributors shall be equipped with tachometers, pressure gauges, and volume-measuring devices. The tack coat shall be applied at least 2 hours before the slurry seal but within the same day. 626-4.3 EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION. Each slurry mixing unit to be used on the project shall be calibrated in the presence of the Engineer prior to construction. Previous calibration documentation covering the exact materials to be used may be accepted by the Engineer provided they were made during the calendar year. The documentation shall include an individual calibration of each material at various settings, which can be related to the machine's metering devices. No machine will be allowed to work on the project until the calibration has been completed and/or accepted. 626-4.4 PREPARATION OF EXISTING SURFACE. Prior to placing the tack coat and slurry seal coat, unsatisfactory areas shall be repaired and the surface shall be cleaned of dust, dirt, or other loose foreign matter, grease, oil, excessive rubber accumulation, or any type of objectionable surface film. Any standard cleaning method will be acceptable except that water flushing will not be permitted in areas where considerable cracks are present in the pavement surface. Any painted stripes or markings on the surface of the runways or taxiways to be treated, shall be removed. Cracks wider than I/4 in (6 mm) shall be cleaned with compressed air, and sealed with a compatible crack sealer prior to applying the slurry seal. Cracks wider than 3/4 in (19 mm) should be pre-filled and sealed with the slurry mixture prior to surfacing. Cracks that show evidence of vegetation shal] be cleaned and treated with an approved herbicide. 626-4.5 APPLICATION OF SLURRY SEAL COAT. The surface shall be prewet by fogging ahead of the slurry spreader box. Water used in prewetting the surface shall be applied at such a rate that the entire surface is damp with no apparent flowing water in front of the slurry spreader box. The slurry mixture shall be of the desired consistency when deposited on the surface, and no additional elements shall be added. Total time of mixing shall not exceed 2 minutes. A sufficient amount of slurry shall be carried in all parts of the spreader box at all times so that complete coverage of all surface voids and cracks is obtained_ Care shall be taken not to overload the spreader box that shall be towed at a slow and uniform rate not to exceed 5 miles per hour (8 km per hour). No lumping, balling, or unmixed aggregate shall be permitted. No segregation of the emulsion and fines from the coarse aggregate will be permitted. If the coarse aggregate settles to the bottom of the mix, the slurry shall be removed from the pavement surface. A sufficient amount of slurry shall be fed into the box to keep a full supply against the full width of the spreader box. The mixture shall not be permitted to overflow the sides of the spreader box. No breaking of the emulsion will be allowed in the spreader box. The finished surface shall have no more than four (4) tear or drag marks greater than I/2 in (13 mm) wide and 4 in (100 mm) long in any l2 ft by 22 ft(25 sy. meter) section. It shall EMULSIFIED ASPHALT SLURRY SEAL SURFACE TREATMENT P-626-4 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9130/2011) � � , J � , � � � � � �� I � � � � � � � � � � CLEARWATER AIRPARK OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION have no tear or drag marks greater than 1 in (25 mm) wide and 3 in (15 mm) long. The finished surface shall have no transverse ripples of l/4 in (6 mm) or more in depth, as measured with a]0 ft(3 meter) straight edge laid upon the surface. Adjacent lanes shall be lapped at the edges a minimum of 2 in (50 mm) with a maximum of 4 in (100 mm) to provide complete sealing at the overlap. Construction longitudinal and transverse joints shall be neat and uniform without buildup, uncovered areas, or unsightly appearance. All joints shall have no mare than l/4 in (6 mm) difference in elevation when measured across with a l0 ft(3 meter) straight edge. The fresh slurry seal application shall be protected by barricades and markers and permitted to dry for 4 to 24 hours, depending on weather conditions. Any damage to uncured slurry shall be repaired at the expense of the Contractor. In areas where the spreader box cannot be used, the slurry shall be applied by means of a hand squeegee. Upon completion of the work, the seal coat shall have no holes, bare spots, or cracks through which liquids or foreign matter could penetrate to the underlying pavement. The finished surface shall present a uniform and skid resistant texture satisfactory to the Engineer. All wasted and unused material and all debris shall be removed from the site prior to finat acceptance. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall sweep the finished surface with a conventional power rotary broom, to remove any potential loose material from the surface. The material removed by sweeping shall be disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. � 626-4.6 EMULSION MATERIAL (CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY). Samples of the emulsion that the Contractor proposes to use, together with a statement as to its source, shall be submitted, and approval shall be obtained before using such material. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a manufacturer's certified report � for each consignment of the emulsion. The manufacturer's certified report shall not be interpreted as a basis for final acceptance. All such reports shall be subject to verification by testing samples of the emulsion as received for use on the project. � � � � u � METHOD OF MEASUREMENT ,,,a;i,,.oa o .,i..;�:o,a ., ..�,.,i, . ,:ii wo ,., ,.oa f ,- „�.,,.,o,,. 626-5.4 Surface treatment shall be measured by the square yard measurement of material placed. I . BASIS OF PAYMENT 626-6.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard for the emulsified asphalt surface treatment. These prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, for preparing, mixing, and applying these; materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-626-6.1 Emulsified Asphalt Surface Treatment (Type II) - per square yard TESTING REQUIREMENTS � ASTM C 88 Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate EMULSIFIED ASPHALT SLURRY SEAL SURFACE TREATMENT � Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) P-626-5 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 ASTM C ] 17 ASTM C 128 ASTM C 131 ASTM C 136 ASTM D 75 ASTM D 24 ] 9 ISSA A 105 ISSA TB-100 ISSA TB-106 ISSA TB 11 l ISSA TB-1 IS Materials Finer than No. 200 Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing Density, Relative Density (Specific Gravity), and Absorption of Fine Aggregate Resistance to Degradation of Small Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates Sampling Aggregates Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate Recommended Performance Guidelines Wet Track Abrasion Loss Slurry Sea] Consistency Outiine Guide Design Procedure for Slurry Seal Determination of Slurry Seal Compatibility MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM D 242 Mineral Filler for Bituminous Paving Mixtures ASTM D 977 Emulsified Asphalt ASTM D 2397 Cationic Emulsified Asphalt END OF ITEM P-626 EMULSIFIED ASPHALT SLURRY SEAL SURFACE TREATMENT P-626-6 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) �� CLEARWATER AIRPARK: OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 8 PARAL�EL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIONI ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM DRAINS AND CULVERTS DESCRIPTION 70l-l.l T/ris specifteation is intended to supplement Article 19 of tl:e Tecfrnical Specification in Section IV. This item shall consist of the construction of pipe culverts and storm drains in accordance with these specifications and in reasonably close conformity with the lines and grades shown on the plans. These items shall conform to the latest edition (English Units) of the State of Florida Department of Transportation Design Standards for thEr Design, Construction, Maintenance and Uti[ity Operations of the State Higl:way System (Topie No. 625-010-003J� unless noted otlrerwise in tl:e Project plans. MATERIALS 701-2.1 Materials shall meet the requirements shown on the plans and specified below. 701-2.2 PIPE. The pipe shall be of the type called for on the plans or in the proposal and shall be in accordance witti the following appropriate requirements. � ASTM C 76 ASTM F 2306 � L! � � � i � � Reinforced Concrete Pipe Specification for ] 2 to 60 in. (300 to l 500 mm) Annular Corrugated Profile Wal:l Polyethylene (PE) Pipe and Fittings for Gravity Flow Storm Sewer and Subsurface Drainage: Applications (HDPE Pipe) 701-2.3 CONCRETE. Concrete far pipe cradles shail have a minimum compressive strength of 2000 psi (13.F MPa) at 28 days and conform to the requirements of ASTM C 94. 701-2.4 RUBBER GASKETS. Rubber gaskets for rigid pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 443. Rubber gaskets for HDPE pipe shall conform to the reyuirements of ASTM F 2306. { " I , • ..f .�... r., rl,o Y o„r� ..f A CTAA L' A'77 701-Z.5 JOINT MORTAR. Pipe joint mortar shall consist of one part Portland cement and two parts sand. Thf: Portland cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 150, Type I. The sand shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 144. 701-2.6 JOINT FILLERS. Poured filler for joints shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D 1190. 701-2.7 PLASTIC GASKETS. Plastic gaskets shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M l98 (Type B). CONSTRUCTION METHODS 701-3.1 EXCAVATION. The width of the pipe trench shall be sufficient to permit satisfactory jointing of the pipfc and thorough tamping of the bedding material under and around the pipe, but it shall not be less than the external diameter of the pipe plus 6 in (150 mm) on each side. The trench walls shall be approximately vertical. Where rock, hardpan, or other unyielding material is encountered, the Contractor shall remove it from below thE; foundation grade for a depth of at least 12 in (300 mm) or'h in (12 mm) for each foot of fill over the top of the pipe (whichever is greater) but for no more than three-quarters of the nominal diameter of the pipe. The width of thf� excavation shall be at least I ft(30 cm) greater than the horizontal outside diameter of the pipe. The excavation below grade shall be backfilled with selected fine compressible material, such as silry clay or loam, and lightl�� compacted in layers not over 6 in (150 mm) in uncompacted depth to form a uniform but yielding foundation. Where a firm foundation is not encountered at the grade established, due to soft, spongy, ar other unstable soil, the unstable soil shall be removed and replaced with approved granular material for the full trench width. The Engineer PIPE FOR STORM DRAINS AND CULVERTS Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) D-701=1 CLEARWATER AIRPORT RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 shall determine the depth of removal necessary. The granular material shall be compacted to provide adequate support for the pipe. The excavation for pipes that are placed in embankment fill shall not be made until the embankment has been completed to a height above the top of the pipe as shown on the plans. 701-3.2 BEDDING. The pipe bedding shall conform to the class specified on the plans. When no bedding class is specified or detailed on the plans, the requirements for Class C bedding shall apply. a. Rigid Pipe. Class A bedding shall consist of a continuous concrete cradle conforming to the plan details. Class B bedding shall consist of a bed of granular material having a thickness of at least 6 in (150 mm) below the bottom of the pipe and extending up around the pipe for a depth of not less than 30 percent of the pipe's vertical outside diameter. The layer of bedding material shall be shaped to fit the pipe for at least l0 percent of the pipe's vertical diameter and shall have recesses shaped to receive the bell of bell and spigot pipe. The bedding material shall be sand or selected sandy soil, all of which passes a 3/8 in (9 mm) sieve and not more than ] 0 percent of which passes a No. 200 (0.075 mm) sieve. Class C bedding shall consist of bedding the pipe in its natural foundation to a depth of not less than ] 0 percent of the pipe's vertical outside diameter. The bed shall be shaped to fit the pipe and shall have recesses shaped to receive the bell of bell and spigot pipe. . . , , r f..o .. ,.l�r ...�ro,-;.,1 �L..,11 b.e .. .:,7,,.7 .,.. F 11,......• � •' � � �- �� , , �� c. HDPE Pipe. For °"�' ^^a �^'•�°*'��'°�° HDPE pipe, the bedding material shall consist of coarse sands and gravels with a maximum particle size of 3/4 in (13 mm). �'^� -��°° ;�°*°"°a ^„a°Y ^�..°-' .,� „ �+w�„ ,� ., o„+ ,.�*�,o ,,..,+e..:.,� �,,.,n ,. .. .�,o rt„ �nn in n�c ,.,,,,. � �, For all other areas, no more than 50 percent of the material shall pass the No. 200 (0.075 mm) sieve. The bedding shall have a thickness of at least 6 in (150 mm) below the bottom of the pipe and extend up around the pipe far a depth of not less than 50 percent of the pipe's vertical outside diameter. 701-3.3 LAYING PIPE. The pipe laying shall begin at the lowest point of the trench and proceed upgrade. The lower segment of the pipe shall be in contact with the bedding throughout its full length. Bell or groove ends of rigid pipes and outside circumferential laps of flexible pipes shall be placed facing upgrade. Paved or partially lined pipe shall be placed so that the longitudinal center line of the paved segment coincides with the flow line. Elliptical and elliptically reinforced pipes shall be placed with the manufacturer's top of pipe mark within five degrees of a vertical plane through the longitudina) axis of the pipe. 701-3A JOINING PIPE. Joints shall be made with (1) Portland cement mortar, (2) Portland cement grout, (3) rubber gaskets, (4) plastic gaskets, or (5) coupling bands. Mortar joints shall be made with an excess of mortar to form a continuous bead around the outside of the pipe and shall be finished smooth on the inside. Molds or runners shall be used for grouted joints in order to retain the poured grout. Rubber ring gaskets shall be installed to form a flexible watertight seal. a. Concrete Pipe. Concrete pipe may be either bell and spigot or tongue and groove. The method of joining pipe sections shall be such that the ends are fully entered and the inner surfaces are reasonably flush and even. Joints shall be thoroaghly wetted before mortar or grout is applied. PIPE FOR STORM DRAINS AND CULVERTS D-701-2 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) r � � � u � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� J CLEARWATER AIRPARK. OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIONI „ � _� � •. c. P`.'� ^°a D^'•�^*�-�'^°^ HDPE Pipe. Joints for °•'�' °^a o^'.,°*".,'°�° HDPE pipe shall conform to the; requirements of ASTM F 2306 when water tight joints are required. Joints for °"�' �^a D^'��°*"��'°^° HDPE pipe; shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 304 when soil tight joints are required. Fittings for ^^'��°�m� HDPE pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 252 or M 294M. 701-3.5 BACKFILLiNG. Pipes shall be inspected before any backfill is placed; any pipes found to be out oif' alignment, unduly settled, or damaged shall be removed and relaid or replaced at the Contractor's expense. Material for backfill shall be fine, readily compatible soil, granular material selected from the excavation or a source of the Contractor's choosing. It shall not contain frozen lumps, stones that would be retained on a 2 in (50.0 mm;i sieve, chunks of highly plastic clay, or other objectionable material. No less than 95 percent of a granular backfilll material shall pass through a]/2 in (l2 mm) sieve, and no less than 95 percent of it shall be retained on a No. 4 (4J5 mm) sieve. When the top of the pipe is even with or below the top of the trench, the backfill shall be compacted in layers not � exceeding 6 in (150 mm) on both sides of the pipe and shall be brought up 1 ft(30 cm) above the top of the pipe or to natural ground level, whichever is greater. Care shall be exercised to thoroughly compact the backfill materialf under the haunches of the pipe. Material shall be brought up evenly on both sides of the pipe. � When the top of the pipe is above the top of the trench, the backfili shall be compacted in layers not exceeding 6 iri (150 mm) and shall be brought up evenly on both sides of the pipe to 1 ft(30 cm) above the top of the pipe. The width of backfill on each side of the pipe for the portion above the top of the trench shall be equal to twice the pipe's diameter or l2 ft (3.5 m), whichever is less. � For D"�' ^^a D^'��°*"��'°�° HDPE pipe, the backfill shall be placed in two stages; first to the top of the pipe and theri at least 12 in (300 mm) over the top of the pipe. The backfill material shall meet the requirements of paragraph 701 •- 3.2c. All backfill shall be compacted to the density required under Item P-152. 701-3.6 CLEANING-OUT OF NEW AND EXISTING PIPES. A!! new and existing pipes are to be kept c[ear o�f � debris and silt at all times during construction. After completion of all eartl:work actives and the placement of ali sod and/or seeding nnd mulc/iing and before final acceptance, all new and existing pipe within the project work area shall be cteaned oJall silt, debris, etc. to tlre satisfaction of the Engineer. Tl:is may require the de-waterin�� of the pipe. Care must be taken during t/:is operation so as not to damage die pipe or tlie surrounding areas. Ncr � additional payment wiU be made for tJ:is work. Any damage to the pipe or surrounding areas will be repair by the Contractor to the satisfaction of tJre Engineer at no additional payment. ' � � , , l� 701-3.7 FILTER FABR]C. All pipe joints are to be completely wrapped wit/i an approved filter fabric. All eosh� associated wit/: t/:is work, including supplying tlre fabric, shall be included in t/ie bid unit price for the pipe. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 701-4.1 The length of pipe shall be measured in linear feet (meters) of pipe in place, completed, and approved. It shall be measured along the centerline of the pipe from end or inside face of structure to the end or inside face o:f structure, whichever is applicable. The several classes, types and size shall be measured separately. All fittings shall be included in the footage as typical pipe sections in the pipe being measured. . � . . � o..* ..l..,lt l.o ..,.,.7o f ,- rl,o .. ,..L.;..,, „�,.,rv,-;.,1 ..1.,..0.7 f r rl,o ho.7 .,f *l.o .. PIPE FOR STORM DRAINS AND CULVERTS , Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) D-701 ;3 CLEARWATER AIRPORT RW 76-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8� EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 BASIS OF PAYMENT 701-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot (meter) far each kind of pipe of the type and size designated; ; ,..,...,,,.* ,,,,;« .. ,.,,►.;,. . .,,.a i,.,,�,:,. ..,o.o,.� c .. ..,,,a, o ,�+;,.,, These prices shall fully compensate the Contractor for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, excavation, and installation of these materials; and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item D-701-5.1 Item D-701-5.2 Item D-701-53 Item D-701-5.4 ASTM C 76 ASTM C 94 ASTM C 144 ASTM C 150 Pipe Removal — per linear foot Reinforced Concrete Pipe, Class III, 18" — per linear foot Reinforced Concrete Pipe, Class III, 24"—per ]inear foot High-Density Polyethylene Pipe, Class III, 30" — per linear foot MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe Ready Mixed Concrete Aggregate for Masonry Mortar Portland Cement ASTM C 443 Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets AASHTO M 198 Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe Using Flexible Watertight Gaskets ASTM F 2306 Specification for 12 to 60 in. (300 to I500 mm) Annular Corrugated Profile Wall Polyethylene (PE) Pipe and Fittings for Gravity Flow Storm Sewer and Subsurface Drainage Applications END ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM DRAINS AND CULVERTS D-701-4 Reference: AC 150/5370-70F (9/30/2011) , LJ I I �� 1 I'� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � CLEARWATER AIRPARK. OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8� EXTENSION' ITEM D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES DESCRIPTION 751-1.1 This item shall consist of construction of manholes, catch basins, inlets, and inspection holes, in accordance with these specifications, at the specified locations and conforming to the lines, grades, and dimensions shown on the plans or required by the Engineer. Tliese items sl:all conform to tlre latest edition (Englisli Units) of tlre State of Florida Department oj Transportation Design Standards for d:e Design, Construction, Maintenance and Utility Operations of the State Higltway System (Topic No. 625-010-003) unless noted otherwise in the Project plans. MATERIALS ']5]-2.] ��-Y Th�6r'cl ��aii cc+i�,v�i�� ic.,rcii��airer�en�s e��S�'�+ri-� ?Ji�['@�2 ��r9- 751-2Z MORTAR. Mortar shall consist of one part Portland cement and two parts sand. The Portland cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 150, Type l. The sand shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 144. 751-2.3 CONCRETE. Plain and reinforced concrete used in structures, connections of pipes with structures, and the support of structures or frames shall conform to the requirements of Item P-610. 751-2.4 PRECAST CONCRETE P1PE MANHOLE RINGS. Precast concrete pipe manhole rings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 478. Unless otherwise specified, the risers and offset cone sections shall have an inside diameter of not less than 36 in (90 cm) nor more than 48 in (120 cm). 7S1-L.S inDD77!` A TL'T A�iCT A i (' ao,a „,ot.,l ..L..,11 .. ..4:,.-... r rl. r F A A CLTlI TA 2L b 751-2.6 FRAMES, COVERS, AND GRATES. The castings shall conform to one of the following requirements: a. ASTM A 48, Class 30B and 35B b. ASTM A 47 c. ASTM A 27 d. ASTM A 283, Grade D e. ASTM A 536 f. ASTM A 897 Gray iron castings Malleable iron castings Steel castings Structura] steel for grates and frames Ductile iron castings Austempered ductile iron castings All castings ar structaral steel units shall conform to the dimensions shown on the plans and shall be designed to support the loadings, aircraft gear configuration and/or direct loading, specified. Each frame and cover ar grate unit shalt be provided with fastening members to prevent it from being dislodged by traffic but which will allow easy removal for access to the structure. All castings shall be thoroughly cleaned. After fabrication, structural steel units shall be galvanized to meet the requirements of ASTM A 123. 751-2.7 STEPS. The steps or ladder bars shall be gray or malleable cast iron or galvanized steel. The steps shall be the size, length, and shape shown on the plans and those steps that are not galvanized shall be given a coat of bituminous paint, when directed. MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES � Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) D-751-1 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2072 CONSTRUCTION METHODS 751-3.1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION. a. The Contractor shall do all excavation for structures and structure footings to the lines and grades or elevations, shown on the plans, or as staked by the Engineer. The excavation shall be of sufficient size to permit the placing of the full width and length of the structure or structure footings shown. The elevations of the bottoms of footings, as shown on the plans, shall be considered as approximately only; and the Engineer may arder, in writing, changes in dimensions or elevations of footings necessary to secure a satisfactory foundation. b. Boulders, logs, or any other objectionable material encountered in excavation shall be removed. All rock or other hard foundation material shall be cleaned of all loose material and cut to a firm surface either level, stepped, or serrated, as directed by the Engineer. All seams or crevices shall be cleaned out and grouted. All loose and disintegrated rock and thin strata shall be removed. When concrete is to rest on a surface other than rock, special care shall be taken not to disturb the bottom of the excavation, and excavation to final grade shall not be made until just before the concrete or reinforcing is to be placed. c. The Contractor shall do all bracing, sheathing, or shoring necessary to implement and protect the excavation and the structure as required far safety or conformance to governing laws. The cost of bracing, sheathing, or shoring shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure. d. Unless otherwise provided, bracing, sheathing, or sharing involved in the construction of this item shall be removed by the Contractor after the completion of the structure. Removal shall be effected in a manner that will not disturb or mar finished masonry. The cost of removal shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure. e. After each excavation is completed, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer to that effect; and concrete or reinforcing steel shall be placed after the Engineer has approved the depth of the excavation and the character of the foundation material. 751-3.2 . . , , , . , > > • , ; , , • , ; � w_:,.i, ..w.,n i.e ,,..oa .,,,a i.,:a .,� �.o.,ao,.� . . , , • � ,,;f .�. rl„-.�,,,.1,,..,r r1,o . ..,-l. , � . ,...t.,.- .,...i ... :«re.i ...L.e.. rL.e .�.�;1 ., ,0(1 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES D-751-2 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30l2011) CLEARWATER AIRPARK. OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSIONI 4 • � ' , ° � .t , , , , . .� � � `� 751-3.3 CONCRETE STRUCTURES. Concrete structures shall be built on prepared foundations, conformmg to the dimensions and form indicated on the plans. The construction shall conform to the requirements specified ir� Item P-610. Any reinforcement reyuired shall be placed as indicated on the plans and shall be approved by thf; Engineer before the concrete is poured. All invert channels shall be constructed and shaped accurately so as to be smooth, uniform, and cause minimum resistance to flowing water. The interior bottom shall be sloped downward toward the outlet. 751-3.4 PRECAST CONCRETE PIPE STRUCTURES. Precast concrete pipe structures shall be constructed o❑ prepared or previously placed slab foundations and shall conform to the dimensions and locations shown on the plans. All precast concrete pipe sections necessary to build a completed structure shall be furnished. The different. sections shall fit together readily, and all jointing and connections shall be cemented with mortar. The top of the upper precast concrete pipe member shall be suitably formed and dimensioned to receive the metal frame and cover or grate, or other cap, as required. Provision shall be made for any connections for lateral pipe, including drops and leads that may be installed in the structure. The flow lines shall be smooth, uniform, and cause minimum resistanc�: to flow. The metal steps that are embedded or built into the side walls shall be aligned and placed at vertical intervals of 12 in (300 mm). When a metal ladder replaces the steps, it shall be securely fastened into position. 751-3.5 . b � . . ., � � . , :� � . e a,....:��,oa ., ..ti,,.,,., ,,,, .w� ..,...,.. 751-3.6 INLET AND OUTLET PIPES. Inlet and outlet pipes shall extend through the walls of the structures for ,a sufficient distance beyond the outside surface to allow for connections but shall be cut off flush with the wall on th�e inside surface, unless otherwise directed. For concrete or brick structures, the mortar shall be placed around these pipes so as to form a tight, neat connection. 751-3.7 PLACEMENT AND TREATMENT OF CASTINGS, FRAMES, AND FITTINGS. All castings, frames, and fittings shall be placed in the positions indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer, and shall be set true to line and to correct elevation. lf frames or fittings are to be set in concrete or cement mortar, all anchors o�r bolts shall be in place and position before the concrete or mortar is placed. The unit shall not be disturbed until the mortar or concrete has set. When frames or fittings are to be placed upon previously constructed masonry, the bearing surface or masonry shalll be brought true to line and grade and shall present an even bearing surface in order that the entire face or back of the unit will come in contact with the masonry. The unit shall be set in mortar beds and anchored to the masonry as indicated on the plans or as directed and approved by the Engineer. All units shall set firm and secure. After the frames or fittings have been set in final position and the concrete or mortar has been allowed to harden fc�r 7 days, then the grates or covers shall be placed and fastened down. 751-3.8 INSTALLATION OF STEPS. The steps shall be installed as indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. When the steps are to be set in concrete, they shall be placed and secured in position before the concrete is poured. When the steps are installed in brick masonry, they shall be placed as the masonry is being built. The step�s MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) D-751•3 CLEARWATER AIRPARK � RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 shall not be disturbed or used until the concrete or mortar has hardened for at least 7 days. After this period has elapsed, the steps shall be cleaned and painted, unless they have been galvanized. When steps are required with precast co�crete pipe structures, they shall be cast into the sides of the pipe at the time the pipe sections are manufactured or set in place after the structure is erected by drilling holes in the concrete and cementing the steps in place. , „f i� :,, i�nn ...,,,� In lieu of steps, prefabricated Iadders may be installed. In the case of brick or concrete structures, the ladder shall be held in place by grouting the supports in drilled holes. In the case of inetal structures, the ladder shall be secured by welding the top support and grouting the bottom support into drilled holes in the foundation or as directed. 751-3.9 BACKFiLLING. a. After a structure has been completed, the area around it shall be filled with approved material, in horizontal layers not to exceed 8 in (200 mm) in loose depth, and compacted to the density required in Item P-152. Each layer shall be deposited all around the structure to approximately the same elevation. The top of the fill shall meet the elevation shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. b. Backfilling shall not be placed against any structure until permission is given by the Engineer. In the case of concrete, such permission shall not be given until the concrete has been in place 7 days, or until tests made by the laboratory under supervision of the Engineer establish that the concrete has attained sufficient strength to provide a factor of safety against damage or strain in withstanding any pressure created by the backfill or the methods used in placing it. c. Backfill shall not be measured far direct payment. Performance of this work shall be considered on obligation of the Contractor covered under the contract unit price for the structure involved. 751-3.10 CLEANING AND RESTORATION OF SITE. After the backfill is completed, the Contractor shall dispose of all surplus material, dirt, and rubbish from the site. Surplus dirt may be deposited in embankments, shoulders, or as ordered by the Engineer. The Contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition. After all work is completed, the Contractor shall remove all tools and equipment, leaving the entire site free, clear, and in good condition. 757-3.11 CLEANING-OUT OF NEW AND EXISTING STRUCTURES. All new and existing structures are to be kept clear of debris and silt at all times during construction. After completion of all earthwork actives and the placement of all sod and/or seeding and mulc/iing and before final acceptance, all new and existing d�ainage structures within the project work area including manholes, catch basins, inlets and inspection holes shall be cleaned of all silt, debris, etc. to t/:e satisfaction of the Engineer. This may require the de-watering of t/:e structu�es. Care must be taken during this operation so as not to damage tlte structures or the surrounding areas. No additeona! payment will be made for this work. Any damage to the structure or surrounding areas will be repair by t{re Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no additional payment. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 751-4.1 Manholes, catch basins, inlets, and inspection holes shall be measured by the unit. MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES D-751-4 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) , ' ' , � � r i � � � � �� , , � ' � CLEARWATER AIRPARN; OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSIOM BASIS OF PAYMENT 75l-S.l The accepted Guantities of manholes, catch basins, inlets, and inspection holes will be paid for at the contract unit price per each in place when completed. This price shall be full compensation far furnishing all materials and for al} preparation, excavation, backfilling and placing of the materials; furnishing and installation af such specials and connections to pipes and other structures as may be required to complete the item as shown on the plans; and for all labor equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the structure. Payment will be made under: Item D-751-5.1 Inlet, Type C(FDOT) — per each Item D-751-5.2 Inlet, Type D, (FDOT) — per each MATERIAL REQUIREMENT ASTM A 27 Steel Castings, Carbon, for General Application ASTM A 47 Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings ASTM A 48 Gray Iron Castings ASTM A 123 Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware ASTM A 283 Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars ASTM A 536 Ductile Iron Castings ASTM A 897 Austempered Ductile Iron Castings ASTM C 32 Sewer and Manhole Brick (Made from Clay ar Shale) ASTM C 144 Aggregate for Masonry Mortar ASTM C 150 Portland Cement ASTM C 478 AASHTO M 36 Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Corrugated Iron or Steel Culverts and Underdrains END OF ITEM D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES � Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) D-751-5 CLEARWATER AIRPARK , RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB � EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 D-751-6 lntentionally Left Blank ' , � � � � � � r � � � � � � MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30l2011) ' , ' � �J L�J r � u �� u � � ' , � , � , CLEARWATER AIRPARK: OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIONI ITEM D-752 CONCRETE CULVERTS, HEADWALLS, AND MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE STRUCTURES DESCRIPTION 752-1.1 This item shall consist of plain and reinforced concrete culverts, headwalls, mitered end sections (MES,I and miscellaneous drainage structures constructed in accordance with these specifications, at the specified locations and conforming to the lines, grades, and dimensions shown on the plans or required by the Engineer. These item!� shal/ conform to the latest edition (Englis/r Units) of the State of Florida Department oj Transportation Desigrr Standards for the Design, Construction, Maintenance and lltility Operations of the State Highway System (Topir. No. 625-010-003) unless noted ot/ierwise in t/re Project p/ans. MATERIALS 752-2.1 CONCRETE. Plain and reinforced concrete shall meet the requirements of Item P-610. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 752-3.1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION. a. Trenches and foundation pits for structures or structure footings shall be excavated to the lines and grades o;r elevations shown on the plans. The excavation shall be of sufficient size to permit the placing of the full width and length of the structure or structure footings shown. The elevations of the bottoms of footings, as shown on the plans, shall be considered as approximate only; and the Engineer may order, in writing, changes in dimensions oir elevations of footings necessary to secure a satisfactory foundation. b. Boulders, logs, or any other objectionable material encountered in excavation shall be removed. All rock o�r other hard foundation material shall be cleaned of all loose material and cut to a firm surface either level, stepped, o�r serrated, as directed by the Engineer. All seams or crevices shall be cleaned out and grouted. All loose and disintegrated rock and thin strata shall be removed. When concrete is to rest on a surface other than rock, special care shall be taken not to disturb the bottom of the excavation, and excavation to final grade shall not be made until just before the concrete or reinforcing steel is to be placed. c. The Contractor shall do all bracing sheathing, or shoring necessary to perform and protect the excavation and the structure as required for safety or conformance to governing laws. The cost of bracing, sheathing, or sharingt, shall be included in the unit price bid for excavation. d. Unless otherwise provided, bracing, sheathing, or sharing involved therewith shall be removed by the Contractor after the completion of the structure. Removal shall be effected in a manner that will not disturb or mar finished concrete. The cost of removal shall be included in the unit price bid for excavation. e. Afrer each excavation is completed, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer to that effect, and concrete or reinforcing steel shall be placed after the Engineer has approved the depth of the excavation and the character of th�; foundation material. 752-3.2 BACKFILLING. a. After a structure has been completed, backfilling with approved material shall be accomplished by applyin�; the fill in horizontal layers not to exceed 8 in (200 mm) in loose depth, and compacted. The field density of thr.. compacted material shall be at least 90 percent of the maximum density for cohesive soils and 95 percent of the maximum density far noncohesive soils. The maximum density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM L) 1557. The field density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 1556. b. No backfilling shall be placed against any structure unti] permission is given by the Engineer. ln the case of concrete, such permission shall not be given until the concrete has been in place 7 days, or until tests made by th�a laboratory under the supervision of the Engineer establish that the concrete has attained sufficient strength tc� CONCRETE CULVERTS, HEADWALLS, AND MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) D-752-t CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 provide a factor of safety against damage or strain in withstanding any pressure created by the backfi3l or the methods used in placing it. c. Fill placed around concrete culverts shall be deposited on both sides at the same time and to approximately the same elevation. Care shali be taken to prevent any wedging action against the structure, and all slopes bounding or within the areas to be backfilled shall be stepped or serrated to prevent wedge action. d. Backfill will not be measured for direct payment. Performance of this work under the contract is not payable directly but shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor, covered under the contract unit price for ^,^^^:�°a ° .^';^„ �^� °'^,^'..r°° '> tite item required the excavation and backfill. 752-3.3 WEEP HOLES. Weep holes shall be constructed as shown on the plans. 752-3.4 CLEANING AND RESTORATION OF SITE. After the backfill is completed, the Contractor shall dispose of all surplus material, dirt, and rubbish from the site. Surplus dirt may be deposited in embankment, shoulders, or as ordered by the Engineer. The Contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition. After all work is completed, the Contractor shall remove all tools and equipment, leaving the entire site free, clear, and in good condition. 752-3.5 CLEANING-OUT OF NEW AND EXISTING STRUCTURES. All new and existing st�uctures are to be kept clear of debris and silt at all times during construction. After comp[etion of all earthwork activities and the placement oj all sod and/or seeding and mulching and before fina/ acceptance, al/ new and existing drainage structures wit/iin t/re project work area including culverts, Ireadwall, end wall and mitered end sections shall be cleaned of all silt, debris, etc. to t/:e satisfaction of the Engineer. Tl:is may require the de-watering of tl:e structures. Care must be taken during tl�is operation so as not to damage tlre structures or the surroundi»g areas. No additional payment wil! be made for this work. Any damage to t/ze structure or surrounding areas will be repair by tlre Contractor to t/:e satisfaction of the Engineer at no additiona! payment. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 752-4.1 > , ; . Mitered end sections and ot/:er miscellaneous drain structures (such as Ditch Blocks) sl:all be measured by the unit each. . , . , • , , , , , , • ..1,,...e.. ..F..o;..F ,-..:,�... ..reol ,. ...l.0.�1.7e,7 :+e..... ......,.,w ... ,cx»xv�c�xas�cccrt�cmvcwcv�ccm�: e • ♦l.o . ..l.t ..f'..1..:.. .. «.7 1...,.� � t1,o .. . L.o ..Fo..,,.,1 « ..1 .. �,... ..°;5.,.. � Y.�.ii. ° > > • BASIS OF PAYMENT 752-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per each ^��'��^ •�^ra �^„'�:^ ^�°�°�• ''^- „^^'°��;��a ; ; #1_?� ^^^':'�_'_ �^�' rr:=° Y.. ;,�w^� �.::::; ^,: :�.:. o: �-� :s�«<.'. These prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, excavation, and placing the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the structure including any required backjll, bedding material or de-watering.. Payment will be made under: Item D-752-5.1 Mitered End Section, 24" RCP — per each Item D-752-5.2 D-752-2 Mitered End Section, 30" HDPE — per each CONCRETE CULVERTS, HEADWALLS, AND MISCELLANEOUS DRAtNAGE STRUCTURES Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) ' ' � � � � l� � � r t__1 � ' LJ � � � �� J , � ' � � � ' � � i i i 1 ! 1 1 1 � � CLEARWATER AIRPARM� OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSIODI ASTM D 698 ASTM D 1556 ASTM D 1557 TESTING REQUIREMENTS Moisture-Density Relations of Soi1s and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5 Ib (2.49 kg} Rammer and 12 in (305 mm) Drop Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method Test for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort END OF ITEM D-752 CONCRETE CULVERTS, HEADWALLS, AND MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) D-752-3 CLEARWATER AIRPARK , RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8� EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 Intentionally Left Blank � , L� � � ' u � �� LJ ' ' r � � �-� � � CONCRETE CULVERTS, HEADWALLS, AND MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE STRUCTURES D-752-4 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � , ' ' , , , CLEARWATER AIRPARK OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION ITEM T-901 SEEDING DESCRIPTION 901-11 This item shall consist of soil preparation, seeding, liming and fertilizing the areas shown on the plans or as� directed by the Engineer in accordance with these specifications. MATERIALS 901-2.1 SEED The species and application rates of grass, legume, and cover-crop seed furnished shall be those, stipulated herein. Seed shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. JJJ-S-181. � Seed shall be furnished separately or in mixtures in standard containers with the seed name, lot number, net weight;, percentages of purity and of germination and hard seed, and percentage of maximum weed seed content clearly marked for each kind of seed. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer duplicate signed copies of a statement by the vendor certifying that each lot of seed has been tested by a recognized laboratory for seed testing within E� � months of date of delivery. This statement shall include: name and address of laboratory, date of test, lot number for each kind of seed, and the results of tests as to name, percentages of purity and of germination, and percentage of weed content for each kind of seed furnished, and, in case of a mixture, the proportions of each kind of seed. �� , Seeds shall be applied as follows: Minimum Seed Minimum Rate of Application Seed purity (Percent) Germination Ib./acre (Percent) (or Ib./1,000 S.F.) Bahia 95 80 1201bsJacre Bermuda 95 85 301bs./acre Seeding shall be performed during the period between April 1 to May 15 or August I S to September I S inclusive, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. � 901-2.2 LIME. Lime shall be ground limestone containing not less than 85% of total carbonates, and shall bf; ground to such fineness that 90% will pass through a No. 20 mesh sieve and 50% will pass through a No. 100 mesh sieve. Coarser material will be acceptable, providing the rates of application are increased to provide not less than ' the minimum quantities and depth specified in the special provisions on the basis of the two sieve requirement, above. Dolomitic lime or a high magnesium lime shall contain at least l0% of magnesium oxide. Lime shall be applied at the rate of SOO lbs/acre. All liming materials shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 602. �I ' ' � LJ LJ 901-2.3 FERTILIZER. Fertilizer shall be standard commercial fertilizers supplied separately or in mixtures containing the percentages of total nitrogen, available phosphoric acid, and water-soluble potash. They shall be applied at the rate and to the depth specified herein, and shall meet the requirements of Fed. Spec. A-A-1909 anci applicable state laws. They shall be furnished in standard containers with name, weight, and guaranteed analysis of contents clearly marked thereon. No cyanamide compounds or hydrated lime shall be permitted in mixed fertilizers. The fertilizers may be supplied in one of the following forms: a. A dry, free-flowing fertilizer suitable for application by a common fertilizer spreader; b. A finely-ground fertilizer soluble in water, suitable far application by power sprayers; or e. A granular or pellet form suitable for application by blower equipment. Fertilizers shall be 10-10-10 commercial fertilizer and shall be spread at the rate of SOO lbs/acre. 901-2.4 SOIL FOR REPAIRS. The soil for fill and topsoiling of areas to be repaired shall be at least of equaI quality to that which exists in areas adjacent to the area to be repaired. The soil shall be relatively free from largr SEEDING T-901=1 Reference: AC 750/5370-10F (9/30l2011) CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 stones, roots, stumps, or other materials that will interfere with subsequent sowing of seed, compacting, and establishing turf, and shall be approved by the Engineer before being placed. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 901-3.1 ADVANCE PREPARATION AND CLEANUP. After grading of areas has been completed and before applying fertilizer and ground limestone, areas to be seeded shall be raked or otherwise cleared of stones larger than 2 in (50 mm) in any diameter, sticks, stumps, and other debris that might interfere with sowing of seed, growth of grasses, or subsequent maintenance of grass-covered areas. If any damage by erosion or other causes has occurred after the completion of grading and before beginning the application of fertilizer and ground limestone, the Contractar shall repair such damage. This may include filling gullies, smoothing irregularities, and repairing other incidental damage. An area to be seeded shall be considered a satisfactory seedbed without additional treatment if it has recently been thoroughly loosened and worked to a depth of not less than 5 in (125 mm) as a result of grading operations and, if immediately prior to seeding, the top 3 in (75 mm) of soil is loose, friable, reasonably free from large clods, rocks, large roots, or other undesirable matter, and if shaped to the required grade. However, when the area to be seeded is sparsely sodded, weedy, barren and unworked, or packed and hard, any grass and weeds shall first be cut or otherwise satisfactorily disposed of, and the soil then scarified or otherwise loosened to a depth not less than 5 in (125 mm). Clods shall be broken and the top 3 in (75 mm) of soil shall be worked into a satisfactory seedbed by discing, or by use of cultipackers, rollers, drags, harrows, or other appropriate means. 901-3.2 DRY APPLICATION METHOD. a. Liming. Lime shall be applied separately and prior to the application of any fertilizer or seed and only on seedbeds that have previously been prepared as described above. The lime shall then be warked into the top 3 in (75 mm) of soil after which the seedbed shall again be properly graded and dressed to a smooth finish. b. Fertilizing. Following advance preparations and cleanup fertilizer shall be uniformly spread at the rate that will provide not less than the minimum quantity stated in paragraph 901-2.3. c. Seeding. Grass seed shall be sown at the rate specified in paragraph 901-2.1 immediately after fertilizing, and the fertilizer and seed shall be raked within the depth range stated in the special provisions. Seeds of legumes, either alone or in mixtures, shall be inoculated before mixing or sowing, in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer of the inoculant. When seeding is required at other than the seasons shown on the plans or in the special provisions, a cover crop shall be sown by the same methods required for grass and legume seeding. d. Rolling. After the seed has been properly covered, the seedbed shall be immediately compacted by means of an approved lawn roller, weighing 40 to 65 pounds per foot (60 to 97 kg per meter) of width for clay soil (or any soil having a tendency to pack), and weighing 150 to 200 pounds per foot (223 to 298 kg per meter) of width for sandy or light soils. 901-3.3 WET APPLICATION METHOD. a. General. The Contractor may elect to apply seed and fertilizer (and lime, if required) by spraying them on the previously prepared seedbed in the form of an aqueous mixture and by using the methods and equipment described herein. The rates of application shall be as specified in the special provisions. b. Spraying Equipment. The spraying equipment shall have a container or water tank equipped with a liquid level gauge calibrated to read in increments not larger than 50 gallons (190 liters) over the entire range of the tank capacity, mounted so as to be visible to the nozzle operator. The container or tank shall also be equipped with a mechanical power-driven agitator capable of keeping all the solids in the mixture in complete suspension at all times until used. The unit shall also be equipped with a pressure pump capable of delivering 100 gallons (380 liters) per minute at a pressure of 100 lb / sq in (690 kPa). The pump shall be mounted in a line that will recirculate the mixture through the tank whenever it is not being sprayed from the nozzle. All pump passages and pipe lines shall be capable of providing clearance for 5/8 in (15 mm) solids. The power unit for the pump and agitator shall have controls SEEDING T-901-2 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) ' , ' ' � �� r � �� ' � , � , r � , � ' ' ' , LJ , , , � , � � � � ' � � ' , CLEARWATER AIRPARK OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION mounted so as to be accessible to the nozzle operator. There shall be an indicating pressure gauge connected and mounted immediately at the back of the nozzle. The nozzle pipe shall be mounted on an elevated supporting stand in such a manner that it can be rotated, through 360 degrees horizontally and inclined vertically from at least 20 degrees below to at least 60 degrees above� the horizontal. There shall be a quick-acting, three-way control valve connecting the recirculating ]ine to the nozzle� pipe and mounted so that the nozzle operator can control and regulate the amount of flow of mixture delivered to the nozzle. At least three different types of nozzles shall be supplied so that mixtures may be properly sprayed over distance varying from 20 to 100 ft (6 to 30 m). One shall be a close-range ribbon nozzle, one a medium-range ribbon: nozzle, and one a long-range jet nozzle. For case of removal and cleaning, all nozzles shall be connected to the; nozzle pipe by means of quick-release couplings. ln order to reach areas inaccessible to the regular equipment, an extension hose at least 50 ft(15 m) in length. shall be provided to which the nozzles may be connected. c. Mixtures. Lime, if required, shall be applied separately, in the quantity specified, prior to the fertilizing andl seeding operations. Not more than 220 pounds (100 kg) of lime shall be added to and mixed with each 100 gallons, (380 liters) of water. Seed and fertilizer shal{ be mixed together in the relative proportions specified, but not more� than a total of 220 pounds (100 kg) of these combined solids shall be added to and mixed with each 100 gallons (38G� liters) of water. All water used shali be obtained from fresh water sources and shall be free from injurious chemicals and other toxic substances harmful to plant life. Brackish water shall not be used at any time. The Contractar shall identify tc� the Engineer all sources of water at least 2 weeks prior to use. The Engineer may take samples of the water at the source or from the tank at any time and have a laboratory test the samples for chemical and saline content. The; Contractor shall not use any water from any source that is disapproved by the Engineer following such tests. All mixtures shall be constantly agitated from the time they are mixed until they are finally applied to the, seedbed. All such mixtures shall be used within 2 hours from the time they were mixed or they shall be wasted andl disposed of at locations acceptable to the Engineer. d. Spraying. Lime, if required, shall be sprayed only upon previously prepared seedbeds. After the applied lime; mixture has dried, the lime shall be worked into the top 3 in (8 cm), after which the seedbed shall again be properly graded and dressed to a smooth finish. Mixtures of seed and fertilizer shall only be sprayed upon previously prepared seedbeds on which the lime, iif' required, shall already have been worked in. The mixtures shall be applied by means of a high-pressure spray tha�t shall always be directed upward into the air so that the mixtures will fall to the ground like rain in a uniform spray. Nozzles or sprays shall never be directed toward the ground in such a manner as might produce erosion ar runoff. Particular care shall be exercised to insure that the application is made uniformly and at the prescribed rate ancl to guard against misses and overlapped areas. Proper predetermined quantities of the mixture in accordance with specifications shall be used to cover specified sections of known area. Checks on the rate and uniformity of application may be made by observing the degree of wetting of the grouncl or by distributing test sheets of paper ar pans over the area at intervals and observing the quantity of material deposited thereon. On sarfaces that are to be mulched as indicated by the plans or designated by the Engineer, seed and fertilize�r applied by the spray method need not be raked into the soil or rolled. However, on surfaces on which mulch is not to be used, the raking and rolling operations will be required after the soil has dried. 901-3.4 MAINTENANCE OF SEEDED AREAS. The Contractor shall protect seeded areas against traffic or otheir use by warning signs or barricades, as approved by the Engineer. Surfaces gullied or otherwise damaged followinE; seeding shall be repaired by regrading and reseeding as directed. The Contractor shall mow, water as directed, and otherwise maintain seeded areas in a satisfactory condition until final inspection and acceptance of the work. When either the dry or wet application method outlined above is used for work done out of season, it will bE; required that the Contractor establish a good stand of grass of uniform color and density to the satisfaction of thf; Engineer. A grass stand shall be considered adequate when bare spots are one square foot or less, randomly dispersed, and do not exceed 3 percent of the area seeded. If at the time when the contract has been otherwisE: completed it is not possible to make an adequate determination of the color, density, and uniformity of such stand of SEEDING Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30l2011) T-901 :3 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 grass, payment for the unaccepted portions of the areas seeded out of season will be withheld until such time as these requirements have been met. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 901-4.1 The yuantity of seeding to be paid for shall be the number of acres measured on the ground surface, completed and accepted. BASIS OF PAYMENT 901-S.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per acre or fraction thereof, which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all material and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this item. Payment will be made under: Item T-901-S.1 Seeding and Mulching — per acre This specification is for reference only. MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM C 602 Agricultural Liming Materials ASTM D 977 Emulsified Asphalt FED SPEC A-A-1909 Fertilizer END OF ITEM T-901 SEEDING T-901-4 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) ' , �� I; J ' � � ' ' I _J i�� , � ' � ' � ' ' � CLEARWATER AIRPARM� OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIODI ITEM T-904 SODDING DESCRIPTION 904-1.1 This item shall consist of furnishing, hauling, and placing approved live sod on prepared areas in accordance with this specification at the locations shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. MATERIALS 904-2.1 SOD. Sod furnished by the Contractor shall have a good cover of living or growing grass. This shall bE; interpreted to include grass that is seasonally dormant during the cold or dry seasons and capable of renewin€; growth after the dormant period. All sod shall be obtained from areas where the soil is reasonably fertile and contains a high percentage of loamy topsoil. Sod shall be cut or stripped from living, thickly matted turf retativehi free of weeds or other undesirable foreign plants, large stones, roots, or other materials that might be detrimental to the development of the sod or to future maintenance. At least 70% of the plants in the cut sod shall be composed ol' centipede *'�° °�°�:°^ °'°'°a :� ''�° °�°^:^' -��.,:�:�� and any vegetation more than 6 in (150 mm) in height shall bi; mowed to a height of 3 in (75 mm) or ]ess before sod is lifted. Sod, including the soil containing the roots and th�a plant growth showing above, shall be cut uniformly to a thickness not less than that stated in the special provisions. 904-2.2 LIME. Lime shall conform to the requirements of 901-22. 904-2.3 FERTILIZER. Fertilizer shall conform to the requirements of 901-23. 904-2.4 WATER. The water shall be sufficiently free from oil, acid, alkali, salt, or other harmful materials that would inhibit the growth of grass. It shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer prior to use. 904-2.5 SOIL FOR REPAIRS. The soil for fill and topsoiling of areas to be repaired shall conform to the requirements of 901-2.4. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 904-31 GENERAL. Areas to be solid, strip, ar spot sodded shall be shown on the plans. Areas requiring special ground surface preparation such as tilling and those areas in a satisfactory condition that are to remain undisturbed shall also be shown on the plans. Suitable equipment necessary for proper preparation of the ground surface and for the handiing and placing of all required materials shall be on hand, in good condition, and shall be approved by the Engineer before the various operations are started. The Contractor shall demonstrate to the Engineer before starting the various operations that the application of required materials will be made at the specified rates. 904-3.2 PREPARING THE GROUND SURFACE. After grading of areas has been completed and befarr applying fertilizer and limestone, areas to be sodded shall be raked or otherwise cleared of stones larger than 2 in (51) mm) in any diameter, sticks, stumps, and other debris which might interfere with sodding, growth of grasses, or subsequent maintenance of grass-covered areas. If any damage by erosion or other causes occurs after grading of areas and before beginning the application of fertilizer and ground limestone, the Contractor shall repair sucla damage. This may include filling gullies, smoothing irregularities, and repairing other incidental damage. 904-3.3 APPLYING FERTILIZER AND GROUND LIMESTONE. Following ground surface preparation, fertilizer shall be uniformly spread at a rate which will provide not less than the minimum quantity of each fertilizer ingredient, as stated in the special provisions. If use of ground limestone is required, it shall then be spread at a rat�=s that will provide not less than the minimum quantity stated in the special provisions. These materials shall br: incorporated into the soil to a depth of not less than 2 in (50 mm) by discing, raking, or other methods acceptable to the Engineer. Any stones larger than 2 in (50 mm) in any diameter, large clods, roots, and other litter brought to the surface by this operation shall be removed. SODDING Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) T-904-�t CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARAL�EL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 904-3.4 OBTAINING AND DELlVER1NG SOD. After inspection and approval of the source of sod by the Engineer, the sod shall be cut with approved sod cutters to such a thickness that after it has been transported and placed on the prepared bed, but before it has been compacted, it shall have a uniform thickness of not less than 2 in (50 mm). Sod sections or strips shall be cut in uniform widths, not less than l0 in (250 mm), and in lengths of not less than 18 in (45 cm), but of such length as may be readily lifted without breaking, tearing, or loss of soil. Where strips are required, the sod must be rolled without damage with the grass folded inside. The Contractor may be reyuired to mow high grass before cutting sod. The sod shall be transplanted within 24 hours from the time it is stripped, unless circumstances beyond the Contractor's control make storing necessary. In such cases, sod shall be stacked, kept moist, and protected from exposure to the air and sun and shall be kept from freezing. Sod shall be cut and moved only when the soil moisture conditions are such that favorable results can be expected. Where the soil is too dry, permission to cut sod may be granted only after it has been watered sufficiently to moisten the soil to the depth the sod is to be cut. 904-3.5 LAYING SOD. Sodding shall be performed only during the seasons when satisfactory results can be expected. Frozen sod shall not be used and sod shall not be placed upon frozen soil. Sod may be transplanted during periods of drought with the approval of the Engineer, provided the sod bed is watered to moisten the soil to a depth of at least 4 in (] 00 mm) immediately prior to laying the sod. The sod shall be moist and shall be placed on a moist earth bed. Pitch forks shall not be used to handle sod, and dumping from vehicles shal] not be permitted. The sod shall be carefully placed by hand, edge to edge and with staggered joints, in rows at right angles to the slopes, commencing at the base of the area to be sodded and working upward_ The sod shall immediately be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed by tamping or rolling with approved equipment to provide a true and even surface, and insure knitting without displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. Where the sod may be displaced during sodding operations, the workmen when replacing it shall work from ladders or treaded planks to prevent further displacement. Screened soil of good quality shall be used to fill all cracks between sods. The quantity of the fill soil shall not cause smothering of the grass. Where the grades are such that the flow of water will be from paved surfaces across sodded areas, the surface of the soil in the sod after compaction shall be set approximately l in (25 mm) below the pavement edge. Where the flow wi}1 be over the sodded areas and onto the paved surfaces around manholes and inlets, the surface of the soil in the sod after compaction shall be placed flush with pavement edges. On slopes steeper than 1 vertical to 2-1/2 horizontal and in v-shaped or flat-bottom ditches or gutters, the sod shall be pegged with wooden pegs not less than 12 in (300 mm) in length and have a cross-sectional area of not less than 3/4 sq in (18 sq mm). The pegs shall be driven flush with the surface of the sod. Ot/:er areas should be pegged as required. 904-3.6 WATERING. Adequate water and watering equipment must be on hand before sodding begins, and sod shall be kept moist until it has become established and its continued growth assured. In all cases, watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion from the application of excessive quantities and will avoid damage to the finished surface. 904-3.7 ESTABLISHING TURF. a. General. The Contractor shal] provide general care for the sodded areas as soon as the sod has been laid and shall continue unti] final inspection and acceptance of the work. b. Protection. All sodded areas shall be protected against traffic ar other use by warning signs or barricades approved by the Engineer. c. Mowing. The Contractar shall mow the sodded areas with approved mowing equipment, depending upon climatic and growth conditions and the needs for mowing specific areas. In the event that weeds or other undesirable vegetation are permitted to grow to such an extent that, either cut or uncut, they threaten to smother the sodded species, they shall be mowed and the clippings raked and removed from the area. 904-3.8 REPAIRING. When the surface has become bullied or otherwise damaged during the period covered by this contract, the affected areas shall be repaired to re-establish the grade and the condition of the soil, as directed by the Engineer, and shall then be sodded as specified in 904-3.5. SODDING T-904-2 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30l2011) ' ' ' ' � [� ' , ' ' L _ �� ' � , u � � ' � ' ' � , � , , � ' � , ' ' , � ' ' ' CLEARWATER AIRPARN; OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIOM METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 904-4.1 This item shall be measured on the basis of the area in square yards of the surface covered with sod ancl accepted. BASIS OF PAYMENT 904-5.1 This item will be paid far on the basis of the contract unit price per square yard (sq�a�e-�e�e�) for sodding„ which price shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, material, staking, and incidentals necessary to� satisfactorily complete the items as specified. Payment will be made under: Item T-904-S.1 Sodding-per square yard (s��a�e-�ete�) SODDING Reference: AC 150l5370-10F (9/30l2011) END OF ITEM T-904 T-904-3 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 Intentionally Left Blank SODDING T_gpq� Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) ' ' � ' � ' � , � ' � , ' , � CLEARWATER AIRPARM( OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION ITEM T-908 MULCHING DESCRIPTION 908-1.1 This item shall consist of furnishing, hauling, placing, and securing mulch on surfaces indicated on the plans or designated by the Engineer. MATERIALS 908-2.1 MULCN MATERIAL. Acceptable mulch shall be the materials listed below or any approved locally available material that is similar to those specified. Low grade, musty, spoiled, partially rotted hay, straw, ar other materials unfit for animal consumption will be acceptable. Mulch materials, which contain matured seed of species that would volunteer and be detrimental to the proposed overseeding, or to surrounding farm land, will not be acceptable. Straw or other mulch material which is fresh and/ar excessively brittle, or which is in such an advanced stage of decomposition as to smother or retard the planted grass, will not be acceptable. a. Hay. Hay shall be native hay, Sudan grass hay, broomsedge hay, legume hay, or similar hay or grass clippings. b. Straw. Straw shall be the threshed plant residue of oats, wheat, barley, rye, or rice from which grain has been removed. c. Hay Mulch Containing Seed. Hay mulch shall be mature hay containing viable seed of native grasses or other desirable species stated in the special provisions or as approved by the Engineer. The hay shall be cut and handled so as to preserve the maximum quantity of viable seed. Hay mulch that cannot be hauled and spread immediately after cutting shall be placed in weather-resistant stacks or baled and stored in a dry location until used. d. Manufactured Mulch. Cellulose-fiber or wood-pulp mulch shall be products commercially available for use in spray applications. e. Asphalt Binder. Asphalt binder material shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D 977, Type SS-1 or RS-1. 908-2.2 INSPECTION. Within 5 days after acceptance of the bid, the Engineer shall be notified of sources and quantities of mulch materials available and the Contractor shall furnish him with representative samples of the materials to be used. These samples may be used as standards with the approval of the Engineer and any materials brought on the site that do not meet these standards shall be rejected. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 908-3.1 MULCHING. Before spreading mulch, all large clods, stumps, stones, brush, roots, and other foreign material shail be removed from the area to be mulched. Mulch shall be applied immediately after seeding. The spreading of the mulch may be by hand methods, blower, or other mechanical methods, provided a uniform covering is obtained. Mulch material shall be furnished, hauled, and evenly applied on the area shown on the plans or designated by the , Engineer. Straw or hay shall be spread over the surface to a uniform thickness at the rate of 2 to 3 tons per acre (1800 - 2700 kg per acre) to provide a loose depth of not less than 1-1/2 in (37 cm) nor more than 3 in (75 mm). Other organic material shall be spread at the rate directed by the Engineer. Mulch may be blown on the slopes and the use of cutters in the equipment far this purpose will be permitted to the extent that at least 95% of the mulch in ' place on the slope shall be 6 in (150 mm) or more in length. When mulches applied by the blowing method are cut, the loose depth in place shall be not less than I in (25 mm) nor more than 2 in (50 mm). � MULCHING , Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) T-908-1 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 908-3Z SECURING MULCH. The mulch shall be held in place by light discing, a very thin covering of topsoil, small brush, pins, stakes, wire mesh, asphalt binder, or other adhesive material approved by the Engineer. Where mulches have been secured by either of the asphalt binder methods, it will not be permissible to walk on the slopes after the binder has been applied. The Contractor is warned that in the application of asphalt binder material he must take every precaution to guard against damaging ar disfiguring structures or property on or adjacent to the areas worked and that he will be held responsible for any such damage resulting from his/her operations. If the "peg and string" method is used, the mulch shall be secured by the use of stakes or wire pins driven into the ground on 5 ft(150 m) centers or less. Binder twine shall be strung between adjacent stakes in straight lines and crisscrossed diagonally over the mulch, after which the stakes shall be firmly driven nearly flush to the ground to draw the twine down tight onto the mulch. 908-3.3 CARE AND REPAIR. a. The Contractor shall care for the mulched areas until fina] acceptance of the project. Such care shall consist of providing protection against traffic or other use by placing warning signs, as approved by the Engineer, and erecting any barricades that may be shown on the plans before or immediately after mulching has been completed on the designated areas. b. The Contractor shall be required to repair ar replace any mulching that is defective ar becomes damaged until the project is finally accepted. When, in the judgment of the Engineer, such defects or damages are the result of poor workmanship or failure to meet the requirements of the specifications, the cost of the necessary repairs or replacement shall be borne by the Contractor. However, once the Contractor has completed the mulching of any area in accordance with the provisions of the specifications and to the satisfaction of the Engineer, no additional wark at his/her expense will be required, but subsequent repairs and replacements deemed necessary by the Engineer shall be made by the Contractor and will be paid for as additional or extra work. c. If the "asphalt spray" method is used, all mulched surfaces shall be sprayed with asphalt binder material so that the surface has a uniform appearance. The binder shall be uniformly applied to the mulch at the rate of approximately 8.0 gallons (32 liters) per 1,000 sq ft(l00 sy m}, or as directed by the Engineer, with a minimum of 6.0 gallons (24 liters) and a maximum of 10 gallons (40 liters) per 1,000 sq ft(100 sq m) depending on the type of mulch and the effectiveness of the binder securing it. Bituminous binder material may be sprayed on the mulched slope areas from either the top or the bottom of the slope. An approved spray nozzle shall be used. The nozzle shall be operated at a distance of not less than 4 feet (120 cm) from the surface of the mulch and uniform distribution of the bituminous material shall be required. A pump or an air compressor of adequate capacity shall be used to insure uniform distribution of the bituminous material. d. If the "asphalt mix" method is used, the mulch shall be applied by blowing, and the asphalt binder material shall be sprayed into the mulch as it leaves the blower. The binder shall be uniformly applied to the mulch at the rate of approximately 8.0 gallons (32 liters) per 1,000 sq ft(]00 sq m) or as directed by the Engineer, with a minimum of 6.0 gallons (24 liters) and a maximum of 10 gallons (40 liters) per 1,000 sq ft(l00 sq m) depending on the type of mulch and the effectiveness of the binder securing it. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 908-4.1 ^�^*^'�'�� ^�^'^'�°a. There wil! be no separate measurement far this item. BASIS OF PAYMENT 908-5.1 , , - D.,.....e.,* ...;n wo .,,�nao_a°��.'. �.,,... T(]!14 c i r,r i i.• a� �G�1 . -�xiircrriir6-Pci Sqiiar°v7in m�SqTd'ai °v ii / MULCHING T-908-2 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30l2011) ' ' CLEARWATER AIRPARK OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION tTliere will be no separate payment for tltis item. ^ ' MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ' ASTM D 977 Emulsified Asphalt � END OF ITEM T-908 ' � � ' � ' � � ' � � ' ' MULCHING � � Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) T-908-3 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 Intentionally Left Blank MULCHING T-908-4 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � OCTOBER 2012 �� ' � '�I �I � � ' � � CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION ITEM L-107 AIRPORT 8-FOOT AND 12-FOOT WIND CONES DESCRIPTION 107-1.1 This item shall consist of €�s�g removing, relocating and re-installing an airport wind cone in accordance with these specifications and in accordance with the dimensions, design, and details shown in the plans. The work shall include the furnishing and installation of a support for mounting the wind cone, the specified wire, and a concrete foundation. The item shall also include all cable connections, conduit and conduit fittings, the furnishing and installation of all lamps, ground rod and ground connection, the testing of the installation, and all incidentals necessary to place the wind cone in operation as a completed unit to the satisfaction of the Engineer. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 107-2.1 GENERAL. a. Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) specifications shall be certified and listed under Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5345-53, Airport Lighting Equipment Certification, Program. b. All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance: through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification when requested by the, Engineer. c. Manufacturer's certifications shall not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor's responsibility to provide� materials in accordance with these specifications and acceptable to the Engineer. Materials supplied and/or installedl that do not materially comply with these specifications shall be removed, when directed by the Engineer ancl replaced with materials, which do comply with these specifications, at the sole cost of the Contractar. d. All materials and equipment used to construct this item shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to ordering the equipment. Submittals consisting of marked catalog sheets or shop drawings shall be provided. Submittal data shall be presented in a clear, precise and thorough manner. Original catalog sheets are preferred. Photocopies are acceptable provided they are as good a quality as the original. Clearly and boldly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models applicable to this project. Indicate all optional equipment and delete non•• pertinent data. Submittals for components of electrical equipment and systems shali identify the equipment for which they apply on each submittal sheet. Markings shall be boldly and clearly made with arrows or circles (highlighting is not acceptable). Contractor is solely responsible for delays in project accruing directly or indirectl}� from late submissions or resubmissions of submittals. � e. The data submitted shall be sufficient, in the opinion of the Engineer, to determine compliance with the plans and specifications. The Contractor's submittals shall be neatly bound in a properly sized 3-ring binder, tabbed b�i specification section. Each submittal shall have one original and at least five (5) copies. The Engineer reserve:a � the right to reject any and all eyuipment, materials ar procedures, which, in the Engineer's opinion, does not meel the system design and the standards and codes, specified herein. f. All equipment and materials furnished and installed under this section shall be guaranteed against defects in � materials and workmanship for a period of at least twelve (12) months from final acceptance by the Owner. The defective materials and/or equipment shall be repaired or replaced, at the Owner's discretion, with no additional cos1: to the Owner. � u ' , 107-2.2 WIND CONES. The 8-foot (240 cm) °^a ,'' F^' r� � m' wind cones and assemblies shall conform to the requirements of AC 150/5345-27, Specification for Wind Cone Assemblies. 107-2.3 . , , } . , s �e1�,rgEeTe�.�es. 3-C �n -r....o.. -r�v -ru�a� ..a -ruu�usb�u�..., oa -r�.o , o s�u�: �� F��o..,,.e ,� _ > > > " � - ��r-� � i. F ,] t,... .d �.1�....e t, ' rL. 1 ' rh �.,1 rtmnv'cT-i7rcvilvcivcm°.TITI]Cf'rvr[a6c nJl�o�iiriix r�i�P�uiij oi in c.u�� ITEM L-107 AIRPORT 8-FOOT AND 12-FOOT WIND CONES L-107=1 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 107-2.4 . . . c,.,,,a.,,.,� � c,n .,.,,t ,�n� > > • 107-2.5 n► A CT7!' �nivn�i�m i o� ti„�„ .,a., ..�..� �i.,...: ..a. :« „a 4:,+: ..w.,n ..c h.. kL... . �..,,...�. �. � f 11...,,;.... ..L....,... :., tl.o ,.1......• � � :77� � � � � � ' � � � � � � � f7ETSS/�J!!�lRi'ZFL . 107-2.6 CONCRETE. The concrete for foundations shall be proportioned, placed, and cured in accordance with Item P-610, Structural Portland Cement Concrete. 107-2.7 PAINT. a. Priming paint for ungalvanized metal sarfaces shall be a high solids alkyd primer conforming to TT-P-664D. b. Priming paint for galvanized metal surfaces shall be zinc dust-zinc oxide primer paint conforming to MIL- DTL-24441/19B. If necessary, add not more than'/2 pint (0.06 liter) of turpentine to each gallon (liter). c. Orange paint for the body and the finish coats on metal and wood surfaces shall consist of a ready-mixed non-fading paint meeting the requirements of Fed. Spec. TT-E-489. The colar shall be in accordance with Federal Standards 595, Aviation Gloss Orange Number 12197. d. White paint for body and finish coats on metal and wood surfaces shall be ready-mixed paint conforming to the Master Painter's Institute, Reference #9, Exterior Alkyd, Gloss, VOC Range E2. e. Priming paint for wood surfaces shall be mixed on the job by thinning the above specified aviation-orange or white paint by adding 'h pint (0.06 liter) of raw linseed oil to each gallon (liter). CONSTRUCTION METHODS 107-3.1 INSTALLATION. The #��ge� support or #�ge� pole shall be installed on a concrete foundation as shown in the plans. 107-3.2 POLE ERECTION. The Contractor shall erect the pole on the foundation following the manufacturer's requirements and erection details. The pole shall be level and secure. 107-3.3 . > i.TCVn �n i.t.,.:,....,t �t�,....:,. �,.ao � • � . � � � - 107-3.4 . , , 107-3.5 GROUND CONNECTION AND GROUND ROD. The Contractor shall furnish and install a ground rod, grounding cable, and ground clamps for grounding the "A" frame of the 12 ft(3.5 m) assembly or pipe support of the 8 ft (240 cm) support near the base. The ground rod shall be of the type, diameter and length specified in Item L- ] 08, Underground Power Cable for Airports. The ground rod shall be driven into the ground adjacent to the concrete foundation (minimum distance from foundation of 2 feet) so that the top is at least 6 in (150 mm) below grade. The grounding cable shall consist of No. 4 AWG minima bare stranded copper wire or larger and sttall be firmly attached to the ground rod by exothermic welding. The other end of the grounding cable shall be securely attached to a leg of L-107-2 ITEM L-107 AIRPORT 8-FOOT AND 12-FOOT WIND CONES Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) ___ � � ' �� I� � i � LJ ' � OCTOBER 2012 ' � � � �� CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION the frame or to the base of the pipe support with non-corrosive metal and shall be of substantial construction. The resistance to ground shall not exceed 25 ohms. 107-3.6 PAINTING. Three coats of paint shall be applied (one prime, one body, and one finish) to all exposed materia] installed under this item except the fabric cone, obstruction light globe, and lamp reflectors. The wind cone assembly, if painted on receipt, shall be given one finish coat of paint in lieu of the three coats specified above. The paint shall meet the requirements of Fed. Spec. TT-E-489. The color shall be in accordance with Federal Standard 595, Aviation Gloss Orange Number 12197. 107-3.7 . • 1 Q7-3.8 . � METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 107-4.1 The quantity to be paid for shall be the number of wind cones removed or installed as completed units in place, accepted, and ready for operation. BASIS OF PAYMENT 107-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price for each completed and accepted job. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: � Item L-107-5.1 Item L-107-5.2 � � AC l50/5345-7 AC 150/5345-27 � FED SPEC TT-E-489 FED SPEC J-C-30 �'. FED SPEC W-P-I 15 iFED STD 595 � MIL-DTL-24441/20 � ' Existing Wind Cone to be removed — per lump sum 8-Foot (240 cm) Wind Cone, in place — per lump sum MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Specification for L-824 Underground Cable for Airport Lighting Circuits Specification for Wind Cone Assemblies Enamel, Alkyd, Gloss, Low VOC Content Cable and Wire, Electrical (Power, Fixed Installation) (cancelled; replaced b;y� AA-59544 Cable and Wire, Electrical (Power, Fixed Installation)) Panel, Power Distribution Colors Used in Government Procurement Paint, Epoxy-Polyamide, Green Primer, Formula 150, Type III Underwriters Laboratories Rigid Metal Conduit Standard 6 ITEM L-107 AIRPORT 8-FOOT AND 12-FOOT WIND CONES Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) L-107-3 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION Underwriters Laborataries Fittings For Conduit and Outlet Boxes Standard 514 Underwriters Laboratories lntermediate Metal Conduit Standard 1242 NFPA-70 Master Painter's Institute L-107-4 National Electric Code END OF ITEM L-107 OCTOBER 2012 ITEM L-107 AIRPORT 8-FOOT AND 12-FOOT WIND CONES Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � � � � ,' � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � CLEARWATER AIRPARH; OCTOBER 2012 RW 76-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSIOM � � L� � � � ITEM L-108 UNDERGROUND POWER CABLE FOR AIRPORTS DESCRIPTION 108-1.1 This item shall consist of furnishing and installing power cables direct buried and furnishing and/o�r installing power cables within conduit or duct banks in accordance with these specifications at the locations shown on the plans. It includes excavation and backfill of trench for direct-buried cables only. Also included are the installation of counterpoise wires, ground wires, ground rods and connections, cable splicing, cable marking, cablE; testing, and all incidentals necessary to place the cable in operating condition as a completed unit to the satisfaction of the Engineer. This item shall not include the installation of duct banks or conduit, trenching and backfilling for duct banks or conduit, or furnishing or installation of any cable for FAA facilities. Requirements and payment fo:r trenching and backfilling for the installation of underground conduit and duct banks is covered under Item L-] lO "Airport Underground Electrical Duct Banks and Conduits." EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 108-21 GENERAL. a. Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) specifications shall be approved under the Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program described in Advisory Circular (AC i 150/5345-53, current version. b. All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptanc�:; through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification, when requested by the Engineer. e. Manufacturer's certifications shall not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor's responsibility to provid�� materials in accordance with these specifications and acceptable to the Engineer. Materials supplied and/or installer.l that do not materially comply with these specifications shall be removed, when directed by the Engineer anct replaced with materials, which do comply with these specifications, at the sole cost of the Contractor. d. All materials and equipment used to construct this item shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to ardering the equipment. Submittals consisting of marked catalog sheets or shop drawings shall be providecl. Submittal data shall be presented in a clear, precise and thorough manner. Original catalog sheets are preferred. Photocopies are acceptable provided they are as good a quality as the original. Clearly and boldly mark each copy t�o identify pertinent products or models applicable to this project. Indicate all optional equipment and delete non- pertinent data. Submittals for components of electrical equipment and systems shall identify the equipment fo�r which they apply on each submittal sheet. Markings shall be boldly and clearly made with arrows ar circ(es (highlighting is not acceptable). Contractor is solely responsible for delays in project accruing directly or indirectly from late submissions or resubmissions of submittals. e. The data submitted shall be sufficient, in the opinion of the Engineer, to determine compliance with the plans and specifications. The Contractor's submittals shal} be neatly bound in a properly sized 3-ring binder, tabbed by specification section. Each submittal shall have one original and at least five (5) copies. The Engineer reserves the right to reject any and all equipment, materials or procedures, which, in the Engineer's opinion, does not mee;t the system design and the standards and codes, specified herein. � f. All equipment and materials furnished and installed under this section shall be guaranteed against defects in materiais and workmanship for a period of at least [twelve (12) months] from final acceptance by the Owner. The defective materiais and/or equipment shall be repaired or replaced, at the Owner's discretion, with no additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible to maintain an insulation resistance of 50 megohms minima, � (1000 V megger) with isolation transformers connected in new circuits and new segments of existing circuils through the end of the contract warranty period. 108-2.2 CABLE. Underground cable for airfield lighting facilities (runway and taxiway lights and signs) shall � conform to the requirements of AC I50/5345-7, Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cable for Airpo�rt Lighting Circuits. Conductor sizes noted above shall not apply to leads furnished by manufacturers on airfield lighting transformers and fixtures. � ITEM L-108 UNDERGROUND POWER CABLE FOR AIRPORTS L-108••1 ' Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011 } CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 Wire for electrical circuits up to 600 volts shall comply with Specification L-824 and/or Federal Specification J-G 30 and shall be type TH WN-2. Cable type, size, number of conductors, strand and service voltage shali be as specified on the plans. 108-2.3 BARE COPPER WIRE (COUNTERPOISE, BARE COPPER WIRE GROUND AND GROUND RODS). Wire for counterpoise or ground installations for airfield lighting systems shall be No. 6 AWG solid for counterpoise and or No. 6 AWG stranded for ground wire conforming to ASTM B 3 and ASTM B 8, and shall be bare copper wire conforming to the requirements of ASTM D 33. Ground rods shall be copper-clad steel. The ground rods sha11 be of the length and diameter specified on the plans, but in no case shal) they be less than S 10-feet (�4�A-e�t) long nor less than �F8 3/4in (�-3-�) in diameter. 108-2.4 CABLE CONNECTIONS. In-line connections of underground primary cables shall be of the type called far on the plans, and shall be one of the types listed below. No separate payment will be made for cable connections. a. The Cast Splice. A cast splice, employing a plastic mold and using epoxy resin equivalent to that manufactured by Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, "Scotchcast" Kit No. 82--B, or as manufactured by Hysol� Corporation, "Hyseal Epoxy Splice" Kit No. E1135, or equivalent, is used for potting the splice is acceptable. b. The Field-attached Plug-in Splice. Figure 3 of AC I50/5345-26, Specification for L-823 Plug and Receptacle, Cable Connectors, employing connector kits, is acceptable for field attachment to single conductor cable. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine the outside diameter of the cable to be spliced and to furnish appropriately sized connector kits and/or adapters and heat shrink tubing with integral sealant. c. The Factory-Molded Plug-in Spiice. Specification for L-823 Connectors, Factory-Molded to Individual Conductors, is acceptable. d. The Taped or Heat-Shrinked Splice. Taped splices employing field-applied rubber, or synthetic rubber tape covered with plastic tape is acceptable. The rubber tape should meet the requirements of ASTM D 4388 and the plastic tape should comply with Mil Spec. MIL-I-24391 or Fed. Spec. A-A-55809. Heat shrinkable tubing shall be heavy-wall, self-sealing tubing rated far the voltage of the wire being spliced and suitable for direct-buried installations. The tubing shall be factory coated with a thermoplastic adhesive-sealant that will adhere to the insulation of the wire being spliced forming a moisture- and dirt-proof seal. Additionally, heat shrinkable tubing for multi-conductor cables, shielded cables, and armared cables shall be factory kits designed for the application. Heat shrinkable tubing and tubing kits shall be manufactured by Tyco Electronics/ Raychem Corporation, Energy Division, or approved equivalent. In all the above cases, connections of cable conductors shall be made using crimp connectars using a crimping tool designed to make a complete crimp before the tool can be removed. All L-823/L-824 splices and terminations shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and listings. All connections of counterpoise, grounding conductors and ground rods shall be made by the exothermic process or approved equivalent, except the base can ground clamp connector shall be used for attachment to the base can. All exothermic connections shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and listings. 108-2.5 SPLICER QUALIFICATIONS. Every airfield lighting cable splicer shall be qualified in making cable splices and terminations on cables rated above 5,000 volts AC. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer proof of the qualifications of each proposed cable splicer for the cable type and voltage level to be worked on. Cable splicing/terminating personnel shall have a minimum of three (3) years continuous experience in terminating/splicing medium voltage cable. I08-2.6 CONCRETE. Concrete far cable markers shall conform to Specification Item P-610, "Structural Portland Cement Concrete." 108-2.7 FLOWABLE BACKFILL. Flowable material used to backfill trenches far power cable trenches shall conform to the requirements of ltem P-153 "Controlled Low Strength Material". 108-2.8 CABLE IDENTIFICATION TAGS. Cable identification tags shall be made from a non-corrosive material with the circuit identification stamped or etched onto the tag. The tags shall be of the type as detailed on the plans. L-108-2 ITEM L-108 UNDERGROUND POWER CABLE FOR AIRPORTS REFERENCE: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � � � � i� � � � � � � CLEARWATER AIRPARK. OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION 108-2.9 TAPE. Electrical tapes shall be Scotch Electrical Tapes—number Scotch 88 (1-1/2" wide) and Scotch 130C linerless rubber splicing tape (2" wide), as manufactured by the Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, or approved equivalent. 108-2.10 ELECTRICAL COATING. ScotchkoteTM shall be as manufactured by Minnesota Mining and. Manufacturing Company, or approved equivalent. � 108-2.11 EXISTING CIRCUITS. Whenever the scope of work requires, connection to an existing circuit, the circuit's insulation resistance shall be tested, in the presence of the Engineer. The test shall be performed in� accordance with this item and prior to any activity affecting the respective circuit. The Contractor shall record the� � results on forms acceptable to the engineer. When the work affecting the circuit is complete, the circuit's insulation. resistance shall be checked again, in the presence of the Engineer. The Contractor shall record the results on forms, acceptable to the engineer. The second reading shall be equal to or greater than the first reading or the Contractor shall make the necessary repairs to the circuit to bring the second reading above the first reading. All repair costs, � including a complete replacement of the L-823 connectors, L-830 transformers and L-824 cable, if necessary, shall be borne by the Contractor. All test results shall be submitted in the Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manual. �� CONSTRUCTION METHODS 108-3.1 GENERAL. The Contractor shall install the specified cable at the approximate locations indicated on the plans. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, all cable required to cross under pavements expected to carry aircrafl: loads shall be installed in concrete encased duct banks. Wherever possible, cable shall be run without splices, from. connection to connection. Cable connections between lights will be permitted only at the light locations for connecting the underground cable: to the primary leads of the individual isolation transformers. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing cable; in continuous lengths for home runs or other long cable runs without connections, unless otherwise authorized in. writing by the Engineer or shown on the plans. In addition to connectors being installed at individual isolation transformers, L-823 cable connectors fo►• � maintenance and test points shall be installed at locations shown on the plans. Cable circuit identification markers shall be installed on both sides of the L-823 connectars installed or at least once in each access point where L-823 connectors are not installed. L_� � Provide not less than 3 feet of cable slack on each side of alt connections, isolation transformers, light units, and at points where cable is connected to field equipment. Where provisions must be made for testing or for future above grade connections, provide enough slack to allow the cable to be extended at least l ft vertically above the top of the access structure. This requirement also applies where primary cable passes through empty base cans, junction and'� access structures to allow for future connections, or as designated by the Engineer. 108-3.2 1NSTALLATION IN DUCT BANKS OR CONDUITS. This item includes the installation of the cable ir.i � duct banks or conduit as described below. The maximum number and voltage ratings of cables installed in eacri single duct or conduit, and the current-carrying capacity of each cable shali be in accordance with the latest Nationall Electric Code, or the code of the local agency or authority having jurisdiction. � � � The Contractor shall make no connections or splices of any kind in cables installed in conduits or duct banks. Unless otherwise designated in the plans, where ducts are in tiers, use the lowest ducts to receive the cable first, with spare ducts left in the upper levels. Check duct routes prior to construction to obtain assurance that the shortes�[ routes are selected and interferences are avoided. Duct banks or conduits shall be installed as a separate item in accordance with Item L-1 l0, "Airport Undergrouncl Electrical Duct Banks and Conduit." The Contractor shall run a mandrel through duct banks or conduit prior to installation of cable to insure that the duct bank or conduit is open, continuous and clear of debris. Mandrel size shall be compatible with conduit size. The Contractor shall swab out all conduits/ducts and clean base can, manhole, etc. interiars IMMEDIATELY prior to pulling cable. Once cleaned and swabbed the base cans and all accessible points of entry to the duct/conduit system shall be kept closed except when installing cables. Cleaning of ducts, base; cans, manholes, ete. is incidental to the pay item of the item being cleaned. All raceway systems left open, after initial cleaning, far any reason shall be recleaned at the Contractor's expense. All accessible points shall be kepu closed when not installing cable. The Contractor shall verify existing ducts proposed for use in this project as clear and open. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any blockage in the existing ducts. The cable shall be installecl ITEM L-108 UNDERGROUND POWER CABLE FOR AIRPORTS L-108-;I Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 1634 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 in a manner to prevent harmful stretching of the conductor, injury to the insulation, or damage to the outer protective covering. The ends of all cables shall be sealed with moisture-seal tape providing moisture-tight mechanical protection with minimum bulk, or alternately, heat shrinkable tubing before pulling into the conduit and it shall be left sealed until connections are made. Where more than one cable is to be installed in a conduit, all cable shall be pulled in the conduit at the same time. The pulling of a cable through duct banks or conduits may be accomplished by hand winch or power winch with the use of cable grips or pulling eyes. Maximum pulling tensions shall be governed by cable manufacturer's recommendations. A non-hardening lubricant recommended far the type of cable being installed shall be used where pulling lubricant is required. Contractor shall submit pulling tension values to the Engineer prior to any cable installation. If required by the Engineer, pulling tension values for cable pulls shall be monitored by a dynamometer in the presence of the Engineer. Cable pull tensions shall be recorded by the Contractor and reviewed by the Engineer. Cables exceeding the maximum allowable pulling tension values shall be removed and replaced by the Contractar at the Contractor's � expense. The manufacturer's minimum bend radius or the NEC requirements whichever is more restrictive sha}I apply. Cable installation, handling and storage shall be per manufacturer's recommendations. During cold weather, particular attention shall be paid to the manufacturer's minimum installation temperature. Cable shail not be installed when the temperature is at or below the manufacturer's minimum installation temperature. At the Contractor's option, the Contractor may submit a plan, for review by the Engineer, for heated storage of the cable and maintenance of an acceptable cable temperature during installation when temperatures are below the manufacturer's minimum cable installation temperature. Cable shall not be dragged across base can or manhole edges, pavement or earth. When cable must be coiled, lay cable out on a canvas tarp or use other appropriate means to prevent abrasion to the cable jacket. 108-3.3 INSTALLATION OF DIRECT-BURIED CABLE IN TRENCHES. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall not use a cable plow for installing the cable. Cable shall be unreeled uniformly in place alongside or in the trench and shall be carefully placed along the bottom of the trench. The cable shall not be unreeled and pulled into the trench from one end. Slack cable sufficient to provide strain relief shall be placed in the trench in a series of S curves. Sharp bends or kinks in the cable shall not be permitted. Where cables must cross over each other, a minimum of 3 in vertical displacement shall be provided with the topmost cable depth at or below the minimum required depth below finished grade. Primary airfield lighting cables installed shall have cable circuit identification markers attached on both sides of each L-823 connector and on each airport lighting cable entering or leaving cable access points, such as manholes, handholes, pull boxes, junction boxes, etc. Markers shall be of sufficient length for imprinting the cable circuit identification legend on one line, using letters not less than '/4 in in size. The cable circuit identification shall match the circuits noted on the construction plans. a. Trenching. Where turf is well established and the sod can be removed, it shall be carefully stripped and properly stored. Trenches for cables may be excavated manually or with mechanical trenching equipment. Walls of trenches shall be essentially vertical so that a minimum of surface is disturbed. Graders shall not be used to excavate the trench with their blades. The bottom surface of trenches shall be essentially smooth and free from coarse aggregate. Unless otherwise specified, cable trenches shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 18 in below finished grade, except as follows: (1) When off the airport or crossing under a roadway or driveway, the minimum depth shall be 36 in unless otherwise specified. (2) Minimum cable depth when crossing under a railroad track, shall be 42 in unless otherwise specified. Dewatering necessary for cable installation, erosion and turbidity control, in accordance with Federal, State, and Local requirements is incidental to its respective pay items as part of Item L-108. The cost of all excavation regardless of type of material encountered, shall be included in the unit price bid for the L-} 08 Item. The Contractor shall excavate all cable trenches to a width not less than 6 in. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, all cables in the same location and running in the same general direction shall be installed in the same trench. When rock is encountered, the rock shall be removed to a depth of at least 3 in below the required cable depth and it shall be replaced with bedding material of earth or sand containing no mineral aggregate particles that would L-108-4 ITEM L-108 UNDERGROUND POWER CABLE FOR AIRPORTS REFERENCE: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � � ,� �� l__J � � � � � OCTOBER 2012 � � CLEARWATER AIRPARN� RW i6-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIOM be retained on a 1/4 in sieve. Flowable backfill material may alternatively be used. The Contractor shall ascertain the type of soil or rock to be excavated before bidding. All such rock removal shall be performed and paid for under Item P-152. Duct bank or conduit markers temporarily removed for trench excavations shall be replaced as required. It is the Contractor's responsibility to locate existing utilities within the work area prior to excavation. Where: � existing active cables cross proposed installations, the Contractor shall insure that these cables are adequately protected. Where crossings are unavoidable, no splices will be allowed in the existing cables, except as specified orn. the plans. Installation of new cable where such crossings must occur shall proceed as follows: � � � � � � � �' � � � (1) Existing cabies shail be located manually. Unearthed cables shall be inspected to assure absolutely no� damage has occurred. (2) Trenching, etc., in cable areas shall then proceed, with approval of the Engineer, with care taken to� minimize possible damage or disruption of existing cable, including careful backfilling in area of cable. In the event that any previously identified cable is damaged during the course of construction, the Contractor shall be responsible for the complete repair or replacement. b. Baekfilling. After the cable has been installed, the trench shall be backfilled. The first layer of backfill in the trench shall be 3 in deep, ]oose measurement, and shall be either earth or sand containing no mineral aggregate particles that would be retained on a 1/4 in sieve. This layer shall not be compacted. The second layer shall be 5 in deep, loose measurement, and shall contain no particles that would be retained on a 1 in sieve. The remaining 3`d and subsequent layers of backfill shall not exceed 8 in of loose measurement and be excavated or imported material and shall not contain stone or aggregate larger than 4 in maximum diameter. The second and subsequent layers shall be thoroughly tamped and compacted to at least the density of the adjacent undisturbed soil, and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If necessary to obtain the desired compaction, the backfill material shall be moistened ar aerated as required. Trenches shall not contain pools of water during backfilling operations. The trench shall be completely backfilled and tamped level with the adjacent surface, exeept that when turf is to be established over the trench, the backfilling shall be stopped at an appropriate depth consistent with the type of turfing operation to be accommodated. A proper allowance for settlement shall also be provided. Any excess excavated material shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with the plans and specifications. Underground electrical warning (caution) tape shall be installed in the trench above all direct-buried cable. Contractor shall submit a sample of the proposed warning tape for acceptance by the Engineer. If not shown on the plans, the warning tape shall be located 6 in above the direct-buried cable or the counterpoise wire if present. A 4-6 in wide polyethylene film detectable tape, with a metalized foil core, shall be installed above all direct buried cable or counterpoise. The tape shall be of the color and have a continuous legend as indicated on the plans. The tape shall be installed 8 in minimum below finished grade. c. Restoration. Where soil and sod has been removed, it shall be replaced as soon as possible after the backfilling is completed. All areas disturbed by work shall be restored to its original condition. The restoration shall include the sodding, fertilizing and liming as shown on the plans. The Contractor shall be held responsible for maintaining all disturbed surfaces and replacements until final acceptance. When trenching is through paved areas, restaration shall be equal to existing conditions and compaction shall meet the requirements of Item P-152. Restoration shall be considered incidental to the pay item of which it is a component part. 108-3.4 CABLE MARKERS FOR DIRECT-BURIED CABLE. The location of direct buried circuits shall be marked by a concrete slab marker, 2 feet (60 cm) square and 4-6 in (100 - 150 mm) thick, extending approximately 1 in (25 mm) above the surface. Each cable run from a line of lights and signs to the equipment vault shall be marked at approximately every 200 feet (60 m) along the cable run, with an additional marker at each change of direction of cable run. All other direct-buried cable shall be marked in the same manner. Cable markers shal} be installed directly above the cable. The Contractor shall impress the word "CABLE" and directional arrows on each cable marking slab. The letters shall be approximately 4 in (100 mm) high and 3 in (75 mm) wide, with width of stroke 1/2 in (12 mm) and 1/4 in (6 mm) deep. The location of each underground cable connection, except at lighting units, or isolation transformers, or power adapters shall be marked by a concrete marker slab placed above the connection. The Contractor shall impress the ITEM L-108 UNDERGROUND POWER CABLE FOR AIRPORTS L-108-5 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 � word "SPLICE" on each slab. The Contractar also shall impress additional circuit identification symbols on each slab as directed by the Engineer. All cable markers and splice markers shall be painted international orange. Paint shall be specifically manufactured for uncured exterior concrete. Furnishing and installation of cable markers is incidental to the respective cable pay item. 108-3.5 SPLICING. Connections of the type shown on the plans shall be made by experienced personnel regularly engaged in this type of work and shall be made as fol}ows: a. Cast Splices. These shall be made by using crimp connectors for jointing conductors. Molds shall be assembled, and the compound shall be mixed and poured in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. b. Field-attached Plug-in Splices. These shal) be assembled in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. These splices shall be made by plugging directly into mating connectors. In all cases the joint where the connectors come together shall be wrapped with at least one layer of rubber or synthetic rubber tape and one layer of plastic tape, one-half lapped, extending at ]east 1-1/2 in (37 mm) on each side of the joint. c. Factory-Molded Plug-in Splices. These shall be made by plugging directly into mating connectors. In all cases, the joint where the connectors come together shall be wrapped with at least one layer of rubber or synthetic rubber tape and one layer of plastic tape, one-half lapped, extending at least 1-1/2 in (37 mm) on each side of the joint. d. Taped or Heat-Shrinked Splices. A taped splice shall be made in the following manner: Bring the cables to their final position and cut so that the conductors will butt. Remove insulation and jacket allowing for bare conductor of proper length to fit compression sleeve connector with 1/4 in (6 mm) of bare conductor on each side of the connectar. Prior to splicing, the two ends of the cable insulation shall be penciled using a tool designed specifically for this purpose and for cable size and type. Do not use emery paper on splicing operation since it contains metallic particles. The copper conductors shall be thoroughly cleaned. Join the conductors by inserting them equidistant into the compression connection sleeve. Crimp conductors firmly in place with crimping tool that requires a complete crimp before tool can be removed. Test the crimped connection by pulling on the cable. Scrape the insulation to assure that the entire surface over which the tape will be applied (plus 3 in (75 mm) on each end) is clean. After scraping wipe the entire area with a clean lint-free cloth. Do not use solvents. Apply high-voltage rubber tape one-half lapped over bare conductor. This tape should be tensioned as recommended by the manufacturer. Voids in the connector area may be eliminated by highly elongating the tape, stretching it just short of its breaking point. Throughout the rest of the splice less tension should be used. Always attempt to exactly half-lap to produce a uniform buildup. Continue buildup to l-1/2 times cable diameter over the body of the splice with ends tapered a distance of approximately 1 in (25 mm) over the original jacket. Cover rubber tape with two layers of vinyl pressure-sensitive tape one-half lapped. Do not use glyptol or lacquer over vinyl tape as they react as solvents to the tape. No further cable covering or splice boxes are required. Heat shrinkable tubing shall be installed following manufacturer's instructions. Direct flame heating shall not be permitted unless recommended by the manufacturer. Cable surfaces within the limits of the heat-shrink application shall be clean and free of contaminates prior to application. 108-3.6 BARE COUNTERPOISE WIRE INSTALLATION FOR LIGHTNING PROTECTION AND GROUNDING. If shown on the plans or included in the job specifications, bare counterpoise copper wire shall be installed for lighming protection of the underground cables. Counterpoise wire shall be installed in the same trench for the entire length of buried cable, conduits and duct banks that are installed to contain ai�eld cables. Where the cable or duct/conduit trench runs parallel to the edge of pavement, the counterpoise shall be installed in a separate trench located half the distance between the pavement edge and the cable or duct/conduit trench. In trenches not parallel to pavement edges, counterpoise wire shall be installed continuously a minimum of 4 in above the cable, conduit or duct bank, or as shown on the plans if greater. Additionally, counterpoise wire shall be installed at least 8 in below the top of subgrade in paved areas or ] 0 in below finished grade in un-paved areas. This dimension may be less than 4 in where conduit is to be embedded in existing pavement. Counterpoise wire shall not be installed in conduit. The counterpoise wire shall be routed around to each light fixture base, mounting stake, or junction/access structures. The counterpoise wire shall also be exothermically welded to ground rods installed as shown on the plans but not more than 500 ft(150 m) apart around the entire circuit. L-108-6 ITEM L-108 UNDERGROUND POWER CABLE FOR AIRPORTS REFERENCE: AC 150l5370-10F (9/30/2d11) i � � � � � � � � � � � � CLEARWATER AIRPARK: OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB 8 EXTENSIONI The counterpoise system shalt be continuous and terminate at the transformer vault or at the power source. It shalll be securely attached to the vault or equipment external ground ring or other made electrode grounding system. The; connections shall be made as shown on the plans and in the specifications. If shown on the plans or in the specifications, a separate equipment (safety) ground system shall be provided ir.i addition to the counterpoise wire using one of the following methods: (l) A ground rod installed at and securely attached to each light fixture base, mounting stake if painted, and to all metal surfaces at junction/access structures. (2) Install an insulated equipment ground conductor internal to the conduit system and securely attached it to each light fixture base and to all metal surfaces at junction/access structures. This equipment ground conductor shall also be exothermically welded to ground rods installed not more than 500 feet (150 m) apart around the circuit. a. Counterpoise Installation Above Multiple Conduits and Duct Banks. Counterpoise wires shall bE; installed above multiple conduits/duct banks for airfield lighting cables, with the intent being to provide a complete cone of protection over the airfieid lighting cables. When multiple conduits and/or duct banks for airfield cable arf; installed in the same trench, the number and location of counterpoise wires above the conduits shall be adequate to provide a complete cone of protection measured 22 'h degrees each side of vertical. Where duct banks pass under pavement to be constructed in the project, the counterpoise shall be placed abovE; the duct bank. Reference details on the construction plans. b. Counterpoise Installation at Existing Duct Banks. When airfield lighting cables are indicated on the plans to be routed through existing duct banks, the new counterpoise wiring shall be terminated at ground rods at each end. of the existing duct bank where the cables being protected enter and exit the duct bank. The new counterpoise conductor shall be bonded to the existing counterpoise system. I08-3.7 EXOTHERMIC BONDING. Bonding of counterpoise wire shall be by the exothermic welding process. Only personnel experienced in and regularly engaged in this type of work shall make these connections. Contractor shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the welding kits, materials and procedures to be used for welded connections prior to any installations in the field. The installations shall comply with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following: a. All siag shall be removed from welds. b. For welds at light fixture base cans, all galvanized coated surface areas and "melY' areas, both inside and outside of base cans, damaged by exothermic bond process shall be restored by coating with a liquid cold- galvanizing compound conforming to U.S. Navy galvanized repair coating meeting Mil. Spec. MIL-P-21035, Surfaces to be coated shall be prepared and compound applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. c. All buried copper and weid material at weld connections shall be thoroughly coated 6 mil of 3M "Scotchkote," or approved equivalent, or coated with coal tar Bitumastic� material to prevent surface exposure ta corrosive soil or moisture. 108-3.8 TESTING. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and appliances far testing the airpor4 electrical systems and underground cable circuits before and after installation. The Contractor shall perform all tests in the presence of the Engineer. The Contractor shall demonstrate the electrical characteristics to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All costs for testing are incidental to the respective item being tested. For phased projects, the tests must be completed by phase and results meeting the specifications below must be maintained by the Contractor throughout the entire project as well as during the ensuing warranty period. Earth resistance testing methods shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Earth resistance testing results shal l be recorded on an approved form and testing shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer. All such testin;; shall be at the sole expense of the Contractor. Should the counterpoise or ground grid conductors be damaged ar suspected of being damaged by constructio�n activities the Contractor shall test the conductors for continuity with a low resistance ohmmeter. The conductors shall be isolated such that no parallel path exists and tested for continuity. The Engineer shall approve of the test method selected. All such testing shall be at the sole expense of the Contractor. After installation, the Contractor shall test and demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer the following: ITEM L-108 UNDERGROUND POWER CABLE FOR AIRPORTS L-108-7 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9i30/2011) CLEARWATER AIRPARK � RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 a. That all affected lighting power and control circuits (existing and new) are continuous and free from short circuits. b. That all affected circuits (existing and new) are free from unspecified grounds. c. That the insulation resistance to ground of all new non-grounded series circuits or cable segments is not less than 50 megohms. d. That the insulation resistance to ground of al1 non-grounded conductors of new multiple circuits or circuit segments is not less than 50 megohms. e. That all affected circuits (existing and new) are properly connected in accordance with applicable wiring diagrams. f. That all affected circuits (existing and new) are operable. Tests shall be conducted that include operating each control not less than l0 times and the continuous operation of each lighting and power circuit for not less than 1/2 hour. g. That the impedance to ground of each ground rod does not exceed 25 ohms prior to establishing connections to other ground electrodes. The fall-of-potential ground impedance test shall be used, as described by ANSI/IEEE Standard 81, to verify this requirement. Two copies of tabulated results of all cable tests performed shall be supplied by the Contractor to the Engineer. Where connecting new cable to existing cable, ground resistance tests shall be performed on the new cable prior to connection to the existing circuit. There are no approved "repair" procedures far items that have failed testing other than complete replacement. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 108-4.1 , , > > , , , . The cost of all excavation, backfill, dewatering and restoration regardless of the type of material encountered shall be included in the unit price bid for the work. 108-4.2 Cable or counterpoise wire installed in trench, duct bank ar conduit shall be measured by the number of linear feet (�) of cable or counterpoise wire installed in trenches, duct bank or conduit, including ground rods and grounding connectors, and trench marking tape ready for operation, and accepted as satisfactory. Separate measurement shall be made far each cable or counterpoise wire installed in trench, duct bank or conduit. The measurement for this item shall include additional quantities required for slack. BASIS OF PAYMENT 108-S.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price for trenching, cable and bare counterpoise wire installed in trench (direct-buried), or cable and equipment ground installed in duct bank ar conduit, in place by the Contractor and accepted by the Engineer. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals, including ground rods and ground connectors and trench marking tape, necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item L-108-5.1 Item L-108-5.2 L-108-8 Underground Cable, #8 AWG, 5 KV, L-824, Type C, installed in duct or conduit including trenching and connections-per linear foot (�e�e�) Bare Copper Counterpoise Wire, #6 AWG, installed in trench or duct, including ground rods and ground connectors-per linear foot (�ete�) ITEM L-108 UNDERGROUND POWER CABLE FOR AIRPORTS REFERENCE: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) � � � � � � � � � � � � OCTOBER 2012 AC 150/5345-7 AC I50/5345-26 FED SPEC J-C-30 FED SPEC A-A-55809 ASTM B 3 ASTM D 4388 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 � PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cable for Airport Lighting Circuits Specification for L-823 Plug and Receptacle Cable Connectors Cable and Wire, Electrical Power, Fixed Installation (cancelled; replaced by A-A-59544 Cable and Wire, Electrical (Power, Fixed lnstallation)) Insulation Tape, Electrical, Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive, Plastic Soft or Annealed Copper Wire Rubber tapes, Nonmetallic Semiconducting and Electrically Insulating REFERENCE DOCUMENTS NFPA No. 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) MIL-S-23586C Sealing Compound, Electrical, Silicone Rubber NN Building lndustry Consulting Service International (BICSI) ANSI/IEEE Std 8l IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System END OF ITEM L-108 ITEM L-108 UNDERGROUND POWER CABLE FOR AIRPORTS L-108-9 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION L-108-10 Intentionally Left Blank OCTOBER 2012 ITEM L-108 UNDERGROUND POWER CABLE FOR AIRPORTS REFERENCE: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30l2011) ' � � CLEARWATER AIRPARK OCTOBER 2072 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION ITEM L-110 AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT BANKS AND CONDUITS DESCRIPTION � 110-1.1 This item shall consist of underground electrical conduits and duct banks (single or multiple conduits encased in concrete) instailed in accordance with this specification at the locations and in accordance with the dimensions, designs, and details shown on the plans. This item shall include furnishing and installing of all underground electrical duct banks and individual and multiple underground conduits. It shall also include all turfing. � trenching, backfilling, removal, and restoration of any paved or turfed areas; concrete encasement, mandreling, pulling lines, duct markers, plugging of conduits, and the testing of the installation as a completed system ready for installation of cables in accordance with the plans and specifications. This item shall also include furnishing and � installing conduits and ail incidentals for providing positive drainage of the system. Verification of existing ducts is incidental to the pay items provided in this specification. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 110-2.1 GENERAL. a. All equipment and materials covered by referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification when so requested by the Engineer. b. Manufacturer's certifications shail not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor's responsibility to provide � materials in accordance with these specifications and acceptable to the Engineer. Materials supplied and/or installed that do not materially comply with these specifications shall be removed, when directed by the Engineer and replaced with materials, which do comply with these specifications, at the sole cost of the Contractor. � c. All materials and equipment used to construct this item shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to ordering the equipment. Submittals consisting of marked catalog sheets ar shop drawings shall be provided. Submittal data shall be presented in a clear, precise and thorough manner. Original catalog sheets are preferred. � Photocopies are acceptable provided they are as good a quality as the original. Clearly and boldly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models applicable to this project. Indicate all optional equipment and delete non- pertinent data. Submittals for components of electrical equipment and systems shall identify the equipment for which they apply on each submittal sheet. Markings shall be boldly and clearly made with arrows or circles � (highlighting is not acceptable). Contractor is solely responsible for delays in project accruing directly or indirectly from late submissions or resubmissions of submittals. d. The data submitted shall be sufficient, in the opinion of the Engineer, to determine compliance with the plans and specifications. The Engineer reserves the right to reject any and all equipment, materials or procedures, which, in the Engineer's opinion, does not meet the system design and the standards and codes, specified herein. e. All equipment and materials furnished and installed under this section shall be guaranteed against defects in � materials and workmanship for a period of at least [twelve (12) monthsJ from final acceptance by the Owner. The defective materials and/ar equipment shall be repaired or replaced, at the Owner's discretion, with no additional cost to the Owner. 1 l 0-2.2 . , , • � 110-2.3 PLASTIC CONDUIT. Plastic conduit and fittings-shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. W--C- 1094, Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL-651 and Article 352 of the current National Electrical Code shall be one of the following, as shown on the plans: � a. Type I—Schedule 40 PVC suitable for underground use either direct-buried or encased in concrete. AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT BANKS AND CONDUITS Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) L-110-1 � CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 , b. Type II—Schedule 40 PVC suitable for either above ground or underground use. The rype of adhesive shall be as recommended by the conduit/fitting manufacturer. 110-2.4 SPLIT CONDUIT. Split conduit shall be pre-manufactured for the intended purpose and shall be made of stee) or plastic. ll0-2.5 CONDUIT SPACERS. Conduit spacers shall be prefabricated interlocking units manufactured for the intended purpose. They shall be of double wall construction made of high grade, high density polyethylene complete with interlocking cap and base pads. They shall be designed to accept No. 4 reinforcing bars installed vertically. 110-2.6 CONCRETE. Concrete shall conform to Item P-610, Structural Portland Cement Concrete, using 1 inch maximum size coarse aggregate with a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi. Where reinforced duct banks are specified, reinfarcing steel shall conform to ASTM A 615 Grade 60. Concrete and reinforcing steel are incidental to the respective pay item of which they are a component part. I 10-2.7 . F r rl, ' r� f Ito..�. D 1 G2 «!' r,-..11 .i T , Ctr *ti+ };iuc°v,....,��. cvmm�rrcv-n�cTC�iiir�incnrv-vrrccmrr�� cvircrvn°oa novr vc.cc°ii�cc� 110-2.8 DETECTABLE WARNING TAPE Plastic, detectable, se�e:�.�a yellow magnetic tape shall be polyethylene film with a metallized foil core and shall be 4- 6 in (75 - 150 mm) wide. Detectable tape is incidental to the respective bid item. CONSTRUCTION METHODS l 10-3.1 GENERAL. The Contractor shall install underground duct banks and conduits at the approximate locations indicated on the plans. The Engineer shall indicate specific locations as the work progresses, if required to differ from the plans. Duct banks and conduits shall be of the size, material, and type indicated on the plans or specifications. Where no size is indicated on the plans or in the specifications, conduits shall be not less than 2 in (50 mm) inside diameter ar comply with the National Electrical Code based on cable to be installed, whichever is larger. All duct bank and conduit lines shall be laid so as to grade toward access points and duct or conduit ends for drainage. Unless shown otherwise on the plans, grades shall be at least 3 in (75 mm) per 100 feet (30 m). On runs where it is not practicable to maintain the grade all one way, the duct bank and conduit lines shall be graded from the center in both directions toward access points or conduit ends, with a drain into the storm drainage system. Pockets or traps where moisture may accumulate shall be avoided. No duct bank or underground conduit shall be less than 18 in below finished grade. Where under pavement, the top of the duct bank shall not be less than 18 in below the subgrade. The Contractor shall mandrel each individual conduit whether the conduit is direct-buried or part of a duct bank. An iron-shod mandrel, not more than '/< in (6 mm) smaller than the bore of the conduit shall be pulled or pushed through each conduit. The mandrel shall have a leather or rubber gasket slightly larger than the conduit hole. The Contractor shall swab out all conduits/ducts and clean base can, manhole, pull boxes, etc. interiors IMMEDIATELY prior to pulling cable. Once cleaned and swabbed the base cans, manhole, pull boxes, etc. and all accessible points of entry to the duct/conduit system shall be kept closed except when installing cables. Cleaning of ducts, base cans, manholes, etc. is incidental to the pay item of the item being cleaned. All raceway systems left open, after initial cleaning, for any reason shall be re-cleaned at the Contractor's expense. All accessible points shall be kept closed when not installing cable. The Contractor shall verify existing ducts proposed for use in this project as clear and open. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any blockage in the existing ducts. Far pulling the permanent wiring, each individual conduit, whether the conduit is direct-buried or part of a duct bank, shall be provided with a 200 pound test polypropylene pull rope. The ends shall be secured and sufficient length shall be left in access points to prevent it from slipping back into the conduit. Where spare conduits are installed, as indicated on the plans, the open ends shal] be plugged with removable tapered plugs, designed for this purpose. All conduits shall be securely fastened in place during construction and shall be plugged to prevent contaminate from entering the conduits. Any conduit section having a defective joint shall not be installed. Ducts shall be supported and spaced apart using approved spacers at intervals not to exceed 5 feet. AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT BANKS AND CONDUITS L-110-2 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30l2071) L_J � � � � � � L_ � � � � � � � � CLEARWATER AIRPARK OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION Unless otherwise shown on the plans, concrete encased duct banks shall be used when crossing under pavements expected to carry aircraft loads. Where turf is well established and the sod can be removed, it shall be carefully stripped and properly stored. Trenches for conduits and duct banks may be excavated manually or with mechanical trenching equipment unless in� pavement, in which case they shall be excavated with mechanical trenching equipment. Walls of trenches shall be essentially vertical so that a minimum of shoulder surface is disturbed. Blades of graders shall not be used to excavate the trench. When rock is encountered, the rock shall be removed to a depth of at least 3 in below the required conduit or duct bank depth and it shall be replaced with bedding materia] of earth or sand containing no mineral aggregate particles that would be retained on a 1/4 in sieve. �'�•�.^"'°'��,.F„ -~°.. °,+°^�^+;.,°,��'�° .,°°a. The Contractor shall ascertairi the type of soil or rock to be excavated before bidding. All such rock removal shall be performed and paid for under Item P-152. Underground electrica] warning (Caution) tape shail be installed in the trench above atl underground duct banks ancl conduits in unpaved areas. Contractor shall submit a sample of the proposed warning tape for approval by the Engineer. If not shown on the plans, the warning tape shall be located six inches above the duct/conduit or th<; counterpoise wire if present. Joints in plastic conduit shall be prepared in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for the particula�r type of conduit. Plastic conduit shall be prepared by application of a plastic cleaner and brushing a plastic solvent on the outside of the conduit ends and on the inside of the couplings. The conduit fitting shall then be slipped togethe:r with a quick one-quarter turn twist to set the joint tightly. Where more than one conduit is placed in a single trench, or in duct banks, joints in the conduit shall be staggered a minimum of 2 feet. Changes in direction of runs exceeding 10 degrees, either vertical or horizontal, shall be accomplished usin��; manufactured sweep bends. � Whether or not specifically indicated on the drawings, where the soil encountered at established duct bank grade is an unsuitable material, as determined by the Engineer, the unsuitable material shall be removed in accordance witt� Item P-152 and replaced with suitable material. Alternatively, additional duct bank supports that are adequate anci stable shall be installed, as approved by the Engineer. � � � All excavation shall be unclassified and shall be considered incidenta] to the respective L-110 pay item of which it is a component part. Dewatering necessary for duct installation, erosion and turbidity control, in accordance witla Federal, State, and Local requirements is incidental to its respective pay item as a part of Item L-1 10. The cost of alI excavation regardless of type of material encountered, shall be included in the unit price bid for the L-110 Item. Unless otherwise specified, excavated materials that are deemed by the Engineer to be unsuitable for use in backfill or embankments shall be removed and disposed of offsite. Any excess excavation shall be filled with suitable material approved by the Engineer and compacted in accordancr� with item P-152. � It is the Contractor's responsibility to locate existing utilities within the work area prior to excavation. When� existing active cables cross proposed installations, the Contractor shall insure that these cables are adequatel.�� protected. Where crossings are unavoidable, no splices wi11 be allowed in the existing cables, except as specified on the plans. Installation of new cable where such crossings must occur shall proceed as follows: � II �' � � (1) Existing cables shall be located manually. Unearthed cables shall be inspected to assure absolutely nr,� damage has occurred (2) Trenching, etc., in cable areas shall then proceed with approval of the Engineer, with care taken to minimize possible damage or disruption of existing cable, including careful backfilling in area of cable. In the event that any previously identified cable is damaged during the course of construction, the Contractor shalll be responsible for the complete repair. I10-3.2 DUCT BANKS. Unless otherwise shown in the plans, duct banks shall be installed so that the top of the conerete envelope is not less than 18 in (45 cm) below the bottom of the base or stabilized base course layers where AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT BANKS AND CONDUITS Reference: AC 150l5370-10F (9/30/2011) L-110•3 CLEARWATER AIRPARK ` RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 installed under runways, taxiways, aprons, or other paved areas, and not less than 18 in (45 cm) below finished grade where installed in unpaved areas. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, duct banks under paved areas shall extend at least 3 feet (90 cm) beyond the edges of the pavement or 3 feet (90 cm) beyond any underdrains that may be installed alongside the paved area. Trenches for duct banks shall be opened the complete length before concrete is placed so that if any obstructions are encountered, proper provisions can be made to avoid them. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, all duct banks shal) be placed on a layer of concrete not less than 3 inches (75 mm) thick prior to its initial set. Where two or more conduits in the duct bank are intended to carry conductars of equivalent voltage insulation rating, the Contractor shall space the conduits not less than 1-1/2 inches (37 mm) apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall). Where two or mare conduits in the duct bank are intended to carry conductors of differing voltage insulation rating, the Contractor shall space the conduits not less than 3 inches apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall). All such multiple conduits shall be placed using conduit spacers applicable to the type of conduit. As the conduit laying progresses, concrete shall be placed around and on top of the conduits not less than 3 in (75 mm) thick unless otherwise shown on the plans. End bells or couplings shall be installed flush with the concrete encasement at access points. Conduits forming the duct bank shall be installed using conduit spacers. No. 4 reinforcing bars shall be driven vertically into the soii a minimum of 6 in to anchor the assembly into the earth prior to placing the concrete encasement. For this purpose, the spacers shall be fastened down with locking collars attached to the vertical bars. Spacers shall be installed at 5 ft intervals. Spacers shall be in the proper sizes and configurations to fit the conduits. Locking collars and spacers shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to use. When specified, the Contractor shall reinforce the bottom side and top of encasements with steel reinforcing mesh or fabric or other approved metal reinforcement. When directed, the Contractor shall supply additional supports where the ground is soft and boggy, where ducts cross under roadways, or where shown on the plans. Under such conditions, the complete duct structure shall be supported on reinforced concrete footings, piers, or piles located at approximately 5 ft (150 em) intervals. All pavement surfaces that are to have ducts installed therein shall be neatly saw cut to form a verticai face. All excavation shall be included in the contract price for the duct. Install a plastic, detectable, color as noted, 4- 6 in (75 — I50 mm) wide tape 8 in (200 mm) minimum below grade above all underground conduit or duct lines not installed under pavement. When existing cables are to be placed in split duct, encased in concrete, the cable shall be carefully located and exposed by hand tools. Prior to being placed in duct, the Engineer shall be notified so that he may inspect the cable and deterrnine that it is in good condition. Where required, split duct shall be installed as shown on the drawings or as required by the Engineer. 110-3.3 CONDUITS WITHOUT CONCRETE ENCASEMENT. Trenches for single-conduit lines shall be not less than 6 in (l50 mm) nor more than 12 in (300 mm) wide, and the trench far 2 ar more conduits installed at the same level shall be proportionately wider. Trench bottoms for conduits without concrete encasement shall be made to conform accurately to grade so as to provide uniform support for the conduit along its entire length. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, a layer of fine earth material, at least 4 in (100 mm) thick (loose measurement) shall be placed in the bottom of the trench as bedding for the conduit. The bedding material shall consist of soft dirt, sand or other fine fill, and it shall contain no particles that would be retained on a 1/4 in (6 mm) sieve. The bedding material shall be tamped until firm. �'^°�°h'° h�^',f" ^�^�. ^,*°�^�*;,,��, ..^�a Unless otherwise shown on plans, conduits shall be installed so that the tops of all conduits are at least 18 in (45 cm) below the finished grade. When two ar more individual conduits intended to carry conductors of equivalent voltage insulation rating are installed in the same trench without concrete encasement, they shall be spaced not less than 2 in (50 mm) apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) in a horizontal direction and not less than 6 in (150 mm) apart in a vertica] direction. Where two or more individual conduits intended to carry conductors of differing voltage insulation rating are installed in the same trench without concrete encasement, they shall spaced not less than 3 in (75 mm) apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) in a horizontal direction and lot less than 6 in (I50 mm) apart in a vertical direction. AIRPORT UNDERGROUND E�ECTRICAL DUCT BANKS AND CONDUITS L-110-4 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30l2011) � � � � � � � � � � I � � r � L_J � CLEARWATER AIRPARK: OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 8 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSIONI Trenches sha11 be opened the complete length between normal termination points before conduit is installed so tha1: if any unforeseen obstructions are encountered, proper provisions can be made to avoid them. Conduits shall be installed using conduit spacers. No. 4 reinforcing bars shall be driven vertically into the soil a. minimum of 6 in to anchor the assembly into the earth while backfilling. For this purpose, the spacers shall be fastened down with locking collars attached to the vertical bars. Spacers shall be installed at 5 ft intervals. Spacers, shall be in the proper sizes and configurations to fit the conduits. Locking collars and spacers shall be submitted to� the Engineer for review prior to use. 110-3.4 MARKERS. 7'he location of each end and of each change of direction of conduits and duct banks shall be � marked by a concrete slab marker 2 feet (60 cm) square and 4- 6 in (l00 - l50 mm) thick extending approximately 1 in (2S mm) above the surface. The markers shall also be located directly above the ends of all conduits or duct banks, except where they terminate in a junction/access structure or building. � I� � � � � �� !� �u , L� The Contractor shall impress the word "DUCT" or "CONDUIT" on each marker slab. The Contractor shall also impress on the slab the number and size of conduits beneath the marker along with all other necessary information as determined by the Engineer. The letters shall be 4 in (]00 mm) high and 3 in (75 mm) wide with width of stroke '/2 in (12 mm) and '/o in (6 mm) deep or as large as the available space permits. Furnishing and installation of duct markers is incidental to the respective duct pay item. l 10-3.5 BACKFILLING FOR CONDUITS. For conduits, 8 in (200 cm) of sand, soft earth, or other fine fill (loose measurement) shall be placed around the conduits ducts and carefully tamped around and over them with hand tampers. The remaining trench shail then be backfilled and compacted in accordance with Item P-152 "Excavation and Embankment" except that material used for back fill shall be select material not larger than 4 in in diameter. ��,.,,,.,�.�o w.,,.v�;,, ... .,�*o,... .:.. i �, a Trenches shall not contain pools of water during back, filling operations. The trench shall be completely backfilled and tamped level with the adjacent surface: except that, where sod is to be placed over the trench, the backfilling shall be stopped at a depth equal to the thickness of the sod to be used, with proper allowance for settlement. Any excess excavated material shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with instructions issued by the Engineer. 110-3.6 BACKFILLING FOR DUCT BANKS. After the concrete has cured, the remaining trench shall be backfilled and compacted in accordance with Item P-152 "Excavation and EmbankmenY' except that the material used for backfill shall be select material not larger than 4 in in diameter. ln addition to the requirements of P-152, where duct banks are installed under pavement, one moisture/density test per lift shall be made far each 250 linear feet of duct bank ar one wark period's construction, whichever is less. L`1...,,.,hlo 1..,..l.f;ll ... .,tro,�.�..,r:.,ol., l.o , ,�1 Trenches shall not contain pools of water during backfilling operations. The trench shall be completely backfilled and tamped level with the adjacent surface: except that, where sod is to be placed over the trench, the backfilling shall be stopped at a depth equal to the thickness of the sod to be used, with proper allowance for settlement. Any excess excavated material shall be removed and disposed of in accardance with instructions issued by the Engineer. 110-3.7 RESTORATION. Where sod has been removed, it shall be replaced as soon as possible after the backfilling is completed. All areas disturbed by the work shall be restored to its original condition. The restoration shall include sodding as shown on the plans. The Contractor shall be held responsible for maintaining all disturbed surfaces and replacements until final acceptance. All restoration shall be considered incidental to the respective L- ] 10 pay item. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 110-4.1 Underground conduits and duct banks shall be measured by the linear feet (meter) of conduits and duct banks installed, including encasement, locator tape, trenching and backfill with designated, resolution, and for drain AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAI DUCT BANKS AND CONDUITS Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) L-110-5 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 ' lines, the termination at the drainage structure, all measured in place, completed, and accepted. Separate measurement shall be made for the various types and sizes. BASIS OF PAYMENT l l0-S.l Payment will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot for each type and size of conduit and duct bank completed and accepted, including trench and backfill with the designated material, and, for drain lines, the termination at the drainage structure. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item in accordance with the provisions and intent of the plans and specifications. Payment will be made under: Item L-110-5.1 Item L-1 10-5.2 Fed. Spec. W-C-1094 Electrical Conduit, 2" P.V.C., in place — per linear foot 2-Way 4" Concrete Encased Electrical Duct Bank, in place— per linear foot Underwriters Laboratories Standard 6 Underwriters Laboratories Standard 514B Underwriters Laboratories Standard 1242 Underwriters Laboratories Standard 651 Underwriters Laboratories Standard 65 l A L-110-6 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Conduit and Conduit Fittings; Plastic, Rigid (cancelled; replaced by UL 514 Boxes, Nonmetallic Outlet, Flush Device Boxes, & Covers, and UL 651 Standard for Conduit & Hope Conduit, Type EB & A Rigid PVC) Rigid Metal Conduit Fittings far Cable and Conduit Intermediate Metal Conduit Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit (for Direct Burial) Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and HDPE Conduit (for concrete encasement) END OF ITEM L-110 AIRPORT UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT BANKS AND CONDUITS Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) r OCTOBER 2012 � � � � 1� � ' 6� � � ' �� u � � u � � � CLEARWATER AIRPARK. RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION ITEM L-125 - INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT LIGHTING SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION 125-1.1 This item shatl consist of the airport lighting systems, furnished or relocated and installed in accordance� with this specification, the referenced specification, and the applicable Advisory Circulars. The system shall be; installed at the location and in accordance with the dimensions, design, and details shown in the plans. This itemi shall include the furnishing of all equipment, materials, services, testing and incidentals necessary to place the systemi in operation as completed units to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 125-1.2 Additional details pertaining to a specific system covered in this item are contained in the latest edition o1:' Advisory Circulars listed below: a. AC 150/5340-53C Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program. b. AC I50/5345-1, Approved Airport Equipment. c. AC l 50/5345-42, Specification for Airport Light Bases d. AC 150/5345-46, Specification for Runway and Taxiway Light Fixtures C. n � i cnic�nn �u c..o,.;f,..,*;,,,, �,- uot;,,�,-r_r�o..:,.., EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 125-2.1 GENERAL a. Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA specifications shall have the prio�r approval of the Federal Aviation Administration, Airports Service, Washington, D.C. 20591, and shall be listed in the latest edition Of Advisory Circular 150/5345-1, Approved Airport Lighting Equipment and have manufacturer's certification as required by Advisory Circular ] 50/5345-53, Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program. b. All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through the manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification, when requested by the Engineer. c. Lists of the eyuipment and materials required for particular systems are contained in the applicablf; Advisory Circulars. - �•� '• � ' - - . �; . 125-2.3 LAMPS. Lamps for the fixtures shall be 120 watt / 6.6 ampere, 60 cycle series type. 125-2.4 ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS: Transformers for shall be L-830-1 type, 60 cycle series of the require�� size. 125-2.5 CABLE CONNECTORS. Cable connectors shall be plug-in only conforming to the requirements of FA�� specifications L-823 (Reference Advisory Circular l50/5345-26D, including chg.2). INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT LIGHTING SYSTEMS Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9l30/2011) L-125-1 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 8� PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 � 125-2.6 TAPE. Rubber and plastic electrical tapes shall be Scotch Electrical Tape Numbers 23 and 88, respectively, as manufactured by the Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, or an approved equal. 125-2.7 CONCRETE. Concrete for backfill shall conform to Specifi,cation P-610, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Minimum compressive strength of 4,000 p.s.i. at 28-days shall be used. 125-Z.S STEEL CONDUIT. Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Underwriters Labaratories Standard 6, 514 and 1252. Flexible metal conduit and fittings shall be liquid-tight and shall conform to UL360. 125-2.9 PVC CONDUIT. PVC conduit and fitting shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specification W-C- 1094 and NEMA TC6. Shall be Type II and be suitable for either above or below ground use. All conduit and fittings shall be Schedule 40 unless noted otherwise. 125-2.10 TEES. Large radius bend tees, if specified, shall be equal to Crouse-Hinds Company No. ET or equal. 125-2.11 HEAT SHRINKABLE TUBING KIT. Heat shrinkable tubing kits shall be equal to type APL, as manufactured by Raychem Corparation. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 125-3.1 GENERAL. The installation and testing details for the systems shall be as specified in the applicable Advisory Circulars or manufacturers specifications as approved by the Engineer. The Contractar shall ascertain that all lighting system components furnished by him (including FAA Approved Equipment) are compatible in all respects with each other and the remainder of the new/existing system. Any non- compatible components furnished by this contractor shall be replaced by him, at no additional cost to the Owner, with a similar unit, approved by the Engineer (different model or different manufacture) that is compatible with the remainder of the airport lighting system. 125-3Z PLACING EQUIPMENT. All new or relocated equipment shall be installed at the location indicated in the plans or as directed by the Engineer. All bolts or threaded parts, such as breakable couplings, shall be greased with an antitrust compound such as "Never-Seez." 125-3.3 OPERATING MANUALS. Operating manuals shall be submitted for all principal items of electrical equipment. The submittal of manuals shall be prior to Final Acceptance. The manuals shall be complete with operational and repair part data on all component devices in the principal equipment for which the manuals are submitted. The Contractor shall also provide to the Owner's airport maintenance representative, instructions in the operation and maintenance of the systems. 125-3.4 PLACEMENT OF GROUND RODS. Ground rods shall conform to Section L-108 of these specifications and shall be installed as shown on the Contract Drawings at each light fixture and sign location. _ �.. �. .. . _ � , _ � 125-3.6 TAPING CONNECTIONS. All L-823 connections shall be taped with one inner layer of rubber or synthetic rubber tape as specified above and one outer layer of plastic tape. The taping shall be one-half lapped and extend 1-1/2 inches to each side of the connection joint. INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT LIGHTING SYSTEMS L-125-2 Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9l30/2011) ' � � � � � II u � � � � � � l� � , � r , � � CLEARWATER AIRPARK OCTOBER 2012 RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 125-4.1 The quantity of units to be paid for under this item shall be the number of each type installed as completed units in place, ready far operation, and accepted by the Engineer. BASIS OF PAYMENT , 125-5.1 Payment will be made at the Contract unit price for each complete unit that is installed in place, by the Contractor and accepted by the Engineer. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete these items. � � Payment will be made under: � Item L-125-S.1 Item L-125-52 � Item L-125-53 � Item L-125-5.4 � Item L-125-5.5 � Item L-125-5.6 � Item L-125-SJ � Item L-125-5.8 Item L-125-5.9 � � � , � Remove and Dispose of Existing Runway/Taxiway Edge Light Cable and Conduit - per lump sum Existing Can with Steel Cover to be Removed and Delivered to Owner - per each Existing Taxiway or Runway Edge Light (Base Mounted) to be Raised - per each Existing Taxiway or Runway Edge/Threshold Light (Base Mounted) to be Removed, Including Existing Can, Fixture, Transformer & Cable to be Removed. Light Fixture and Transformer to be Salvaged and Returned to Owner - per each Existing Runway Threshold Light (Flush Mounted) to be Removed. Including Existing Can, Fixture, Transformer & Cable to be Removed - per each Existing Runway Edge/Threshold Light (Base Mounted) to be Removed and Steel Cover to be Installed. Existing Can, Fixture, Transformer & Cable to be Removed. Fixture and Transformer to be Salvaged and Returned to Owner - per each Existing Runway Edge Light Lens to Removed & Replaced with New - per each Existing Concrete Duct Marker to be Raised - per each New L-861 (MIRL) Runway Edge Light with White/Red Lens Mounted on New L-867 Base Can - per each Item L-125-5.10 New L-861 (MIRL) Runway Edge Light with White/White Lens Mounted on New L-867 Base Can - per each Item L-125-S.1 ] New L-861-E (MIRL) Runway Uni-Directional Threshold Light with 180° Green Lens Mounted on New L-867 Base Can - per each Item L-125-512 New L-861-E (MIRL) Runway Displaced Threshold Light Fixture with White/Green Lens Mounted on New L-867 Base Can - per each Item L-125-S.13 New L-861-E (MIRL) Runway Threshold Light Fixture with Red/Red Lens Mounted on New L-867 Base Can - per each INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT LIGHTING SYSTEMS Reference: AC 150/5370-10F (9/30/2011) L-125-3 CLEARWATER AIRPARK RW 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHAB & EXTENSION OCTOBER 2012 Item L-125-5.14 New L-861-T Taxiway Edge Light Mounted on New L-867 Base Can - per each Item L-125-5.15 New L-858-R/L Guidance Sign, Size 1, Style 2, Class I, One Module - per each Item L-125-5.16 New L-858-R/L Guidance Sign, Size 1, Style 2, Class l, Two Module - per each MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Underwriters Laboratories Rigid Metal Conduit - Standard 6 Underwriters Laboratories Liquid-Tight Flexible Conduit - Standard 360 Underwriters Laboratories Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes - Standard 514 Underwriters Labaratories Intermediate Metal Conduit - Standard 1242 AC 150/5345-3 Specification For L-821 Panels for Remote Control of Airport Lighting. AC 150/5345-42 Specification for Airport Light Base and Transformer Housings, Junction Boxes and Accessories. AC I50/5345-46 Specification for Runway and Taxiway Light Fixtures. AC 150/5345-47 Isolation Transformers for Airport Lighting Equipment. END OF ITEM L-125 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT LIGHTING SYSTEMS L-125-4 Reference: AC 150/5370.10F (9/30/2011) LJ � � � ' � , � � 1 ' � , S E N G I N E E R I N G S E R V I C E S Geotechnieai Engineering & Construction Materials Ct�RE ASPHALT & HAND AUGER PROJECT: CLIENT: DATE PERFORMED: DATE REPORTED: FILE NUMBER: REPORT NUMBER: PAGE NUMBER: Clearwater Airpark Runway Extension URS Corporation Southern 05101/12 OS/15/12 L129080 Ql 1 of 35 As requested, nominal 4" diameter coring of asphalt paving with base type and thickness w.as performed at lacations indicated on the attached plan and logs for the existing runways and taxiwa;ys at the above referenced project. In addition, shallow hand auger borings were performed at locations indicated on the attach��d plan and iogs for the proposed 840' runway extension. Eight (8) samples from the hand auger borings were chosen for grainsize analysis with results attached. And final ly a bulk sample of the subgrade material from the 800' runway was picked up and returned to our Iaboratory for CBR (California Bearing Ratio} testing with results attached. 1 • � Andrew Wickett, Technician �' � AW/FJDlljm copy: (3} URS Corporation Soti�theni i� � � , sara$ota Phone:941.371.3949 Fax;941.371.8962 'saroffice � driggers-eng.com � . Alicholas T. Korecki, P.E. Senior Geotechnical Engineer I'L Registration No. 45529 Clearwater P.Q. Box 17839 • Giearwater, Fforida 33762 Phone: 727.571.1313 • Fax: 727.572.409Q clwoffice � driggers-eng.com Ta�npa Phone: 813.948.6027 Fax: 727:572.4090 tpaoffice � dri;�gers-eng.com 0 DRI�GERS EI�IGINEERING SERVICES II�JC�RPC�RATE HAND AUGER BORING LOG PROJECT: CLIENT: Ciearwater Airpark Runway ExFension URS Cor oration Southern Clearwater, Florida WATER TASLE: DATE: Pro�ect No.: L129080 - Re ort Na.: 01 See "Note" 5/2/12 TECHNICIAN: DATE: COMPLETION DEPTH: A.W./R.B. 5I2/12 5.0' IOCATION: TEST NUMBER: See Pa e 22 of Re ort A-1 J ELEV. DEPTH m ' (FT) DESCRIPTION tFT) � REMARKS � � Gray Fine SAND with trace of roots � •�: :�' (SP} '�' �' Light gray Fine SAND (SP) 1 ' 2 � 3 Dark grayish-brawn Fine SAND .� ti:;� with trace of root fiber (SP) �� Dark grayish-brown Fine SAND (SP) 4 , 5 Note: Water Tabie not encountered within depfh of 5.0'. Page 2 of 35 6 7 ' r , ' ' � � � , � � � � ' � � I._� � ' � DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INC�RPO�ATED HAND AUGER BORING LOG PROJECT: CUENT: Ciearwater Airpark Runway Extension URS Cor oration Southern . Clearwater, Florida WATER TABLE: DATE: Pro'ect No.: L129080 - Re orE No.: 01 See "Note" 5i2112 TECHNICIAN: DATE: COMP�ETION DEPTH: A.W.lR.B. 5/2/12 5A' . LOCATION: TEST NUMBER: See Pa e 22 of Re ort A-2 ELEV. DEPTH m {FT) DESCRIPTION �F� g REMARKS � � Brownish-gray Fine SAND � : � :: � with trace of roots (SP} � � ' � : �::. =t Light gray Fine SAND (SP} � Dark brownish-gray Fine SAND (SP} 2 Gray and brown Fine SAND (SP) • 3 _ 4 . . Dark brown Fine SAND (SP) 5 Note: Water Tab(e not encountered within depth of 5.0`. Page 3 af 35 6 7 � � "� . ■ � i � � . � � . i j � TECHNICIAN: LOCATtON: ELEV. (FTj HAND AUGER BORING LOG C�IEN7: Ciearwater Airpark Runway Extension Ciearwater, Florida WATER TABLE: �miar.t Nn • I 17Q(1R(1 _ Rannrt Nn • Q1 DESCRIPTION Brownish-gray Fine SAND with trace of roots (SP) Light gray Fine SAND with trace of roots (SP' Gray Fine SAND (SP} Dark brown Fine SAND with trace of root fiber (SP) Brown Fine SAND (SP} Light brown Fine SAND (SP) Brown Fine SAND with trace of limestone fragments (SP} Brown Fine SAND (SP) TEST NUMBER: J DEPTH m iFT� � � � � ti �r.`: : :�' :�: 1 '� . 2 •�'� :1' :t• 3 ' :a a: 4 5 L•'� 7 DEPTH: REMARKS Note: Water Table nat encauntered within depth of 5.0'. Page 4 of 35 � � , , ' � � �� ' � LJ � � '� ' � ' � ' , ut—ttC�c��t-�S EN�INEERlNG SERVICES INCt�RPC�RATED HAND AUGER BaRING LOG PROJECT: CLIENT: � Clearwater Airpark Runway Extension URS Cor oration Southern Ciearwater, Fiorida WATER TABLE: dATE: � Pro"ect No.: L129080 - Re ort No.: 01 See "Note" 5!2/12 TEGHNiCIAN: DATE: COMPLETIQN dEPTIi: A.W.lR.B. 5/2l12 5.d' LOCATION: TEST NUMBER: See Pa e 22 of Re ort A-4 � ELEV. DEPTH m (FT) DESCRIPTION iFT) � REMARKS N Gray Fine SAND with trace of roots � •� ::°- and rock fragments (SP} a': : � .1 Dark gray and gray Fine SAND =� :::{ with trace of raots SP Light gray Fine SAN� (SP) � •,; Dark grayish-brown FinB SAND 2 :i,: :� � with trace of root fiber SP ' Dark brown Fine SAND � `: � : ' with trace of root fiber (SP) �;'��. : �: .:.: Brown Fine SAND (SP} 3 ' • Brown to light brown Fine SAND (SP) 4 • 5 Note: Water Table not encountered within depth of 5.0'. Page 5 of 35 6 7 DRIGGERS ENGINEERII\IG S�RVICES INC.,�JI-�1-�C�I-�� I�u HAND AUGER BORING LOG PROJECT: CLIENT: Clearwater Airpark Runway Extension URS Co oration Southern Ciearwater, Florida WATER TABLE: DATE: Pro ect No.: L129d80 - Re ort No.: 01 See "Note" 5/2f12 TECHNICIAN: DATE: COMPLETION DEPTH: A. W.lR. B. 5/2/12 5.0' LOCATION: TEST NUMBER: See Pa e 22 of Re ort A-5 J E�EV. DEPTH m (FT) DESCRIPTtON {FT� � REMARKS � � Gray Fine SAND with trace of roots a ; x: :� (SP) : �: Light gray Fine SAND {SP) : � '. 2 .. 3 4 5 Note: Water Table not encountered within depth of 5.Q'. Page 6 of 35 6 7 � r ' � ' � � , ' 1 � � ' � ' � � , � � o r� ■ � i � ENGINEERING SERViCES INCORPDF��ATED HAND AUGER BORING LOG PROJECT: CUENT: Ciearwater Airpark Runway Extension URS Co oration Sauthern Clearwater, Florida WATER TABLE: DATE: Pro�ect No.: L129080 - Re ort No.: 01 See "Note" 5/2112 TECNNtCiAN: DATE: CdMPLETiON DEPTH: A.W.lR.B. 5/2l12 5.0' . LOCATION: TEST NUMBER: See Pa e 22 of Re ort A-6 J ELEV. DEPTH m �F� DESCR4PTION �F�� REMARKS � � Light gray Fine SAND � :,•r. :: � with trace of roots (SP) �•. : :,,; . 1. 1 ;,� : :;.: : : :•-: 2 ',�:::. . . �• ::x.:': 3 ::��::: Dark grayish-brown Fine SAND � 1�:: with rootfiber (SP) �::�,;: ,.... ..�:. ;� :,�• :�. :J y�:z � . ; �-. �. ':c, . 4 : �. .'��: :r: Dark gray to dark brown Fine SAND (SP) � Note: Water Table nat enco�untered within depth of 5.0'. Page 7 of 35 6 7 UI--{i(�t��t-{5 �Nt,�IN��I-31NCU ��RVICES INC�f�PC7RATE HAND AUGER BORING LOG PROJECT: CLIEN'f: Clearvuater Airpark Runway Extension URS Co oration Southern Ciearwater, Florida WATER TABLE: DATE: Pro�ect No.: L12908Q - Re ort No.: 01 See "Note" 512/12 TECHNICIAN: DATE: COMPLETION DEPTH: A.W./R.B. 5/2l12 5.0' LOCATION: TEST NUMBER: See Pa e 22 of Re ort A-7 J ELEV. DEPTH m tF.�.� DESCRiPTiON tF.� � REMARKS � � Gray Fine SAND with trace of roots � �'�: �' SP ''`. Light gray Fine SAND (SP) 1 2 Gray Fine SAND (SP) Dark gray siightly silty Fine SAND 3 :,i;: �� with trace of root fiber (SP-SM} a:,: t, Dark brawn Fine SAND �•� � � ; ' with trace of cemented sand (SP) � .;. 4 :;:. . :. :: ' 5 Note: Water Table not encountered within depth of 5.0'. Page 8 of 35 6 7 � ' , ' ' � � � ' � � � ' ' ' � , ' � , DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPOF�ATED HAND AUGER BORING LOG PROJECT: CLtENT: Clearwater Airpark Runway Extension URS Cor oration Southern Clearwater, Fiorida WATER TABLE: DATE: Pro'ect No.: L129080 - Re ort No.: 01 See "Note" 512l12 TECHNICIAN: DATE: COMPLETION DEPT'H: A.W./R.B. 5/2/12 5.0' . LOCATI4N: TEST NUMBER: See Pa e 22 of Re ort A-8 J � iF�' DESCRIPTION ��FT�H � REMARKS � � Gray Fine SAND with trace of roots a �%: �� gp� : j . �ight gray Fine SAN� (SP) 1 2 •: Dark brownish-gray 3 �' �'`'' i siightly silty Fine SAND (SP-SM} r.�, r.i: a.�•� �i 'l'1:cJ. .1=�:�i� :I'i'h7 J :I: G �i: 4 ��r.i Dark grayish-brown cemented, ' ' slightly silty Fine SAND (Hardpan) SP-SM Brown Fine SAN� (SP) 5 Note: Water Tabie not encountered within depth af 5.0'. Page 9 0# 35 6 7 DRIGGERS ENGlNEERING SERVICES INCORPDRATED ASPHALT COREBAND AUGER BORING LOG PRQJEGTt CIIENT: CtearwaterAirpark Runway Extension URS Co oration Southern Ciearwater, Florida WATER TAB�E: DATE: Pro ect No.: L129080 - Re ort No.: 01 See "Note" 5!2l12 TECHNICtAN: DATE: COMPLETION DEPTH: A.WJR.B. 5/2112 2.0' LOCATION: TEST NUMBER: See Pa e 22 of Re ort G-1 J ELEV. DEPTH m �F.n DESCRIPTION (FT� � REMARKS � � 1-3/4" As halt Pavement � 7" Cemented Limerock Base °4,�8 � o e o,dja �c�� O 4d�b v� 0�� Light gray to dark gray Fine SAND :� :::: with trace of limestone fragments (SP} � . . . p" C1 :+�7 2 Note: Water Table not encountered within depth of 2.0'. Page 10 of 35 3 4 5 6 7 ' ' � , ' ' � ' ' � � ' � � ' r � ' , ' 0 DRfGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCCIRPOF�ATED ASPHALT CORE/HAND AUGER BORING LOG PROJECT: CLtENT: Clearwater Airparic Runway Extension URS Cor oration Southem Cleannrater, Florida WATER TABLE: DATE: Pro'ect No.: L129080 - Re ort No.: Q1 See "Note" °�/2/12 TECHNiCiAN: DATE: CQMPLETION DEP7'H: A.W./R.B. 5/2/12 2.0' LOCATlON; TEST NUMBER: See Pa e 22 of Re ort G2 J ELEV. DEPTN m {FT) DESCRIPTION �FT� � REMARKS � � 2" As halt Pavement � 3-1l2" Cemented Limerock Base � da�°o UdOaO Dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND �'�" " :i:Gi:i with trace of limestone fragments ;:�:�, �: (SP—SM) ., :,: � ,o' 1 �,.i:ia. :i;�cttJ ��j:i, N i � •i• r �- •'I:t;Gt hi•tti• � : �: r`� I 2 �� ' Note: Water Table not enco�untered within depth of 2.0'. Page 11 of 35 3 4 5 6 7 C� DRIGGERS Ef'�IGINEERING SERVICES INC(�RPORATE ASPHALT CORE/HAND AUGER BORING LOG ROJECT: CLIENT: Gtearwater Airpark Runway Extension URS C Giearwater, Florida WATER TABLE: Pro ect No.: L129080 - Re ort No.: 01 5ee "Note" ECHNICIAN: DATE: A.W.lR.B. 5/2/12 OCATIQN: TEST NUMBER: See Pa e 22 of Re ort ELEV. DEPTH � ��T} DESCRIPTION (FT) � � 6" Asphalt Pavement 3-1/2" Cemented Limerock Base Dark brown slightly siity Fine SAND with trace of limestone fragments (SP-SM} 1 �I�Ph� ri:t�: ��.cw ��:c�. .i : �: �: i i :�' i: i ;a:�i'.� ��t r DATE: COMPLETIQN DE' REMARKS 2 Note: Water Table not encountered within depth of 2.0'. Page 12 of 35 3 4 4 7 , , , � � � �_I ' � ' , ' ' ' l_ J'' ' ' , , u DRIGGERS ENGINEERII\IG �ERVICES INCORP(�F�ATED ASPHALT CORE/HAND AUGER BORING LOG PROJECT: CLIENT: Gearwater Airpark Runway Extension URS Cor oration Southern . Clearwater, Florida WATER TABLE: DATE: Pro�ect No.: L129080 - Re ort No.: 01 See "Note" °�l2/12 TECHNICIAN: DATE: COMPLETION DEPI'H: A. W./R. B. 5/2/12 2.0' LOCATION: TEST NUMBER: � See Pa e 22 of Re ort C-�t J ELEV. DEPTH m {FT) DESCRIPT(ON (FT} � REMARKS � � 6-1/4" Asphalt Pavement � 8-1/2" Cemented Crushed Concrete Base o o�e � 0a �pd •t sl�d�0 t � aa� d ,y JJa� Dark gray slightly silty Fine SAND •' :': � r {SP-SM) •�� i� .�;�, r � � �i�i�G3 i �i- i; ��: 2 -i:�:cr Note: Water Table not encor.antered within depth of 20'. Page 13 of 35 3 4 5 6 7 DRI��ERS ENGINEERING SERVlGES INCC)RPC7RATED ASPHALT CORE/HAND AUGER B4RING LOG PROJECT: CLIENT: Ciearwater Airpark Runway Extension URS G oration Soufhem Clearwater, Florida WATER TABLE: DATE: Pro'ect No.: L129080 - Re ort No.- 01 See "Note" 5l2/12 TECHNICIAN: DATE: COMPLETIQN DEPTH: A.W./R.B. 5/2/12 2.0' LOCATION: TEST NUMBER: See Pa e 22 of Re ort C-5 J.... . . . .. . .. ELEV. DEPTH p�p {FT) DESCRtPTtON t�T} � REMARKS � � 2" Rs halt Pavement � 6-5/8" Cemented Limerock Base �'Q � . . O�ypJJ Jo po V o0�'9 A�J�p Dark brown Fine SAND (SP) 1 2 Note: Water Tab(e not encoun#ered within depth of 2.0'. Page 14 of 35 3 4 5 6 7 �� i '_J � , � ' ' r- I ,� , � ' LJ ' , , ' ' ' , n i' � DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCOF�POF�ATED ASPHALT CORE/HAND AUGER BORING LOG PROJEGT: CIiENT: Ciearwater Airpark Runway E�ension URS Cor oration Southern . Ciearwater, Fiorida WATER TABLE: DATE: Pro'ect No.: L129080 - Re ort No.: 01 See "Note" !il21T2 TECHNICIAN: DATE: COMPLETION DEP1�H: A.W./R.B. 5/2/72 2.0' LOCATION: TEST NUMBER; See Pa e 22 of Re ort C-6 � ELEV. DEPTH � {F'f} DESCRIPTION tFT} � REMARKS � � 1-3/4" As halt Pavement � 4-�/2" Cemen#ed Crushed Concrete Base o°m; ` : ; d�a 4 �,►Ej �ark brown slightly silty Fine SAND :� :�: � t- {SP-SM} ; :,: H',: � .7:�:�r. F�I•Fi- 7;I:t(j �i�i��i {:�.h �: •1 :1: C f �r�-r1• a:I:T C J 2 Nate: Water Table not encountered within depth of 2.Q'. Page 15 of 35 3 4 5 6 7 DRIC�GERS ENGINEERII\lG SERVICES {NCOI�PC)RATED ASPHALT CORE/HAND AUGER B�RING LOG Pt20JECT: CLIENT: Clearwater Airpark Runway Extension URS Co oration Southern Ciearwater, Fiorida WATER TABLE: DATE: Pro'ect No.: L129080 - Re ort No.: Q1 See "Note" 5/2l12 TECHNICIAN: DATE: GOMPLETION DEPTN: A.W.lR.B. 5l2/12 2.0' LOCATtON: TEST NUMBER: See Pa e 22 of Re ort G7 � ELEV. DEPTH m (FT} DESCRIPTION {F.t.� g REMARKS � � 2-1/2" Asphalt Pavement � 9-3/4" Cemented Limerock Base � �� s �v�tl d b'� � � �� Dark gray to dark brown Fine SAND (SP) . 2 Note: Water Table not encountered within depth of 2,0'. Page 16 of 35 3 4 5 6 - 7 ' � 1 � , � , � ' ' ' , ' , � ' , ' ' DRiGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES It'�IC�RPOF�ATED ASPHALT COREBAi'�iiD AUGER BORING LOG PROJECT: CLIENT: Gearwater Airpark Runway Extension URS C Clearwater, Florida WATER TAStE: Prnio�t Nn • I-17Qt1Rl1 _ RAnnrt Nn •!1i Co�. ^�t.,*o'� 7ECHNlCiA LOCATION: ELEV. (FT) DESCRIPTION 4-3i4" Asphait Pavement 8-1/4" Cemenfed Limerock Base Gray to light gray Fine SAND with trace of roots (SP) �DATE: 5J2 �I TEST NUMBER: , � DEPTH � (FT} � � J� °�`� � o m°aJ 1 �o 00 :�� , :� • f: . . 2 � 3 4 5 C� 7 dATE: COMPLETION DE f2EMARKS Note: Water Table not encountered within depth of 2.0'. Page 17 of 35 � � �� l.r � : ASPHALT COREBriND AUGER BORING LOG CLIEN7: ClearwaterAirpa�ic Runway Extension URS C Ciearwater, Florida WATER TABLE: �miact Nn • I 999(1R(t _ Rannrt Nn � M Sae "Nnta' TECHNICIAN: ELEV. pESCRIPTiON (FT) 1-1/4" As halt Pavement 8" Cemented Limerock Base Dark gray Fine SAND (SP) TEST NUMBER: J DEPTH m (FT) � >- � 4 pa v �bOJ 1 ' -• 2 3 4 0 0 7 COMPLETION REMARKS Note: Water Tabie not encountered within depth of 2.0'. Page 18 of 35 , � � 1 � �� , � �� I! � �' � � 1 ' ■ � i �:.■�-� - DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCC)RP�F�ATED ASPHALT CORELHAND AUGER BORING LOG PROJECT: CUENT: Clearwater Airpark Runway E�ension URS Cor oration Southern Ciearwater, Florida WATER TABLE: DATE: Rro'ect No.: L12908Q - Re ort No.: 01 See "Note" ��12l12 TECHNICIAN: DATE: COMPlETI�N DEP7'H: A.W./R.B. 5/2/12 2.0' LOCATION: TEST NUMBER: See Pa e 22 of Re ort C-10 � ELEV. DEPTH p�p (FT) DESCRIPTION (FT� � REMARKS � � 2-1/4" Asphalt Pavement � 6" Cemented Limerock Base aae� o o .� bc � 4 �O e� �b�v Dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND �a a;; a. (SP-SM) � ;i;i: i� r,', :ia:wi i •I• h h .i:i:ir �r=i�r�- a:�:c �� -i�i=ri t;l: Y �' 2 Note: Water Table not encoiantered within depth of 2.0'. Page 19 of 35 3 4 5 s � DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATE ASPHALT CORElHAND AUGER BORING LOG PROJECT: CLIENT: Clearwater Airpark Runway Extension URS Cor oration Southem Ciearwater, Fiorida WATER TABLE: DATE: Pro'ect No.: L12908Q - Re ort No.: 01 See "Nate" 5/2/12 TECHNICIAN: DATE: COMPLETION DEPTH: A. W./R. B. 5/2t12 2.0' LOCATION: TEST NUMBEFt: See Pa e 22 of Re ort C-11 � ELEV. DEPTH m (FT) DESCR{PTtON tFT� g REMARKS � � 4-1/2" Asphait Pavement � 5" Cemented Limerock Base o � a� � ,�+ �'awa� Brown and light gray Fine SAND (SP) 1 . 2 Note: Water Tabie not encountered within depth of 2.0'. Page 20 of 35 3 � 4 5 6 7 � ' � � � � � � � � � DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVlCES INCt�RPC)F�ATED ASPHALT CORE/HAND AUGER BORING LOG PROJECT: CUENT: Clearwater Airpark Runway Extension URS Cor oration Southem . Ciearvuater, Florida WATER TABLE: DATE: Pro'ect No.: L129080 - Re ort No.: 01 See "Note" 5/2/12 TECHNICiAN: DATE: COMPLE7t�N DEPT'H: A.W.lR.B. 5/2/12 2.0' LOCATIQN: TEST NUMBER: See Pa e 22 of Re ort C-12 .J ELEV. DESCRIPTION DEPTH � REMARKS (FT) iFi } � 2" As halt Pavement � 7" Cemented Crushed Concrete Base °t,a,,W;� U° � ° a � �ts �� Dark brown to dark gray Fine SAND �d �::: with trace of limestone fragments (SP) 1 • . , q. .0 : :p , 2 Nate: Water Table nat encountered within depth af 2.0'. Page 21 of 35 3 4 5 6 7 1000 z � 900 � Z W a 0 F 4 � 10 � ti CALIFORNIA BEARtNG RATIO Page 23 of 35 ---- _ ._...-- ------ ----- --....... - — -- — — - -- -- .10B NO.: L12908Q-01 .- .._ -- ; -- — � __ . _ _ , ___ ._ ; PROJECT: Clearwater Airpark Runway Extension =.--- - ,-- - ; _:. __�_�_ � CUENT: U62S Corporation Southem �--i - -- --- � � I � LOCATION: North Runway E�ctension ; I �_` ._._ __ __ __. MATERIA� DESC: Gray Slightly Sifty Fine SAND with � �� i trace Roots, Finely Divided Organic Material, Shell and ---- --- --- --- ---- ------- Limerock � � � � � -- _ _ _ __ _ t- � i — _ -- ' � - -- , � _ ; , _ ------ _ L _ _ - — - - _-- - - - r _ -fi . . . . i . _ .. . 'f_ ,.� . . ._ __ -_ ' _ _ _"_ T. " .. _. � - . � � � i ^" _'__ ....._ ._ __ __. ._.. _. "'"- '�- 1 '_-- - - t ._� . - _�-� --__.. ..---r .- -_.... ____ ..__� . ..._.. - -- ' � _. . ._ _. (.. .._. _ ... . . i. . .. . . . __....i.... _... .. ' .. . .. � . _.. .. .. _.. _.. ' � i . _, . � ; � I � - ----.._ . ._.. ._..._ _---- ;._ ----- , _..... ,.. ._.._._..- ----- , ___.. - . _... _ . .. . i t i � i i __ .. .1-- I - --- - __ _— _.._ . -- -- _ _ � _ _ _ _ -- _ _._.... -- _._.. _.___ _ -- _ _... -- -- _ .. .- - _ __ _... : -- -_. . - � � - �--- �-- --__ � - :._ _. �— � !� _. - - — ---:: _.:_:._ -- - -- -- _._� __..._ __ _ __� - -- -� _-- - -- ' _..._ -- --- _ _ _ --- r — . ... _. �_.._ -----._ � _.._.___ i_...... ..---------- : . i } . --._....... ......._._ _—,— . ` . ..._..._... ___..._..._ __. . . � . _..____ ._--- -- :.__---..___._ _. � ------ - -- ----- — � ��. � i � � MAX CBR =11 � 1: � ' ' � � � 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 ! _....-- ------ ._....._.._ -_ _.. _ ___.._ __ ___ - - ----__ ___ . ....._._- ___ _.._.__ 110 ( ' ; ! � ; � i � AASHTO T-180 ' ' � 109.5 _ i _ � _ _ _ � _ ' i � _ r i ; � � _ I , � � 109 ----i --._..._ _ �__.� -;-- _. .._. _..---}---- _ ; _ i... _. _�... __ ..._....� . _------ � � ; i a � I ; � ; , ; � 108.5 ' _ _ ' ' ! , i , _ ; � � __ i � . i LL � ! z�� i.i l ` � � i 1 E a _ __ � � 108 . .. _ _ ----- ______ ... _ ........ � .. --_ ,_-- �----- -T-- � _____..: _— t=9 107.5 ...._----�.....--- ' � _.._ - i -- , - _ _..___ ! _ - - - ' ; ; ; ; i i — � i ' i � � � �.. , o� --- __ � --_ _ __ _ _ ----t� � _ -- z_ __ --- � ; ; , y- ,os.s _ _.._ ___--___ ______ __ _ ----- - --1_ ____! __ � ..__ ____ _ —_ ._ --- - o f , ___ � � ; M � � ; 106 _ ' � ` � _. � � � 105.5 ! I � __ _..___ _ _ ,____ � ( _ _ _... _- ----- --- :.. . .__. ._...._ .___._ j � � � { t 905 _ ' _ ' ;_ ' MAX. DENSIIY = 108.6 pcf , � � ; I QPT. MOISTURE = 13.5 °!o 104.5 . � � � 10 10.5 11 11.5 12 12.5 13 13.5 t4 14.5 15 15.5 16 � MOISTURE CONTENT - °10 ; � Sarasota Clearwatsr Phone: 941.371.3949 P.O. Box 17839 • Clearwater, Florida 33762 Fax: 94i .37i .8962 Phane: 727.571.13t 3• Fax: 727.572.4Q90 saroffice � driggers-eng.com clwoffice � driggers-eng.com ey: _ � Co struction Services Manager � Tampa Phone: 8f 3.948.6027 Fax:727.572.4090 � tpaoffice � driggers-eng.co � � 0 N a c 0 v `� J � .Q Q Q Sample Project Header Teact Sampie Client Header Text Load-Penetration Curve FileNo: L129080 Report No: OI Page 24 of 35 Tesl Date: 05109/12 Lab Number: 09080 Moltl Used: 001 Preliminary CBR1 : 11 Preliminary CBR2 : 14 CBRt : 12 CBR2 : 16 GPE, inc. Penetration {in) � � C O N 'a c 0 � � J � N .Q d 4 Sample Project Neader Text Sample Client Header Te�ct Load-Penetration Gurve File No: L 129080 Report No: O1 Page 25 of 35 Tes[ Date: OS/Q9/12 Lab Number. 09080 Mold Used: 002 Preliminary CBRt : 3 Preliminary CBR2 : 3 CBR1:3 CBR2:5 GPE, inc. PeneUation (in) � � � � � � o N "a c � o m Jp N .Q � a Q �' � � � � � � � � � � File No: L12908iJ Report No: Oi Page 26 of 3 S Sampie Project Header Text Sample Ciient Header Text Load-Penetration Curve Test Date: QS/09112 Lab Number: 09080 Mold Userl: 003 Preliminary CBR7 : 8 Pretiminary CBR2 : 11 G8R1:9 CBR2 : 12 GPE, inc. Penetration (in) a � 0 � "a c 0 � m 0 J � .Q Q Q Sample Project Header Text Sample Client Header Text Load-Penefratinn C�irve File No: L 129080 Report No: 01 Page 27 of 35 Test Date: 05l09/12 lab Number: 09080 Moid Used: �4 PreGminary CBRt : 8 Pretiminary CBR2 : 16 CBR1:6 CBR2 : 11 GPE, inc. �enetration (in) � � � � � � � � � � � � �> � � � � � � DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. U. 5 Sqndrd SiNw Openm� in incPws U. S Sbndard S�en Numdws typ�� 1� 3 I 3 4 6 IO 20 30 �0 50 70 IOd! If0 90 — &t 70 - -- - �i — - . ; 6p _ -- - --._. .___..._.—_... _. - --. .. _ _ __ .-- -- -- T _..__' ' _ _ _ _ . .. . . . ... .. . � ' � C� ... _._._ � .....__. _. . . "_. ._ � � - -- - — � u 40 - - — — � 30 -- - 20 - -----._. ... ... .. _ _ _ ._._— .._._ ........... . .. . .. . _. _ _ __ _.._..._. _ ... .-- - - 10 -- - -- _ ...... �_�,, .. _ . . � _ _ - - •.� _t_ .. ..... .. _ _...... ._._..— --- - --- -- �. _._.. _ _. _..._ .. ..................._.... _ _..__ .._....._........•.. i.. ... ,......_..._ __.............--- ____--- _.�.._..�,............____ __�. i� ' � A7 0 l0 20 3G t m �0 � T G Y L� N a � � � V 4 0. 70 80 90 o ,,� (00 50 10 5 1 0.5 01 0.05 0.01 0.005 0.001 Groin Sae in Mdlimeters __. ---...__.. GRAVEL SAND SI�T or CLAY Coarse Medium _.._ Fine Qept h '�°`""' L L. P. L P. I, Classifitation Moisture 3�7% Light Brown Fine SANR SP File No: L 12908� Pa.ge 28 af 3& Report No: 01 Project: Clearwater Airpark Runway Extension Client: URS Corporation Southern DROGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. U. S SianAYd �irvt Op�mn�s in I�ocMs U. S Stu�6srd 5iaw NumOen MyQrqnMa l� 2 1 3 i 6 l0 20 3I1 �0 3U M 100 iK! 0 gp 10 � � TO ---._._.--- - — 30 - - - -- t ___... . .. .. . .. V + � '�j u .� � _.... ------- 40 � __. ._.. --- —__. .__..,_.�— ; �. T� _._.. ._.__.. .._.__' '_._. .. .. _ .-. _.�_._.._ .p � d �j �) � _ .... ,..... _....._. .._.,_ �. __ �jQ C p W ..._. _.'._ _ Ci � 4� ....._... ..._......._. . ... .......... __ .....,....--- --- -- � u � __. __. a 3� 70 � _ --. ..._.._...._.. _._ ...................... ........... _......._..._..- — 80 _.. .. _� .... . _ — 10 --. ._.._... __ ._...__—._ _ _ _I ._ ......__ �.. � . ..... _...... _._.— gp �. --._...__... ..... _.__ ..._..�..._.__.._' ..r ..... t._.. __ ..�. _._....— --....— - - . _...— --�- _ _ .....}... ._� ... _ _ m � � �� l OQ 0 1pp 5Q 10 S l 0.5 01 005 0.01 O.POS 0.001 Oepih A5 Groin Size in Mdiimeters cenin naw�a� � � P L p � Classification Moisture 4.0% light �ray Fine SAND____ SP File No: L 129080 Page 28 of 35 Report No: 01 Projeet: Clearwater Airpaxk Runway E�ctension Client: URS Corporation Southern � � � � � � � � � � � �. �� ` � �� ' � � � � � �'� � � � � �� DRIGGERS ENCINEERING 5ERVIGES, INC. U. S SWWrd 3+.hw Op�np in incMa U. S Sta�da�d Sisw Numbrs ►{�p�p 1� 3 3 1 1 � 6 IO 2b DO W SO 70 !00 14Q 90 � zo --- - t- — -----.._.... � _ . v60 - — ---.._.. . ._ ._ ..... _._ --. .. �: � — _ -- - .. _ _. ..-- - —.. . _ . .._ _ _ p� _ ' _' " _ ._. C �C __ ...__.. .�_.._....._........ ....__...._ ........ ........" "'_ — _,. 4 y: 40 — -._... __._..__.._.. _ _ _�... _.._.........--- --- 41 30 — 2p_ _ _. ._.. .._ _.__ .....__._._ ..----- — _ _.. __..... ..._ ............ .._..�..'. .__.._. ._._ _.... ....... .............��. ... .. ... _ ... . _.� _ . — -- — - 10 _ ._ .__. .__... ______ _. _ __ .._ _ ... ....................... .... .__._..... ..;.. �....... ....... __... .._...... --- �, _ _. _. _. _... ...... __.. ___,_..._.._..._.__............i. �.... , _. _ ...._ _---- ---- - --+---- ._._...__ _ ��I � A4 0 �a 20 30 r w t0 � r a Y r� N v C � u Y O. 70 � 40 p _ �_ ._ �_. ioo 100 50 l0 5 l 0.5 0' 1 0.05 0.01 0.005 0.001 Groin Size in M�Hlmeters GRAVEL SAND -__�r. _ __...._._......_._._..._ Coarse Medium T Fine SIIT or CLRY pepth Natural � � P� p � Classification Mo�seu.� File No: L 129080 Page 30 of 35 Report Na: 01 4.4% Dark Brown Fine SAND with Roots Project: Clearwater Airpark Runway Extension 5M ��ent: URS Carporation Southern DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICE5, INC. U. S Sbnavd Swr� Opem�{s in tncMs U. S$tandard Siew Numb�rs Hydrom�te� 10� 3 3 � 6 10 �0 30 �0 SO IO 100 1�0 � • 9p 10 gp 20 TO - ----- 30 ---- - -- � L °° v � ....... _ _.. __ ..._. . 4p 3 � " " __"_ A A _.__ _ _.. __ ....__. _._...,.._....._ ...... _""_ � O `u � 50 - �. __._.... _�.� ......... .............____ . -- 50 : � __ T.. _ _ . .. _ .._.. . __._.._ ---- ...-- � � `c ....._ ._. ................ . ... _ _... ._ ......__._. _...---- � u � 6� - : d 30 -- 70 � _ ....... .. _ .. .......... .__....�..._ __._.�._ _. �_ .._..___ .-._-_ _ - - - - - 80 _ _ _ � _ . _ _ ._ �... .._... - ---.. _ _.... . - - - - -- -- - _ _._... . 10 --_ _ _ _.__.__.__ _......._�.I_....._ ,_�... �. ,. _ - - ---______- - --- _.. �-°--- 90 _ ' ' -. _ }. __.. � _.__..__.. . _ _ .._ _ --- �. � t_._ � ' � ( __ � 1tl0 �pp +�0 10 5 1 0.5 O,I 0.05 0.01 0.005 0.001 Grain 5ize im m�ume�ers __ _ ---. _._.. GRAVEL SANQ SILT or CLAY � Coarse Medium � Fine ____ umber Orpih Natursl L � P � p � Classification Masn,.c File No: L 129080 Page 31 of 35 A1 3.8% Lig'ht Gray Ffne SAND ReportNo: 01 Project: Clearwater .Airpark Runway Extension _ _ Client: URS Corporation Southern � � � � � � �� ' � � � � � � � � �� ' �� ' � � � � � � 9 8 7, c oa� Y 6 3 L C � ti. � 41 � 3i � 11 A3 DFiIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. U. S SW+dlnd �imrt Opww�a �n UcAas U. S Sta�4a.d Siavs Numbas H�Jrort�Nev p A 2 l i e Io YO 30 a0 SO TO ]00 tW 0 p !4 M p - 20 D---- - - --... --- ----° - — ._..� .. _ _ _ ... - - — -- 30 —. �_ .. ... _. . _ c _ � � _.. .__ _ -- ------- ........ ... ... _ ___...�.....�_ 40 3 �' _ _.. . ........ .__. ...__ p V .. _ _ �_ . � u�. 1 _._.. ._'_.— ._'_..__. ... _ _. O ... _ .. _ --.. ... __ ...__ ....... _._._ ........_...... ._.__._._ U `c � __ _... __.__.. .....__....----- � � u � -- - _ _-- - - a � -- T0 � � .�_. _ _ _ ___ _ .. . . _ _._ . .. _....._ _ ................ __ _._.�_.__. _ _ ._ .. _ �. ..__._.. ..--- - 80 --. .. ... _ ...._ .._ ..__ . � _ _._ ......... ........_..�..... ..., .... .... ..... ....... ......_ ._, — ) _... .._. _ . _._ _ _ ---- - - - - _ __._ . ....... ...._ • _. . _ _... ....... --- 90 _. __. ._ _ _. _......... ..__. ....._.._...._.�......___...... _.�....•. . }..._ _ ..... __.,�. ._._.__...,._... .._....._...}_....._ .._._._ __�._ i I � � .� L i .__ t00 �pp 5p 10 5 1 0.5 O~l� 005 O.OI 0.005 0.001 Groin Sizt in Miihmeters � GRAVE� SAND SILT or CLAY ___._ _ _.. _ Goarse Medium �- Fine�� depfh Natunl L � p. L P. L Class+fication Mo�sture File No: L 129080 Page 32 of 35 Report No: 01 5.6� t�� ht Brown Fine SAND projeet: Clearwater Airpark Runway Extension �� „ Client: URS Corporation Southern 100 9C � TO � 3 � � � 50 � � � 40 � 30 20 10 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. u. s sbna.ra si.n. op�m+�t in �ncn.s u. s sanes.a siew qume.rs Hyc,or,,.Ea 3 Y D � 6 10 20 i0 b 50 )0 100 340 - ----- .. .... _. .. . _ ___.__ . . .. .., _... .. ... ...._... __._._..... ---�_ _._ ..�..-- -----._ _ — — --- — ... _ __ _ - - — --- — - - ..._�, .. .. _ ._ .. -- ----. .. . .. .. .......I.. _ ,_... . _� ,.f ��. .. __ __ _--- - ______ - -- - � ,r 1 -- — - --- ..--- _ .. _ ._ — -----t, _j , _ - --.� _ _ __--}--- --- _� � i 0 ia zo 30 s ao 40 3 T a u 50 : a � � �� a 70 80 40 o _ �� 100 50 30 5 1 0.5 Q1 OA5 00! 0.005 0.001 Grain Size irt Mdiimeters _. � � __. _.___� GRAVEL SAND SILT or CLAY �-- Coarse Medium�_ Fine � ___.__.___. _ . __ ma� pepth "H`°•" � � P � p I Classification File Na: L129080 Pa.�e 33 of 35 Mastun Report No: 01 a2 4.1% Dark Brown 513ghtly Silty Fine SAND ��.p3eet: Clearwater Airpark. Runway Extension Client: URS Corporation Southern SP-SM � � � �' � � � � � � � �' �' � � � � � � r� w� � � � � � rt �t rt � a■� r� r� � � � r � � � 3! .� � ` !�. � yU , a � E 0 DRIGGEpS ENGINEERtNG SERVICES, INC. 0 0 �a w s m �0 3 r a u � N O V C � U a '0 30 �o � Groin S�ze in Miilimeters GRAVE� SAND SILT or CLAY Coarse Medium Fine �� p1h Natu�ai L � p, L P. I. Classification Masture File No: L129080 Page 34 of 35 pg 6.0% Dark Brown Slightly Silty Fine SAND ReportNo: Ol Project: Clea;rwater Airpark Runway Extension sM Client: URS Corporation Southern �� o 3 � �' SO c � 4� � A8 30 zo �o DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERYICES, INC. ,. �_� IIil1li��i�i�Yllli�i��l��iifii'��I�iilli�i11Y1��_IIII�� 1111��1111��■��111��1111 ��_IIII� �� Illi��lill�� IIII�l1��111��1111�� 111�� 1111�� 1111��1�11��1111�� 1111�■�� 1111�� 1111� �1� 111�� 111�� 1111�� 111� IIIi��rt� �111�� 111�� ill ��1�11�� IIlih�i�! 1111�� 1111�� 1�� ■��111 � 1111,��1 IIIIi�� 11111�� 111 1111� ■ 1 1111�� , ",... , " „ ' � ��. '�'1,.■ - '�'�... �'�� 't " � � ' ��"",.■�_ ""... ' ,�...t � ._",,,.■.- �iiiiiiiiii��■iin�� IIII�H� 1111�� 1111�� ii�n�� i�i��n��N�� ii "",�■.�"' ,. �_' 1, .. t"„ . ,.� �� , n�� ii��i t� �� „�.. .. ,i,, i i a ►o � � � �0 3 a 5Q : 0 V � �� a �o � � Q l._. � � ipp 5p l0 S l 0.5 Oly 0.05 O.Ot 0.005 0.001 Grain Size in Millimeters � _._....-- _J GRAVEL SAND SILT or CLAY Coarse Medium �ine _______._ Dspth Natural � � p L p� Gassification File No; L129080 Page 35 of 35 Mastu�e Report No: O1 5.2� Gray & Brown Sl i htty Silt Projeet: Clearwater Airpaxk Runway Fine SANO Extension s M Client: URS Corporation Southern � � � � � � � � � r � � � � � � � � � ' 1 CLEARWATER AIRPARK CLEARWATER, FLORIDA � � � � � � c� � 1 �� 1 � ' � � � � � � FINAL ENGINEERING REPORT FOR RUNWAY 16-34 PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHABILITATION & EXTENSION F.D.O.T FM NO. TBD URS PROJECT NO. 12010590.00000 prepared by: 7650 W. Courtney Campbell Cswy Tampa, Florida 33607 October 2012; � � � A. INTRODUCTION ' The Clearwater Airpark in Clearwater, Florida is a general aviation facility with one asphalt paved runway (16/34) measuring approximately 3,500 x 75 ft and one full length parallel taxiway. The Airpark is owned and operated by the City of Clearwater and � located three miles (5 km) northeast of the central business district of Clearwater, a city in Pinellas County, Florida, United States. � The Airpark has a 3,648 square foot general aviation terminal building; this building is served by two exits for aircraft. There are 25 on-airport auto- parking positions to serve the terminal building. There are currently 54 tie-downs for the air park's general aviation � aircraft and 40 covered (shade) parking spaces for aircraft, as well as 47 T- hangars and one 9600 sq. ft. corporate hangar. � � , � � � , � I� 1 � Flight training is a large component of this Airpark's general aviation activity. There is one business located on the Airpark that provides flight training. General aviation operations by corporate and business users are also common at the Airpark. About 5 percent of its annual general aviation operations are business related. Approximately 5 percent of the Airpark's based aircraft are owned by local businesses. Local companies and organizations that use the Airpark's general aviation facilities include: Lightning Master; AIRCOM Leasing Services; Civil Air Patrol; Experimental Aircraft Association; Knight Enterprises; Metal Industries; and Seabird Sanctuary. The Airpark also attracts some transient or visiting general aviation aircraft. The current Airport Reference Code (ARC) as defined by FAA Circular 150/5300-13 for the Airpark is B-1. The Airpark reports around 139 based general aviation aircraft. Of this total, approximately 38 percent of the aircraft are stored on paved tie-downs and 34 percent are in T-hangars or conventional hangars. B. PROJECT DESCRIPTION This project is financed by grants from the FDOT FM No. TBD (To Be Determined). The project is defined by the following major improvement efforts: l. Extension of the existing runway northward up to 610 LF, and provide the maximum displaced threshold allowable that meets FAA obstruction clearance criteria. Widen to full strength and extend the existing taxiway north to the northernmost runway extension. 2. Rehabilitate and correct/level depressions on the existing parallel taxiway between taxiway connectars "AS" and "A6". 3. Overlay/resurface the existing runway and taxiway with new asphalt to provide a new surface throughout the final project. 4. Extend runway and taYiway lighting for extensions. 5. Pavement markings will be replaced consistent with all current requirements/recommendations of FDOT and/or FAA. 6. Procure and install Mandatory Hold Signs at all hold locations. 7. Resealing/coating other asphalt surfaces to freshen up the entire site. Construction phases and various additive bid alternates have been created in order to allow award of construction segments based on available funds, to optimize scheduling of the project and reduction of runway closure times. A description of the construction phases follows: Phase 1: Mobilization Duration = 30 calendar days Phase 1 work shall include but not be limited to submittal and approval of shop drawings/material certifications/mix designs/QC program, contractors' security and/or safety training, flagmen training, coordination meetings, procurement of materials, mobilization of equipment to the project site, establishing contractors staging area and site access, survey and layout, procurement of M.O.T. items, and related work. Phase 2 Duration = 45 calendar days Phase 2 is divided into Work Area 2A and Work Area 2B to maintain limited use of the taxiway during the project. Work on both work areas shall be concunent. All work will be completed during daylight hours (6:OOam to 9:OOpm). Work Area 2A - Construction of Taxiway "A" Extension Work Area 2A shall consist of all work beyond the existing Taxiway "A" to the north. The new taxiway extension will include the earthwork, drainage and utility installation, construction of pavement section up to P-219 (base course) and prime coat, installation of new conduit, cables, counterpoise, and taxiway edge lights. It shall also include the removal of the secondary windsock and installation of a new windsock and runway mandatory signs. Low-profile barricades shall remain in place until Phase 4 is completed. Work Area 2B - Partial Taxiway "A" Reconstruction Work Area 2B work shall consist of a partial pavement section reconstruction of Taxiway "A" between connectors "AS" and "A6". The reconstruction of Taxiway "A" will include construction of a full bituminous pavement section. The Contractor shall install asphalt leveling course as needed in the taxiway connector intersections in preparation for the overlay in phase 4. The Contractor shall also place asphalt leveling wedges at both ends, raise affected taxiway lights and re-grade the taxiway shoulder, as needed. Temporary pavement markings shall also be included in this phase. The taxiway section under reconstruction shall be opened to traffic once this phase is completed. Phase 3- Construction of Runwav 16-34 Extension Duration = 45 calendar days All work will be completed during night hours (9:OOpm to 6:OOam). Runway closure markers shall be installed each night and removed each morning on both runway ends. � � � � �J � � �---, I � � r � � � � , � � � �� i Traffic cones shall be installed (6 minimum) equally placed at the hold line of each runway/taxiway connector. These shall also be installed each night before work begins and removed each morning before opening of the runway. Phase 3 consists of all work beyond the existing Runway 16 end to the north. The new � runway extension will include the earthwork, drainage and utility installation, construction of pavement section up to P-219 (base course) and prime coat, installation of new conduit, cables, counterpoise and runway edge. � � , L� � �J � � � � Phase 4- Taxiway "A" Pavement Overlay Duration = 10 calendar days All work will be completed during daylight hours (6:OOam to 9:OOpm). The Contractor will be allowed to mill and overlay a specified segment between two connectors per day. Total segments in this Phase shall be no less than 5. Phase 4 shall consist of overlaying the entire Taxiway "A" system, except the Phase 2 Work Area B area previously constructed. The taxiway extension will be paved as part of this phase. Completion of all runway mandatory signs installation shall be included in this Phase. The remaining temporary taxiway pavement markings shall be included in this Phase (Final markings will be completed after asphalt curing). Phase 5- Runway Pavement OverlaX Duration = 3 calendar days All work will be completed from Tuesday to Thursday during daytime hours (and nighttime hours if needed). The airport will be closed during these three consecutive days. The exact dates will be coordinated with and determined by the Owner at time of construction. Phase 5 shall consist of milling and overlaying the entire Runway 16-34 and paving of the runway extension. Work will include milling and paving of all connectors to match Phase 4 grades. Immediately after the runways final asphalt surface pavement is completed, the runway will be marked with the first coat of paint without reJlective beads. The runway asphalt surface shall be allowed to cure for a minimum of 30 days before the fnal coat with beads is applied. Closure for one day to allow for final coat of pavement markings shall be coordinated with the Airport at least 7 calendar days in advance. � Phase 6 - Taxilane Sealin� Duration = 30 calendar days Between the begimm�g of Phase 2 and the end of Phase 5, all work will be completed � during daylight hours (6:OOam to 9:OOpm). The Contractor will be allowed to seal a specified segment consisting of one (1) taxilane each day. Segments shall be coordinated with Airport Management so that proper notification to Tenants occurs. � Phase 6 shall consist of the cleaning, preparation for surface treatment and sealing of taxilane pavement. � l� Substantial Completion At the conclusion of the project construction, a substantial completion inspection will be held and a substantial completion issued, if the project is acceptable. Deficient punch list items of work shall be completed within 14 days of the substantial completion inspection. C. PROJECT SCHEDULE AND COORDINATION The proposed project schedule anticipates starting construction on mid December 2012 and completing all work items in the project by mid-May, 2013, with final inspection and approval of all phases completed by the end of May, 2013. However, the total contract time and schedule will be heavily dependent on the available funding. The project is scheduled to be advertised for construction bids by mid-October, 2012 and bid opening is scheduled for mid-November, 2012. D. CONSTRUCTION PHASING The projects construction phasing is divided into six (6) phases. A description of the phases follows: PHASE 1 = Mobilization and MOT. PHASE 2 = Phase 2 is divided into two work areas. WORK AREA 2A = Construction of the Taxiway Extension. WORK AREA 2B = Rehabilitation of an existing taxiway section. PHASE 3 = Construction of Runway 16-34 Extension. PHASE 4 = Taxiway "A" Pavement Overlay. PHASE 5 = Runway Pavement Overlay. PHASE 6 = Taxilane Sealing. All phases shall be accomplished in accordance with the restrictions and requirements as given in the project documents. The Contractor will be required to prepare and submit to the Engineer a detailed schedule of all proposed activities for review and approval by the Owner a minimum of 14 days in advance of the Contractors beginning of any work Phase. The Contractor shall provide sufficient materials, equipment, manpower and supervision to compiete the work in the time allowed by each of the phases. This may require additional work shifts, or multiple paving operations, but should not require the use of more than one asphalt supplier. The Contractor shall show to the Engineer that he has made provisions for equipment breakdown and/or asphalt plant failure. � � ' � � � r � � � � � � � � � � � u �� u' � � � , � � i ' The Contractor shall maintain a power automated mechanical sweeper and/or vacuum truck to insure that all dust and debris is swept clean of the existing apron and entrance road at all times. TIME DURATIONS PHASE 1 = 30 CALENDAR DAYS PHASE 2 = 45 CALENDAR DAYS PHASE 3 = 45 CALENDAR DAYS PHASE 4 = 10 CALENDAR DAYS PHASE 5 = 3 CALENDAR DAYS PHASE 6** = 30 CALENDAR DAYS (concurrent with phases 2 to 5) ** If funding allows the award of Additive Bid Alternate 1 to occur at the same time, it is anticipated that Phase 6 will be concurrent (floating) with Phases 2, 3, 4 and 5, but once started will only have a total duration of 30 days. OPERATIONAL IMPACTS The impacts described below assume that Bid Alternate 1 has been awarded and occur in the sequence shown above. PHASE 1— No operational impacts. PHASE 2— Runway 16-34 will be open during construction of Phase 2. Work Area 2A iwill have no effect on operations of the runway and very limited effects on parallel Taxiway "A". The parallel taxiway will be closed on the north end beyond the connector � that feeds into the Runway 16 threshold. Aircraft needing additional runway length will back taxi onto the small existing extension (approximately 300 feet). Work Area 2B will close the parallel taxiway between connectors "AS" and "A6". Smaller wmgspan � aircraft, such as single engine aircraft, will need to detour around the construction by means of the taxilane in front of the Terminal Building. Larger wingspan aircraft, such as twm engme aircraft, will need to back taxi on Runway 34 around construction. Due to the � small amount of operations, back taxing on the runway should not be a problem. All work in Phase 2 will be completed during daylight hours (from 6:00 AM to 9:00 PM). Phase 2 work has a total duration of 45 calendar days. ' � U �_l � PHASE 3— Phase 3 shall consist of all work beyond the existing Runway 16 end to the north. All work during Phase 3 will be conducted during nighttime hours (9:00 PM to 6:00 AM). The runway will be closed during Phase 3 work. The airport is normally closed during this time period, so closure of the runway during the same time period will have no adverse effect on operations. PHASE 4— Phase 4 shall consist of all pavement overlay work on Taxiway "A". All work during Phase 4 will be conducted during daytime hours (6:00 AM to 9:00 PM). The taxiway will be closed in segments during Phase 4 work, not to exceed two consecutive connectors per each segment. The airport is normally open during this time period, so during closure of each segment being overlaid, aircraft traffic will need to back taxi on the runway to detour the segment being paved. As the Contractor progresses with the overlay, connectors and segments will be closed with low profile barricades and traffic cones. Temporary marking of each overlaid segment and inspection of each segment will occur before opening to traffic and closure of the next segment. PHASE 5— Phase 5 shall consist of all pavement overlay work for the entire runway, including the runway extension. All work during Phase 5 will be conducted during daytime hours (6:00 AM to 9:00 PM) and during nighttime hours if needed. Phase 5 will have a duration of three (3) consecutive calendar days, during which time the runway and airport will remain closed to traffic. During this time period, runway closure markers shall be placed on the runway designation numbers and moved only for paving operations. Low profile barricades shall be placed at each connector to allow tie-in of the pavement, but at the same time allow aircraft movement between aprons and hangar buildings. At the end of this phase, the runway will receive temporary markings and will be inspected before returning to service. PHASE 6— Phase 6 consists of sealing of T-hangar taxilanes, aprons and taxilanes in non-movement areas. No direct operational impacts are expected to Taxiway "A" or connectors. However, during the sealing operation and time it takes to cure (4 to 24 hours), the access taxilane to the hangars or apron will need to be blocked by low profile barricades and/or traffic cones. Tenants affected will be notified in anticipation and the Contractor will be limited to sealing one taxilane at a time. E. SAFETY AND SECURITY PROVISIONS Utmost importance will be given to safety and security during construction. The "Contractor's Safety and Security Requirements" are placed on the construction plans for the Contractor's attention. Additionally, Advisory Circulars 150-5370-2E (Operational Safety on Airports During Construction) is included by reference in the Bid Documents. F. GEOMETRICS AND GRADIENTS The runway and taxiway extensions horizontal and vertical geometry has been designed in accordance with FAA Advisory Circular 150/5300-13. Runway 16-34 and its parallel taxiway is currently a Group 1 Approach Category A/B runway. Runway 16 end is being extended 617 feet and the threshold is being relocated 364 feet from the north end of the extended runway. Conflicts of the existing Lift Station with the Primary Surface , � ' � � � �l � � i , , � � � � � � � � 0 ' � � i , � � � L� �� and the Runway Object Free Area have been taken into consideration and eliminated in the present threshold siting. Location of the displaced threshold provides a 20:1 Threshold Siting Surface clearance, over all known and surveyed objects. The runway profile has been slightly raised (1 inch) by milling and overlay. Re-grading of the RSA along the sides of the runway will be performed to comply with RSA grading requirements. G. GRADING AND TURFING Sod and any required fill dirt and top soil will be placed in strips contiguous to pavement areas, ten (10) feet perpendicular to the runway edge and the taxiway edge. All sod will be watered and maintained as per the Contract Documents. All areas will be sodded except clearing areas, which will be seeded and mulched. H. DRAINAGE Drainage systems for this project is minimal and composed of three drainage conveyance paths located within the area of new construction/extension of the runway and taxiway on the north end of the project. All drainage is being presently conveyed to the existing pond on the airport northeast side. This pond was originally designed and constructed to handle the quantity and quality requirements for this north runway extension. Drainage permits are being handled directly by the City of Clearwater by means of their in-house Drainage Consultant. Structure and pipe sizes, along with inverts and system design will be provided by the City and all coordination and permit modiiications for the pond will be completed by the City. I. RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY MARHING The overlaid Runway 16-34 and its extension will be re-marked as a visual runway. The ' runway centerline (12 inches wide) will be painted reflective white. Runway designation numbers, threshold markings and threshold arrows will be re-painted at each end of the runway. Taxiway centerline markings will be painted (6" yellow solid) and each taxiway � connector will receive new hold bar markings. All runway and taxiway markings will be in accordance to AC150/5340-1K or latest revision. , � � � J. PAVEMENT DESIGN The pavement design for the runway and taxiway extension has been performed in accordance with FAA Advisory Circular 150/5320-6D, Change #4. The resulting new pavement section will be composed of a 2 inch thick Bituminous Surface Course (P-401), over a 6 inch thick Recycled Concrete Base Course (P-219), over a 12 inch Stabilized Subgrade (P-160). The pavement overlay areas will be composed of a'/2" milling to remove surface defects and failing grip-flex material, crack sealing, installation of a self-adhering asphalt membrane fabric and will then be overlaid with 1'/z" thick Bituminous Surface Course (P-401). Surface treatment sealing with an emulsified asphalt seal slurry will be employed in other taxilane and apron areas. K. LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL The runway airport presently has a medium intensity airfield lighting system that has 20 year old components. However, due to budget constraints it has been determined that the airfield light system will not be replaced. Airfield lighting for the runway and the taxiway extension has been designed in accordance to FAA Advisory Circular 150/5340-30E. New incandescent runway and taxiway lights will be installed at the runway and taxiway extensions, runway threshold lights will be relocated at the displaced threshold and runway light lens will be replaced as needed to reflect a visual runway. Where needed, existing runway and taxiway lights that need to be raised have been identified in the contract documents. These are being adjusted in order to comply with RSA grading requirements. L. ELECTRICAL VAULT No work at the Airfield vault is required at this time. Load calculations are included as part of Appendix "A". M. AVAILABILITY OF CONTRACTORS Review of past asphalt paving projects and runway rehab projects in the area indicate that local construction firms with access to asphalt plants are within the geographical area, and that Contractors in the area are also familiar with production of recycled concrete (P- 219). Contractors in the area are also familiar with this type of construction and provide similar services for FDOT projects and other airports within the geographical area. N. AVAILABILITY OF MATERIALS All materials necessary for construction of this project are in ready supply. The concrete material needed for recycling is available in quantity. Appropriate fill material is available nearby and will be used for any fill and embankinent needed for the runway. , � � � � � � � � � � , � II �' �� , � O. ENGINEER'S CONSTRUCTION COST ESTIMATE , The Engineer's Construction Cost Estimate is attached in Appendix "B". , P. ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS �J � , No environmental impacts are expected with this project since it is reconstructing pavement within the same footprint of the existing pavement. There are no wetlands within the perimeter of the project and no known endangered species. Provisions to minimize ar eliminate environmental impacts due to erosion or run-off during construction are incorporated into the Contract Documents. Q CONTRACT TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES � The Construction time and Liquidated Damages are specified and listed in Contract Documents. The amounts of liquidated damages are very difficult to figure out precisely. However, they can be determined in a general amount based on the following items in � which the sponsor may lose revenue or absorb extra cost for every day construction is incomplete and runway facilities are not available: ' �� I�, � � � � � � �� l. 2. 3. 4. Extra construction engineering, inspection, legal and administrative cost. Extra safety hazard contingent with construction. Security risks with open gates. Loss of revenue due to total closure of both runways and the airport. , �� ' � I _� , ' �� u � � � � � ' �� APPENDIX "A"' AIRFIELD VAULT LOAD CALCULATIONS � � � � � � � � Project Description: -URS oC rporation� _ � _ � � � - � CIRCUIT AND REGULATOR SIZING Airport Name: Clearwater Airpark Runway 1634 & Paral�el Taxiway Rehabilitation & Extension DATE: O6/25/12 BY: KLL userinput � , ' ' , ' �J r � �� 0 � � � � � � � � APPENDIX "B" ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE UNDER SEPARATE COVER , ' ' ' ' �� ' 1 ' � ' � , ' , � � APPENDI� 3 PROJECT DRAWINGS Under Separate Cover SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Table of Contents: CONTRACTBOND .....................................................................................................................1 CONTRACT.................................................................................................................................. 3 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT ..................................................... 6 PROPOSALBOND ...................................................................................................................... 7 AFFIDAVIT.................................................................................................................................. 8 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ............................................................................................... 9 PROPOSAL.................................................................................................................................10 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET .................................................................13 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL .............................................................................................................14 SectionV.doc Page i 7/26/20�12 � ' ' � ' , , � ' ' � , � 1 ' ' ' � t � �, . �: � �: The Future is Riding on Ajax.'" DEC 21 2012 , _ �..�� December 20, 2012 City of Clearwater Municipal Services Building Attn: Mr. Timothy Kurtz 100 S. Myrtle Ave., Suite 220 Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 Re: Runway 16 & 34 Rehabilitation & Extension at the Clearwater Airpark 12-0006-AP Mr. Kurtz Please find enclosed our executed contract for the aforementioned project. Also, please find enclosed our performance and payment bond, as well as a certificate of insurance. If there is anything else I could provide you, or if you should have any questions, please feel free to call me at 941-486-3600. I could also be reached via email at dsardella(�ajaxpavin .�com. Thank you Mr. Kurtz. We look forward to working with you on this project. � , /�i.�//, Daniel Sardella Ajax Paving Industries of Florida, LLC. 510 Gene Green Road Nokomis, Florida, 34275 Ajax Paving Industries of Florida, LLC Main: 941-486-3600 Fax: 941-486-3500 510 Gene Green Road, Nokomis, FL 34275 I www.ajaxpaving.com An Equal Opportunity Employer ' ' ' ' ' , December 19, 2012 Mr. Daniel Sardella Ajax Paving Industries of Florida, LLC 510 Gene Green Road Nokomis, FL 34275 �1�%1 1 S Re: Performance and Payment Bond No.: 13125360 City of Clearwater, Florida Runway 16 & 34 Rehabilitation & Extension at the Clearwater Airpark 12-0006-AP Contract Amount: $1,697,205.95 Commission: 13.5% of premium Dear Dan: Telephone: (941) 554-3140 Fax: (941) 554-3Ci90 Toll free: (800) 833-9Gi74 Website: www.willis.com We are pleased to enclose the above referenced bond you requested, which we have executed based upon ' the information you provided. We urge you to check all of the information enclosed, including the Power of Attorney, signatures, dates, amounts, description, bond form and any other attachments. Please be sure to affix the bond with the proper signature and seal. ' ' [1 , We have executed this Pertormance and Payment Bond in three (3) parts with the dates left blank, as the contract has not been dated. This is your authorization to enter the contract date on the bonds and to use the date of execution on the bonds and Powers of Attorney. Please advise us of the date used as soon as it is available. You will be billed under separate cover by Guy Hurley Blaser & Heuer, LLC. Please note the premium payment for this bond is due upon receipt. Florida Statute 255.05(1) requires contractors furnishing Performance and Payment Bonds on public work to record the bonds with the Clerk of Court in the public records of the county where the project is located prior to commencement of the work. We have provided an extra copy of the bond for this purpose. When recording the bond, be sure to request a certified copy of the recorded bond. For contracts entered into on or after October 1, 2012, Florida Statute 255.05(1)(b) requires that the , bond you provide to the public Owner be a certified copy of the recorded bond. Nofinrithstanding the terms of your contract, the Owner is statutorily prohibited from making payment to you until you have complied with this requirement. ' ' ' , ' ' It is our recommendation that you provide the Owner with the certified copy of the recorded bond via Certified Mail Return Receipt which will provide you with evidence that the Owner has received the bond and that you have complied with the new law. If you prefer to hand-deliver the bond to the Owner, we recommend that you obtain written evidence that the Owner received the recorded bond. Lastly, please note the law now states that a claimant who requests a copy of the bond shall be provided with a copy of the recorded bond. Thank you for allowing Willis of Florida, Inc. to service your bond needs. Sincerely, ---------� � � �� Anthony T. Papa, Jr. Senior Vice President ATP/cm Enclosures Willis of Florida, Inc. 6771 Professional PkwylNest, Ste. 101 ' cc: Guy Hurley Blaser & Heuer, LLC Sarasota, F� sazao , �1 '4� °� CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE�MM/DDlYYYY) '12/19/2012 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDEF;. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHO�RIZED 'REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights� to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). ' PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: Guy Hurley Blaser and Heuer, LLC PHONE (248�519-1400 �CN ;(248)519-19(Il 1080 Kirts Blvd. , Suite 500 E;,M o'«�. 'Troy MI 48084 INSURED Ajax Paving,Industries of Florida, LLC 510 Gene Green Road ' Nokomis FL 34275 �J ' ' 1 , ' ' L� ' l 1 iNSURERa:Illinois National Ins INSURERB:HOl1StOI1 Casualtv CO. iNSUReR c :Lexinqton Insurance CO ch Insurance Co. GOVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:12 13 All Lines REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY F�ERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHIC.H THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE 'fERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. ILTR TYPE OF INSURANCE D L UBR pOLICY NUMBER MM/DD�Y MM/DD�Y LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1� O'DO � OOO X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY AMA E EN ED i PREMISES Ea occurrence S 300 � 000 �i CLAIMS-MADE a OCCUR ][ 9612826 6/1/2012 6/1/2013 MED EXP (Anyone person) $ 5� 0�0 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1� O�aO � OOO X Contractual GENERALAGGREGATE $ 2,Oi�0,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2� OIaO � OOO POLICY X PR� LOC $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT Eaaccident 1 01)0 000 A X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ ALL OWNED SCHEDULED 1707558 6/1/2012 6/1/2013 gODILY INJURY (Peraccident) $ AUTOS AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE � AUTOS Per accident $ PIP-Basic $ X UMBRELLA LIAB OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5� OIDO � OOO B EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ 5 � Of)O � OOO DED RETENTION 12XC50132-00 6/1/2012 6/1/2013 $ WORKERS COMPENSATION X WC STATU- OTH- AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE Y� N C12000061 6/1/2012 6/1/2013 E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1 OIiO OOO D OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? ❑ N I A (Mandatory in NH) E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYE $ 1 Di)� 0�0 If yes, describe under E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1 �i)� 000 DESCRIP710N OF OPERATIONS below C Inland Marine 13078854 6/1/2012 6/1/2013 �eased/Rented/25,OOODed. S�iO�000 E Professional & Pollution EC0037760 6/1/2012 6/1/2013 Ded.25o,000 5,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Addltlonai Remarks Schadule, if more space is required) RE: Runway 16 & 34 Rehabilitation � Extension at the Clearwater Airpark 12-0006-AP City of Clearwater (owner), it officers and employees are named as additional insured with respect to General Liability as required by written contract. Waiver os Subrogation in favor of the additional insured. ' City of Clearwater in Pinellas County, FL 100 South Myrtle Avenue ' Suite 220 Clearwater, FL 33756 ACORD 25 (2010/05) , iNS�25nn�nnsim 11I�1►1 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BE:FORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERE:D IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Robert Heuer/RCR �' L�P� �O 1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights re:oerved. Tha A!:(1R11 nmm� �nfi Innn �ro rnniclnrnri m�r4c nf A(:(1Rfl � .� ' ' BOND NO.: CONTRACTOR NAME: ' CONTRACTOR ADDRESS: CONTRACTOR PHONE NO.: ' SURETY COMPANY ' SURETY AGENT: ' OWNER NAME: OWNER ADDRESS: 1 t ' ' ' ' J , , , ' ' OWNER PHONE NO.: OBLIGEE NAME: (If contracting entity is different from the owner, the contracting public entity) OBLIGEE ADDRESS: OBLIGEE PHONE NO.: PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND (Public Work) In compliance with F.S. Chapter 255.05(1)(a) 13125360 AJAX PAVING INDUSTRIES OF FLORID LLC 510 Gene Green Road Nokomis FL 34275 941-486-3600 LIBERTY MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY 175 Berkele Street Boston MA 02116 Phone 617-357-9500 Willis of Florida, Inc. 6771 Professional Parkway West, Suite 101 Sarasota, FL 34240 941-554-3140 CITY OF CLEARWATE FLORIDA 100 South M le Avenue Suite 220 Clearwater FL 33756 727-562-4750 BOND AMOLJNT: $1,697,205.95 CONTRACT NO.: (if applicable) 12-0006-AP DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Runwav 16 & 34 Rehabilitation & Extension at the Clearwater Airpark Ci of Clearwater Florida PROJECT ADDRESS: Runwav 16 & 34 Rehabilitation & Extension at the Clearwater Airoark Ci of Cleanvater Florida LEGAL DESCRIPTION: Runwav 16 & 34 Rehabilitation & Extension at the Clearwater Airoark Ci of Cleazwater Florida FRONT PAGE All other Bond page(s) are deemed subsequent to this page regardless of any page number(s) that may be pre-printed thereon. BQND NUMgER. 13125360 CONTRACT BOND STATE �F ELORIDA COUNTY UF KNUW ALL 1�3EN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we AJAX PAVIlYG INDUSTRIES OF FLORIDA, LLC. as Contractor and L[sER'rv MuTU� TrrsUxtwc� whose home adciress is I75 BEItKELEY STREET. BosTON, MA Q2116 HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety", are held and firmiy bound into the City of Clearwater, Florida (hereinaffer ealled tlie "Owner"� in the penal sum of: ONE MILLION SIX IiiJNDRED NINETY- SEVEN TIiOUSAND TWO HUNDRED FIVE DOLLARS AND NINETY-FIVE CENTS fS1,697.205 953 for the payment of wlvch we bind aurselves, our heirs, executors; administratars, successors, and assigns for the faithful performanee of a certain written cantract, dated the day of 20 entered into between fhe Contractor a�ad the City of Clearwater far: RUNWAY 26 & 34 REHABILITATION & EXTENSION AT THE. CLEARWATER AIRPARK 12-0006-AP a copy of which sa:id contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully copied herein. � NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCI3, that if the Contractor shall in all respects comply with ifie terms and conditions of s�.id contracf, including the on.e-year guarantee of material and labflr, and his obiigatians thereunder, including th� contract documents (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Form of Proposai, Form of Contract, Fonn of Surety Bond, Insixuctions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Specificafions} and the Plans and Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may he made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for, and shall indemnify and save harmless the said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want of care oz skiil, negligence or default, including patent infringements on fhe park of the said Contractor agents or employees, in the execution ar performance of said contract, including errors in the plans furnished hy the Contractor, and further, if such "Cantractor" ar "Contractors" shall promptly make pa�nents to all persans supplying hun, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly or indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub-Contractqr, or Sub-Contractors, in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, this obligation shall be void, otherwise; the Contractar and Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the Owner any difference between the sum to which the said Contractor wouid be entitled on the campletion of the Contract, and that which the Owner may be oiiliged to pay for the completion of said work by contract or othenuise, & any damages, direct or indirect, or consequential,, w}uch said Owner may sustain on account of sueh work, or on account of the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all things, keep and execute all the pravisions of said contract. CON'f'RACTS FOR STGNATURE.docx Page 1 of 14 7/26f2012 � , � ' 0 ' ' I, „ ' ' ' ' ' ' ' L ' , , , , CONTRACT BOND i2) AncI the said Contractor and Surety hereby `further bind themselves, their successors, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully pratect the said Owner against, and will pay any and all amounts, damages, costs and judgments which may be recavered against or which the Owner may be cailed upon to pay fa any person or corporation by reason of any damages arising from the performance of said work, or of the repau or maintenance thereof, or the manner of doing the same or the neglect of the said Contractor or his agents or servants or the improper performance of the said work by the Contractor or his agents or servants, or the infringements of any patent rights by reason of fhe use of any material furnished or wozk done; as afozesaid, or-otherwise. And the said Contractor and Suzety hereby further bind themselves; their successors, heirs, executars, admixti�trators, and assi�s, jointly and severally, to repay the awner any sum which the Owner may be compelled to pay because of any lien for labor material furnished for the work,. erx�braced by said Contract. And the said Surety, for the valu� received, her.eby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of. time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the wbrk to be performed thereunder or the specifieations accampariying the same shali in auy way affect its obliaations on this bond, and it does hereby waivs notice of any such change, extensian of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the conlract or to the work or to the specifications. ,.. . . IN TESTIMUNY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereta this �:: '�; �``' `� day of . 20_ • '' � .. AJAX P'AVING INDUSTRIES �F.�'L��D;4e a„�� °•, . O. �. . J ,.:}i . ' �, 4...� �� 11�� ", . By. / / �- t: � . : , �'�;C� :. ATTES d"' Michael A. Hor��;,, F�si��der�•� ' � LIBERTY MUTUAL INSURATICE.COI�LP�IY Daniel Sardella �� SURETY WITNE.SS: ��'t-U`C_�`�� `y'/G,'��YU.c/�— Carol McManus COUNTERSIGNED: �` . PAPA, JR. LICENSED FLORIDA AGENT CONTRACTS FOR SIGNATUR£.docx Pa�e 2 of 14 B�: � '�� 1 ' A -FA :..{� . AND LICENSED FLORIDA, AGEP�� ~ ANTHONY T . PAPA, JR. � �' '� , `" ;• _ ;'. Wiliis of Florida, Inc. � � � 6771 Professional Pkwy W #101 Sarasota, FL 34240 941-554-3140 7/26/2012 � THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. S 1% 1 C)gS � This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the exteot herein stated. Certificate No. . ' American Fire and Casualty Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company Peerless Insurance Company WestAmerican Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY 'KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That American Fire 8 Casualty Company and The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company are corporations duly organized undsr the laws of the State of Ohio, that Liberly Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, that Peerless Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Ir��iana (herein collectively called the "Companies"), pursuant to and by authority herein set forth, does hereby name, constitute and appoint, DIANE L. BROWN, CHRISTINE A. PAPA, ANTHC)NY T. PAPA JR, CAROLMCMANUS . ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ' .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. all of the city of saw►sora , state of FLORIDA each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attorney-in-fact to make, 'execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and dced, any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own prnper persons. INWITNESSWHEREOF,thisPowerofAttomeyhasbeensubscribedbyanauthorizedofficerorofficialoftheCompaniesandthecorporatesealsoftheCompanieshavebeenaffixedtheretothis I _� 14th d8y Of February , 2012 . ��cA�a ��,�� .�� tars�� ,�su�� ,�su€�v� �� at�� t�o��r�. �'c � � o� c.�qy� �� :��nc� ,�+�'�rv..,,..,,,,° �� p' �� i � .�.eb.,.�� €��sia�'�� 19€�� 5�,.�7� /� �; ��;�i. \ � �.� ,� � �z� 5I�',t�I. �'�`G�`�.�/qV�� t#tv�,�d� �r�`e_,✓'�'� ?#.�� E ,�' �9 N E C��}�� Y c��' �assa�`' STATE OF WASHINGTON COUNTY OF KING American Fire and Casualty Compan�y The Ohio Casualty Insurance Comp�iny Liberty Mutual Insurance Company Peerless Insurance Company West American Insurance Company By: � � Gregory W. Davenport, Assistant Secretary On this �aen day of Fenruarv , 20�2 , before me personally appeared Gregory W. Davenport, who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of American Fire and Casualty Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, The Ohio Casualty Company, Peerless Insurance Company and WestAmerican Insurance Company, and that he, ais such, being authorized so to do, execute the foregoing ir�strument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at Seattle, Washington, on the day and year first above written. "w:��a��i�`°«,, . ��ia,{; �� '' NV (/� . - V:'J:1'7A��. B�/: � " �� #�� - KD Riley , Nota Public � "' Y r�:,,.,�':�aq ''��.::. .,�;�r�;, This Power ofAttomey is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-laws and Qutiionzations ofAmerican Fire and Casualty Company, The Ohio Casuedty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, WestAmerican Insurance Company and Peerless Insurance Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: ARTICLE N— OFFICERS — Section 12. Power of Attomey. Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President, and subject to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe, shall appoint such attomeys-in-fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attomeys-in-fact, subject to the limitations set forth in th?ir respective powers of attomey, shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so executed, such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary. Any power or authoriiy granted to any representative or attomeyin-fact under the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board, the Chairtnan, the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. ARTICLE XIII — Execution of Contracfs — SECTION 5. Surety Bonds and Undertakings. Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys-in-fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attomeys-in-fact subject to the limitations set. forth in their respective powers of attomey, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. Certificate of Designation — The President of the Company, acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company, authorizes Gregory W. DavenpoR, Assistant Secretary to appoint such 'attomey-in-fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all underfakings, bonds, recwgnizarn;es and other surety obliga6ons. , ' , � Authorization — By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company conseMs that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistarn� secretary or other officer of the Company, wherever appearing upon a cert�ed copy of any power of attwney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and biiiing upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. I, David M. Carey, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of American Fire and Casualty Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, West American Insurance Company and Peedess Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original power of attomey of which the foregoing is a full above and foregoing is a tNe and correct copy of the Power of Attomey executed by said Companies, which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this day of , 20 ��GFh! Fr�,�$2 ��Y !+Y3bg�� .'��%��:a;Qur��r ��'��a.�'.t,q�� y� �A"�X,�� % �!/�/�� oRCr�. (,� �r c��°attm;� � ��f i" w�� rp�p.+�r� ,9//^tiyr�r /` ��". �' � t�coarexrr� � � -" r y. Q ' �• 19Q1 �� — t B l ��sE�:�[�� y��;�A£. �� '��` �� '��< ��, �S��:h;I.,1,� DavidM.Carey,ASSistantSecretary � r��a � � o �,"� �� ____,�� '�L?'Y �La� �'d �`� '�,n<ssn�.*�''s `t�EPtE,�t� ��L'E E� POA-AFCC, LMIC, OCIC, PIC & WAIC LMS_12873 012012 � ' ' , ' t�..,;� �� '� �.� � � � �., 7Tie Fvtime is R�ding an Ajax.° RESOLUTlON OF THE BOARD OF DiRECTORS OF AJAX PAVING INDUSTRIES OF FLORIDA, LLC ' Resolved, that the following individuats are authorized to enter into contracts and sign bonds with all govemmental agencies, municipalities, private developers, and contractors for work pertom►ed on behalf a# Ajax Paving Industries of F'lorida, LLC. (n additian, resolved, that thie , following individuals have written au#horization to acknowledge receipt of payment by signature on an appropriate Partial, Conditiortal or Final Waiver, process the filing of a Clairn of Lien, Notice af Non-Payment or Satisfaction of Lien accord€ng to the Mechanics Lien Law, a� proce;�s ' the recovery of outstanding monies dueT through the means of Small Ctaims Court on behalf c�f Ajax Paving Industries of Florida, LLC, authorized to transact business in the State of Floricia in the foflowing manner: ' ' J fJffcer/Manager/ /l��/�//..'��:i_ _ . � � ' - •- -i.•- ��!/ , Mark O. Minic Exe tiv Vi President � � ' Vince Hafeli Vice Presiderrt , -�1t�.�.�� i�.,�.� :� - �: Jason Wescoat � �sistant Secretary ' ' ing Delaney Assistant Secrefary ' Ajax Paving Indusbies of florida, LLC Expires: Pe�l�i Gene Green Road, Nokomis, FL 34275 6J13f2012 GshdlAjaxfomts/ResolutioNAjaxI.LC Ste en Jacob Director , � .�.- Roy,(�_ Patrick Are�i Manager � Andy Area Scott Pittman � Area Manager Steve Ayers Proj Manager , ��' Christ�e Alv Assistant Secretary Main: 94 J-486-3600 Fax.• s41-486-3500 www.ajsxpaving.com , An Equa/Oppotiuniry�fmp/orer CONTRACT This CONTRACT made and entered into ttus .3 day of " A��' , 20i3 by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a murucipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and �,I��ZX PAVING INDUSTRIES OF FLO DA of the City of Nokomis County of Sarasota and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein conta.ined, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or adminishators, in consideration of the � sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at t� i own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: RUNWAY 16 & 34 REHABILITATION & EXTENSION AT THE CLEARWATER AIRPARK 12-0006-AP IN THE AMOUNT OF ONE MILLION SIX � HUNDRED NINETY- SEVEN THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED FIVE DOLLARS AND TY-FIVE CENTS (S1.697.205.95� In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein ref� to, aze hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors �nd assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike nnanner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contrxtor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contraa�cttor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB-CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB-CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES. CON'i'RAGTS FOR SIGNATURF..docx Page 3 of 14 7/26/2p�2 CONTRACT i2) In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant far employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upg�rading, demodon, or transfer; recruitment or recnutment advertising; lay-off or te�minatian; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, ir�cluding aPprenticeship. The Comractor agrees to post hereaf}er in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be providecl by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non-discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agrcements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub-contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the e.4sence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of 51.000.00 ner dav for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains iu�complete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of 51,000.00 per dA� shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contra�;tor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be cor�strued as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the rime period as specified in this contract. It is further mutualiy agreeci between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the ex�ution of this contr�ct and the surety bond vvhich is attached hereto for the faithfiil performance af the terms and conditions as contain� herein by the Contractor, that the City shal! at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such performance bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any r�ason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days aftet receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such teim and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an evern oocurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor wider the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and fumished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. CONTRAC'fS fiOR SIGNATURE.docx Page 4 of 14 ��012 ' � ' � ' � �� '� CONTRACT (3) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS CQbjNTY, FLORIDA � By: _ � WilIiam B. � c�ry �� countersigned: �� L��' � � � � �� M 1� 1 II By: _� ��,�� C�� "'�S George N. Cretekos, Mayor r (Contc�ctor must indicate whether Corporation, Partnecship, Company or Individual.) (The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation). t� CON'I'RACTS FOR SIGNATURE.docx �, Attest: Rosemarie Call �1�` �N`°iF'��C� v ��li � c"! _ ° .� r = = Q � � �� Assistant City Attorney � WY"v f � AJAX PAVII�IG INDUSTRIES 0'�' �IDi� " ' � � —�—� ° � A- �t ol�i� � �lM ITE� ��°�� ;�'� ,:R� „ . . �� - , ..� :��,:� - (Co r) � r �� n y �. :� . - � u. J .�� . A �i�F �� , ��.. � /�L V 6 � �� ' s . B ` �� ,�� . . Y� � ✓�n g j�'I ICH�}EG �[ �?!�<,9�A'�' �.. E'�:�`' p�1,�s ►n �.v7' _ . , Ps�ge 3 of 14 7/26/2012 '� ' ' '� �I CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT (CORPORATION FORMI STATE OF FLURIDA COUNTY OF ��S �Y Pe��IY aPP� before me, the undersigned authority, duly authorized to „ administer oaths and take acknowledgments, who after being duly sworn, deposes and says: � That he is the (TITLE) of AJAX PAViNC lNDUSTRIES OF FLORDw , a Florida Corporation, with its prineipal place of business located at (herein, the "Contractor"). L�J � � � � � � That the Contractor was the generai contractor under a contract executed on the day of 20 with the CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal corporation, as Owner, and that the Contractor was to perform the construction of: �c That said work has now been completed and the Contr�ctor has �id and dischargeti all sub-contractors, laborers and materiat men in connecdon with said work and there are no liens outstanding of any nature nor any debts or obligations that might become a lien or encumbrance in connection with said work against the describad property. That he is making this affidavit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, and upon consideration of the payment of (Final Full Amount of Contract) in full satisfaction and discharge of said contract. That the Owner is hereby released from any claim which might arise out of s�id Contract The word "liens" as used in this affidavit shall mean any and all arising under the operation of the Florida Mechanic's Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes. Sworn and subscribed to before me This day of _ . 20 � � � � �� , NOTA,RY PUBLIC My Commission Expires: CONTRACTS FOR SIGNATURE.docx Page 6 of 14 : AF'FIANT PRESIDENT 7/26/20i2 ' ' ' r ' � �� '� � � r PROPOSAL BO1�D (Not to be filled out if a catiSed check is submittod) K1�10WN AI.L MEN BY THESC PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, Ajax Paving industries of Florida, LLC as Principal, and Liberty Mutual Insurance Company as Surety, who's address is 175 Berkelev Street. Boston. MA 02116 are held and firmly bound twto the City of Cl�arwater, Florida, in the sum of (�N,E }{ �,� un�.�� f�� N p„S �� I Doll�us (S /7 i� 6 9 0.�� (being s minimu�n of 10% of Contractor's wtal bid amount) for the payme�t ��k' !f v,�,,�,��o of which, well ar�d truly to be made, we hereby jointly azid severaily bind ourselves, our heirs, �vi,,,,,� ? y executors, administraWrs, successors aid assigns. ' %3�� The condition of t�c above oblig,atioa u such that if the atE�ched Proposal of Ajax Pavina Industries of Florida, LLC as Ptincipal, and �y Mutual Insurance Comnany as Surety, for work spxified as: RIJNWAY 16 & 3d REH�BILITATION & EXTENSION AT TAE CLEARWATER AIRPARK 1Z-0006-AP all as stipulated in said Proposal, by c�ing all work incid�ntal thereto, in accordance with the plans and � specifications provided hatifor, sIl within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named biddar, and the said bidder shall within ten days af%r notice of said award enter into a con�act, in writing, � fumish the raquired P�rfonnance Bond wiffi surety or sureties to be approved by the City Menagar, this obligation shvil be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue � by law a�d the full amwmt of this Proposal Bond will be paid to the City as stiptitlated or liquidatod damages• � � � L� J � L�1 � W' � Signed this 14th day of November , 20 12 . (Principal must indicate whcther coiporatiaq partj'iershiP� �n►P�Y or individual) Ajax Paving Industries of Florida,LLC. is a Florida Limited Liability Co. The pe�son si8nin8 sha11, in his own handwritu�g, sign the PrincipaPs name, his own name and his ritle; the person signing for a corporarion must, by affidavit, show his authority to bind the corporation. 3mctiosV.doc Ajax Paving Industries of Florida, LLC p��p� Chr st e Alvaro �Title � Asst. rp. Sec. Liberty Mutual Insurance �ompany Surcty thony T. PApa, Jr., Attornty-in-Fatet and Licensed Flc�ida Agent Phone: 941-554-3140 . ��},, �W�101 Page � of 14 ;�� F� �� 7/26/2012 _. 941,564�3140 , ' ' ' 0 � > w .� L � Mt ` �i i� C 'THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT ViR�10 UNLESS IT 13 PRI�ITED ON RED BACKGROUND. SO��g�%% 1 This row�r of Attom� IUnib tM scts o/ thou nsmed MnM. and tlwy haw no auMority to Wnd the Comps�r acqpt in � msnrMr antl bo the ��A�nt A�in stabd. UBERTY MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY 806TON, W►.SSACHU8ETT3 PO'NfER OF ATTORNEY KN0411 ALL PfRSOIia BY TF�BE PRESENTS: Tfai LibeAy Mutual Inaurance CompenY (fhe °Cor►�+Y). a AAassaclwsetls stodc inaurance companY, pursuent io and by authorit�r ai the By-law and AutFarfzation hereinafter set forlh, doea hereby nama. oonatitute and appoint DIANE L lROWN, CMRIS7INE A. PAPA, ANTFlONY T. MPJ1 JR, C11ROL AICMANUS, ALL OF THE CI1'Y OF SARASOTA, STATE OF FLOfi1DA ........_ ..............................._......................... .................».................._.........._._....._......................................................»..._.,....... each individually if there be more tham one named, its true and lawful attomey-in-iact to make, execute. aeal. ackrwwledge a�d detiver, for and on its beha� aa wrety ar�d aa Nt act and deed, �ny and au undena�an9s, �o�ds, rec�gniza�ss and other aurety oblig�tlons � the pe�al sum not excbeding SEVENTY �iVE YILI.ION AND OO/t DOLLARS (S 75,090.000.00"'••••»••••••••••••»••••• � e�h, a�nd the executfon of such undertakings� bonds, recogr�zanoea and o�er suroty oblipations, in putst�ance ot these preser�ts, shall be aa binding upon the CampanY as ff they had been duly signed by tfu president and �tested by tl�e secx�etary of the Company in thei� own proper persons. That ihis power is made and executed pursuaM to arxi by au�ority of th� foltowing By-law xid AuVwrization: ARTICLE XIII - Execution of Con&ac�s: Section 5. Surety Bonds and UndeAakinfls. a Any offcer of the Compeny autFwriaed for tl�at pu�wse in wriWig by the cha� or the president, and subject to such limifations as the '0 chairrnen or the presideM maY Rrescxibe� shaU apparrt s�x:h allomeys-in-fact. as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Cwnpsny to make, a execute, seal. ackno�M�dpe and delivar aa aurety any and all underEakings, bonds, recognizances and other suroty obiigations. Such ethrmeya- d in-faa, subjsct to the i�nitadona set forth in �ir rospecfive powers of attomay. shali have tull power to bind the Company by their signstu�re and � execution of any such instrumenOs and to attach thereto tlte aeal of the Company. VYhen ao executed such instnxnents shall be as bindit�g as 'rf � signed by the president and attested by the sacxetary. � By the fotlowing i�trument the cha'rman or tt►e presidsM has authorized the otficer or other oificial named therein to appoint attomeys-in-fact: Pwsuant to Aiticte XIII, Sectlon 5 of the By-Laws, pavid M. Carey. Assistant Secxetary of Liberty Mutual Insurance Comperry, is hereby auq+rorized to appoint suc� atbmeys-in-tact as may be nacesaary �D act in behalf of the Company to make, execure. seal, acknowledge and deli�rer as surety any and all undertakings, bonds. recognizancea and otl►er surety obligadons. That the By-law and the Autlwrization aet forth above are Vue capies thereof and are now in full force and eflect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attomey has been subsaibed by an a�orized otficer or officiai ot the Company and the corporats seel of I.iberly Mutual Insur�ce Company haa been aiflxed thereto in Plymouth Mteating, Pennsylvania this day of sm day � Jarww 2012 '— ' UBERTY MUTUAL IN8URANCE COMPANY vy David M. Caroy, nt Sea�etary COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA as COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY � On p�is � day of January 2012 ��, a tVotary Public. persorially came Qa� M. Carev, to me knowri, and w acknowledged that he is an Assistant SecreWry af Liberty luh,tuai Imurance Company; ttiet he knowa the aeai of said coryoratbn; and that he exua,ted �the above Power of Atbmey and affixed the corporats seal of LibeAy Mutual inauranca Company theneto with ttie authority �d at the direction trf said capo�tion. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, 1 have heceunto subscribed my name and afflxed my nota�iai seal at p�yrrwuq� Meeyng, Pennsyh,a�, p� �e day arn� ye� fi�st above written. � By /RsZU.Cru T Pastehe. Notary Public . CERTIFIC/►TE i. a,� w,de►�i�r,ed. Asaiscanr see�c�r ot�r�cy tia,a,ai ins��s com�y, do r,�eer c�roy a►� �,e o��,ai pow� or anomey o�wnicn a,e r�c�i� � a full. Mus end corrsct copy, is in fuU force and effect on Me date of tl�s ce�tif�cate; and I do further certify that ttre o/ficw or offiaal who szecutod � said porver ot attomey is an Assistant Secx�tary Jpecially auM�orized by the chekman a tl►e preside�t to appoint attomsys-in-fact as provided i� Mickn Xltl, SecNon S of tl�e By-laws ot Liberty AAutua� In�oe Compa�y. This certifiCate end the above power ot aliomey me�r be sgnsd by faatmil� or rt�chaniC�lly reptoduoad sigrwturea w�der and by auttwrity of the 4oliawing vohe of the board of directors of LibeAy Mulual Insurence Compsny at a mesang d�y called and held on U�e 12ffi day of March, 19�. YOTFA thaf the f�simi� a ms�niceMy rsProduced sgnature af any assistant aecx�tary of the c�ompany, whereYer appesKinp upa� a cer6fied �PY ��Y P� ��eY ��ad bY tl�e con►Pany in cam�dion wiM surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the oompa�ny w�th the satne foroe and efrect es dxxigh mrwally affixed. tN TESTIMONY WHER£OF, I have hersunlo subs�ibeC my na�ne and affixed M�e c�orporate seal of the said corttpany, this 14th ��,y � Naveaber 2012, / '�� .�� .: .. i "LIJ �EE �Oa � M Oa � C � Q. � M � � '�' OC �� >$ �� M C� o q' AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporati�n) STATE OF FLORIDA � COUNTY OF Sarasota � Ingrid Delaney being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is �ttGhryof_Asst. Coru. Secretarv of aiax pavina Ind �4tr;o� a corporation orgamzed and existmg unckr and by v�rtue of the laws of the State of Flori of FL LL�C . its principal office at: da, and having 510 Gene Green Road, Nokomis, FL 34275 Street & Number City County S�� Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of Ajax Paving Industries of Florida, LLC. � (Name of Corporation) Affiantfurthersaysthat Christie Alvaro Asst. Corp. Secretary is (Offic�r's Name) (Titie) ofthe corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposa� for C1earWater Airpark Runway E�cp. forsaidcorporationbyvirtueof Resolution of the Board of Directors (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of the Board of dated July 11, 2008 Directors, Ifby Resolution give date ofadoption). Ingr d Del-aney, Asst. r p • S�ec . Sworn to before rne this 13thday of November 20 12 . , ��iE �. siMMO�.s-� ktery Public st�ts o� Flo�id; Comm. # EE 167088 Comm. Em. Feb. 26. 2016 �►,ax �vrn+� ;NnusrR��s oF �.o�ion. uc 510 GEidE GREEN ROAD NOKOMIS, FL 34275-3624 PHONE: 941-48&3600 FAX:94i-486-8500 � Sectionv.doc � P�eEof14 �. .�. � ,. / ± ��... .. s .. � � �i� L �' rs�rs� indst�mp name of Notary Title or r�nk, and Seria� No., if any 7/26/2012 �_._ �r �� '� � ', � � � � � � � � � � � � � AJAX PAVING INDUSTRIES OF FLORIDA LCC A FMrida Limited t.iibility Company Written Consent of 1�Ianager July 11, 2008 (Appointment of Ufficers; Signing Anthority) The under�igned James A. Jacob (th� " n er"), bcing the managcr of Aj$x Paving Industries of Florida LLC, a Florida limited liabitity comp�ny (the "Comna�nv"), hereby consenLs to and adopts the following resolution: RE50LYED, THAT: A. Pursuant to the authority granted to the Manag�r by Section 7.3 of the Operating Agreement of the Compaay, datod February 1, 2008, the Manager hereby appoints th� following persons to the office set forth opposite their name: James A. Jacob Mich��el A. Horan Mark O. Minich Vincent Hafeli ]ames M. Friel Jason Wescoat Ingrid D�laney Christie Alvaro Chief Executive Officer, Secrctary and Treasurer President Exec�rtive Vice President Viee President Chief Financial Officer Assistant Secretary Assistant Secrctaiy Assistant Secretary B. The following i�iividuala are autharized to enter into contc�acts and sign bonds with all govemmental agencies, municipalities, priv�te developas, and contractors for work perfotmed on be�alf of the Company: Jamcs A. Jacob, Manager an�d Chief Executive Officei; Mich�l H. Horazi, Presid�nt; M�rk O. Minich, Executivo Vico Prasidcnt; Vincent Hafeli, Vic.� Presidcnt; Roy G. Patrick, Area Manager; Victor O'Hara, Ana Manager, Scott Pittrnan, Area Maanger; Jason Wescoat, Assistant Secret�ry> Christie .Alvaro, Assistant Secrdary; and Ingrid Del�ney, Assistant Secretary. C. The following individuals are autharizod to acknowled� rr.ceipt of payment by signature on an appropriate Paatial, Conditional or Final Waiver, pioc�ss the filing of a Claim of Lien, Notice of Non-Payment or Satisfaction of Lien according to the Mechanics Lien Law, vr pr�cess the rccovery of outstaading monies due, through the mcans of Small Claims Covrt on bchalf of the Compeny: James A. Jacob, Maaager and Chief Executive Officer; Michael H. Horan, Presidrnt; Marlc O. Minich, Executive Vice President; Vincent Haf�li, Vicx President; Roy G. Patrick, Arca Manag�r; Victor O'Hara„ Area Manager, Scott Pittmau, Area Manager; Jason Wescoat, Assistant Secretary; Christie Alvaro, Assistant Secretary; aud Ingrid Delaney, Assistant Stcretary. HL AA: 205649-3 �sss: �� '� Aja�c Paving Indusuies of Florida LLC Writta� ConseM of Mana�er July 1 l, 2008 Page 2 '� It is directed that a copy of this Written Cons�nt be filed with the entity � praceedings records of the Company. *s*�s �� HL nw: 20364� � � 11ir Fi�n is /�i�ing anAj�" RESOLUTlON OF THE BOARD bF DIRECT4RS OF /�JAI( PAVINQ INDUSTRIES OF FLORIDA, LLC Resoh+�sd, that the idbwing individuats are autho�ized to ent� into contracKs and sign bonds with aa govemmertitai agenaes� mun�cipati�es. private de�vebpers, and coMrac:tors for work perfomuad on behalf of J�jax Paving industries of Florida. LLC. In addition, resolved, that the folbw�tg individual� have written authorization to acknowledge reoeipt of payment by signature on an appropria�e Partial� Conditional or Fina! Warver. p►ec�ss the �ling of a Cla�n of Lien. Notiae ot Non-Payrr�nt or Satisfac�On af Lien according to U�e Mechanics �ien Law, or process the recovery of outstanding monies due, tt�rough the means af Smap Claims Court o� behalf of Ajax P�vin� industrios ot Florida, LLC, authorized to transact bus�ess in the St�te of Fbr�da in the follo�wing manner_ dt�foer/Manager/ IQlichael A. Horari • . / • Mark 0. Min Ex v' F�r�ident Ytr�ce H�fieb Vice Pr�esiderrt ._J : • _-..�: : �: . F : Y. �/ • � � / � i L _. _ ..� `',"''_ / �r. _:r �,� � -=��- - , , . /� _�. .,/► ,� .tl�/ � _� . : � r . � � a�ay Aree «. • � - ,, !., r� .:[..,�_ , ' •./� � � . _�•_-�_ � i _.`_• .., . . . �r A/�x P+�rM! �rsbfa o!� LLC Msin: 911-�88-� F�c 9i1-�f8-35t� 5t)D � p� iifM rtl�N�! i�lsd ��RiJt, fL 31275 WI�Nf�11�6'M �" ��1'� __._ '� ' , ' ' u � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF FLORIDA COITNTY OF Sarasota � Christie Alvaro Asst. Corp. Secretary of being, first duly swom, deposes and says that he is Ajax Paving Industries of Florida, LLC. the �rty making the foregoing Proposa) or Bid; that such Bid is gcnuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, dicectly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or coltusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or a�ant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and th�t all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. �ant Christie l�ivaro, Asst. Cor:p. Sec. Sworn to and subscribed before me this 13 th day of Novembe r , 20�. AJAX PAVIhG 1NDUS�'�!�� OF Fl.ORIDA, LLC 510 GEN� GRE�N AOAD NOKOMIS, FL 34273•3624 PHONE: 941-486-3600 FAX: 941-486-3500 SeciionV.doc Page 9 of 14 �.� ,., . ` �.«. � .: � � OFFICW. S ,IAMIE L zlMliiOt�lS Notary Public 3rat� of Florida Cortvn. � EE 16t0a8 Comm. E�. F�b. 26. 2016 T126/2012 ' ' ' , �, u �� PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CI.EARWATER, FLORIDA, for RUNWAY 16 8c 34 REHABILITATION & EXTENSION AT THE CLEARWATER AIRPARK 12-0006-AP and doing such other work incidental thereto, al! in accordance with the contract documents, marked RUNWAY 16 & 34 REHABILITATION & EXTENSION AT THE CLEARWATER AIRPARK 12-0006-AP Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be acceptcd and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf af the City of Cleaiwater, Ftorida, that no s�h award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attomey as to the form and legality of the contract and all the peRinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attomey; and such bidder is herehy charged with this notice. The signer of th� Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Pmposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supptemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Contr�ct Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the wodc and he proposes ar� agrees that ifthe Proposal be acccpted, he will cantract with the City of Ctear�+ater, Florids, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, toois or apparatus, do all the work requir�l to complete the conttact within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Ctearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: q,lAX PAVINC iNDUS i RiES OF FLORIDA, LLC 510 GEI�E GREEN ROAD NOKOMIS, FL 34275-3624 PHONE: 941-486-3600 FI1X: 941 •486-3500 � SedionV.doc � Page 10 of 14 7/26/2012 � N N PROPOSAL i2) � If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned sh�ll fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement hercin attached, then the City may, at its option determine that ttu undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal � shall be null and void, and the certified chcck or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwata, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposai Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the � City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be c�eturned to the undersigned as specified herein. � � � � � � � � � � � � � Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on ( a bf d bond i ssued by Liberty Mutual Insurance Company ga�� farthe sum of 6/L!: ��,Q�� SE�E,••1�r �� S � .�.i ,� � 73�ev (� I 7S� 6 9 �� 7 j) (being a minimum of 10% of Contracior's total bid ountl. The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the Pr�sident and Secretary. [f firm or paitnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bid�r shall list not only his name but also the name of any petson with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub-contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). NAMES: ADDRESSES: James A. Jacob, CEO, Secretary and Treasurer 510 Gene Green Road, Nokomis, FL 34275 Michael A. Horan, President 510 Gene Green Road, Nokomis, FL 34275 Signature of Bidder: Christie Alvaro, ss . Corp. Sec:. (`I'he bidder must indicate whether Co�poration, Partnership, Company or Ir�ividual). Ajax Paving Industries of Florida, LLC. is a Florida Limited Liabilit�� Co. AJAX PAVING IN�USTRIES QF FLOR{DA, �,(,C 510 GENE GREEN ROAD NOKOM(S, FL 34275-3624 PHONE: 941-48&3600 FAX: 941-d88-3500 SectionV.doc Pa�e i l of 14 7/26/2012 ' ' � � � � � � � � � � � y � � � � � � PRO_ (3) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corpcxation is other than the President or Vice-President, he must, by affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation. Principai: Christie Alvaro for Ajax Paving Industries of Florida, LLC. �Y� Titk: Christie Alvaro, Asst. Corp. Sec. Business Address of Bidder. 510 Gene Green Road City and State: Nokomis, FL Zip Code 34275 Dated at A j ax 3: 30 PM AJAX PAVING !h!�U�TRIES Q� FLORIDA, LLC 510 GENE GREEN ROAD NOKOMIS, FL 3a275-3624 PFfONE: 941 •�86-3600 FAX: �41•466-3500 SectionV.doc ��S 13 th day of November Page I2 ot 14 A.D., 20 12 7/2N2012 �� CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: RUNWAY 16 di 34 REHABILITATIOIV & EXTE1�iSION AT THE CLEARWATER AIRPARK 12-0006-AP Acknowiedgment is her�eby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. Addendum No. 1 Date: 10/ 24/ 2 012 Addendum No. 2 p��; 11/08/2012 Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Ajax Paving Industries of Florida, LLC. e of Bidder) (Signature o fficer) AJAXPAVtNfGiNDt1STRt'cSOFFLOAIDA,LLC Christie Alvaro, Asst. Corp. S�c. 610 GENE GRFEN ROAD NOKOMIS, FL 34275-3624 (Titie of Otiicer) PHONE: 941-488-36� FAX: 941 •486-3500 11 / 13 / 2 012 ��) SeciionV.doc Pagc 13 of 14 7J26/2012 !� � � � � y � � � � � � � � � � � BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: RUNWAY 16 & 34 REHABILITATION & EXTENSION AT THE CLEARWATER AIRPARK 12-0006-AP CONTRACTOR: Aiax Pavina Industries of Florida, LLC BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL $ BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL (Numbers) ( Words) � �"� ��'°�'`� THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNI'I' PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNTf PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF TI�RE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNTT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. AJAX pAVIhC !N'?i'S i RicS OF FLORIDA, LLC 5t0 GEhE Gn^EEN ROAD NOKOh11S, F!. 34275-3624 PHONE: 941-488-3800 FAX: S41•486•3500 � soocionv.ao� ��J Page 14 of 14 7/26/2012 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ADDENDtlAI �2 NOVEMBER 8, 2012 BID PROPOSAL CLEARWATER AIRPARK 12-0006-AP RUNWAY 16-34 & PARALLEL TAXIWAY REHABILITATION & EXTENSION BID Ul±��'f TOTAL � �i'Q. IT� ��T�1�I II�CR�`i'IIiN UNIT QTY �RI�E FItICE � i M-001-2. i MOBILIZATION (10% MAX) LS � /,r0� ov ,1-O/ oW0•� 2 P-101-5.1 PAVEMENT MILLING VARIABLE (O TO 3 IN) SY 44,900 �'�� I �� 3 7 �' � ASPHALT CRACK REPAIR, INCLUDING 3 P-101-�.2 CLEANING,ROUTINGANDSEALING LF 26,000 �'70 yy,aoo�oo ASPHALT CRACK REPAIR, iNCLUDING CLEANING, ROUTING, SEALING AND MIRAFI t/ 6 0 S q� Q'00 • 00 4 P-101-5.3 M[RATAC, OR APPROVED EQUAL, LP 13,000 7 5 P-i51-4.1 CLEARINGANDGRUBBING t,s 1 3�i�� }�SD�'QO 6 P-152-4.1 EXCAVATION CY 4,600 �'}0 3'��.Q•00 6A P- I 52-�.2 RF,MOVAL OF UNSUITABLE MATF.RIAL CY 1,700 � ' � 7 P- I 56-5.1 TEMPORARY SILT FENCE, TYPE III LF 9,300 •? � � SI �• 00 8 P-156-5.2 TEMPORARY MLE'T PROTECTION EA 21 6 3' �a 1� j 13• 0� 9 P-160-8.1 STABILIZED SUBGRADE (12" THICK) (I.BR=40 SY 9,500 y� g � y3�7 ��'�aV F.XISTING BASE COURSE SCARIFYING, SHAPING ,S'• 0 p i�, 0 0 �� 10 P-219-6.1 AND COMPACTING (LBR=100) SY 2,400 / RECYCLED CONCRE'IT: AGGREGATF. BASE g,g 0 9 Q� 0'O� � 11 P-219-62 COURSE 6" THiCK) (LBR=100) SY 9,100 RECYCLED CONCRETE AGGREGATE BASE O o COURSE AS NEEDED FOR TAXIWAY 3-� '�D� r �� S�$- :�� RECONSTRUCTION AREA (VARIABI,E '��j' - " 11A P-219-6.3 THICKNESS (LBR=100) CY 330 BIT[JMINO S SURFACE COURSE, 2" THICK, 3/4" � �?,pp 1 S� ( ��'E7� 12 P-401-8.1 MAXIMUM AGGREGATE TON 1,300 1 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE, 1 1/2" THICK, ;� 13 P-401-8.2 1/2" MAXtMUM AGGREGATE TON 4,I00 � �� Ys9,1� BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE, LEVELING � 33 •� �}� 3 DO.Oi7 14 P-401-8.3 COURSE, U2 MAXIMUM AGGREGATE 'TON 100 IS P-620-5.1 RUNWAY PAINTING, REFLECTIVE WHITE SE g gpp �- 60 ,15� yg0� 1�0 AJAX PNU�f81Nt�USTRIE$ OF FlOR�JI. LLC �� ADOLNDIAAI #�2 NOVEMBER d, I�012 �� vxrr ToT.�i, �; N4. Ti"�AI l.+iQ �TE�4i I��SCR�Tit�N iJt�F� QTY PRICE PItICE � 16 P-620-SZ TAXIWAY PA1N'TING, REFLECTIVE YELLOW SF 6,000 �' 6� I�� 6 oa • 00 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTiNG, NON- 17 P-620-5.3 REFLECTIVE BLACK SF 16,500 (� a� � �� g00 -0� TAXIWAY PAINT[NG, NON-REFLECTIVE WHITE 3• 70 �� q 6 0•,0� 18 P-620-5.4 (FOR "CLEARWATER AIRPARK" LETTERING) SF 800 19 D-701-5. t PIPE REMOVAL LF 25 9�' �� 1 DO '� 0 20 D-701-5.2 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE, CLASS [[I, IS" LF 168 7�• 00 I S j I�0• 00 21 D-701-5.3 REINPORCED CONCRETE PIPE, CLASS II[, 24" LF 128 �� yy� � HIGH-DENSITY POLYETHYLENE P[PE, CLASS III, 67 0� � Q, y�Q, � 22 D-701-5.4 30" LF 440 � 23 D-751-5.1 INLE"I', TYPE C(FDOT) FA t ��.Sy�'� �-/�y�'�0 24 D-751-5.2 INLET, TYPF. D(FDO"f) EA 4 31 ¢60'� Is y y4° OD 25 D-752-5. I MITERED END SECTION (FDOT), 24" RCP EA � I� I� 0� O D �� Q. p0 26 D-752-5.2 MITERED END SECTION (FDOT), 30" HDPE EA 1 '� y f�' �J y�0• � 27 T-901-5.1 SEEDING AND MULCHING ACRE 1.00 S� 10• � S� (10 - O�D 2a T-904-5.1 SODDING a SY 30,000 ,i •I D b3 000' 0 29 L-107-5.1 EXISTING WIND CONE TO B� REMOVED LS 1 3�b• 00 3 J�• 0 0' 34 L-I07-5.2 8-EOOT WIND CONE, IN PLACE � i I O�S�o- 1 ��540' � UNDERGROUND CABLE, #8 AWG, 5 KV, L-824, I �v b�io�•tav TYPE C, INSTALLED IN DUCT OR CONDU[T 31 L-1U8-5.1 [NCLUDING TRENCHING AND CONNECTIONS LF 5,090 BARE COPPER COUNTERPOISE W1RE, #6 AWG, a p S j) 3 b• pQ INSTALLED IN TRENCH OR DUCT, INCLUDING I' 32 L-14�-5.2 GROUND RODS AND GRDUND CONNECTORS LF 4,250 33 L-110-5.1 EGECTRICAL CONDUIT, 2" P.W.C., IN PLACE LF 4,230 �' �� g�3 �� 2-WAY 2" CONCRETE ENCASED ELECTRICAL y �. S.ro � �37�; �0 34 L-114-5.2 DUCT BANK, M PLACE LF 50 � �,u�c �n�a iarousn�s o� a�, uc �� _� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ADDENDIJM �? Mov�s� a, �z I iJ�TTT TOTAL ; 1�T4. 1TE1V� 1�FQ ITEM DESCI�tIPTIQN UNFT QTY PR�CE �RICE ; REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING RUNWAY/TAXIWAY EDGE LIGHT CABLE AND 1 �� p•OO '� � I � 0•t10 35 I; 125-5.1 CONDUIT LS t EXISTING CAN VI/[TH STEEL COVER TO BE r� �,� � � 9• 0(� 36 L-125-5.2 REMOVED AND DELIVERED TO OWNER EA 1 , EXISTING TAXIWAY OR RUNWAY EDGE L[GHT 37 L-125-5.3 (BASE MOUNTED) TO BE RAISED EA 19 �i �� ' � � 7, 9 9 9� c�J EXISTING TAXIWAY OR RUNWAY EDGE/'I'HRESHOLD LIGHT (BASE MOUNTED) TO BE REMOVED, INCLUDING EXISTING CAN, �79, 4� �� S'p� FIXTURE, TRANSFORMER 8c CABLE TO BE � REMOVED. LIGHT CIXTURE AND TRANSFORMER 38 L-125-5.4 TO BE SALVAGED AND RETURNED TO OWNER EA i5 MOUNTED) TO BE REMOVED, INCLUDING � 9. DO p� EXISTING CAN, FIXTURE, TRANSFORMER & a37• 39 L-I25-5.5 CABLE TO BE REMOVED. EA 3 EXISTING RUNWAY BDGE/THRESHOLD LIGHT (BASE MOUNTED) TO BE REMOVED AND STEEL COVER TO BE INSTALLED. EX[STING FIXTURE, � 3a•pD b 6O• 00 TRANSI'ORMER 8c CABLE TO BE REMOVED. FIXTURE ANQ TRANSFORMER TO BE SAI.VAGED 40 L-125-5.6 AND RETURNED TO OWNER EA 5 EXISTING RUNWAY EDGE LIGHT LENS TO (��, p{� S�j/( • Oa 41 L-125-5.7 REMOVED 8t REPLACF.D WITH NEW EA l3 EXISTING CONCRETE DUCT MARKER TO BE �'Z.S� �S�'• S�� 42 L-125-5.8 RAISED EA 3 NEW G861 (MIRL) RUNWAY EDGE LIGHT WITH W�iITE/RED LENS MOUNTED ON NEW L-867 BASE q�I y' �� I� 9�j/P• ��p 43 L- I 25-5.9 CAN. EA 2 NEW If861 (MIRL) RUNWAY EDGE LIGHT WITH WHITE/WHITE LENS MOUNTED ON NEW L-867 9�/ �•0� `lj ?5�0 -D�� 44 L-125-5.10 BASF, CAN. EA 5 NEW L-861-E (M1RL) RUNWAY UNI-DIRECTIONAL gt�/8'•p� 3,� 9a•� THRESHOLD LIGHT WITN 180° GREEN LENS 45 L-125-5.11 MOUNTED ON NEW I�867 BASE CAN. EA 4 �,� �►wNa r��nES o� �.oaro�, uc B-s � � � � � � � � � � � � � ADDENDUM �'l nrovE�rreER a, zo�s � i7NIT TOTAL ; NU. iTEIV� N4 ITEM l?�SCR,i�'T�ON Q3'Y PRiCE PRICE � NEW L-861-E (MIRL) RUNWAY DISPLACED THRESHOLD LIGHT FIXTURE WI'tH �l 9 y�• 00 WHITE/GREEN LENS MOUNTED ON NEW L-867 q? y OQ 46 Ir t 25-5.12 BASE CAN. EA 2 NEW L-861-E (M[RL) RUNWAY THRESHOLD LCGHT FIXTURE WITH RED/RED LENS MOUNTED !� y g.� S� ��g. Da 47 L-125-5.13 ON NEW L-867 BASE CAN. EA 6 NEW Lr861-T TAXIWAY EDGE LIGHT MOUNTED ay g.�0 j g19 � �,.�� 48 L-125-5.14 ON NEW L-867 BASE CAN. EA 20 NEW L-�58-R/L GUIDANCE SIGN, SIZE l, STYLE 2, y� yy0•0 ��$'y0 •aD 49 L-125-5.15 CLASS 1, ONE MODULE EA 2 NEW L-858-WL GUIDANCE S[GN, SIZE t, STYLE 2, S-l�,Q SS gp�r�oD 50 L-125-5.16 CLASS l, TWO MODULE EA 10 51 - 10% BASE BID CONTINGENCY LS 1 �sy ��!• /Sy ��/ TOTAL BASE BID (NUMBERS) ? � 9 � AJAX PAVING li� i, �� D!. STr�. �.,, QF FLORIDA, LLC 51d GEME GREEN ROAD � NOKOMIS, FL 34275-3624 PHONE: 941-486-3600 FAX: g41-486-3500 � � B-4 � � � � � y y � � y � � � � � � � � � � ADDENOUM i� NOVEMBER d. T012 Bm �,x _ .,�..._..�... ,.,.,.,��..��..� � I*�r.. �.�.,�..t �' �Ax �a��r�� ,�n,�.�-��zFs o� ��oaia�, uc 5fG Gr�V� GFEEN ROAD NOKQPdiS, FL 34275-3624 PHONE: 941-486•3600 FAX: 941-486-350t} B-S � � � y � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � Section III — Gcncxal Conditions SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM THIS FORM MiTST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAtLURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM AS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITfAL NONRESPONSIT�E. The affiant, by vidue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requircments of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activiries in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, comp�ny, individual, principal, subsidiary, �ffiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petcoleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnet, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other �pparatus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediat�ly notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (S) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Coznpanies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or eng es in business operations in Cuba and Syria. ;' ; �� uthor re AJAX PAVi�tG I�L�US i�'�S OF FIORiDA, LLG 510 GEN� CsRc�N ROAD NOKOM{S, �L 3�275-3624 PHONE: 941-486-3600 FAX: 94i-486-3500 SectionliI.docx Christie �lvaro Printed Name Asst. Corp. Secretary Title Ajax Paving Industrie� of Florida, LL1�. NAme of Entity�Corporation PaQe 48 of 49 7/31/2012 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 1 STATE OF COUNTY OF Florida Sarasota Section I(I - General Conditiais The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this 13th �y of Novembe r . 201 2, by Chr i s t i e Alva ro (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as the ?�sst Corp Sefiitle) of �jax Pavinq Ind. (name of corporation/enrity), personally known to me as described herein X , or produced a n/a (type of identification) as identificatian, and who did/did not take an oath. JMII� L. =IMMONs Notsry PuWic 9tate ot Flo�ida Comm. N EE 16t08a Comm, E�. Feb. 26. ?016 NOTARYSEAL ABOVE AJAX PAVING li�:DUSTRI�S OF FLORIDA, LLC 510 GENE GREEN ROAD NOKOMIS, FL 34275-3624 PHOiVE: 941-486-3600 FAX: 941-486•3500 � ScctioniQ.docx � / � � . � �., �. � �.«.., .. • � � �,m;Q. L. _` ��s�smAN.S Prtnted Name My Commission Expires: Page 49 of 49 7/31/2012 � ' � u �_ �I � ' Florida Department o f Transportaction �� T? 605 Suwannee Street GOVERNOR Tallohassee, FL 32399-0450 May 16, 2012 AJAX PAVING IDiDUSTRIES OP FIARIDR LLC 510 GENS GREEN RD NOKt7l�lIS FL 34275-3624 RE: CERTIFICI►TE OF QUALIFICATION Dear Sir/Madam: RECEiv�o �1AY :� j �11?? ANANTB PRASAD, P.I§:. SECRETARY The Department of Tranaportation haa qualified your company for the amount and the type of work indicatod below. Unla�s your coespany ia notifi�d othoztirisQ, this ratinq will expire 6/34/2013. HoMevQr, tha nsN applicttion is due �30 Z013. ' Ii► acoordaaa� oilti a.33?.14 (1) l.s, your a�st application wst b� liled xithin (4) aoaths o! tt� �ndinq dat� � t]�e appliaaat' a audit�d antmal Liawnoial �tat��t� aad, it appliwbl�, tl� svdit�d iat.�sia fiaanoial �tae�nts. Section 33T.1� (4) F.S. proeides that your certificate will be valid for 18 months after your financial �tate�aent date. This qives ' a txo month period to allow you to bid on joba as we prxeas your neW application for qualification. To remain qualified with the Department, a nea a�lication must be submitted subsequent to any siqnificant chanqe in the financial position or the structurQ of your fixm aa described in Section 1�-22.005f3), Florida Admfr,istrative Code. ' � ious aa�panY' � aa�cis�a o�paoity rating Las bNa �staDlial�d. To acces� it, please loq into t�e Concractor Prequalification Application Systam via :Y.a following link: ht��:/lwww3.dot.state.fl.ualContractorPreQuaiification/ pr►Ce ioqqed in, select "Vfea" for the most recently apprcved application, and then click Che "Manaqe" and "P►pDlication Sw�ary" tabs. :no: � � c�ssss: ' DP:BRIS REMOVAL (P�lBRGENCY) , DRAIl1AiGE, FT..EXIBLE PAVING, CRADING, GRASSING, 3EEDING AND SODDING, GDARDR7IZL, HOT PL71tiT-MIXLD BITUM. COi7RSE5, Z1ifERN6DUITE BRIDCsE3, MINOR BRIDGSS, P�tTI.AtiD CF,IiBNT CONCRLTE RQADNI�Y PPiVING ' 1 � ' 1 � seo�r �se�e� apscsu.rn cras�s or Noruc: MILLIIiG, SIDEi�IALK Yvu may apgly, in Nritinq, for a Revised Certificate of (�ualification at any time prior f•� Y..�:E 4w^iZ1tt0:1 !js*C .�f f1liF. cerY3_ti:�P!P nf,'t;4��liiln �,n C��ti.nn �.�'��..il�dli7�� F10.''':j:� A�ainiatrative Corie. Please be advised if certification ir. additional classes of work is desired, docw�entation is naeded to show that your caa►�any has dona such work with your own forces and equip�ent or that experience was qained with at►other contractor and that you have the neceasary eq�aipn�nt for each additional claas of work requested. JM:cj Sincerely, � ' ��k� Juanita Moore, .i�nager Coatracts Adminfstration Office � www.do�sLate.fi.us � � P�